Alcatel-Lucent GSM

PM Counters Dictionary

OMC Document
Reference Guide
Release B11

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

BLANK PAGE BREAK

Status RELEASED

Short title PM Counters

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use
and communication of its contents not permitted without written
authorization from Alcatel-Lucent.

2 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 Contents

Contents
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.1 All TYPE 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.2 Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.3 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.4 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
1.5 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
2.1 All TYPE 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2.2 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3 BSC-TYPE 3 - Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
3.1 All TYPE 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
3.2 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
4 BSC-TYPE 4 - Resource usage on SDCCH channel measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
4.1 All TYPE 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
4.2 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
4.3 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
5.1 All TYPE 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
5.2 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
5.3 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
6.1 All TYPE 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
6.2 Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
6.3 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
7.1 All TYPE 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
7.2 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
7.3 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
7.4 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
8 BSC-TYPE 8 - X25 measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
8.1 All TYPE 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
8.2 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
8.3 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
9.1 All TYPE 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
9.2 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
9.3 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
9.4 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
10.1 All TYPE 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
10.2 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
10.3 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
11.1 All TYPE 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
11.2 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
12.1 All TYPE 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 3 / 1628

Contents

12.2 Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

12.3 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
13 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
13.1 All TYPE 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
13.2 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
13.3 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
14 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
14.1 All TYPE 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
14.2 Adjacency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
15 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
15.1 All TYPE 27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
15.2 Adjacency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
16.1 All TYPE 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
16.2 Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
17.1 All TYPE 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
17.2 Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
18 BSC-TYPE 30 - SMS CB measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
18.1 All TYPE 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
18.2 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
18.3 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
19.1 All TYPE 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
19.2 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
19.3 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
20 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
20.1 All TYPE 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
20.2 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
21 BSC-TYPE 33 - Electro-Magnetic Emission counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
21.1 All TYPE 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
21.2 Sustainable & safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
22.1 All TYPE 35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
22.2 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
22.3 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
23 BSC-TYPE 36 - Iur-g interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
23.1 All TYPE 36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
23.2 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
24.1 All TYPE 110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
24.2 Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
24.3 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
24.4 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
24.5 Sustainable & safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 868
24.6 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 888
25 BSC-TYPE 180 - 2G Traffic flow measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971
25.1 All TYPE 180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972
25.2 Adjacency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972
26 MFS-GPRS Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977

4 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 Contents

26.1 All MFS-GPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978

26.2 Quality of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994
26.3 Resource availability and usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246
26.4 Traffic load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1421
27 MFS-LCS Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1587
27.1 All MFS-LCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1588
27.2 Quality of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1589
27.3 Traffic load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1612

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 5 / 1628

Contents

6 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 Preface

Preface
Purpose The PM Counters include description of:

GSM Counters
GPRS Counters

LCS Counters.

What’s New In Edition 15

This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 16
and from the MFS Counters database edition e15.
In Edition 14
This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 15
and from the MFS Counters database edition e15.
In Edition 13
This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 15
and from the MFS Counters database edition e14.
In Edition 12
This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 14
and from the MFS Counters database edition e14.
In Edition 11
This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 14
and from the MFS Counters database edition e13.
In Edition 10
This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 14
and from the MFS Counters database edition e13.
In Edition 09
This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 14
and from the MFS Counters database edition e12.
In Edition 08
This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 10
and from the MFS Counters database edition e11.

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 7 / 1628

Preface

In Edition 07
This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 10
and from the MFS Counters database edition e10.
In Edition 06
This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 10
and from the MFS Counters database edition e09.
In Edition 05
This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 09
and from the MFS Counters database edition e09.
In Edition 04
This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 09
and from the MFS Counters database edition e08.
In Edition 03
This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 09
and from the MFS Counters database edition e05.
In Edition 02
This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 08
and from the MFS Counters database edition e06.
In Edition 01
First official release of the document for B11.
This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 06
and from the MFS Counters database edition 05.

Audience This manual is designed for Operations & Maintenance Center-Radio (OMC-R)
users, O&M technicians and system designers.

Assumed Knowledge Not applicable.

8 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 9 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.1 All TYPE 1

C01 - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MT (Section 1.3.6.1 )
C02 - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO (Section 1.3.6.2 )
C02a - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LOC_UPD (Section 1.3.6.3 )
C02b - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SMS (Section 1.3.6.4 )
C02c - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SUP_SERV (Section 1.3.6.5 )
C02d - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_FOLLOW_ON (Section 1.3.6.6 )
C02e - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CM_REEST (Section 1.3.6.7 )
C02f - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_L3INFO_UNKNOW (Section 1.3.6.8 )
C02g - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_IMSI_DETACH (Section 1.3.6.9 )
C02h - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CALL_EST (Section 1.3.6.10 )
C02i - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LCS (Section 1.3.6.11 )
C03 - NB_OUT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 1.3.4.1 )
C04 - NB_IMM_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG (Section 1.3.6.12 )
C07 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_OUT_HO (Section 1.3.4.2 )
C10 - NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 1.3.4.3 )
C137 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB (Section 1.3.3.1 )
C138 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF (Section 1.3.3.2 )
C13a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_QUEUED (Section 1.5.2.1 )
C13b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_QUEUED (Section 1.5.2.2 )
C147 - NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_ALLOC (Section 1.5.2.3 )
C148 - NB_IMM_ASS_ALLOC (Section 1.5.2.4 )
C149 - NB_IMM_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO (Section 1.3.6.13 )
C14a - NB_TCH_DROP_HO_PREP_EXEC_FAIL_BSS_PB (Section 1.3.4.4 )
C14c - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB (Section 1.3.3.3 )
C15a - NB_INC_IDR_ALLOC (Section 1.5.2.5 )
C15b - NB_INC_TCH_HO_ALLOC (Section 1.5.2.6 )
C161a - NB_DTAP_MO_NOR_ASS_SUCC (Section 1.3.6.14 )
C161b - NB_DTAP_MT_NOR_ASS_SUCC (Section 1.3.6.15 )
C162a - NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_RLF (Section 1.3.3.4 )
C162b - NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB (Section 1.3.3.5 )
C162c - NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL (Section
1.3.3.6 )
C170 - NB_CALL_TFO (Section 1.3.5.1 )
C171 - NB_TFO_CODEC_REQ (Section 1.3.5.2 )
C442 - NB_TIMES_TRAF_DETECTED_HIGH (Section 1.4.2.1 )
C443 - NB_TIMES_TRAF_DETECTED_LOW (Section 1.4.2.2 )
C612a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_NO_QUEUE (Section 1.3.6.16 )
C612b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_FULL (Section 1.3.6.17 )

10 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

C612c - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_T11_EXP (Section 1.3.6.18 )

C612d - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_REJ (Section 1.3.6.19 )
C621 - NB_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_EXEC_TRX (Section 1.3.4.5 )
C701a - NB_TCH_FR_REQ (Section 1.4.2.3 )
C701b - NB_TCH_DR_REQ (Section 1.4.2.4 )
C701c - NB_TCH_DR_EFR_REQ (Section 1.4.2.5 )
C701d - NB_TCH_AMR_REQ (Section 1.4.2.6 )
C701e - NB_TCH_DATA_REQ (Section 1.4.2.7 )
C702a - NB_TCH_NOR_FR_ALLOC (Section 1.4.2.8 )
C702b - NB_TCH_NOR_HR_ALLOC (Section 1.4.2.9 )
C702c - NB_TCH_NOR_EFR_ALLOC (Section 1.4.2.10 )
C703 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ALLOC_TRX (Section 1.5.2.7 )
C704a - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_FR_ALLOC (Section 1.4.2.11 )
C704b - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_HR_ALLOC (Section 1.4.2.12 )
C705 - NB_TCH_NOR_DATA_ALLOC (Section 1.4.2.13 )
C706 - NB_EGSM_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU (Section 1.4.2.14 )
C710 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_REQ_TRX (Section 1.2.2.1 )
C711 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_TRX (Section 1.3.4.6 )
C712 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_TRX (Section 1.3.4.7 )
C713 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_REV_TRX (Section 1.3.4.8 )
C714 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_NO_REV_TRX (Section 1.3.4.9 )
C717a - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_TRX (Section 1.3.2.1 )
C717b - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_TRX (Section 1.3.4.10 )
C718 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_SUCC_TRX (Section 1.3.6.20 )
C736 - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF_TRX (Section 1.3.3.7 )
C739 - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL_TRX (Section
1.3.3.8 )
C746b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO_TRX (Section 1.3.6.21 )
C812 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section 1.3.6.22 )
C850 - NB_MULTIBAND_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU_CELL (Section 1.5.2.8 )
C901 - NB_Suspend_Resume_req (Section 1.3.6.23 )
C902 - Nb_Suspend_fail (Section 1.3.6.24 )
C903 - Nb_Suspend_succ (Section 1.3.6.25 )

1.2 Handover
1.2.1 All Handover
C710 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_REQ_TRX (Section 1.2.2.1 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 11 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.2.2 TCH
1.2.2.1 C710 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_REQ_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_REQ_TRX

Definition Nb of TCH outgoing handover requests, per TRX. Intracell, internal intercell
and external handovers are counted together. This counter takes into account
handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into account
DTM Assignments.
MC710 = C710

Trigger condition 1) Intracell HO: Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover
procedure starts an intra cell TCH handover procedure.
2) Internal intercell HO: Whenever the BSC process responsible for the
handover procedure selects a target cell (among a list of target cells) for internal
inter cell TCH handover.
3) External HO: Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED message is sent
on A interface to the MSC. If more than one 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED is
sent in the frame of the same Handover procedure, the counter is incremented
only once.
48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED is sent in following situations:
1) An external handover alarm has been raised, with corresponding list of
candidate cells.
2) The list of candidate cells for the current alarm has been updated.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

12 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3 Quality of Service

1.3.1 All Quality of Service
C01 - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MT (Section 1.3.6.1 )
C02 - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO (Section 1.3.6.2 )
C02a - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LOC_UPD (Section 1.3.6.3 )
C02b - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SMS (Section 1.3.6.4 )
C02c - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SUP_SERV (Section 1.3.6.5 )
C02d - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_FOLLOW_ON (Section 1.3.6.6 )
C02e - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CM_REEST (Section 1.3.6.7 )
C02f - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_L3INFO_UNKNOW (Section 1.3.6.8 )
C02g - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_IMSI_DETACH (Section 1.3.6.9 )
C02h - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CALL_EST (Section 1.3.6.10 )
C02i - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LCS (Section 1.3.6.11 )
C03 - NB_OUT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 1.3.4.1 )
C04 - NB_IMM_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG (Section 1.3.6.12 )
C07 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_OUT_HO (Section 1.3.4.2 )
C10 - NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 1.3.4.3 )
C137 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB (Section 1.3.3.1 )
C138 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF (Section 1.3.3.2 )
C149 - NB_IMM_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO (Section 1.3.6.13 )
C14a - NB_TCH_DROP_HO_PREP_EXEC_FAIL_BSS_PB (Section 1.3.4.4 )
C14c - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB (Section 1.3.3.3 )
C161a - NB_DTAP_MO_NOR_ASS_SUCC (Section 1.3.6.14 )
C161b - NB_DTAP_MT_NOR_ASS_SUCC (Section 1.3.6.15 )
C162a - NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_RLF (Section 1.3.3.4 )
C162b - NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB (Section 1.3.3.5 )
C162c - NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL (Section
1.3.3.6 )
C170 - NB_CALL_TFO (Section 1.3.5.1 )
C171 - NB_TFO_CODEC_REQ (Section 1.3.5.2 )
C612a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_NO_QUEUE (Section 1.3.6.16 )
C612b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_FULL (Section 1.3.6.17 )
C612c - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_T11_EXP (Section 1.3.6.18 )
C612d - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_REJ (Section 1.3.6.19 )
C621 - NB_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_EXEC_TRX (Section 1.3.4.5 )
C711 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_TRX (Section 1.3.4.6 )
C712 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_TRX (Section 1.3.4.7 )
C713 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_REV_TRX (Section 1.3.4.8 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 13 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

C714 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_NO_REV_TRX (Section 1.3.4.9 )

C717a - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_TRX (Section 1.3.2.1 )
C717b - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_TRX (Section 1.3.4.10 )
C718 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_SUCC_TRX (Section 1.3.6.20 )
C736 - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF_TRX (Section 1.3.3.7 )
C739 - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL_TRX (Section
1.3.3.8 )
C746b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO_TRX (Section 1.3.6.21 )
C812 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section 1.3.6.22 )
C901 - NB_Suspend_Resume_req (Section 1.3.6.23 )
C902 - Nb_Suspend_fail (Section 1.3.6.24 )
C903 - Nb_Suspend_succ (Section 1.3.6.25 )

1.3.2 Directed Retry

1.3.2.1 C717a - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_TRX

Long Name NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_TRX

Definition Number of incoming directed retry (towards a TCH channel in HR or FR usage)

successes, per TRX.
MC717a = C717a

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface from the target cell for a TCH channel involved in an internal directed
retry procedure.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

14 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.3 Established Phase

1.3.3.1 C137 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB

Long Name NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB

Definition MC137=C137, Number of SDCCH drops in SDCCH established phase due to

BSS problem.It may happen that several causes of failures mentioned below
are detected consecutively. In that case, the counter will only be incremented
once, as soon as the call is released.

Trigger condition 1) LapD failure detected during the stable phase of an SDCCH transaction.
2) SDCCH was released due to 48.058 ERROR REPORT with any cause value
being received during the stable phase of an SDCCH transaction.
3) Telecom Supervisory module caused the call to be cleared.
4) SDCCH was released due to 0180 CLEAR_CMD message being received
from BSSAPduring the stable phase of an SDCCH transaction : O&M has
disabled the DTC

Sub Domain 1 Established Phase

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 15 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.3.2 C138 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF

Long Name NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF

Definition Number of SDCCH drops on SDCCH established phase due to radio link failure
(radio link timeout or Lapdm timer expiry).

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with a

cause value of "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for an SDCCH
channel.
2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received on Abis
interface and leads to a loss of channel.

Sub Domain 1 Established Phase

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

16 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.3.3 C14c - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops due to BSS problem.

It may happen that several causes of failures mentioned below are detected
consecutively. In that case, the counter will only be incremented once, as soon
as the call is released.
This counter takes into account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It is not
incremented in case of TCH drop during a normal assignment, a handover
or a DTM assignment.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 ERROR REPORT message with a cause value of "O&M
intervention" is received on Abis interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss
of call.
2) Whenever a 48.058 ERROR REPORT message on SAPI 0 with a cause
value of "message sequence error" is received on Abis interface after TCH
seizure and leads to a loss of call.
3) Whenever a LAPD failure is reported to the Layer 3 of the BSC (for an RSL
supporting a TCH transaction after successful TCH seizure) and leads to a loss
of call.
4) Whenever a TCH call release is initiated by the BSS O&M FAULT
MANAGEMENT application part or by the BSS TELECOM application part as
the result of a system defense action which may be due to BSS equipment
failures external to the BSC (e.g. RSL failure or CU recovery failure), or due
to BSC internal hardware problems (e.g. TCU failure or DTC failure) or due
to BSC internal software problems (e.g. inconsistencies detected between
software modules or lack of software resources (memory, timer reference, file
reference...) or communication problems between different processor boards).
Notes:
1. TCH call releases which are due to O&M operator actions on BTS or BSC
should not be counted. Indeed, in case of numerous failures due to O&M
commands, this counter will overestimate failures which are due to problems
which are internal to the BSS.
However, due to the current implementation which does not allow to be aware of
the origin of the failure, O&M operator actions will also be counted.
2. It may happen that the counter can not be incremented since it is implemented
within the faulty entity.

Sub Domain 1 Established Phase

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 17 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.3.4 C162a - NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_RLF

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_RLF

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops in TCH DTAP established phase
(i.e. after the BSC having received the 24.008 CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE
message from the MS or from the MSC) due to radio link failure (radio link
timeout or LAPDm timer expiry).

Trigger condition The BSC has an internal flag named B_CONNECT_ACK_RECEIVED. This flag
is set to TRUE if the BSC has received:
a) the 24.008 CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message from the MS.
b) the 24.008 CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message from the MSC.
It should be noted that, after an external handover, the target BSC considers the
flag B_CONNECT_ACK_RECEIVED has value FALSE.
If the flag B_CONNECT_ACK_RECEIVED has the value TRUE, this counter
is incremented by one: 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE
INDICATION message with a cause value of "radio link failure" is received on
Abis interface for a TCH channel (after successful DTAP establishment).
2) Whenever a 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received on Abis
interface and leads to a loss of call.

Sub Domain 1 Established Phase

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

18 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.3.5 C162b - NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops in TCH DTAP established phase
(i.e. after the BSC having received the 24.008 CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE
message from the MS or from the MSC) due to BSS problem.
It may happen that several causes of failures mentioned below are detected
consecutively. In that case, the counter will only be incremented once, as soon
as the call is released.

Trigger condition The BSC has an internal flag named B_CONNECT_ACK_RECEIVED. This flag
is set to TRUE if the BSC has received:
a) the 24.008 CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message from the MS.
b) the 24.008 CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message from the MSC.
It should be noted that, after an external handover, the target BSC considers the
flag B_CONNECT_ACK_RECEIVED has value FALSE.
If the flag B_CONNECT_ACK_RECEIVED has the value TRUE, this counter is
incremented by one: 1) Whenever a 48.058 ERROR REPORT message with a
cause value of "O&M intervention" is received on Abis
interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.
2) Whenever a 48.058 ERROR REPORT message on SAPI 0 with a cause
value of "message sequence error" is
received on Abis interface after TCHDTAP establishment and leads to a loss of
call.
3) Whenever a LAPD failure is reported to the Layer 3 of the BSC (for an RSL
supporting a TCH transaction after
successful TCH seizure) and leads to a loss of call.
4) Whenever a TCH call release is initiated by the BSS O&M FAULT
MANAGEMENT application part or by the
BSS TELECOM application part as the result of a system defense action which
may be due to BSS equipment
failures external to the BSC (e.g. RSL failure or CU recovery failure), or due to
BSC internal hardware problems
(e.g. TCU failure or DTC failure) or due to BSC internal software problems (e.g.
inconsistencies detected between
software modules or lack of software resources (memory, timer reference, file
reference...) or communication
problems between different processor boards).
Note :
TCH call releases which are due to O&M operator actions on BTS or BSC
should not be counted. Indeed, in
case of numerous failures due to O&M commands, this counter will overestimate
failures which are due to
problems which are internal to the BSS.
However, due to the current implementation which does not allow to be aware of
the origin of the failure, O&M
operator actions will also be counted.
2. It may happen that the counter can not be incremented since it is implemented
within the faulty entity.

Sub Domain 1 Established Phase

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 19 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

20 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.3.6 C162c - NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops in TCH DTAP established phase
(i.e. after the BSC having received the 24.008 CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE
message from the MS or from the MSC) due to remote transcoder failure. This
counter is not concerned by the channel change procedure.

Trigger condition The BSC has an internal flag named B_CONNECT_ACK_RECEIVED. This flag
is set to TRUE if the BSC has received:
a) the 24.008 CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message from the MS.
b) the 24.008 CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message from the MSC.
It should be noted that, after an external handover, the target BSC considers the
flag B_CONNECT_ACK_RECEIVED has value FALSE.
If the flag B_CONNECT_ACK_RECEIVED has the value TRUE, this counter is
incremented by one whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION
message with a cause value of "remote transcoder failure" is received on Abis
interface for a TCH channel (for an established call).

Sub Domain 1 Established Phase

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 21 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.3.7 C736 - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF_TRX

Definition Number of non-AMR TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops due to radio link failure
(radio link timeout or LAPDm timer expiry), per TRX. This counter takes into
account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
MC736 = C736

Trigger condition For TCH using non-AMR codecs:

1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with a
cause value of "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel
(after successful seizure).
2) Whenever a 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received on Abis
interface and leads to a loss of call.

Sub Domain 1 Established Phase

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

22 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.3.8 C739 - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL_TRX

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops due to remote transcoder failures
(per TRX).

Trigger condition The counter is incremented whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE

INDICATION message with cause "Remote Transcoder Failure" is received
on Abis interface for an established TCH connection. The BSC considers a
TCH connection as "established" once a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE
message (in case of normal assignments or an internal intra-cell handovers) or
a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message (in case of an internal inter-cell
incoming HO or an external inter-cell incoming
HO) has been received for the TCH connection.
Note 1: MC739 = C739.
Note 2: The counter is incremented only once per established TCH connection.
Thus, even if the BTS sends several 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE
INDICATION messages with cause "Remote Transcoder Failure" for a particular
established TCH connection BSC will increment the counter only once for that
connection.

Sub Domain 1 Established Phase

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 23 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.4 Handover
1.3.4.1 C03 - NB_OUT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Definition MC03=C03, Number of outgoing SDCCH handover (any kind) successes.

Trigger condition External SDCCH handover in the following cases:

1/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause= "handover successful") is received on
the serving BSC.
2/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause= "normal event/call control") received
while T8 is running.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

24 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.4.2 C07 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_OUT_HO

Long Name NB_SDCCH_DROP_OUT_HO

Definition MC07=C07, Number of SDCCH drops during any outgoing SDCCH handover.

Trigger condition Internal inter-cell SDCCH handover: whenever the timer supervising the
handover procedure (T3103) expires.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 25 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.4.3 C10 - NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Definition MC10=C10, Number of incoming SDCCH handover (any kind) successes.

Trigger condition Internal inter-cell or external SDCCH handover: whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER
COMPLETE message is received on Abis interface from the target cell for an
SDCCH Sub-channel.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

26 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.4.4 C14a - NB_TCH_DROP_HO_PREP_EXEC_FAIL_BSS_PB

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_HO_PREP_EXEC_FAIL_BSS_PB

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops due to BSS problem during any TCH
handover preparation and execution phases.
This counter is incremented on the cell on which the problem occurs(In the case
of internal inter-cell handovers, it is not incremented on both serving and target
cell). For problems that are not related to a specific cell, the counter related to
the serving cell will be incremented.
It may happen that several causes of failures mentioned below are detected
consecutively. In that case, the counter will only be incremented once, as soon
as the handover procedure fails.
This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling
mode.

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 27 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

Trigger condition 1) When the BSC receives on Abis from the target cell negative ack to the TCH
channel activation involved in the handover.
2) When the timer supervising the Channel Activation (T9103) expires on the
target cell during activation of a TCH channel involved in the handover.
3) When an 48.058 ERROR REPORT with a cause value of "O&M intervention"
is received on Abis from either the serving or the target cell during the external
or internal inter-cell handover and leads to a transaction failure.
4) When an 48.058 ERROR REPORT with a cause value of "O&M intervention"
is received on Abis on either the old or the new channel during the internal
intra-cell handover and leads to a transaction failure.
5) When an 48.058 ERROR REPORT on SAPI 0 with a cause value of
"message sequence error" is received on Abis from the serving cell between the
sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION and the reception of the 48.058
CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACK during the internal inter-cell TCH handover and
leads to a transaction failure.
6) When an 48.058 ERROR REPORT on SAPI 0 with a cause value of
"message sequence error" is received on Abis on the old channel between the
sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION and the reception of the 48.058
CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACK during the internal intra-cell TCH handover and
leads to a transaction failure.
7) When a LAPD failure related to either serving or target cell is reported to the
Layer 3 of the BSC (for an RSL supporting a TCH transaction for handover
purpose) and leads to a transaction failure.
8) When an TCH handover abortion is initiated by the BSS O&M FAULT
MANAGEMENT or by the BSS TELECOM as the result of a system defense
action which may be due to BSS equipment failures external to the BSC (e.g.
RSL failure or CU recovery failure), or due to BSC internal hardware problems
(e.g. TCU failure or DTC failure) or due to BSC internal software problems or
communication problems between different processor boards).
9) When a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION with a cause value of
"remote transcoder failure" is received on Abis interface from the old channel
between the sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION and the reception
of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACKNOWLEDGE during an internal
intra-cell or inter-cellTCH handover and leads to a transaction failure.
10) When the timer supervising the A INTERFACE CHANNEL ID toward BTS
(T_aintcid) expires during activation of a TCH channel involved in the handover
performed with Iur-g support.
Notes :
1. TCH handover failures which are due to O&M operator actions on BTS or
BSC should not be counted. Indeed, in case of numerous failures due to O&M
commands, this counter will overestimate failures which are due to problems
which are internal to the BSS.
However, due to the current implementation which does not allow to be aware of
the origin of the failure, O&M operator actions will also be counted.
2. It may happen that the counter can not be incremented since it is implemented
within the faulty entity.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

28 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 29 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.4.5 C621 - NB_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_EXEC_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_EXEC_TRX

Definition Number of non-AMR TCH drops during the execution of any TCH outgoing
handover, per TRX. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in
traffic or in signaling mode.
MC621 = C621

Trigger condition For TCH using non-AMR codecs:

1) Inter-cell TCH handover: whenever the timer supervising the handover
procedure (T3103) expires.
2) External TCH handover (2G -> 2G): whenever the timer supervising the
handover procedure on the serving cell (T8) expires, except if a 48.008 CLEAR
COMMAND with "normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC,
leading to a normal call release. In such a case, the handover is considered as
successful.
3) Intra-cell TCH handover: whenever the timer supervising the handover
procedure (T3107) expires.
4) 2G -> 3G HO: whenever the timer supervising the 2G-3G handover procedure
on the serving cell (T3121) expires, except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND
with "normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC, leading to
a normal call release. In such a case, the 2G->3G handover is considered
as successful.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

30 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.4.6 C711 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_TRX

Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover -preparation failures due to congestion, per TRX.
Intracell, internal intercell and external handovers are counted together. This
counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It
does not take into account DTM Assignments.
MC711 = C711

Trigger condition 1) Intracell HO: Whenever an intra-cell TCH handover cannot be performed,
because there is no free TCH channel to allocate the handover to.
2) Internal inter-cell HO: Whenever a internal inter-cell TCH handover cannot be
performed, because there is no free TCH channel to allocate the handover to.
3) External HO: Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED REJECT with
cause "no radio resource available" is received from the MSC by the serving
BSC for an outgoing external TCH HO.
Note : the counter will be incremented for external TCH HO if and only if the
parameter RESP_REQ is set to 1.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 31 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.4.7 C712 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_TRX

Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover successes, per TRX. Intracell, internal intercell
and external handovers are counted together. This counter takes into account
handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into account
DTM Assignments.
MC712 = C712

Trigger condition 1) External HO in the following cases:

1a) 48.008CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "handover successful") is received on
the serving BSC on the TCH channel.
1b) 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "normal event/call control") is received
while T8 is running.
2) Internal inter-cell HO: whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMPLETE is received
from the MS via the target cell on the TCH channel.
3) Internal intra-cell HO: whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE is
received from the MS via the cell on the TCH channel.
Note 1: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Note 2: This counter counts handover to UMTS.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

32 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.4.8 C713 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_REV_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_REV_TRX

Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover -execution failures due to MS access problem

with reversion of the mobile to the old channel. Intracell, internal intercell and
external handovers are counted together. This counter takes into account
handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into account
DTM Assignments.
MC713 = C713

Trigger condition 1) External HO: Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE message is received
on Abis interface from the serving cell, during an external TCH handover.
2) Internal inter-cell HO: Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE message is
received on Abis interface from the serving cell, during an internal inter-cell TCH
handover.
3) Intracell HO: Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message is
received on Abis interface on the serving channel, during an internal intra-cell
TCH handover.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Note: This counter counts handover to UMTS.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 33 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.4.9 C714 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_NO_REV_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_NO_REV_TRX

Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover -execution failures due to MS access problem

without reversion of the mobile to the old channel (call drop). Intracell, internal
intercell and external handovers are counted together. This counter takes into
account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into
account DTM Assignments.
MC714 = C714

Trigger condition 1) External TCH HO: Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure
on the serving cell (T8) expires, except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with
"normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC, leading to a
normal call release. In such a case, the handover is considered as successful.
2) Internal intercell TCH HO: Whenever the timer supervising the handover
procedure (T3103) expires during an internal inter-cell TCH handover.
3) Intracell TCH HO: Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure
(T3107) expires during an internal intra-cell
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Note: This counter counts hantover to UMTS

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

34 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.4.10 C717b - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_TRX

Long Name NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_TRX

Definition Number of incoming internal and external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover
successes per TRX;
since there are no reliable means at the target BSC to distinguish external
directed retry from external handover, the external directed retries are counted
by this counter.
MC717b = C717b

Trigger condition 1) Internal inter-cell or external TCH handover: whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER
COMPLETE message is received on Abis interface from the target cell for a
TCH channel.
2) Intra-cell handover: whenever an 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE
message is received on Abis interface on the target channel.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 35 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.5 Speech
1.3.5.1 C170 - NB_CALL_TFO

Long Name NB_CALL_TFO

Definition Number of TCHs assigned in the serving cell for which TFO has been
successfully established.

Trigger condition For each assigned TCH, the counter is incremented the first time a 48.058 TFO
REPORT message is received by the BSC, indicating that TFO is established
(i.e. TFO = 1 in the TFO Status IE).
Note 1: This counter shall be incremented only once per assigned TCH (i.e. the
first time it is received for the assigned TCH).
Note 2: A TCH is seen as assigned in the serving cell between the sending
of 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message and the receipt of the 48.058
RF CHANNEL RELEASE message. This means that the counter can be
incremented either if the TCH is assigned to serve a normal assignment or if the
TCH is assigned to serve an incoming internal (inter-cell or intra-cell) or external
handover.
Note 3: MC170 = C170

Sub Domain 1 Speech

Sub Domain 2 TFO

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of TFO (Tandem Free Operation)

36 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.5.2 C171 - NB_TFO_CODEC_REQ

Long Name NB_TFO_CODEC_REQ

Definition Number of codec mismatch resolutions or codec optimisations requested to

the BSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 REMOTE CODEC CONFIGURATION REPORT is received

by the BSC.

Sub Domain 1 Speech

Sub Domain 2 TFO

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of TFO (Tandem Free Operation)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 37 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

1.3.6.1 C01 - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MT

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MT

Definition Number of immediate assignment plus SDCCH normal assignment successes

for Mobile Terminating procedure.

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from

a CELL, with the L3_INFORMATION field including a 44.018 PAGING
RESPONSE message.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

38 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.2 C02 - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO

Definition Number of immediate assignment successes for Mobile Originating procedure.

MC02 = C02 = C02a+C02b+C02c+C02d+C02e+C02f+C02g+C02h+C02i.
The following counters C02a/b/c/d/e/f/g/h/i provide the distribution of the MO
telecom procedures on SDCCH.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 39 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.3 C02a - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LOC_UPD

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LOC_UPD

Definition case: Location Update request (except the "follow on" procedure)

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a

cell, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with an
MIE message type set to LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST and with an MIE
Location updating type not set to a RESERVED value and a bit FOR set to 0.
This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be
forwarded to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

40 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.4 C02b - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SMS

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SMS

Definition case: SMS procedure on SDCCH

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a

CELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with an
MIE message type set to CM SERVICE REQUEST and with an MIE CM service
type set to "SMS".
This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be
forwarded to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 41 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.5 C02c - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SUP_SERV

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SUP_SERV

Definition case: Supplementary Service

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a

CELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with an
MIE message type set to CM SERVICE REQUEST and with an MIE CM service
type set to "Supplementary Service".
This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be
forwarded to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

42 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.6 C02d - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_FOLLOW_ON

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_FOLLOW_ON

Definition case: Location Update request ("follow on" procedure)

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a

CELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with an
MIE message type set to LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST and with an MIE
Location updating type not set to a RESERVED value and a bit FOR set to 1.
This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be
forwarded to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 43 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.7 C02e - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CM_REEST

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CM_REEST

Definition case: CM Re-establishment procedure

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a

CELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with an
MIE message type set to CM RE-ESTABLISHMENT REQUEST message.
This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be
forwarded to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

44 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.8 C02f - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_L3INFO_UNKNOW

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_L3INFO_UNKNOW

Definition MC02f=C02f, number of immediate assignment successes for Mobile

Originationg procedure, in case of L3 Info (within 48.058 ESTABLISH
INDICATION) unknown by the BSC but transferred to the MSC.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 45 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.9 C02g - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_IMSI_DETACH

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_IMSI_DETACH

Definition MC02g=C02g, number of immediate assignment successes for Mobile

Originationg procedure, in case of IMSI Detach Indication.

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a

CELL, with L3_INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with
an MIE message type set to IMSI DETACH INDICATION. This counter is
incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be forwarded to the
MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

46 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.10 C02h - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CALL_EST

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CALL_EST

Definition case: normal or emergency call establishment

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a

CELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containg a 44.018 L3 message with an
MIE message type set to CM SERVICE REQUEST and an MIE CM service type
set to either :
- "emergency call establishment",
- or "mobile originating call establishment"
This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be
forwarded to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 47 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.11 C02i - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LCS

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LCS

Definition case: Mobile originated LCS procedure on SDCCH

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a cell,
with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with an MIE
message type set to CM SERVICE REQUEST and with an MIE CM service type
set to "Location Services" (LCS).
This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be
forwarded to the MSC

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

48 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.12 C04 - NB_IMM_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG

Definition MC04=C04, number of immediate assignment preparation failures due to

congestion.

Trigger condition All SDCCH sub-channels in the required cell were either Busy or Out of Service,
when the 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED message was received.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 49 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.13 C149 - NB_IMM_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO

Definition Number of immediate assignment -execution failures due to MS access problem.

Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the Immediate Assignment Procedure (T3101)
expires during the establishment of an SDCCH sub-channel.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

50 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.14 C161a - NB_DTAP_MO_NOR_ASS_SUCC

Long Name NB_DTAP_MO_NOR_ASS_SUCC

Definition Number of mobile originating normal assignment - DTAP successes.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 CONNECT ACK is received on Abis interface.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 DTAP Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 51 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.15 C161b - NB_DTAP_MT_NOR_ASS_SUCC

Long Name NB_DTAP_MT_NOR_ASS_SUCC

Definition Number of mobile terminating normal assignment - DTAP successes.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 CONNECT ACK is sent on Abis interface.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 DTAP Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

52 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.16 C612a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_NO_QUEUE

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_NO_QUEUE

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment preparation failures

because of the non-queuing of the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message.
Case: 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST on TCH (in HR or FR usage) is
received when no TCH is available in the cell. The request is rejected (by
48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE, cause: "no radio resource available"), because
the queuing procedure is either:
1) disabled within the BSC (i.e. (T11=0 and QUEUE_ANYWAY=0), OR
(T11_forced=0 and QUEUE_ANYWAY=1)), or
2) enabled within the BSC, i.e. T11 <> 0, but not requested by the MSC when
QUEUE_ANYWAY=0.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE (cause: "no radio resource available") for a TCH channel because
no TCH is available and either the queuing is disabled in the BSC (T11=0
and QUEUE_ANYWAY=0, or T11_forced=0 and QUEUE_ANYWAY=1), or the
queuing is enabled, QUEUE_ANYWAY=0, and the MSC does not request a
queuing.
Note 1: The HMI name of the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is
"FORCED_QUEUING".
Note 2: In case of Mx BSC, no TCH available could happen when
the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit defined by the
MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, this counter and MC926 are
incremented by one.
Note 3: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:
- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;
- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by
the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 53 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.17 C612b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_FULL

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_FULL

Definition MC612b=C612b, Case: 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST on TCH (in FR or HR

usage) is received when no TCH is available in the cell. The queuing is enabled
within the BSC, but the request is rejected (by 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE,
cause: "no radio resource available"), because the queue is full and no request
of lower priority can be dequeued from the BSC queue.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE (cause: "no radio resource available") for a TCH channel because the
queue is full and no request of lower priority can be dequeued.
Note 1: In case of Mx BSC, no TCH available could happen when
the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit defined by the
MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, this counter and MC926 are
incremented by one.
Note 2: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:
- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;
- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by
the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

54 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.18 C612c - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_T11_EXP

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_T11_EXP

Definition Case: 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST is queued because no TCH (in

HR or FR usage) is available in the cell, timer T11 (case MSC requests for
queuing whatever QUEUE_ANYWAY value may be) or timer T11_forced (case
QUEUE_ANYWAY=1, i.e. the queuing is forced within the BSC) is started,
and no free TCH can be found before timer expiry, consequently the request is
rejected (by 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST cause: "no radio resource available").
Remark: If an internal directed retry is attempted and failed while
T11/T11_forced is running, the request is un-holded and the BSC waits for the
expiry of the relevant timer. Consequently, this counter must not be incremented
upon the failure of an internal directed retry.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST
(cause : "no radio resource available") -following the expiry of T11 or T11 forced
for a queued TCH normal assignment.
Note 1: The HMI name of the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is
"FORCED_QUEUING".
Note 2: In case of Mx BSC, no TCH available could happen when
the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit defined by the
MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, this counter and MC926 are
incremented by one.
Note 3: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:
- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;
- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by
the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 55 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.19 C612d - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_REJ

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_REJ

Definition Case: 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST is queued because no TCH (in

HR or FR usage) is available in the cell, timer T11 (case MSC requests for
queuing whatever QUEUE_ANYWAY value may be) or timer T11_forced (case
QUEUE_ANYWAY=1, i.e. the queuing is forced within the BSC) is started,
and before the timer expiry, the request is dequeued due to the receipt of a
higher priority request (i.e. 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST) : the BSC sends
48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause: "no radio resource available") for the
first transaction.
Remark: As soon as an internal directed retry is attempted, the request is
blocked within the BSC and cannot be dequeued by a higher priority request.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of the 48.008 ASSIGMENT
FAILURE (cause: "no radio resource available") for a de-queued TCH request
(i.e. normal assignment) due to the receipt of a higher priority request.
Note 1: The HMI name of the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is
"FORCED_QUEUING".
Note 2: In case of Mx BSC, no TCH available could happen when
the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit defined by the
MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, this counter and MC926 are
incremented by one.
Note 3: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:
- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;
- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by
the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

56 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.20 C718 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_SUCC_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_SUCC_TRX

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment successes, per TRX.
This counter also takes into account normal assignment successes for TCH
establishment in signaling mode (FR usage only), for DTM.
MC718 = C718

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface for a TCH channel that is not involved in a handover procedure, in
traffic or in signaling mode.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 57 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.21 C746b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO_TRX

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment -execution failures

due to MS access problem, per TRX. This counter also takes into account
DTM assignment -execution failures due to MS access problem for TCH
establishment in signaling mode (FR usage only).
MC746b = C746b

Trigger condition 1) The timer T3107 in the BSS supervising the TCH channel seizure by the
mobile expires (following the sending of 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND for a
TCH channel that is not involved in a handover procedure).
2) The timer T3107 in the BSS supervising the TCH channel seizure by the
mobile expires, following the sending of 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND
for a TCH channel in signaling mode.
3) The BSC receives a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE on the old (SDCCH)
channel during the normal assignment procedure except in case of multiband
cell, when the normal assignment procedure is performed in the inner zone
and the ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is received with the cause "protocol error
unspecified".
4) The BSC receives a 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE on the old
(SDCCH) channel during the DTM assignment procedure, for a TCH in signaling
mode.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

58 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.22 C812 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Definition MC812 = C812 = C612a + C612b + C612c + C612d

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 59 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.23 C901 - NB_Suspend_Resume_req

Long Name NB_Suspend_Resume_req

Definition Number of Suspend / Resume requests.

A request could lead to a success, a failure or a stop.

Trigger condition Emission of MS Suspend message by the BSC to the MFS

Emission of MS Resume message by the BSC to the MFS
A Suspend message received from MS with a "suspend cause" filtered by BSC
will not be counted. Stop causes could be:
1) External handover
2) MS channel failure.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name Suspend/Resume for class B mobiles

60 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.24 C902 - Nb_Suspend_fail

Long Name Nb_Suspend_fail

Definition Number of suspend/resume procedure failures.

Trigger condition Reception of -Suspend nack or resume nack, or expiration of T_GPRS_Resume.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name Suspend/Resume for class B mobiles

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 61 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.3.6.25 C903 - Nb_Suspend_succ

Long Name Nb_Suspend_succ

Definition Number of suspensions successes.

Trigger condition Reception of Resume ack message from MFS.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name Suspend/Resume for class B mobiles

62 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.4 Resource Availability & Usage

1.4.1 All Resource Availability & Usage
C442 - NB_TIMES_TRAF_DETECTED_HIGH (Section 1.4.2.1 )
C443 - NB_TIMES_TRAF_DETECTED_LOW (Section 1.4.2.2 )
C701a - NB_TCH_FR_REQ (Section 1.4.2.3 )
C701b - NB_TCH_DR_REQ (Section 1.4.2.4 )
C701c - NB_TCH_DR_EFR_REQ (Section 1.4.2.5 )
C701d - NB_TCH_AMR_REQ (Section 1.4.2.6 )
C701e - NB_TCH_DATA_REQ (Section 1.4.2.7 )
C702a - NB_TCH_NOR_FR_ALLOC (Section 1.4.2.8 )
C702b - NB_TCH_NOR_HR_ALLOC (Section 1.4.2.9 )
C702c - NB_TCH_NOR_EFR_ALLOC (Section 1.4.2.10 )
C704a - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_FR_ALLOC (Section 1.4.2.11 )
C704b - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_HR_ALLOC (Section 1.4.2.12 )
C705 - NB_TCH_NOR_DATA_ALLOC (Section 1.4.2.13 )
C706 - NB_EGSM_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU (Section 1.4.2.14 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 63 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.4.2 Resource Allocation & Management

1.4.2.1 C442 - NB_TIMES_TRAF_DETECTED_HIGH

Long Name NB_TIMES_TRAF_DETECTED_HIGH

Definition Number of times the traffic_load is "high", i.e. when a certain number
(N_TRAFFIC_LOAD) of traffic averages (AV_LOAD) verify each: AV_LOAD
> HIGH_THRESHOLD. The traffic_load is evaluated per cell at each
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD period.
This counter permits to tune the following parameters: A_TRAFFIC_LOAD,
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD and HIGH_THRESHOLD.
This counter relates to the number of free TCH timeslots.

Trigger condition At each A_TRAFFIC_LOAD period, whenever the BSC decision process detects
a "high" traffic_load.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

64 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.4.2.2 C443 - NB_TIMES_TRAF_DETECTED_LOW

Long Name NB_TIMES_TRAF_DETECTED_LOW

Definition Number of times the traffic_load is "low", i.e. when a certain number
(N_TRAFFIC_LOAD) of traffic averages (AV_LOAD) verify each: AV_LOAD
< LOW_THRESHOLD. The traffic_load is evaluated per cell at each
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD period.
This counter permits to tune the following parameters: A_TRAFFIC_LOAD,
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD and LOW_THRESHOLD.
This counter relates to the number of free TCH timeslots.

Trigger condition At each A_TRAFFIC_LOAD period, whenever the BSC decision process detects
a "low" traffic_load.
Remark : the number of "indefinite" traffic load can be deduced from the
counters NB_LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD and NB_HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD over the
Accumulation Period.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 65 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.4.2.3 C701a - NB_TCH_FR_REQ

Long Name NB_TCH_FR_REQ

Definition Number of TCH normal assignments requests from FR only mobiles (after
possible filtering from the MSC).

Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call with
only GSM speech coding algorithm version 1 full rate allowed.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

66 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.4.2.4 C701b - NB_TCH_DR_REQ

Long Name NB_TCH_DR_REQ

Definition Number of TCH normal assignments requests from dual rate mobiles.

Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call with
only GSM speech coding algorithm version 1 full rate and GSM speech coding
algorithm version 1 half rate allowed.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 67 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.4.2.5 C701c - NB_TCH_DR_EFR_REQ

Long Name NB_TCH_DR_EFR_REQ

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment requests from mobiles supporting FR, HR
and EFR.

Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call with
GSM speech coding algorithm version 1 full rate, GSM speech coding algorithm
version 1 half rate and GSM speech coding algorithm version 2 full rate allowed.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

68 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.4.2.6 C701d - NB_TCH_AMR_REQ

Long Name NB_TCH_AMR_REQ

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment requests from AMR mobiles.

Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call with
GSM speech coding algorithm version 3 full rate or half rate allowed.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 69 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.4.2.7 C701e - NB_TCH_DATA_REQ

Long Name NB_TCH_DATA_REQ

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment requests for data calls.

Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for data call.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

70 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.4.2.8 C702a - NB_TCH_NOR_FR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_FR_ALLOC

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in FR usage - whose channel

is allocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode modify from TCH
signaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a TCH in signaling
mode).

Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,
indicating a FR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 1, not
related to handover.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 71 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.4.2.9 C702b - NB_TCH_NOR_HR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_HR_ALLOC

Definition number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in HR usage - whose channel

is allocated in the BSC.

Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION / MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the
BTS, indicating a HR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 1,
not related to handover.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

72 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.4.2.10 C702c - NB_TCH_NOR_EFR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_EFR_ALLOC

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in EFR usage - whose

channel is allocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode modify
from TCH signaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a TCH in
signaling mode).

Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,
indicating a FR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 2, not
related to handover.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 73 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.4.2.11 C704a - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_FR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_FR_ALLOC

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in FR AMR usage - whose

channel is allocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode modify
from TCH signaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a TCH in
signaling mode).

Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,
indicating a FR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 3, not
related to handover.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

74 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.4.2.12 C704b - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_HR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_HR_ALLOC

Definition number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in HR AMR usage - whose

channel is allocated in the BSC.

Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,
indicating a HR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 3, not
related to handover.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 75 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.4.2.13 C705 - NB_TCH_NOR_DATA_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_DATA_ALLOC

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify for data - whose channel is
allocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode modify from TCH
signaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a TCH in signaling
mode).

Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,
indicating a data call, not related to handover.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

76 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.4.2.14 C706 - NB_EGSM_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU

Long Name NB_EGSM_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU

Definition Number of initial accesses for call establishments (except location update) of
MS supporting the E-GSM band, on a CELL basis.
MC706 = C706

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 CLASSMARK CHANGE message in the context of any
establishment causes different from location update is received on Abis
interface with a "Mobile Station Classmark 3" or a "Mobile Station Classmark 2"
Information Element field specifying that the MS supports the E-GSM band.
The counter is incremented only once per SCCP connection in the serving cell,
i.e. on receipt of the first 44.018 CLASSMARK CHANGE message.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 E-GSM

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name E-GSM support

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 77 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.5 Traffic Load

1.5.1 All Traffic Load
C13a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_QUEUED (Section 1.5.2.1 )
C13b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_QUEUED (Section 1.5.2.2 )
C147 - NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_ALLOC (Section 1.5.2.3 )
C148 - NB_IMM_ASS_ALLOC (Section 1.5.2.4 )
C15a - NB_INC_IDR_ALLOC (Section 1.5.2.5 )
C15b - NB_INC_TCH_HO_ALLOC (Section 1.5.2.6 )
C703 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ALLOC_TRX (Section 1.5.2.7 )
C850 - NB_MULTIBAND_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU_CELL (Section 1.5.2.8 )

1.5.2 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

1.5.2.1 C13a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_QUEUED

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_QUEUED

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment requests that are
put in BSC queue.

Trigger condition Further to the receipt of a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message for TCH,
the counter is incremented:
i) upon the sending of a 48.008 QUEUING INDICATION message if the queuing
is authorised by the MSC, or,
ii) when the assignment request is queued in the cell if the queuing is not
authorised by the MSC and the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is set, or,
iii) when the assignment request is queued in the cell if the queuing is not
authorised by the MSC and the request has its pre-emption indicator set
(provided that the flag EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to ’Enable’).
Note 1: MC13a = C13a
Note 2: The HMI name of the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is
"FORCED_QUEUING".

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

78 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.5.2.2 C13b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_QUEUED

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_QUEUED

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) incoming external handover requests that
are put in BSC queue

Trigger condition Further to the receipt of a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST message for TCH,
the counter is incremented:
i) upon the sending of a 48.008 QUEUING INDICATION message if the queuing
is authorised by the MSC, or,
ii) when the handover request is queued in the cell if the queuing is not
authorised by the MSC and the request has its pre-emption indicator set
(provided that the flag EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to ’Enable’).
Note: MC13b = C13b
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Handover

Sub Domain 3 TCH

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 79 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.5.2.3 C147 - NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_ALLOC

Long Name NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_ALLOC

Definition MC147=C147, Number of incoming internal or external SDCCH handovers

-whose target SDCCH channel is allocated by the BSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message is about to be sent on

Abis Interface to activate an SDCCH channel for any handover purposes.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Handover

Sub Domain 3 SDCCH

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

80 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.5.2.4 C148 - NB_IMM_ASS_ALLOC

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_ALLOC

Definition Number of immediate assignment plus SDCCH normal assignments -whose

SDCCH channel is allocated by the BSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message is about to be sent

on Abis Interface to activate an SDCCH channel for any purpose other than
handover.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 81 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.5.2.5 C15a - NB_INC_IDR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_INC_IDR_ALLOC

Definition MC15a=C15a, Number of incoming internal directed retry (towards a TCH

channel in HR or FR usage) whose target channel is allocated by the BSC.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented on the target cell whenever the 48.058 CHANNEL
ACTIVATION message of a TCH channel is about to be sent during an internal
directed retry.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 3 Internal

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

82 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.5.2.6 C15b - NB_INC_TCH_HO_ALLOC

Long Name NB_INC_TCH_HO_ALLOC

Definition Number of incoming TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover (internal or external)

-whose target channel is allocated by the BSC.
Since there are no reliable means at the target BSC to distinguish external
directed retry from external handover, the external directed retries are counted
by this counter.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented on the target cell whenever the 48.058 CHANNEL
ACTIVATION message of a TCH channel is about to be sent during any
handover procedure.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Handover

Sub Domain 3 TCH

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 83 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.5.2.7 C703 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ALLOC_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ALLOC_TRX

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment whose RTCH channel
is allocated in the BSC, per TRX. This counter also takes into account normal
assignment whose RTCH channel is allocated in the BSC in signaling mode (FR
usage only), for DTM.
MC703 = C703

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message is about to be sent on

Abis Interface to activate a TCH channel for normal assignment, or for DTM
assignment with a TCH in signaling mode.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

84 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

1.5.2.8 C850 - NB_MULTIBAND_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU_CELL

Long Name NB_MULTIBAND_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU_CELL

Definition Number of initial accesses for call establishments (location update apart)
initiated by multiband mobile stations. The counter is defined on a per cell basis.
A MS is considered as multiband if it supports:
- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1800 bands if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800
bands", or,
- the GSM850 and the DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", or,
- the GSM850 and the DCS1900 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", or,
- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1900 bands if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900
bands".

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 Classmark Change message in the context of any
establishment cause different from location update is received on Abis interface
from the MS with a "Mobile Station Classmark 3" Information Element specifying
that the MS supports:
- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1800 bands if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800
bands", or,
- the GSM850 and the DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", or,
- the GSM850 and the DCS1900 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", or,
- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1900 bands if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900
bands".
The counter is incremented only once per SCCP connection in the serving cell,
i.e. on receipt of the first 44.018 CLASSMARK CHANGE message.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Multiband

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Traffic measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 85 / 1628

1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements

86 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 87 / 1628

2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.1 All TYPE 2

C141 - AV_NB_TCH_QUEUED (Section 2.2.2.1 )
C24 - AV_NB_NOT_AVAIL_TRX_TS (Section 2.2.2.2 )
C250 - AV_NB_AVAIL_TCH (Section 2.2.2.3 )
C26 - AV_NB_AVAIL_SDCCH (Section 2.2.2.4 )
C27 - AV_NB_AVAIL_CCCH (Section 2.2.2.5 )
C28a - AV_NB_BUSY_CS_TS (Section 2.2.2.6 )
C29a - NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_CS_TS (Section 2.2.2.7 )
C30 - AV_NB_BUSY_SDCCH (Section 2.2.2.8 )
C31 - NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_SDCCH (Section 2.2.2.9 )
C320a - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND1 (Section 2.2.2.10 )
C320b - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND2 (Section 2.2.2.11 )
C320c - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND3 (Section 2.2.2.12 )
C320d - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND4 (Section 2.2.2.13 )
C320e - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND5 (Section 2.2.2.14 )
C34 - TIME_ALL_AVAIL_TRX_TS_BUSY (Section 2.2.2.15 )
C803 - TIME_SDCCH_CONGESTION (Section 2.2.2.16 )

2.2 Resource Availability & Usage

2.2.1 All Resource Availability & Usage
C141 - AV_NB_TCH_QUEUED (Section 2.2.2.1 )
C24 - AV_NB_NOT_AVAIL_TRX_TS (Section 2.2.2.2 )
C250 - AV_NB_AVAIL_TCH (Section 2.2.2.3 )
C26 - AV_NB_AVAIL_SDCCH (Section 2.2.2.4 )
C27 - AV_NB_AVAIL_CCCH (Section 2.2.2.5 )
C28a - AV_NB_BUSY_CS_TS (Section 2.2.2.6 )
C29a - NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_CS_TS (Section 2.2.2.7 )
C30 - AV_NB_BUSY_SDCCH (Section 2.2.2.8 )
C31 - NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_SDCCH (Section 2.2.2.9 )
C320a - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND1 (Section 2.2.2.10 )
C320b - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND2 (Section 2.2.2.11 )
C320c - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND3 (Section 2.2.2.12 )
C320d - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND4 (Section 2.2.2.13 )
C320e - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND5 (Section 2.2.2.14 )
C34 - TIME_ALL_AVAIL_TRX_TS_BUSY (Section 2.2.2.15 )
C803 - TIME_SDCCH_CONGESTION (Section 2.2.2.16 )

88 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.2.2 Channel
2.2.2.1 C141 - AV_NB_TCH_QUEUED

Long Name AV_NB_TCH_QUEUED

Definition Average number of queued TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment or

external handover requests.

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. In order to provide one decimal place, the averaged value (real) is
multiplied by ten and then rounded up or down to the nearest integer value.
Note that the counter value that is indicated in the ASCII file, which can be
obtained via the OBSYNT interface, still has to be divided by 10, whereas the
value that is provided at the user interface is the correct one.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Resource availability measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 89 / 1628

2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.2.2.2 C24 - AV_NB_NOT_AVAIL_TRX_TS

Long Name AV_NB_NOT_AVAIL_TRX_TS

Definition Average number of not available radio timeslots (TRX_TS).

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TRX_TS

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Resource availability measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels

External Comment –

Feature Name –

90 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.2.2.3 C250 - AV_NB_AVAIL_TCH

Long Name AV_NB_AVAIL_TCH

Definition Average number of available TCH/PDCH timeslots for traffic usage (i.e. TCH (for
HR or FR usage) or PDCH).

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The averaged value is rounded up or down to the nearest integer
value.
Note 1: "Available" has here to be understood as the operational state of a
timeslot. The timeslot is available if it is not "blocked" or "out of service".
Note 2: The dynamic SDCCH timeslots are not taken into account in this counter.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Resource availability measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 91 / 1628

2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.2.2.4 C26 - AV_NB_AVAIL_SDCCH

Long Name AV_NB_AVAIL_SDCCH

Definition Average number of available static SDCCH sub-channels (i.e. on static SDCCH
timeslots).

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.
Note: "Available" has here to be understood as the operational state of a
timeslot. The timeslot is available if it is not "blocked" or "out of service".

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Resource availability measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels

External Comment –

Feature Name –

92 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.2.2.5 C27 - AV_NB_AVAIL_CCCH

Long Name AV_NB_AVAIL_CCCH

Definition Average number of available CCCH channels.

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 CCCH

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Resource availability measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 93 / 1628

2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.2.2.6 C28a - AV_NB_BUSY_CS_TS

Long Name AV_NB_BUSY_CS_TS

Definition Average number of busy TCH radio timeslot (in FR or HR usage, in traffic or in
signaling mode) and busy dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslot allocated as TCH.

Trigger condition The BSC takes periodically a sample of the number of busy TCH radio timeslots
and busy dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots allocated as TCH. The sampling
period is set to the value indicated in the Status Inspection field. At the expiry of
the accumulation period, all samples are averaged (i.e. summed and divided
by the number of samples). The averaged value is rounded up or down to the
nearest value with an accuracy of 0.1.
A TCH radio timeslot is considered as busy during the time it is allocated to a
given MS for TCH traffic (in HR or FR usage). A dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot
allocated as TCH is considered as busy during the time it is allocated to a given
MS for TCH traffic.
Note 1: the counter value that is indicated in the ASCII file (which can be
obtained via the OBSYNT interface) is an integer value (i.e. it is as if the BSC
multiplies by 10 the average). The reported value shall then be divided by 10
afterwards so that the value that is displayed to the end-user is the correct one.
Note 2: This counter does not take into account the PDCH radio timeslots
allocated to the MFS.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Resource availability measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels

External Comment –

Feature Name –

94 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.2.2.7 C29a - NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_CS_TS

Long Name NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_CS_TS

Definition Maximum number of simultaneously busy TCH radio timeslots (in HR or

FR usage, in traffic or in signaling mode) and simultaneously busy dynamic
SDCCH/8 radio timeslots allocated as TCH.

Trigger condition Whenever a TCH radio timeslot or a dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslot allocated
as TCH becomes busy, the BSC determines the current number of busy TCH
radio timeslots (in HR or FR usage) and busy dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots
allocated as TCH. This counter is the maximum value of this number during the
accumulation period.
This counter does not take into account the PDCHs allocated to the MFS.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Resource availability measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels

External Comment –

Feature Name Dynamic SDCCH allocation

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 95 / 1628

2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.2.2.8 C30 - AV_NB_BUSY_SDCCH

Long Name AV_NB_BUSY_SDCCH

Definition Average number of busy SDCCH subchannels, taking into account the following
SDCCH sub-channels: 1) Static SDCCH/x sub-channels, 2) Dynamic SDCCH
sub-channels which are dynamically allocated on the dynamic SDCCH/8
timeslots.

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. In order to provide one decimal place, the average value (real) is
multiplied by ten and then rounded up or down to the nearest integer value.
Note that the counter value that is indicated in the ASCII file, which can be
obtained via the OBSYNT interface, still has to be divided by 10, whereas the
value that is provided at the user interface is the correct one.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Resource availability measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels

External Comment –

Feature Name –

96 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.2.2.9 C31 - NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_SDCCH

Long Name NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_SDCCH

Definition Maximum number of simultaneously busy SDCCH subchannels, taking into

account the following SDCCH sub-channels: 1) Static SDCCH/x sub-channels,
2) Dynamic SDCCH sub-channels which are dynamically allocated on the
dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslots.

Trigger condition At each 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION (SDCCH subchannel) sent to the cell:
C31 = MAX ["old" C31 value (i.e. before the channel activation), number of busy
SDCCH subchannels observed for the cell].

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Resource availability measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 97 / 1628

2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.2.2.10 C320a - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND1

Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND1

Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots
belonging to the interference band 1. This number is updated upon the receipt
of 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Resource availability measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels

External Comment –

Feature Name –

98 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.2.2.11 C320b - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND2

Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND2

Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots
belonging to the interference band 2. This number is updated upon the receipt
of 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The average value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Resource availability measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 99 / 1628

2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.2.2.12 C320c - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND3

Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND3

Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots
belonging to the interference band 3. This number is updated upon the receipt
of 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Resource availability measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels

External Comment –

Feature Name –

100 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.2.2.13 C320d - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND4

Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND4

Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots in FR
or HR usage belonging to the interference band 4. This number is updated upon
the receipt of 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Resource availability measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 101 / 1628

2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.2.2.14 C320e - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND5

Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND5

Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots
belonging to the interference band 5. This number is updated upon the receipt
of 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The average value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Resource availability measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels

External Comment –

Feature Name –

102 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.2.2.15 C34 - TIME_ALL_AVAIL_TRX_TS_BUSY

Long Name TIME_ALL_AVAIL_TRX_TS_BUSY

Definition Cumulated time (in seconds) during which there is no free FR TCH sub-channel
to serve an incoming FR TCH request.
A TCH sub-channel is seen as busy:
i) if the TCH sub-channel is occupied by a HR or FR CS call (in particular if it is
occupied by the CS part of a DTM call), or
ii) if the TCH sub-channel is allocated to the MFS to carry PS traffic.

Trigger condition The counter is started when there is no free FR TCH sub-channel to serve an
incoming FR TCH request.
The counter is stopped when there is a free FR TCH sub-channel to serve
an incoming FR TCH request.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TRX_TS

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Resource availability measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels

External Comment –

Feature Name Dynamic SDCCH allocation

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 103 / 1628

2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements

2.2.2.16 C803 - TIME_SDCCH_CONGESTION

Long Name TIME_SDCCH_CONGESTION

Definition Cumulated time (in seconds) during which the SDCCH request(s) are not served
because no SDCCH sub-channel is available.

Trigger condition The time counter is started whenever a SDCCH request cannot be served.
The time counter is stopped whenever one of the following conditions is checked:
- if a SDCCH sub-channel becomes free and usable on a static SDCCH timeslot
or on a dynamic timeslot allocated as SDCCH (i.e. when the timeslot is known
from the SDCCH_RM module). The term "usable" means here that the SDCCH
sub-channel is not mapped on a TCU in a very high overload state, or,
- if a SDCCH request is served successfully. This condition corresponds to the
case the SDCCH_RM module requests the TCH_RM module for a dynamic
SDCCH timeslot.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Resource availability measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels

External Comment –

Feature Name Dynamic SDCCH allocation

104 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 3 BSC-TYPE 3 - Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements

3 BSC-TYPE 3 - Resource usage on CCCH channel

measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 105 / 1628

3 BSC-TYPE 3 - Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements

3.1 All TYPE 3

C8a - NB_PAGING_CMD (Section 3.2.2.1 )
C8b - NB_IMM_ASS_CMD (Section 3.2.2.2 )
C8c - NB_CHAN_REQD (Section 3.2.2.3 )
C8d - NB_IMM_ASS_REJ (Section 3.2.2.4 )

3.2 Traffic Load

3.2.1 All Traffic Load
C8a - NB_PAGING_CMD (Section 3.2.2.1 )
C8b - NB_IMM_ASS_CMD (Section 3.2.2.2 )
C8c - NB_CHAN_REQD (Section 3.2.2.3 )
C8d - NB_IMM_ASS_REJ (Section 3.2.2.4 )

3.2.2 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

3.2.2.1 C8a - NB_PAGING_CMD

Long Name NB_PAGING_CMD

Definition PCH load: number of 48.058 PAGING COMMAND messages sent either for PS
traffic or for CS traffic on Abis towards the selected cell.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 PAGING COMMAND message (either for PS traffic or for
CS traffic) is about to be sent on Abis interface to the cell on the related TRX
timeslot.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 CCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX_TS

Type Name Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the usage of the CCCH channel (PCH load, AGCH
load, RACH load)

External Comment –

Feature Name –

106 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 3 BSC-TYPE 3 - Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements

3.2.2.2 C8b - NB_IMM_ASS_CMD

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_CMD

Definition AGCH load: number of 48.058 IMMEDIATE ASSIGN COMMAND messages

sent for CS traffic on Abis to the MS.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 IMMEDIATE ASSIGN COMMAND message for CS traffic is
about to be sent on Abis interface to the cell on the related TRX timeslot.
Note: This counter does not take into account the 48.058 IMMEDIATE ASSIGN
COMMAND messages sent for PS traffic.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 CCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX_TS

Type Name Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the usage of the CCCH channel (PCH load, AGCH
load, RACH load)

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 107 / 1628

3 BSC-TYPE 3 - Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements

3.2.2.3 C8c - NB_CHAN_REQD

Long Name NB_CHAN_REQD

Definition RACH load: number of 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED received via the selected
cell.
All the CHANNEL REQUIRED messages are counted whatever the
Establishment Cause is.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED message (either for PS traffic or for
CS traffic) is received on Abis interface from the cell on the related TRX timeslot.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 CCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX_TS

Type Name Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the usage of the CCCH channel (PCH load, AGCH
load, RACH load)

External Comment –

Feature Name –

108 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 3 BSC-TYPE 3 - Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements

3.2.2.4 C8d - NB_IMM_ASS_REJ

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_REJ

Definition Number of 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED received while no SDCCH can be

allocated by the BSC (congestion), i.e. the number of 44.018IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT REJECT sent to the MS via the selected cell.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message is

about to be sent on Abis interface to the cell on the related TRX timeslot with
a "Full Immediate Assignment" Info Element containing a 44.018 IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT REJECT message.
Note: This counter only applies to CS traffic.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 CCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX_TS

Type Name Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the usage of the CCCH channel (PCH load, AGCH
load, RACH load)

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 109 / 1628

3 BSC-TYPE 3 - Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements

110 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 4 BSC-TYPE 4 - Resource usage on SDCCH channel measurements

4 BSC-TYPE 4 - Resource usage on SDCCH channel

measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 111 / 1628

4 BSC-TYPE 4 - Resource usage on SDCCH channel measurements

4.1 All TYPE 4

C39 - NB_TIMES_SDCCH_BUSY (Section 4.2.2.1 )
C40 - TIME_SDCCH_BUSY (Section 4.3.2.1 )

4.2 Resource Availability & Usage

4.2.1 All Resource Availability & Usage
C39 - NB_TIMES_SDCCH_BUSY (Section 4.2.2.1 )

4.2.2 Channel
4.2.2.1 C39 - NB_TIMES_SDCCH_BUSY

Long Name NB_TIMES_SDCCH_BUSY

Definition Number of times the SDCCH sub-channels belonging to the radio timeslot are
busy.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message is about to be sent to a

CELL to activate an SDCCH Sub-channel on the related TRX timeslot.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object TRX_TS

Type Name Resource usage on SDCCH channel measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the usage of the SDCCH channel

External Comment –

Feature Name –

112 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 4 BSC-TYPE 4 - Resource usage on SDCCH channel measurements

4.3 Traffic Load

4.3.1 All Traffic Load
C40 - TIME_SDCCH_BUSY (Section 4.3.2.1 )

4.3.2 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

4.3.2.1 C40 - TIME_SDCCH_BUSY

Long Name TIME_SDCCH_BUSY

Definition Cumulated time during which the SDCCH sub-channels belonging to the related
static or dynamic SDCCH timeslot are busy.

Trigger condition For the related static or dynamic SDCCH timeslot, the counter cumulates, over
the Accumulation Period, all time unit during which a SDCCH sub-channel is
busy.
For each SDCCH allocation of the sub-channel:
1) The counter starts being incremented after the sending of the 48.058
CHANNEL ACTIVATION message concerning an SDCCH sub-channel on the
related TRX timeslot.
2) The counter stops being incremented after the reception of a 48.058 RF
CHANNEL RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE message or the expiry of timer
T_RCR_ACK twice (supervising 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message)
concerning the SDCCH sub-channel previously activated on the related static or
dynamic SDCCH timeslot.
Example;
Let us consider that on a given static SDCCH/8 timeslot,
- SDCCH sub-channel 1 has been busy for 10 s,
- SDCCH sub-channel 2 has been busy for 20 s,
- SDCCH sub-channel n (with 3 <= n <= 8) has not been busy at all.
Then, at the expiry of the reporting period, the value reported by this counter
is 10 + 20 = 30 s.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX_TS

Type Name Resource usage on SDCCH channel measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the usage of the SDCCH channel

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 113 / 1628

4 BSC-TYPE 4 - Resource usage on SDCCH channel measurements

114 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements

5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel

measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 115 / 1628

5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements

5.1 All TYPE 5

C370a - NB_TCH_FR_ALLOC (Section 5.2.2.1 )
C370b - NB_TCH_HR_ALLOC (Section 5.2.2.2 )
C380a - TIME_FR_TCH_BUSY (Section 5.3.2.1 )
C380b - TIME_HR_TCH_BUSY (Section 5.3.2.2 )
C381a - TIME_FR_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS (Section 5.3.2.3 )
C381b - TIME_HR_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS (Section 5.3.2.4 )

5.2 Resource Availability & Usage

5.2.1 All Resource Availability & Usage
C370a - NB_TCH_FR_ALLOC (Section 5.2.2.1 )
C370b - NB_TCH_HR_ALLOC (Section 5.2.2.2 )

5.2.2 Channel
5.2.2.1 C370a - NB_TCH_FR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TCH_FR_ALLOC

Definition Number of times a TCH radio timeslot or a dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot is

allocated in FR usage, for normal assignment, for DTM assignment or handover,
in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058CHANNEL_ACTIVATION message is about to be sent to

the cell to activate a full rate TCH channel for normal assignment, for DTM
assignment or handover, in traffic or in signaling mode.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object TRX_TS

Type Name Resource usage on TCH channel measurements

Type Definition Set of counters releated to the usage of the TCH channel (in HR or FR usage)

External Comment –

Feature Name –

116 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements

5.2.2.2 C370b - NB_TCH_HR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TCH_HR_ALLOC

Definition Number of times a TCH radio timeslot or a dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot is

allocated in HR usage (i.e. the upper or lower HR sub-channel of the radio
timeslot is allocated), for normal assignment or handover.

Trigger condition Whenever a CHANNEL_ACTIVATION message is about to be sent to the

cell to activate a half rate TCH subchannel (either upper or lower) for normal
assignment or handover.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object TRX_TS

Type Name Resource usage on TCH channel measurements

Type Definition Set of counters releated to the usage of the TCH channel (in HR or FR usage)

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 117 / 1628

5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements

5.3 Traffic Load

5.3.1 All Traffic Load
C380a - TIME_FR_TCH_BUSY (Section 5.3.2.1 )
C380b - TIME_HR_TCH_BUSY (Section 5.3.2.2 )
C381a - TIME_FR_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS (Section 5.3.2.3 )
C381b - TIME_HR_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS (Section 5.3.2.4 )

5.3.2 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

5.3.2.1 C380a - TIME_FR_TCH_BUSY

Long Name TIME_FR_TCH_BUSY

Definition Time (in seconds) during which a TCH radio timeslot or a dynamic SDCCH/8
timeslot in FR usage (in traffic or in signaling mode) is busy.

Trigger condition The counter cumulates over the Accumulation Period, per radio timeslot, all unit
times during which the TCH FR channel is busy.
For each channel allocation:
1) The counter starts being incremented after the sending of the 48.058
CHANNEL ACTIVATION message to the cell concerning a full rate TCH channel
(in traffic or in signaling mode) for the related TRX timeslot.
2) The counter stops being incremented after the reception of a 48.058 RF
CHANNEL RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE message or the expiry of timer
T_RCR_ACK twice (after the sending of the 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE
message) concerning the TCH channel previously activated on the related TRX
timeslot.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX_TS

Type Name Resource usage on TCH channel measurements

Type Definition Set of counters releated to the usage of the TCH channel (in HR or FR usage)

External Comment –

Feature Name –

118 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements

5.3.2.2 C380b - TIME_HR_TCH_BUSY

Long Name TIME_HR_TCH_BUSY

Definition Time during which a TCH radio timeslot or a dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot in
HR usage is busy.

Trigger condition The counter cumulates, over the Accumulation Period, per half radio timeslot, all
unit times during which the TCH HR channel (or the dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot)
is busy. Both "HR timeslots" are counted independently.
For each channel allocation:
1) The counter starts being incremented after the sending of the 48.058
CHANNEL ACTIVATION message concerning a dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot or
an half rate TCH sub-channel mapped either on the upper half or the lower half
of the related TRX timeslot.
2) The counter stops being incremented when no HR sub-channel is active
anymore on the related TRX channel.
This is after the reception of a 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE
ACKNOWLEDGE message or the expiry of timer T_RCR_ACK twice (after the
sending of the 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message) or the BSC internal
radio resource release due to any BSS problem concerning the last HR TCH
channel (or the dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot) which was active on the related
TRX timeslot.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX_TS

Type Name Resource usage on TCH channel measurements

Type Definition Set of counters releated to the usage of the TCH channel (in HR or FR usage)

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 119 / 1628

5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements

5.3.2.3 C381a - TIME_FR_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS

Long Name TIME_FR_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS

Definition Time (in seconds) during which the TCH radio timeslot or the dynamic SDCCH/8
timeslot in FR usage (in traffic or in signaling mode) is busy by a multiband
mobile station.
A MS is considered as multiband if it supports:
- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1800 bands if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800
bands", or,
- the GSM850 and the DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", or,
- the GSM850 and the DCS1900 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", or,
- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1900 bands if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900
bands".

Trigger condition The counter cumulates over the Accumulation Period, per radio timeslot, all unit
times during which the TCH FR channel (or the dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot) is
busy (in traffic or in signaling mode).
For each channel allocation :
1) The counter starts being incremented after the sending of the 48.058
CHANNEL ACTIVATION message to the cell concerning :
- a full rate TCH channel (or the dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot) for the related TRX
timeslot
- a mobile which has sent a 44.018 CLASSMARK CHANGE message with a
"Mobile Station Classmark 3" Information Element field specifying that the MS
supports:
- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1800 bands if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800
bands", or,
- the GSM850 and the DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", or,
- the GSM850 and the DCS1900 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", or,
- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1900 bands if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900
bands".
2) The counter stops being incremented after the reception of a 48.058 RF
CHANNEL RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE message or the expiry of timer
T_RCR_ACK twice (after the sending of the 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX_TS

Type Name Resource usage on TCH channel measurements

Type Definition Set of counters releated to the usage of the TCH channel (in HR or FR usage)

120 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 121 / 1628

5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements

5.3.2.4 C381b - TIME_HR_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS

Long Name TIME_HR_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS

Definition Time during which the TCH radio timeslot or the dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot
in HR usage is busy by a multiband mobile station. A TCH radio timeslot (or a
dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot) in HR usage is said busy by a multiband mobile
station when one or two HR sub-channels are busy by a multiband mobile
station.
A MS is considered as multiband if it supports:
- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1800 bands if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800
bands", or,
- the GSM850 and the DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", or,
- the GSM850 and the DCS1900 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", or,
- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1900 bands if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900
bands".

Trigger condition The counter cumulates, over the Accumulation Period, per radio timeslot, all unit
times during which the TCH HR channel (or the dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot) is
busy.
For each channel allocation:
1) The counter starts being incremented after the sending of the 48.058
CHANNEL ACTIVATION message concerning :
- an half rate TCH channel (or a dynamic SDCC/8 timeslot) mapped either on
the upper half or the lower half of the related TRX timeslot.
- a mobile which has sent a 44.018 CLASSMARK CHANGE message with a
"Mobile Station Classmark 3" Information Element field specifying that it is a
multiband MS. the MS supports:
- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1800 bands if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800
bands", or,
- the GSM850 and the DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", or,
- the GSM850 and the DCS1900 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", or,
- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1900 bands if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900
bands".
2) The counter stops being incremented when no HR sub-channel (or the
dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot) concerning a multiband mobile is active anymore
on the related TRX channel.
This is after the reception of a 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE
ACKNOWLEDGE message or the expiry of timer T_RCR_ACK twice (after the
sending of the 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message) or the BSC internal
radio resource release due to any BSS problem, concerning the last HR TCH
channel (or the dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot) related to a multiband mobile.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

122 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements

Measured Object TRX_TS

Type Name Resource usage on TCH channel measurements

Type Definition Set of counters releated to the usage of the TCH channel (in HR or FR usage)

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 123 / 1628

5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements

124 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 125 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.1 All TYPE 6

C220 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_REQ (Section 6.2.3.1 )
C221 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 6.2.3.2 )
C230 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_REQ (Section 6.2.3.3 )
C231 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 6.2.3.4 )
C270 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_REQ (Section 6.2.3.5 )
C271 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 6.2.3.6 )
C411 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_IDR_IN_ZONE_REQ (Section 6.2.3.7 )
C412 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_IDR_IN_ZONE_EXEC_FAIL (Section 6.2.3.8 )
C413 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_INNER_ZONE_ALLOC (Section 6.3.2.1 )
C41b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_NO_TTCH (Section 6.2.3.9 )
C42 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 6.2.3.10 )
C43 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS (Section 6.2.3.11 )
C440 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover (Section 6.2.2.1 )
C444 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_24_GenCaptureHandover (Section 6.2.3.12 )
C447 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_26_BadQualHR (Section 6.2.3.13 )
C448 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_27_GoodQualFR (Section 6.2.3.14 )
C449 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_28_FastTraffic (Section 6.2.3.15 )
C450 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_22_TooShortDistance (Section 6.2.3.16 )
C45a - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_REAL_HO_REQ (Section 6.2.3.17 )
C46 - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 6.2.3.18 )
C460 - NB_TCH_HO_ALLOC_EMERGENCY_PRES (Section 6.2.3.19 )
C461 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_29_TFO (Section 6.2.3.20 )
C47 - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 6.2.3.21 )
C470 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_2_TooLowQualUp (Section 6.2.3.22 )
C471 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_3_TooLowLevUp (Section 6.2.3.23 )
C472 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_4_TooLowQualDown (Section 6.2.3.24 )
C473 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_5_TooLowLevDown (Section 6.2.3.25 )
C474 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_6_TooLongDistance (Section 6.2.3.26 )
C476 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_15_TooHighLevInterfUp (Section 6.2.3.27 )
C477 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_16_TooHighLevInterfDown (Section 6.2.3.28 )
C478 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_12_TooLowPowBudg (Section 6.2.3.29 )
C479 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand (Section 6.2.3.30 )
C48 - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 6.2.3.31 )
C50 - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 6.2.3.32 )
C52 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 6.2.3.33 )
C53 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS (Section 6.2.3.34 )
C541 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_R_ABIS (Section 6.2.3.35 )

126 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

C541a - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section

6.2.3.36 )
C551 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section
6.2.3.37 )
C55a - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_REQ (Section 6.2.3.38 )
C56 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 6.2.3.39 )
C561 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section 6.2.3.40 )
C57 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 6.2.3.41 )
C58 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 6.2.3.42 )
C585a - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell (Section 6.2.3.43 )
C585d - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell (Section 6.2.3.44 )
C585e - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell (Section 6.2.3.45
)
C585f - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS (Section
6.2.3.46 )
C586a - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_10_TooLowLevUpInZone (Section 6.2.3.47 )
C586b - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_11_TooLowLevDownInZone (Section 6.2.3.48 )
C586c - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_13_TooHighLevUpDownOutZone (Section
6.2.3.49 )
C60 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 6.2.3.50 )
C62 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 6.2.3.51 )
C63 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 6.2.3.52 )
C67 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 6.2.3.53 )
C75 - NB_TCH_HO_MSC_TRIG (Section 6.2.3.54 )

6.2 Handover
6.2.1 All Handover
C220 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_REQ (Section 6.2.3.1 )
C221 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 6.2.3.2 )
C230 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_REQ (Section 6.2.3.3 )
C231 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 6.2.3.4 )
C270 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_REQ (Section 6.2.3.5 )
C271 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 6.2.3.6 )
C411 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_IDR_IN_ZONE_REQ (Section 6.2.3.7 )
C412 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_IDR_IN_ZONE_EXEC_FAIL (Section 6.2.3.8 )
C41b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_NO_TTCH (Section 6.2.3.9 )
C42 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 6.2.3.10 )
C43 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS (Section 6.2.3.11 )
C440 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover (Section 6.2.2.1 )
C444 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_24_GenCaptureHandover (Section 6.2.3.12 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 127 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

C447 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_26_BadQualHR (Section 6.2.3.13 )

C448 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_27_GoodQualFR (Section 6.2.3.14 )
C449 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_28_FastTraffic (Section 6.2.3.15 )
C450 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_22_TooShortDistance (Section 6.2.3.16 )
C45a - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_REAL_HO_REQ (Section 6.2.3.17 )
C46 - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 6.2.3.18 )
C460 - NB_TCH_HO_ALLOC_EMERGENCY_PRES (Section 6.2.3.19 )
C461 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_29_TFO (Section 6.2.3.20 )
C47 - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 6.2.3.21 )
C470 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_2_TooLowQualUp (Section 6.2.3.22 )
C471 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_3_TooLowLevUp (Section 6.2.3.23 )
C472 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_4_TooLowQualDown (Section 6.2.3.24 )
C473 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_5_TooLowLevDown (Section 6.2.3.25 )
C474 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_6_TooLongDistance (Section 6.2.3.26 )
C476 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_15_TooHighLevInterfUp (Section 6.2.3.27 )
C477 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_16_TooHighLevInterfDown (Section 6.2.3.28 )
C478 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_12_TooLowPowBudg (Section 6.2.3.29 )
C479 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand (Section 6.2.3.30 )
C48 - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 6.2.3.31 )
C50 - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 6.2.3.32 )
C52 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 6.2.3.33 )
C53 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS (Section 6.2.3.34 )
C541 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_R_ABIS (Section 6.2.3.35 )
C541a - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section
6.2.3.36 )
C551 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section
6.2.3.37 )
C55a - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_REQ (Section 6.2.3.38 )
C56 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 6.2.3.39 )
C561 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section 6.2.3.40 )
C57 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 6.2.3.41 )
C58 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 6.2.3.42 )
C585a - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell (Section 6.2.3.43 )
C585d - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell (Section 6.2.3.44 )
C585e - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell (Section 6.2.3.45
)
C585f - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS (Section
6.2.3.46 )
C586a - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_10_TooLowLevUpInZone (Section 6.2.3.47 )
C586b - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_11_TooLowLevDownInZone (Section 6.2.3.48 )

128 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

C586c - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_13_TooHighLevUpDownOutZone (Section

6.2.3.49 )
C60 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 6.2.3.50 )
C62 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 6.2.3.51 )
C63 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 6.2.3.52 )
C67 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 6.2.3.53 )
C75 - NB_TCH_HO_MSC_TRIG (Section 6.2.3.54 )

6.2.2 SDCCH+TCH
6.2.2.1 C440 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover

Definition MC440=C440, Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with

the cause 23: "traffic handover" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage).

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 23. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 129 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3 TCH
6.2.3.1 C220 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_REQ

Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover requests.

Trigger condition Whenever 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST received by the target BSC for the
target cell on TCH.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

130 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.2 C221 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover attempts.

Trigger condition Whenever 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent by the target BSC
containing the 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND towards the target cell on TCH.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 131 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.3 C230 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_REQ

Definition Number of incoming internal inter cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover
requests.

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover procedure selects a
target cell (among a list of target cells) for internal inter cell TCH handover.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

132 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.4 C231 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of incoming internal inter cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover
attempts.

Trigger condition 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the serving BTS for internal inter cell
TCH handover. However, the counter is incremented in the TARGET cell, based
on the target cell ID indicated by the HO Command message,

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 133 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.5 C270 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_REQ

Definition Number of intra cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover requests. This counter
takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does
not take into account DTM Assignments.

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover procedure starts an
intra cell TCH handover procedure.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

134 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.6 C271 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of intra cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover attempts. This counter
takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does
not take into account DTM Assignments.

Trigger condition 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the BTS for intra cell handover
on TCH.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 135 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.7 C411 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_IDR_IN_ZONE_REQ

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_IDR_IN_ZONE_REQ

Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover

requests, plus the number of internal directed retries requests, towards the
inner zone of a target concentric cell.

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover procedure at the
serving cell generates an HO alarm towards the inner zone of a target concentric
cell for internal inter-cell TCH handover, or for an internal directed retry.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

136 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.8 C412 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_IDR_IN_ZONE_EXEC_FAIL

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_IDR_IN_ZONE_EXEC_FAIL

Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover

-executions failures, plus the number of internal directed retries -execution
failures due to MS access problem, towards the inner zone of a target concentric
cell.
This counter permits to tune the EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO parameter.

Trigger condition 1) Receipts of 44.018HANDOVER FAILURE (cause=radio interface failure,

reversion to old channel).
2) Timer T3103 expiry (this timer starts upon the sending of 44.018HANDOVER
COMMAND and is stopped upon the receipt of 44.018HANDOVER
COMPLETE).

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 137 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.9 C41b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_NO_TTCH

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_NO_TTCH

Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparation

failures due to A-traffic-channel status mismatch between the BSC and the MSC.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of
"requested terrestrial resource unavailable" is sent on A interface from the target
BSC to the MSC.
2) Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of
"terrestrial circuit already allocated" is sent on A interface from the target BSC to
the MSC.
3) Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of
"BSS not equipped" is sent on A interface from the target BSC to the MSC.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

138 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.10 C42 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successes.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface from the target cell for a TCH channel that is involved in an external
TCH handover.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 139 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.11 C43 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS

Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -execution

failures due to MS access problem.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with a

cause value of "handover access failure" is received on Abis interface from the
target cell for a TCH channel during an external TCH handover.
2) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure on the target cell
(T9113), expires during an external TCH handover.
3) Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with a cause value of "radio interface
failure - reversion to old channel" is received on A interface on the target BSC
from the MSC during an external TCH handover.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

140 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.12 C444 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_24_GenCaptureHandover

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_24_GenCaptureHandover

Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with the cause 24:
"general capture handover" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage).

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 24. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 141 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.13 C447 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_26_BadQualHR

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_26_BadQualHR

Definition Number of intracell handover attempts, with the cause 26: "HR to FR channel
adaptation due to bad radio quality" on a TCH channel.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 26 on TCH.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name Introduction of AMR (NB-AMR)

142 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.14 C448 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_27_GoodQualFR

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_27_GoodQualFR

Definition Number of intracell handover attempts, with the cause 27: "FR to HR channel
adaptation due to good radio quality" on a TCH channel.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 27 on TCH.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name Introduction of AMR (NB-AMR)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 143 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.15 C449 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_28_FastTraffic

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_28_FastTraffic

Definition Number of handover attempts, with the cause 28 (Fast Traffic Handover).

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 28 on TCH. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name Instantaneous Peaks Management

144 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.16 C450 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_22_TooShortDistance

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_22_TooShortDistance

Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handovers attempts, with cause 22: "too
short MS-BTS distance" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). Only the outer
zones of extended cells are concerned by this counter.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the mobile via the BTS
because of cause 22 on TCH. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 145 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.17 C45a - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_REAL_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_REAL_HO_REQ

Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover requests. This
counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED message with the cell
identification discriminator set to a value identifying a GSM handover is sent on
A interface to the MSC for a TCH handover towards a 2G cell. If more than one
48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED is sent in the frame of the same Handover
procedure, the counter is incremented only once.
48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED is sent in following situations:
1) An external handover alarm has been raised, with corresponding list of
candidate cells.
2) The list of candidate cells for the current alarm has been updated.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

146 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.18 C46 - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successes.

This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling
mode.

Trigger condition External TCH handover in the following cases:

1/ a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND message with a cause value of "handover
successful" is received on A interface on the serving BSC from the MSC.
2/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause= "normal event/call control") is received
while T8 is running.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Note: This counter does not count hantover to UMTS

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 147 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.19 C460 - NB_TCH_HO_ALLOC_EMERGENCY_PRES

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ALLOC_EMERGENCY_PRES

Definition Number of high priority TCH requests served when the number of free TCH
timeslots is less than or equal to NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented on the serving cell whenever the 48.058 CHANNEL
ACTIVATION message allocating a TCH channel is sent and the following two
conditions are both fulfilled:
1) the TCH is allocated to serve i) an internal handover Cause 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10,
11, 12, 15, 16, 17, 18, 22, 27, or, ii) an external handover Cause "Uplink quality",
"Uplink strength", "Downlink quality", "Downlink strength", "Distance", or iii) a
normal assignment or an external handover with the preemption indicator set
(i.e. Preemption Capability Indicator = 1 and EN_TCH_PREEMPT = Enable).
2) the number of free TCH timeslots is less than or equal to
NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO.
Note 1: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Note 2: The HMI name of the parameter NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO is
"NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO".

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name Preservation of on going calls

148 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.20 C461 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_29_TFO

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_29_TFO

Definition Number of intra-cell handover - attempts, with the cause 29 (TFO mismatch
resolution, TFO optimisation).
MC461 = C461

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 29 on TCH.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of TFO (Tandem Free Operation)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 149 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.21 C47 - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -execution

failures due to MS access problem with reversion of the mobile to the old
channel. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in
signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE message is received on Abis

interface from the serving cell , during an external TCH handover.
Note 1: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Note 2: This counter does not count hantover to UMTS.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

150 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.22 C470 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_2_TooLowQualUp

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_2_TooLowQualUp

Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 2: "uplink
quality too low" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter takes into
account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 2. This counter is incremented in the serving cell,
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 151 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.23 C471 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_3_TooLowLevUp

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_3_TooLowLevUp

Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 2: "uplink
quality too low" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter takes into
account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 3. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

152 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.24 C472 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_4_TooLowQualDown

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_4_TooLowQualDown

Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 4:

"downlink quality too low" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter
takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 4. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 153 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.25 C473 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_5_TooLowLevDown

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_5_TooLowLevDown

Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 5:

"downlink level too low" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter
takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 5. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

154 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.26 C474 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_6_TooLongDistance

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_6_TooLongDistance

Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 6:

"MS-BTS distance too long" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This
counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 6. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 155 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.27 C476 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_15_TooHighLevInterfUp

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_15_TooHighLevInterfUp

Definition Number of intra-cell handover attempts, with cause 15: "too high level
interference on uplink" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter
takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 15.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

156 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.28 C477 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_16_TooHighLevInterfDown

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_16_TooHighLevInterfDown

Definition Number of intra-cell handover attempts, with cause 16: "too high level
interference on downlink" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter
takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 16.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 157 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.29 C478 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_12_TooLowPowBudg

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_12_TooLowPowBudg

Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 12: "too
low power budget" on a TCH channel (in FR or FR usage). This counter takes
into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 12. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

158 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.30 C479 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand

Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 21: "high
level in neighbour cell in the preferred band" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR
usage). This counter is related to multiband.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 21 on TCH. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 159 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.31 C48 - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover execution

failures due to MS access problem without reversion of the mobile to the old
channel (call drop). This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in
traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure on the serving cell
(T8), expires during an external TCH handover, except if a 48.008 CLEAR
COMMAND with "normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC,
leading to a normal call release. In such a case, the handover is considered as
successful.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Note: This counter does not count handover to UMTS

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

160 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.32 C50 - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover attempts. This
counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever the 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent on Abis
interface on the serving channel, during an external TCH handover procedure.
Note 1: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Note 2: This counter does not count handover to UMTS

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 161 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.33 C52 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of incoming internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover

successes.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface from the target cell for a TCH channel that is involved in an internal
inter-cell TCH handover.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

162 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.34 C53 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS

Long Name NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS

Definition Number of incoming internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover

-execution failures due to MS access problem; the mobile either reverts or does
not to the old channel.

Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires during
an internal inter-cell TCH handover.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 163 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.35 C541 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_R_ABIS

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_R_ABIS

Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparation

failures due to congestion (C541a), or A-traffic-channel status mismatch
between the BSC and the MSC (C41b).

Trigger condition Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name Abis Dynamic Mapping

164 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.36 C541a - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparation

failures due to congestion.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of "no
radio resource available" is sent on A interface from the target BSC to the MSC
during an external TCH handover.
Note 1: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Note 2: In MX BSC, this counter is incremented whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER
FAILURE message with a cause value of "no radio resource available" is sent
due to the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit defined by the
MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, MC926 is also incremented by
one.
Note 3: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:
- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;
- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by
the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 165 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.37 C551 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Long Name NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Definition Number of incoming internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover

-preparation failures due to congestion.

Trigger condition Whenever an internal inter-cell TCH handover cannot be performed, because
the target cell is congested (no free TCH channel).
Note 1: In MX BSC, this counter is incremented whenever an internal inter-cell
TCH handover cannot be performed due to the TCH processing capacity of CCP
reaches the limit defined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case,
MC926 is also incremented by one.
Note 2: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:
- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;
- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by
the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

166 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.38 C55a - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_REQ

Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover

requests. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in
signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover procedure selects a
target cell (among a list of target cells) for internal inter cell TCH handover.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 167 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.39 C56 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover

successes. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in
signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface from the target cell , during an internal inter-cell TCH handover.
Whenever an handover execution procedure (HANDOVER COMMAND being
sent) is interrupted due to normal call release by the user. In this case the
handover is considered as successful.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

168 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.40 C561 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Definition Number of intra-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparation failures

due to congestion. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in
traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into account DTM Assignments.

Trigger condition Whenever a internal intra-cell TCH handover cannot be performed, because
there is no free TCH channel to serve the handover.
Note 1: In MX BSC, this counter is incremented whenever an intra-cell TCH
handover cannot be performed due to the TCH processing capacity of CCP
reaches the limit defined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case,
MC926 is also incremented by one.
Note 2: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:
- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;
- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by
the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name Abis Dynamic Mapping

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 169 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.41 C57 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover

-execution failures due to MS access problem with reversion of the mobile to
the old channel. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic
or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE message is received on Abis

interface from the serving cell, during an internal inter-cell TCH handover.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

170 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.42 C58 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover

-execution failures due to MS access problem without reversion of the mobile
to the old channel (call drop). This counter takes into account handovers from
TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires during
an internal inter-cell TCH handover.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 171 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.43 C585a - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell

Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 7:

"several consecutive bad SACCH frames received in a micro cell" on a TCH
channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter takes into account handovers
from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. This counter is related to micro cell
environment.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 7. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

172 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.44 C585d - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell

Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handovers attempts, with cause 17: "too
low level on the uplink in a microcell compared to a high threshold" on a TCH
channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter takes into account handovers from
TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
This counter is related to micro cell environment.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 17. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 173 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.45 C585e - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell

Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handovers attempts, with cause 18: "too
low level on the downlink in a microcell compared to a high threshold" on a TCH
channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter takes into account handovers from
TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
This counter is related to micro cell environment.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 18. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

174 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.46 C585f - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS

Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 14: "high
level in neighbour lower layer for slow mobile" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR
usage). This counter is related to micro cell environment.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 14. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 175 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.47 C586a - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_10_TooLowLevUpInZone

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_10_TooLowLevUpInZone

Definition Number of intra-cell handover attempts, with cause 10 "Inner zone uplink level
too low" on TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter is related to
concentric cell environment.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 10.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

176 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.48 C586b - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_11_TooLowLevDownInZone

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_11_TooLowLevDownInZone

Definition Number of intra-cell handover attempts, with cause 11: "Inner zone downlink
level too low" on TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter is related to
concentric cell environment.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 11.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 177 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.49 C586c - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_13_TooHighLevUpDownOutZone

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_13_TooHighLevUpDownOutZone

Definition Number of intra-cell handover attempts, with cause 13: "Outer zone uplink and
downlink levels too high" on TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter is
related to concentric cell environment.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 13.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

178 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.50 C60 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover

attempts. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in
signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever the 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent on Abis
interface on the serving channel, during an internal inter-cell TCH handover
procedure.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 179 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.51 C62 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of intra-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successes. This

counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It
does not take into account DTM Assignments.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface on the target channel for a TCH channel that is involved in an internal
intra-cell TCH handover.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

180 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.52 C63 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Definition Number of intra-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover execution failures

due MS access problem; the mobile is lost. This counter takes into account
handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into account
DTM Assignments.

Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3107) expires during
an internal intra-cell.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 181 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.53 C67 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Definition Number of intra-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -execution failures due
to MS access problem with reversion of the mobile to the old channel. This
counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It
does not take into account DTM Assignments.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message is received on Abis

interface on the serving channel, during an internal intra-cell TCH handover.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

182 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.2.3.54 C75 - NB_TCH_HO_MSC_TRIG

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_MSC_TRIG

Definition Number of external handovers triggered by the MSC but not required by the BSS.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER COMMAND message is received on A

interface from the MSC and timer T_HO_REQ_LOST is not running.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Note: This counter does not count hantover to UMTS

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 183 / 1628

6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements

6.3 Traffic Load

6.3.1 All Traffic Load
C413 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_INNER_ZONE_ALLOC (Section 6.3.2.1 )

6.3.2 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

6.3.2.1 C413 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_INNER_ZONE_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_INNER_ZONE_ALLOC

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment -whose ressource is

allocated in the BSC, in the inner zone of a concentric cell.

Trigger condition Whenever 48.058CHANNEL ACTIVATION is about to be send on Abis to

activate a TCH channel in the inner zone of the concentric cell for any normal
assignment.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name TCH handover measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

184 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 185 / 1628

7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.1 All TYPE 7

L1.1 - NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_SENT (Section 7.4.2.1 )
L1.12 - NB_LAPD_CRC_ERROR (Section 7.2.2.1 )
L1.15 - NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_RESENT (Section 7.2.2.2 )
L1.16 - TIME_LAPD_UNAVAIL (Section 7.3.2.1 )
L1.17 - NB_LAPD_EST (Section 7.2.2.3 )
L1.18 - TIME_LAPD_CONG (Section 7.2.2.4 )
L1.2 - NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_REC (Section 7.4.2.2 )
L1.5 - NB_LAPD_RNR_SENT (Section 7.2.2.5 )
L1.6 - NB_LAPD_RNR_REC (Section 7.2.2.6 )
L2.1 - NB_GSL_LAPD_ESTAB (Section 7.2.2.7 )
L2.2 - NB_GSL_LAPD_CRC_ERROR (Section 7.2.2.8 )
L2.3 - NB_GSL_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_RESENT (Section 7.2.2.9 )
L2.4 - NB_GSL_LAPD_RNR_SENT (Section 7.2.2.10 )
L2.5 - NB_GSL_LAPD_RNR_REC (Section 7.2.2.11 )
L2.6 - TIME_GSL_LAPD_UNAVAIL (Section 7.2.2.12 )
L2.7 - TIME_GSL_LAPD_CONG (Section 7.2.2.13 )

7.2 Quality of Service

7.2.1 All Quality of Service
L1.12 - NB_LAPD_CRC_ERROR (Section 7.2.2.1 )
L1.15 - NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_RESENT (Section 7.2.2.2 )
L1.17 - NB_LAPD_EST (Section 7.2.2.3 )
L1.18 - TIME_LAPD_CONG (Section 7.2.2.4 )
L1.5 - NB_LAPD_RNR_SENT (Section 7.2.2.5 )
L1.6 - NB_LAPD_RNR_REC (Section 7.2.2.6 )
L2.1 - NB_GSL_LAPD_ESTAB (Section 7.2.2.7 )
L2.2 - NB_GSL_LAPD_CRC_ERROR (Section 7.2.2.8 )
L2.3 - NB_GSL_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_RESENT (Section 7.2.2.9 )
L2.4 - NB_GSL_LAPD_RNR_SENT (Section 7.2.2.10 )
L2.5 - NB_GSL_LAPD_RNR_REC (Section 7.2.2.11 )
L2.6 - TIME_GSL_LAPD_UNAVAIL (Section 7.2.2.12 )
L2.7 - TIME_GSL_LAPD_CONG (Section 7.2.2.13 )

186 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.2.2 Interface (QoS)

7.2.2.1 L1.12 - NB_LAPD_CRC_ERROR

Long Name NB_LAPD_CRC_ERROR

Definition Number of frames received with CRC error on the RSL LapD link.

Trigger condition Whenever the HDLC Formatter handling the Physical RSL LAPD link detects a
CRC error in a received Frame.
Note 1: In case of LapD over UDP for IP transport in the BSS, this counter is
meaningless and shall always be set to 0.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 LapD

Measured Object LapD

Type Name LapD measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 187 / 1628

7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.2.2.2 L1.15 - NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_RESENT

Long Name NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_RESENT

Definition Number of Information frames re-transmitted on the RSL LapD link.

Trigger condition Whenever an Information Frame is retransmitted on a logical RSL LAPD link.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 LapD

Measured Object LapD

Type Name LapD measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

188 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.2.2.3 L1.17 - NB_LAPD_EST

Long Name NB_LAPD_EST

Definition Number of data link establishment, re-establishment and reset on the RSL LapD
link.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever the layer 2 receives a SABME frame in state MF Established or
Timer recovery (data link reset initiated by the BTS).
2) Whenever the layer 2 receives an UA frame in the state Awaiting
Establishment (i.e. data link establishment, re-establishment or link reset
initiated by the BSC).
This applies to RSL LapD link.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 LapD

Measured Object LapD

Type Name LapD measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 189 / 1628

7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.2.2.4 L1.18 - TIME_LAPD_CONG

Long Name TIME_LAPD_CONG

Definition Time in seconds during which the RSL LapD link is congested in transmission
in the BSC.

Trigger condition This counter will be incremented with the number of seconds elapsed
between the reception of L2_CONGESTION_IND and the reception of
L2_END_CONGESTION_IND by the Layer 3 in the BSC for a RSL LapD link.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 LapD

Measured Object LapD

Type Name LapD measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

190 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.2.2.5 L1.5 - NB_LAPD_RNR_SENT

Long Name NB_LAPD_RNR_SENT

Definition Number of Receive Not Ready (RNR) frames transmitted on the RSL LapD link.

Trigger condition Whenever an RNR Frame is transmitted on a logical RSL LAPD link.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 LapD

Measured Object LapD

Type Name LapD measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 191 / 1628

7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.2.2.6 L1.6 - NB_LAPD_RNR_REC

Long Name NB_LAPD_RNR_REC

Definition Number of Receive Not Ready (RNR) frames received on the RSL LapD link.

Trigger condition Whenever an RNR Frame is received on a logical RSL LAPD link.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 LapD

Measured Object LapD

Type Name LapD measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

192 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.2.2.7 L2.1 - NB_GSL_LAPD_ESTAB

Long Name NB_GSL_LAPD_ESTAB

Definition Number of data link establishment, re-establishment and reset on the GSL
LapD link.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever the layer 2 receives a SABME frame in state MF Established or
Timer recovery (data link reset initiated by the MFS).
2) Whenever the layer 2 receives an UA frame in the state Awaiting
Establishment (i.e. data link establishment, re-establishment or link reset
initiated by the BSC).
This applies to GSL LapD link.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 GSL link (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object GSL LAPD

Type Name LapD measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links

External Comment –

Feature Name New GSL counters

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 193 / 1628

7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.2.2.8 L2.2 - NB_GSL_LAPD_CRC_ERROR

Long Name NB_GSL_LAPD_CRC_ERROR

Definition Number of frames received with CRC error on the GSL LapD link.

Trigger condition Whenever the HDLC Formatter handling the Physical GSL LAPD link detects a
CRC error in a received Frame.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 GSL link (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object GSL LAPD

Type Name LapD measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links

External Comment –

Feature Name New GSL counters

194 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.2.2.9 L2.3 - NB_GSL_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_RESENT

Long Name NB_GSL_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_RESENT

Definition Number of Information frames re-transmitted on the GSL LapD link.

Trigger condition Whenever an Information Frame is retransmitted on a logical GSL LAPD link.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 GSL link (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object GSL LAPD

Type Name LapD measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links

External Comment –

Feature Name New GSL counters

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 195 / 1628

7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.2.2.10 L2.4 - NB_GSL_LAPD_RNR_SENT

Long Name NB_GSL_LAPD_RNR_SENT

Definition Number of Receive Not Ready (RNR) frames transmitted on the GSL LapD link.

Trigger condition Whenever a Receiver Not Ready (RNR) Frame is transmitted on a logical
GSL LAPD link.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 GSL link (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object GSL LAPD

Type Name LapD measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links

External Comment –

Feature Name New GSL counters

196 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.2.2.11 L2.5 - NB_GSL_LAPD_RNR_REC

Long Name NB_GSL_LAPD_RNR_REC

Definition Number of Receive Not Ready (RNR) frames received on the GSL LapD link.

Trigger condition Whenever a Receiver Not Ready (RNR) Frame is received on a logical GSL
LAPD link.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 GSL link (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object GSL LAPD

Type Name LapD measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links

External Comment –

Feature Name New GSL counters

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 197 / 1628

7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.2.2.12 L2.6 - TIME_GSL_LAPD_UNAVAIL

Long Name TIME_GSL_LAPD_UNAVAIL

Definition Time (in seconds) during which the GSL LapD link is unavailable for any cause.

Trigger condition 1) This counter will be incremented with the number of seconds elapsed
between LAPD layer entities initiation (first DL_ESTABLISH_ REQUEST
primitive sent by Layer 3 to Layer 2 for that logical GSL LAPD link) and reception
of the DL-ESTABLISH-CONFIRM primitive for that logical GSL LAPD link.
2) This counter will also be incremented with the number of seconds elapsed
between reception of the DL-RELEASE-INDICATION primitive and reception of
the DL_ESTABLISH-CONFIRM primitive for that logical GSL LAPD link.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 GSL link (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object GSL LAPD

Type Name LapD measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links

External Comment –

Feature Name New GSL counters

198 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.2.2.13 L2.7 - TIME_GSL_LAPD_CONG

Long Name TIME_GSL_LAPD_CONG

Definition Time in seconds during which the GSL LapD link is congested in transmission
in the BSC.

Trigger condition This counter will be incremented with the number of seconds elapsed
between the reception of L2_CONGESTION_IND and the reception of
L2_END_CONGESTION_IND by the Layer 3 in the BSC for a GSL LapD link.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 GSL link (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object GSL LAPD

Type Name LapD measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links

External Comment –

Feature Name New GSL counters

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 199 / 1628

7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.3 Resource Availability & Usage

7.3.1 All Resource Availability & Usage
L1.16 - TIME_LAPD_UNAVAIL (Section 7.3.2.1 )

7.3.2 Interface (Resource Availability)

7.3.2.1 L1.16 - TIME_LAPD_UNAVAIL

Long Name TIME_LAPD_UNAVAIL

Definition Time (in seconds) during which the RSL LapD link is unavailable for any cause.

Trigger condition 1) This counter will be incremented with the number of seconds elapsed
between LAPD layer entities initiation (first DL_ESTABLISH_ REQUEST
primitive sent by Layer 3 to Layer 2 for that logical RSL LAPD link) and reception
of the DL-ESTABLISH-CONFIRM primitive for that logical RSL LAPD link.
2) This counter will also be incremented with the number of seconds elapsed
between reception of the DL-RELEASE-INDICATION primitive and reception of
the DL_ESTABLISH-CONFIRM primitive for that logical RSL LAPD link.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Resource Availability)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Resource Availability)

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object LapD

Type Name LapD measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

200 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.4 Traffic Load

7.4.1 All Traffic Load
L1.1 - NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_SENT (Section 7.4.2.1 )
L1.2 - NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_REC (Section 7.4.2.2 )

7.4.2 Interface (Traffic Load)

7.4.2.1 L1.1 - NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_SENT

Long Name NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_SENT

Definition Number of Information frames transmitted on the LapD link, excluding the
re-transmissions.

Trigger condition Whenever an Information Frame is transmitted on a logical LAPD link, which is
not a retransmission of a previous Information Frame.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 LapD

Measured Object LapD

Type Name LapD measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 201 / 1628

7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements

7.4.2.2 L1.2 - NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_REC

Long Name NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_REC

Definition Number of Information frames received on the LapD link, excluding the
re-transmissions.

Trigger condition Whenever an Information Frame is received on a logical LAPD link.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 LapD

Measured Object LapD

Type Name LapD measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

202 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 8 BSC-TYPE 8 - X25 measurements

8 BSC-TYPE 8 - X25 measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 203 / 1628

8 BSC-TYPE 8 - X25 measurements

8.1 All TYPE 8

X3.20 - NB_X25_INC_CALL_SUCC_CLOSED (Section 8.3.2.1 )
X3.21 - NB_X25_OUT_CALL_SUCC_CLOSED (Section 8.3.2.2 )
X3.22 - NB_X25_INC_CALL_ABNORM_CLOSED (Section 8.2.2.1 )
X3.23 - NB_X25_OUT_CALL_ABNORM_CLOSED (Section 8.2.2.2 )

8.2 Quality of Service

8.2.1 All Quality of Service
X3.22 - NB_X25_INC_CALL_ABNORM_CLOSED (Section 8.2.2.1 )
X3.23 - NB_X25_OUT_CALL_ABNORM_CLOSED (Section 8.2.2.2 )

8.2.2 Interface (QoS)

8.2.2.1 X3.22 - NB_X25_INC_CALL_ABNORM_CLOSED

Long Name NB_X25_INC_CALL_ABNORM_CLOSED

Definition Number of incoming X.25 calls that are closed in an abnormal way, as seen
by the BSC.

Trigger condition Whenever an incoming X.25 CALL is closed in an abnormal way.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 OMC-BSC

Sub Domain 3 X25

Measured Object X25

Type Name X25 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the X25 links OMC-BSC

External Comment –

Feature Name –

204 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 8 BSC-TYPE 8 - X25 measurements

8.2.2.2 X3.23 - NB_X25_OUT_CALL_ABNORM_CLOSED

Long Name NB_X25_OUT_CALL_ABNORM_CLOSED

Definition Number of outgoing X.25 calls that are closed in an abnormal way, as seen
by the BSC.

Trigger condition Whenever an outgoing X.25 CALL is closed in an abnormal way.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 OMC-BSC

Sub Domain 3 X25

Measured Object X25

Type Name X25 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the X25 links OMC-BSC

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 205 / 1628

8 BSC-TYPE 8 - X25 measurements

8.3 Traffic Load

8.3.1 All Traffic Load
X3.20 - NB_X25_INC_CALL_SUCC_CLOSED (Section 8.3.2.1 )
X3.21 - NB_X25_OUT_CALL_SUCC_CLOSED (Section 8.3.2.2 )

8.3.2 Interface (Traffic Load)

8.3.2.1 X3.20 - NB_X25_INC_CALL_SUCC_CLOSED

Long Name NB_X25_INC_CALL_SUCC_CLOSED

Definition Number of incoming X.25 calls that are successfully closed by the BSC.

Trigger condition Whenever an incoming X.25 CALL is successfully closed.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 OMC-BSC

Sub Domain 3 X25

Measured Object X25

Type Name X25 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the X25 links OMC-BSC

External Comment –

Feature Name –

206 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 8 BSC-TYPE 8 - X25 measurements

8.3.2.2 X3.21 - NB_X25_OUT_CALL_SUCC_CLOSED

Long Name NB_X25_OUT_CALL_SUCC_CLOSED

Definition Number of outgoing X.25 calls that are successfully closed by the BSC.

Trigger condition Whenever an outgoing X.25 CALL is successfully closed.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 OMC-BSC

Sub Domain 3 X25

Measured Object X25

Type Name X25 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the X25 links OMC-BSC

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 207 / 1628

8 BSC-TYPE 8 - X25 measurements

208 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 209 / 1628

9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.1 All TYPE 9

N1.1 - TIME_N7_ALIGNED (Section 9.3.2.1 )
N1.10 - NB_N7_CHANGEOVER (Section 9.2.2.1 )
N1.11 - NB_N7_CHANGEBACK (Section 9.2.2.2 )
N1.12 - NB_N7_RESTORATION (Section 9.2.2.3 )
N1.2 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_ANY_CAUSE (Section 9.2.2.4 )
N1.3 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_FIB_BSN (Section 9.2.2.5 )
N1.4 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_T7_EXP (Section 9.2.2.6 )
N1.5 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_SU_ERROR_RATE (Section 9.2.2.7 )
N1.6 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_CONG (Section 9.2.2.8 )
N1.7 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_ALIGNMENT (Section 9.2.2.9 )
N1.8 - NB_N7_SU_REC_WITH_ERROR (Section 9.2.2.10 )
N1.9 - NB_N7_NEG_ACK_REC (Section 9.2.2.11 )
N2.7 - TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_ERROR_SL (Section 9.3.2.2 )
N2.9 - TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_MSC_PROC_OUTAGE (Section 9.3.2.3 )
N3.1 - NB_N7_SIF_SIO_SENT (Section 9.4.2.1 )
N3.10 - NB_N7_MSU_DISC_DUE_CONG (Section 9.2.2.12 )
N3.11 - NB_N7_CONG_WITH_MSU_LOST (Section 9.2.2.13 )
N3.2 - NB_N7_OCTETS_RESENT (Section 9.4.2.2 )
N3.3 - NB_N7_MSU_SENT (Section 9.4.2.3 )
N3.4 - NB_N7_SIF_SIO_REC (Section 9.4.2.4 )
N3.5 - NB_N7_MSU_REC (Section 9.4.2.5 )
N3.7 - TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_CONG (Section 9.3.2.4 )
N4.2 - TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_LINK_SET (Section 9.3.2.5 )

9.2 Quality of Service

9.2.1 All Quality of Service
N1.10 - NB_N7_CHANGEOVER (Section 9.2.2.1 )
N1.11 - NB_N7_CHANGEBACK (Section 9.2.2.2 )
N1.12 - NB_N7_RESTORATION (Section 9.2.2.3 )
N1.2 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_ANY_CAUSE (Section 9.2.2.4 )
N1.3 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_FIB_BSN (Section 9.2.2.5 )
N1.4 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_T7_EXP (Section 9.2.2.6 )
N1.5 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_SU_ERROR_RATE (Section 9.2.2.7 )
N1.6 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_CONG (Section 9.2.2.8 )
N1.7 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_ALIGNMENT (Section 9.2.2.9 )
N1.8 - NB_N7_SU_REC_WITH_ERROR (Section 9.2.2.10 )
N1.9 - NB_N7_NEG_ACK_REC (Section 9.2.2.11 )

210 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

N3.10 - NB_N7_MSU_DISC_DUE_CONG (Section 9.2.2.12 )

N3.11 - NB_N7_CONG_WITH_MSU_LOST (Section 9.2.2.13 )

9.2.2 Interface (QoS)

9.2.2.1 N1.10 - NB_N7_CHANGEOVER

Long Name NB_N7_CHANGEOVER

Definition Number of changeovers from the primary (observed) N7 SL to another

secondary one.

Trigger condition Whenever a changeover is made from using the primary signalling link to the
secondary signalling link.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 211 / 1628

9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.2.2.2 N1.11 - NB_N7_CHANGEBACK

Long Name NB_N7_CHANGEBACK

Definition Number of changebacks from the secondary (observed) N7 SL to the primary

one.

Trigger condition Whenever a change back is made from using the secondary signalling link
to the primary signalling link.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

212 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.2.2.3 N1.12 - NB_N7_RESTORATION

Long Name NB_N7_RESTORATION

Definition Number of N7 SL restorations (i.e. correctly aligned after a failure).

Trigger condition Whenever the No.7 Signalling channel between the MSC and BSS is correctly
aligned after the removal of a failure condition, this counter will be incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 213 / 1628

9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.2.2.4 N1.2 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_ANY_CAUSE

Long Name NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_ANY_CAUSE

Definition Number of N7 SL failures (any reason).

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a No.7 Signalling Link failure is detected due to an abnormal
Forward Indicator Bit (FIB) being received by the BSS.
2) Whenever a No.7 Signalling Link failure is detected due to an abnormal
Backward Sequence Number (BSN) being received by the BSS.
3) Whenever the timer supervising the reception of an acknowledgement
message (T7) expires.
4) Whenever a No.7 Signalling Link failure is detected due to an excessive signal
unit error rate being detected.
5) Whenever a No.7 Signalling Link failure is detected due to an excessive
duration of Signalling Link congestion.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

214 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.2.2.5 N1.3 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_FIB_BSN

Long Name NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_FIB_BSN

Definition Number of Forward Indicator Bits (FIB) and Backward Sequence Number (BSN)
on the N7 SL.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever any two Forward Indicator Bit values in 3 concecutive recieved
MSUs or fill-in SUs indicate the start of a retransmission when no NACK has
been sent.
2) Whenever two Backward Sequence Number values in 3 concecutive received
MSUs or fill-in SUs are not the same as the previous one or any of the Forward
Sequence Number values of SUs in retransmission buffers.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 215 / 1628

9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.2.2.6 N1.4 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_T7_EXP

Long Name NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_T7_EXP

Definition Number of N7 SL failures due to non acknowledgment in time.

Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the reception of an acknowledgement message
(T7) expires.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

216 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.2.2.7 N1.5 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_SU_ERROR_RATE

Long Name NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_SU_ERROR_RATE

Definition Number of N7 SL failures due to exessive signal unit error rate.

Trigger condition Whenever a No.7 Signalling Link failure is detected due to an excessive Signal
Unit error rate.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 217 / 1628

9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.2.2.8 N1.6 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_CONG

Long Name NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_CONG

Definition Number of N7 SL failures due to congestion during an extended period of time.

Trigger condition Whenever a No.7 Signalling Link failure is detected due to an excessive duration
of Signalling Link congestion.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

218 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.2.2.9 N1.7 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_ALIGNMENT

Long Name NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_ALIGNMENT

Definition Number of N7 SL failures due to expiry of timer supervising the alignment.

Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the alignment of the Signalling Link (T2) expires.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 219 / 1628

9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.2.2.10 N1.8 - NB_N7_SU_REC_WITH_ERROR

Long Name NB_N7_SU_REC_WITH_ERROR

Definition Number of Signalling Units received with errors on the N7 SL.

Trigger condition Whenever a Signalling Unit is received which is found to be in error.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

220 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.2.2.11 N1.9 - NB_N7_NEG_ACK_REC

Long Name NB_N7_NEG_ACK_REC

Definition Number of Negative Acknowledgment receieved on the N7 SL.

Trigger condition Whenever a Negative Acknowledgement (NACK) is received.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 221 / 1628

9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.2.2.12 N3.10 - NB_N7_MSU_DISC_DUE_CONG

Long Name NB_N7_MSU_DISC_DUE_CONG

Definition Number Message Signalling Units (MSU) discarded due to a message buffer
overflow caused by an extended period of Signalling Link congestion.

Trigger condition Whenever an Message Signalling Unit (MSU) is discarded due to Signalling
Link congestion.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

222 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.2.2.13 N3.11 - NB_N7_CONG_WITH_MSU_LOST

Long Name NB_N7_CONG_WITH_MSU_LOST

Definition Number of times one (or more) Message Signalling Units (MSU) are lost due
to congestion on the N7 SL.

Trigger condition Whenever 1 or more MSU’s are lost due to congestion on the signalling link.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 223 / 1628

9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.3 Resource Availability & Usage

9.3.1 All Resource Availability & Usage
N1.1 - TIME_N7_ALIGNED (Section 9.3.2.1 )
N2.7 - TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_ERROR_SL (Section 9.3.2.2 )
N2.9 - TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_MSC_PROC_OUTAGE (Section 9.3.2.3 )
N3.7 - TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_CONG (Section 9.3.2.4 )
N4.2 - TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_LINK_SET (Section 9.3.2.5 )

9.3.2 Interface (Resource Availability)

9.3.2.1 N1.1 - TIME_N7_ALIGNED

Long Name TIME_N7_ALIGNED

Definition Time (in seconds) during which the N7 SL is correctly aligned.

Trigger condition Whenever the No.7 Signalling channel between the MSC and BSS is correctly
aligned, this counter will be incremented every second.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Resource Availability)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

224 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.3.2.2 N2.7 - TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_ERROR_SL

Long Name TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_ERROR_SL

Definition Time (in seconds) during which the N7 SL is not correctly aligned due to a
fault on the N7 SL.

Trigger condition Whenever the No.7 Signalling channel between the MSC and BSS fails, until the
time when the fault has been removed and the link aligned, this counter will be
incremented every second.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Resource Availability)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 225 / 1628

9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.3.2.3 N2.9 - TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_MSC_PROC_OUTAGE

Long Name TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_MSC_PROC_OUTAGE

Definition Time (in seconds) during which the N7 SL is not available due to a remote
MSC processor outage.

Trigger condition Whenever the MSC indicates to the BSS that it is unable to process signalling
traffic due to an outage, this counter will be incremented every second.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Resource Availability)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

226 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.3.2.4 N3.7 - TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_CONG

Long Name TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_CONG

Definition Time (in seconds) during which the N7 SL is not available due to congestion.

Trigger condition Whenever the signalling link is congested, this counter will be incremented
every second.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Resource Availability)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 227 / 1628

9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.3.2.5 N4.2 - TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_LINK_SET

Long Name TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_LINK_SET

Definition Time (in seconds) during which the Link Set towards the MSC is not available
on the N7.

Trigger condition Whenever the Link Set towards the MSC is unavailable (i.e all the links of the
set), this counter will be updated every second.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Resource Availability)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object N7 Link Set

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

228 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.4 Traffic Load

9.4.1 All Traffic Load
N3.1 - NB_N7_SIF_SIO_SENT (Section 9.4.2.1 )
N3.2 - NB_N7_OCTETS_RESENT (Section 9.4.2.2 )
N3.3 - NB_N7_MSU_SENT (Section 9.4.2.3 )
N3.4 - NB_N7_SIF_SIO_REC (Section 9.4.2.4 )
N3.5 - NB_N7_MSU_REC (Section 9.4.2.5 )

9.4.2 Interface (Traffic Load)

9.4.2.1 N3.1 - NB_N7_SIF_SIO_SENT

Long Name NB_N7_SIF_SIO_SENT

Definition Number of octets of Signalling Information (SIF) and Service Information Octets
(SIO) transmitted on the N7 SL.

Trigger condition When sending an MSU, this counter is incremented by the length of the SIF, plus
one for the SIO octet.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 229 / 1628

9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.4.2.2 N3.2 - NB_N7_OCTETS_RESENT

Long Name NB_N7_OCTETS_RESENT

Definition Number of octets re-transmitted on the N7 SL.

Trigger condition Whenever an octet has to be re-transmitted.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

230 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.4.2.3 N3.3 - NB_N7_MSU_SENT

Long Name NB_N7_MSU_SENT

Definition Number of Message Signalling Units (MSU) transmitted on the N7 SL.

Trigger condition Whenever a Message Signalling Unit (MSU) is transmitted.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 231 / 1628

9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.4.2.4 N3.4 - NB_N7_SIF_SIO_REC

Long Name NB_N7_SIF_SIO_REC

Definition Number of octets of Signalling Information Field (SIF) and Service Information
Octets (SIO) received on the N7 SL.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever an octet of the Signalling Information Field (SIF) is received.
2) Whenever a Service Information Octet is received.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

232 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

9.4.2.5 N3.5 - NB_N7_MSU_REC

Long Name NB_N7_MSU_REC

Definition Number of Message Signalling Units (MSU) received on the N7 SL.

Trigger condition Whenever a Message Signalling Unit (MSU) is received.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name N7 measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,
the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 233 / 1628

9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements

234 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 235 / 1628

10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.1 All TYPE 18

C180a - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_RadioIntMessFail (Section 10.2.2.1 )
C180b - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_O&Minterv (Section 10.2.2.2 )
C180c - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_EquipFail (Section 10.2.2.3 )
C180d - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_RadioIntFail (Section 10.2.2.4 )
C180e - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_NoRadioResAvail (Section 10.2.2.5 )
C181a - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntMessFail (Section 10.2.2.6 )
C181b - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_O&Minterv (Section 10.2.2.7 )
C181c - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_EquipFail (Section 10.2.2.8 )
C181d - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_NoRadioResAvail (Section 10.2.2.9 )
C181e - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqTerResUnav/Alloc (Section 10.2.2.10 )
C181f - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqTrans/RateUnav (Section 10.2.2.11 )
C181g - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntFailRevOldChan (Section 10.2.2.12 )
C181h - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntFail (Section 10.2.2.13 )
C181i - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_CipherAlgoNotSupp (Section 10.2.2.14 )
C181j - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_BSSnotEquip (Section 10.2.2.15 )
C181k - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ProtocolError (Section 10.2.2.16 )
C181l - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqSpeechVersUnav (Section 10.2.2.17 )
C182 - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_EST_PHAS (Section 10.2.2.18 )
C750 - TIME_A_CHANNEL_BUSY (Section 10.3.2.1 )
C751 - NB_A_CHANNEL_ALLOC (Section 10.3.2.2 )

10.2 Quality of Service

10.2.1 All Quality of Service
C180a - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_RadioIntMessFail (Section 10.2.2.1 )
C180b - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_O&Minterv (Section 10.2.2.2 )
C180c - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_EquipFail (Section 10.2.2.3 )
C180d - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_RadioIntFail (Section 10.2.2.4 )
C180e - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_NoRadioResAvail (Section 10.2.2.5 )
C181a - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntMessFail (Section 10.2.2.6 )
C181b - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_O&Minterv (Section 10.2.2.7 )
C181c - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_EquipFail (Section 10.2.2.8 )
C181d - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_NoRadioResAvail (Section 10.2.2.9 )
C181e - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqTerResUnav/Alloc (Section 10.2.2.10 )
C181f - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqTrans/RateUnav (Section 10.2.2.11 )
C181g - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntFailRevOldChan (Section 10.2.2.12 )
C181h - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntFail (Section 10.2.2.13 )
C181i - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_CipherAlgoNotSupp (Section 10.2.2.14 )

236 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

C181j - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_BSSnotEquip (Section 10.2.2.15 )

C181k - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ProtocolError (Section 10.2.2.16 )
C181l - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqSpeechVersUnav (Section 10.2.2.17 )
C182 - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_EST_PHAS (Section 10.2.2.18 )

10.2.2 Interface (QoS)

10.2.2.1 C180a - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_RadioIntMessFail

Long Name NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_RadioIntMessFail

Definition Number of 48.008CLEAR REQUEST (cause="radio interface message failure")

sent to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message with a cause value of "radio
interface message failure" is sent on A interface to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 237 / 1628

10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.2 C180b - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_O&Minterv

Long Name NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_O&Minterv

Definition Number of 48.008CLEAR REQUEST (cause="O&M intervention") sent to the

MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message with a cause value of "O&M
intervention" is sent on A interface to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

238 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.3 C180c - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_EquipFail

Long Name NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_EquipFail

Definition Number of 48.008CLEAR REQUEST (cause="equipment failure") sent to the

MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message with a cause value of
"equipment failure" is sent on A interface to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 239 / 1628

10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.4 C180d - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_RadioIntFail

Long Name NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_RadioIntFail

Definition Number of 48.008CLEAR REQUEST (cause="radio interface failure") sent to

the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message with a cause value of "radio
interface failure" is sent on A interface to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

240 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.5 C180e - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_NoRadioResAvail

Long Name NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_NoRadioResAvail

Definition Number of 48.008CLEAR REQUEST (cause="no radio resource available")

sent to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message with a cause value of "no radio
resource available" is sent on A interface to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 241 / 1628

10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.6 C181a - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntMessFail

Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntMessFail

Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="radio interface message

failure") sent to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of
"radio interface message failure" is sent on A interface to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

242 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.7 C181b - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_O&Minterv

Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_O&Minterv

Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="O&M intervention") sent

to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of
"O&M intervention" is sent on A interface to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 243 / 1628

10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.8 C181c - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_EquipFail

Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_EquipFail

Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="equipment failure") sent

to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of
"equipment failure" is sent on A interface to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

244 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.9 C181d - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_NoRadioResAvail

Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_NoRadioResAvail

Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="no radio resource

available") sent to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of
"no radio resource available" is sent on A interface to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 245 / 1628

10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.10 C181e - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqTerResUnav/Alloc

Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqTerResUnav/Alloc

Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="requested terrestrial

resource unavailable", or "terrestrial resource already allocated") sent to the
MSC.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of
"requested terrestrial resource unavailable" is sent on A interface to the MSC.
2) Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of
"terrestrial resource already allocated" is sent on A interface to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

246 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.11 C181f - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqTrans/RateUnav

Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqTrans/RateUnav

Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="requested transcoding/rate

adaptation unavailable") sent to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of
"requested transcoding/rate adaptation unavailable" is sent on A interface to
the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 247 / 1628

10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.12 C181g - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntFailRevOldChan

Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntFailRevOldChan

Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="radio interface failure

-reversion to old channel") sent to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of
"radio interface failure - reversion to old channel" is sent on A interface to the
MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

248 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.13 C181h - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntFail

Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntFail

Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="radio interface failure")

sent to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of
"radio interface failure" is sent on A interface to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 249 / 1628

10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.14 C181i - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_CipherAlgoNotSupp

Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_CipherAlgoNotSupp

Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="ciphering algorithm not

supported") sent to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of
"cipher algorithm not supported" is sent on A interface to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

250 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.15 C181j - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_BSSnotEquip

Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_BSSnotEquip

Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="BSS not equiped") sent

to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of
"BSS not equiped" is sent on A interface to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 251 / 1628

10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.16 C181k - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ProtocolError

Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ProtocolError

Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="protocol error between

BSC and MSC") sent to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of
"protocol error between BSC and MSC" is sent on A interface to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

252 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.17 C181l - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqSpeechVersUnav

Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqSpeechVersUnav

Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="requested speech version

unavailable") sent to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of
"requested speech version unavailable" is sent on A interface to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 253 / 1628

10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.2.2.18 C182 - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_EST_PHAS

Long Name NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_EST_PHAS

Definition Number of 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST sent to the MSC for calls in TCH
established phase, and for internal inter-cell and external TCH handover failures.
Intra-cell handover failures are not taken into account.
This counter takes into account TCH in traffic mode or in signaling mode.
C182=MC182

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message, whatever the cause, is sent
on A interface to the MSC, for a call in TCH established phase. Note that this
trigger takes into account TCH in traffic mode or in signaling mode.
2) Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message is sent on A interface to the
MSC, after a Handover command is sent, during a TCH internal inter-cell HO.
3) Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message is sent on A interface to the
MSC, after a Handover command is sent, during a TCH external HO.
4) Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message is sent on A interface to the
MSC, after a DTM Assignment Command is sent, during a DTM assignment,
for a MS which already had a TCH allocated (i.e. the TCH in DTM Assignment
Command is established in traffic mode).

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name Circuit Switched telecom improvements

254 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.3 Traffic Load

10.3.1 All Traffic Load
C750 - TIME_A_CHANNEL_BUSY (Section 10.3.2.1 )
C751 - NB_A_CHANNEL_ALLOC (Section 10.3.2.2 )

10.3.2 Interface (Traffic Load)

10.3.2.1 C750 - TIME_A_CHANNEL_BUSY

Long Name TIME_A_CHANNEL_BUSY

Definition Time (in seconds) during which the A channel is busy.

Trigger condition The counter cumulates over the Accumulation Period, all unit times during which
the A channel is busy.
For each channel allocation:
1) The counter starts being incremented when the A channel is activated (see
C751)
2) The counter stops being incremented when the A channel is deallocated after
the reception of a 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE message
or the expiry of timer T_RCR_ACK twice (after the sending of the 48.058 RF
CHANNEL RELEASE message).

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object A interface channel

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 255 / 1628

10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements

10.3.2.2 C751 - NB_A_CHANNEL_ALLOC

Long Name NB_A_CHANNEL_ALLOC

Definition Number of allocations of the A-channel.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a A channel is allocated following the reception of 48.008

ASSIGNMENT REQUEST.
2) Whenever a A channel is allocated following the reception of 48.008
HANDOVER REQUEST
3) Whenever a A channel is allocated during an internal handover procedure

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object A interface channel

Type Name A interface measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and
08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

256 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements

11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 257 / 1628

11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements

11.1 All TYPE 19

C190 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MO_SDCCH (Section 11.2.2.1 )
C191 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SDCCH (Section 11.2.2.2 )
C192 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MO_SACCH (Section 11.2.2.3 )
C193 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SACCH (Section 11.2.2.4 )
C194a - NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_RadioIntFail (Section 11.2.2.5 )
C194b - NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_BSSnotEquip (Section 11.2.2.6 )
C194c - NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_ProtocolError (Section 11.2.2.7 )
C195 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_REL_LAPDM_ERROR (Section 11.2.2.8 )

11.2 Quality of Service

11.2.1 All Quality of Service
C190 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MO_SDCCH (Section 11.2.2.1 )
C191 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SDCCH (Section 11.2.2.2 )
C192 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MO_SACCH (Section 11.2.2.3 )
C193 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SACCH (Section 11.2.2.4 )
C194a - NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_RadioIntFail (Section 11.2.2.5 )
C194b - NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_BSSnotEquip (Section 11.2.2.6 )
C194c - NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_ProtocolError (Section 11.2.2.7 )
C195 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_REL_LAPDM_ERROR (Section 11.2.2.8 )

258 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements

11.2.2 Short Message Service

11.2.2.1 C190 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MO_SDCCH

Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_MO_SDCCH

Definition Number of Mobile Originating SMS connections on SDCCH.

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION (SAPI = 3) message related to

an SDCCH sub-channel is received by the BSC.

Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service

Sub Domain 2 Point to Point

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SMS PP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Point to Point. The SMS
transactions on SDCCH and SACCH channels, originating or terminating, are
counted.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 259 / 1628

11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements

11.2.2.2 C191 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SDCCH

Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SDCCH

Definition Number of Mobile Terminating SMS connections on SDCCH.

Trigger condition Whenever an ESTABLISH CONFIRM (SAPI = 3) message related to an SDCCH

sub-channel is received by the BSC.

Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service

Sub Domain 2 Point to Point

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SMS PP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Point to Point. The SMS
transactions on SDCCH and SACCH channels, originating or terminating, are
counted.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

260 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements

11.2.2.3 C192 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MO_SACCH

Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_MO_SACCH

Definition Number of Mobile Originating SMS connections on SACCH.

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION (SAPI = 3) message related to

an SACCH sub-channel is received by the BSC.

Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service

Sub Domain 2 Point to Point

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SMS PP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Point to Point. The SMS
transactions on SDCCH and SACCH channels, originating or terminating, are
counted.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 261 / 1628

11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements

11.2.2.4 C193 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SACCH

Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SACCH

Definition Number of Mobile Terminating SMS connections on SACCH.

Trigger condition Whenever an ESTABLISH CONFIRM (SAPI = 3) message related to an SACCH

sub-channel is received by the BSC.

Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service

Sub Domain 2 Point to Point

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SMS PP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Point to Point. The SMS
transactions on SDCCH and SACCH channels, originating or terminating, are
counted.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

262 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements

11.2.2.5 C194a - NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_RadioIntFail

Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_RadioIntFail

Definition Number of SMS connection rejections by the BSC with the cause "radio
interface failure".

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 SAPI "n" REJECT message related to SAPI 3 is sent from
BSC to MSC with a cause value of "radio interface failure".

Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service

Sub Domain 2 Point to Point

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SMS PP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Point to Point. The SMS
transactions on SDCCH and SACCH channels, originating or terminating, are
counted.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 263 / 1628

11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements

11.2.2.6 C194b - NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_BSSnotEquip

Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_BSSnotEquip

Definition Number of SMS connection rejections by the BSC with the cause "BSS not
equipped",

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 SAPI "n" REJECT message related to SAPI 3 with a cause
value of "BSS not equipped" is sent on A interface from BSC to MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service

Sub Domain 2 Point to Point

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SMS PP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Point to Point. The SMS
transactions on SDCCH and SACCH channels, originating or terminating, are
counted.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

264 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements

11.2.2.7 C194c - NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_ProtocolError

Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_ProtocolError

Definition Number of SMS connection rejections by the BSC with the cause "protocol
error between BSC and MSC".

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 SAPI "n" REJECT message related to SAPI 3 with a cause
value of "protocol error between BSC and MSC" is sent on A interface from
BSC to MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service

Sub Domain 2 Point to Point

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SMS PP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Point to Point. The SMS
transactions on SDCCH and SACCH channels, originating or terminating, are
counted.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 265 / 1628

11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements

11.2.2.8 C195 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_REL_LAPDM_ERROR

Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_REL_LAPDM_ERROR

Definition Number of SMS connection releases of established SMS SAPI 3 connections by

the BSC due to a LAPDm error.

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message related to SAPI 3 is

received by the BSC with one of the following cause values :
a) timer T200 expired (N200+1) times
b) unsolicited DM response, multiple frame established state
c) sequence error.

Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service

Sub Domain 2 Point to Point

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SMS PP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Point to Point. The SMS
transactions on SDCCH and SACCH channels, originating or terminating, are
counted.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

266 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics

Improvement

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 267 / 1628

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.1 All TYPE 20

RMSI3a - TPR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL_I (Section 12.3.2.1 )
RMSI3b - TMR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL_I (Section 12.3.2.2 )
RMSI4a - TPR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL_I (Section 12.3.2.3 )
RMSI4b - TMR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL_I (Section 12.3.2.4 )
RMSI50a - TPR_TIMING_ADVANCE_I (Section 12.3.2.5 )
RMSI50b - MAX_TIMING_ADVANCE_I (Section 12.3.2.6 )
RMSI61a - TIMES1 (Section 12.3.2.7 )
RMSI61b - TIMES2 (Section 12.3.2.8 )
RMSI61c - TIMES3 (Section 12.3.2.9 )
RMSI62a - NAVSS (Section 12.3.2.10 )
RMSI62b - MR_NAVSS (Section 12.3.2.11 )
RMSI63a - MAT_AVSS_VS_NAVSS (Section 12.3.2.12 )
RMSI63b - MR_MAT_AVSS_VS_NAVSS (Section 12.2.2.1 )
RMSI64a - Path_Loss_UL (Section 12.3.2.13 )
RMSI64b - MR_Path_Loss_UL (Section 12.3.2.14 )
RMSI65a - Path_Loss_DL (Section 12.3.2.15 )
RMSI65b - MR_Path_Loss_DL (Section 12.3.2.16 )
RMSI66a - MS_Power_I (Section 12.3.2.17 )
RMSI66b - MR_MS_Power_I (Section 12.3.2.18 )
RMSI67a - BS_Power_I (Section 12.3.2.19 )
RMSI67b - MR_BS_Power_I (Section 12.3.2.20 )
RMSI7a - TPR_PATH_BALANCE_I (Section 12.3.2.21 )
RMSI7b - MAX_PATH_BALANCE_I (Section 12.3.2.22 )
RMSI8a - TPR_CIN_I (Section 12.3.2.23 )
RMSI8b - MR_CIN_I (Section 12.3.2.24 )

268 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.2 Handover
12.2.1 All Handover
RMSI63b - MR_MAT_AVSS_VS_NAVSS (Section 12.2.2.1 )

12.2.2 RMS
12.2.2.1 RMSI63b - MR_MAT_AVSS_VS_NAVSS

Long Name MR_MAT_AVSS_VS_NAVSS

Definition Greatest value of the Vij in RMSI63a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 269 / 1628

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3 Quality of Service

12.3.1 All Quality of Service
RMSI3a - TPR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL_I (Section 12.3.2.1 )
RMSI3b - TMR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL_I (Section 12.3.2.2 )
RMSI4a - TPR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL_I (Section 12.3.2.3 )
RMSI4b - TMR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL_I (Section 12.3.2.4 )
RMSI50a - TPR_TIMING_ADVANCE_I (Section 12.3.2.5 )
RMSI50b - MAX_TIMING_ADVANCE_I (Section 12.3.2.6 )
RMSI61a - TIMES1 (Section 12.3.2.7 )
RMSI61b - TIMES2 (Section 12.3.2.8 )
RMSI61c - TIMES3 (Section 12.3.2.9 )
RMSI62a - NAVSS (Section 12.3.2.10 )
RMSI62b - MR_NAVSS (Section 12.3.2.11 )
RMSI63a - MAT_AVSS_VS_NAVSS (Section 12.3.2.12 )
RMSI64a - Path_Loss_UL (Section 12.3.2.13 )
RMSI64b - MR_Path_Loss_UL (Section 12.3.2.14 )
RMSI65a - Path_Loss_DL (Section 12.3.2.15 )
RMSI65b - MR_Path_Loss_DL (Section 12.3.2.16 )
RMSI66a - MS_Power_I (Section 12.3.2.17 )
RMSI66b - MR_MS_Power_I (Section 12.3.2.18 )
RMSI67a - BS_Power_I (Section 12.3.2.19 )
RMSI67b - MR_BS_Power_I (Section 12.3.2.20 )
RMSI7a - TPR_PATH_BALANCE_I (Section 12.3.2.21 )
RMSI7b - MAX_PATH_BALANCE_I (Section 12.3.2.22 )
RMSI8a - TPR_CIN_I (Section 12.3.2.23 )
RMSI8b - MR_CIN_I (Section 12.3.2.24 )

270 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2 RMS
12.3.2.1 RMSI3a - TPR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL_I

Long Name TPR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL_I

Definition Table of 3x 8x 64 results.

Each cell (i,j) of the table contains :
1) number of reports in which UL RXQUAL is equal to j and UL RXLEV is equal
to i (Cij)
2) corresponding averaged value of MS power level
3) corresponding averaged value of Timing Advance
For Cij, the result is given as follows :
Cij=Vij x 254 / Max_i, where Vij represents the real number of measurements,
and Max_i the greatest value of Vij, for i given (see RMSI3b).
Cij=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Cij=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Cij=255 is reserved to indicate overflow. The values of the average MS power
level (2) and the average Timing Advance (3) are directly given, both with a
precision of 0.25. Note that these values (2 and 3) that are indicated in the
ASCII file still have to be divided by 4, whereas the values that are provided at
the user interface are the correct ones.
The averaged value of MS power level only meaningful for GSM900 and
DCS1800 TRX. For other bands this value always set to 0.
RXQUAL can take values from 0 to 7 defined in 3GPP TS 45.008:
RXQUAL_0 BER<0,2 %
RXQUAL_1 0,2 %<BER<0,4 %
RXQUAL_2 0,4 %<BER<0,8 %
RXQUAL_3 0,8 %<BER<1,6 %
RXQUAL_4 1,6 %<BER<3,2 %
RXQUAL_5 3,2 %<BER<6,4 %
RXQUAL_6 6,4 %<BER<12,8 %
RXQUAL_7 12,8 %<BER
RXLEV values to be used (between 0 and 63) are defined in 3GPP TS 45.008:
RXLEV 0=less than -110 dBm
RXLEV 1=-110 dBm to -109 dBm
RXLEV 2= -109 dBm to -108 dBm
:
:
RXLEV 62= -49 dBm to -48 dBm
RXLEV 63=greater than -48 dBm
The MS power found in MEASUREMENT RESULT message is converted to
dBm according to 3GPP:
MS Power control level = Nominal Output power
GSM900:
PWCLEV 0-2 39
PWCLEV 3 37
.
.
PWCLEV 18 7
PWCLEV 19-31 5
DCS1800:
PWCLEV 0 30
PWCLEV 1 28
.
.
PWCLEV 14 2
PWCLEV 15 0
The TA values (between 0 and 63) are those defined in 3GPP TS 45.010

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 271 / 1628

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Trigger condition Whenever in a 44.018 MEASUREMENT RESULT uplink RXQUAL is equal to j,

while uplink RXLEV for the
same call is equal to i.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

272 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.2 RMSI3b - TMR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL_I

Long Name TMR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL_I

Definition Table of 64 maximum results.

Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatest value of the Vij for a i given in
RMSI3a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 273 / 1628

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.3 RMSI4a - TPR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL_I

Long Name TPR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL_I

Definition Table of 3x 8x 64 results.

Each cell (i,j) of the table contains :
1) number of reports in which DL RXQUAL is equal to j and DL RXLEV equal to
i (Cij)
2) corresponding averaged value of BS power level
3) corresponding averaged value of Timing Advance
For Cij, the result is given as follows :
Cij=Vij x 254 / Max_i, where Vij represents the real number of measurements,
and Max_i the greatest value of Vij, for i given (see RMSI4b).
Cij=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Cij=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Cij=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
The values of the average BS power level (2) and the average Timing Advance
(3) are directly given, both with a precision of 0.25. Note that these values (2
and 3) that are indicated in the ASCII file still have to be divided by 4, whereas
the values that are provided at the user interface are the correct ones.
RXQUAL can take values from 0 to 7 defined in 3GPP TS 45.008:
RXQUAL_0 BER<0,2 %
RXQUAL_1 0,2 %<BER<0,4 %
RXQUAL_2 0,4 %<BER<0,8 %
RXQUAL_3 0,8 %<BER<1,6 %
RXQUAL_4 1,6 %<BER<3,2 %
RXQUAL_5 3,2 %<BER<6,4 %
RXQUAL_6 6,4 %<BER<12,8 %
RXQUAL_7 12,8 %<BER
RXLEV values to be used (between 0 and 63) are defined in 3GPP TS 45.008:
RXLEV 0=less than -110 dBm
RXLEV 1=-110 dBm to -109 dBm
RXLEV 2= -109 dBm to -108 dBm
:
:
RXLEV 62= -49 dBm to -48 dBm
RXLEV 63=greater than -48 dBm
BS power level is the transmission power of the base station at the antenna
connector (TOC) expressed in dBm.
BS power level (binary value between 0 and 15) received in MEASUREMENT
RESULT is as follows:
Value Power level (Pn = nominal value)
0 Pn
1 Pn - 2 dB
2 Pn - 4 dB
.
.
14 Pn - 28 dB
15 Pn - 30 dB
Pn = Max-Power-Per-Sector GSM/DCS (dBm) - BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION
(dB)
except for concentric cell configuration
Outerzone-Pn = Outerzone-Output-Power (dBm) - BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION
Innerzone-Pn = Innerzone-Output-Power (dBm) -
BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION_INNER
The TA values (between 0 and 63) are those defined in 3GPP TS 45.010

274 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Trigger condition Whenever in a 44.018 MEASUREMENT RESULT DL RXQUAL is equal to j,

while DL RXLEV for the same call is equal to i.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 275 / 1628

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.4 RMSI4b - TMR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL_I

Long Name TMR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL_I

Definition Table of 64 maximum results.

Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatest value of the Vij for a i given in
RMSI4a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

276 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.5 RMSI50a - TPR_TIMING_ADVANCE_I

Long Name TPR_TIMING_ADVANCE_I

Definition Table of 64 results

Each cell (i) of the table contains :
Number of reports in which Timing Advance is equal to i
The result is given as follows :
Ci=Vi x 254 / RMSI50b, where Vi represents the real number of measurements).
Ci=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Ci=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max’
Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
Timing Advance band is defined by :
The TA values to be used (between 0 and 63) are defined in 3GPP TS 45.010:
The timing advance shall be in the range 0 to 63. The value 0 corresponds to
no timing advance, i.e. the MS transmissions to the BTS are 468,75 symbol
periods behind. The value 63 corresponds to maximum timing advance, i.e. the
MS transmissions are 468,75 - 63 symbol periods behind.

Trigger condition Whenever in a 44.018 MEASUREMENT RESULT the Timing Advance is equal
to i.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 277 / 1628

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.6 RMSI50b - MAX_TIMING_ADVANCE_I

Long Name MAX_TIMING_ADVANCE_I

Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RMSI50a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

278 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.7 RMSI61a - TIMES1

Long Name TIMES1

Definition For each neighbour cell, the PM is [number of samples which is ranked in first
stand of the RxLevel in measurement results message]/[sum of all neighbour
cell sample counts in measurement results ]
The value is rounded up or down to the nearest value with an accuracy of 0.1.
Note : The reported value shall then be divided by 10 so that the value that is
taken into acount (integer and decimal parts) is the correct one.

Trigger condition In each measurement result message received from BTS, there is up to 6
best Neighbour cell downlink measurement results. In this message, RXLEV
NCELL i , the received signal strength on the i’th neighbour cell (1<=i<=6) is
reported together with the Base station identity code of the i’th neighboring cell
(BSIC-NCELL i). The measured signal level are mapped to a RXLEV band
between 0 and 63.(3GPP TS 45.008)
The first highest RXLEV value in the message is taken into account to increment
the counter.
Level 0 is the lowest Rxlev; level 63 is the highest Rxlev.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 279 / 1628

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.8 RMSI61b - TIMES2

Long Name TIMES2

Definition For each neighbour cell, the PM is [number of samples which is ranked in
second stand of the RxLevel in measurement results message]/[sum of all
neighbour cell sample counts in measurement results ]
The value is rounded up or down to the nearest value with an accuracy of 0.1.
Note : The reported value shall then be divided by 10 so that the value that is
taken into acount (integer and decimal parts) is the correct one.

Trigger condition In each measurement result message received from BTS, there is up to 6
best Neighbour cell downlink measurement results. In this message, RXLEV
NCELL i , the received signal strength on the i’th neighbour cell (1<i=<=6) is
reported together with the Base station identity code of the i’th neighboring
cell (BSIC-NCELL i).The measured signal level are mapped to a RXLEV band
between 0 and 63.(3GPP TS 45.008)
The second highest RXLEV value in the message is taken into account to
increment the counter.
Level 0 is the lowest Rxlev; level 63 is the highest Rxlev.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

280 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.9 RMSI61c - TIMES3

Long Name TIMES3

Definition For each neighbour cell, the KPI is [number of samples which is ranked in third
stand of the RxLevel in measurement results message]/[sum of all neighbour
cell sample counts in measurement results ]
The value is rounded up or down to the nearest value with an accuracy of 0.1.
Note : The reported value shall then be divided by 10 so that the value that is
taken into acount (integer and decimal parts) is the correct one.

Trigger condition In each measurement result message received from BTS, there is up to 6
best Neighbour cell downlink measurement results. In this message, RXLEV
NCELL i , the received signal strength on the i’th neighbour cell (1<=i<=6) is
reported together with the Base station identity code of the i’th neighboring
cell (BSIC-NCELL i).The measured signal level are mapped to a RXLEV band
between 0 and 63.(3GPP TS 45.008)
The third highest RXLEV value in the message is taken into account to
increment the counter.
Level 0 is the lowest Rxlev; level 63 is the highest Rxlev.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 281 / 1628

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.10 RMSI62a - NAVSS

Long Name NAVSS

Definition Table of 64 results per neighbour cell.

Each cell i of the table contains :
Number of reports in which the downlink RXLEV related to the neighbour cell is
reported in RXLEV band i.
The measured signal level are mapped to a RXLEV band between 0 and
63.(3GPP TS 45.008)
The result is given as follows :
Ci=Vi x 254 / RMSI62b, where Vi represents the real number of measurements
Ci=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Ci=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow. RXLEV band is defined by :
Each mobile station sends up to 6 Neighbour cell downlink measurement result
in the MEASUREMENT REPORT. In this message, RXLEV NCELL i , the
received signal strength on the i’th neighbour cell (1<=i<=6) is reported together
with the Base station identity code of the i’th neighboring cell (BSIC-NCELL i)
0: NAVSS_0= the number of samples which Rx level belongs to Level Band 0
(RXLEV_0 = less than -110 dBm)
1: NAVSS_1= the number of samples which Rx level belongs to Level Band 1
(RXLEV_1 = -110 dBm to -109 dBm)
....
62: NAVSS_62= the number of samples which Rx level belongs to Level Band
62 (RXLEV_62 = -49 dBm to -48 dBm)
63: NAVSS_63= the number of samples which Rx level belongs to Level Band
63 (RXLEV_63 = greater than -48 dBm )

Trigger condition Whenever a measurement report indicates that RXLEV value for the call related
to the neighbour cell is included
in the corresponding interval.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

282 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.11 RMSI62b - MR_NAVSS

Long Name MR_NAVSS

Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RMSI62a

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 283 / 1628

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.12 RMSI63a - MAT_AVSS_VS_NAVSS

Long Name MAT_AVSS_VS_NAVSS

Definition Table of 11x11 matrix results per neighbour cell.

Each cell i of the table contains :
The matrix of serving cell DL received signal level (i) and neighbour cell signal
level (j); the Rx Level of serving and neighbour cells are divided into 11 bands;
so for each neighbour cell, it will have a 11*11 matrix.
The result is given as follows :
Cij=Vij x 254 / RMSI63b(i,j), where Vij represents the real number of
measurements
Cij=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Cij=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_ij’
Cij=255 is reserved to indicate overflow. RXLEV band is defined by :
Each mobile station sends serving cell downlink measurement and up to 6
Neighbour cell downlink measurement result in the MEASUREMENT REPORT
The band defined by the RxLevel each 5 dB from -100dbm to -55dB
i = 0..10
0: Serving cell RXLEV <-100dbm
1: Serving cell RXLEV ]-95dbm,-100dbm]
...
10:Serving cell RXLEV >=-55dbm
j = 0..10
0: Neighbour cell A RXLEV <-100dbm
1: Neighbour cell A RXLEV ]-95dbm,-100dbm]
...
10:Neighbour cell A RXLEV >=-55dbm
i,j: MAT_AVSS_VS_NAVSS_00 to MAT_AVSS_VS_NAVSS_120
0,0:MAT_AVSS_VS_NAVSS_00 the numbers of samples whose Rxlevel of the
serving cell and neigbour cell are distributed in band0
1,0:MAT_AVSS_VS_NAVSS_11 the numbers of samples whose Rxlevel of the
serving cell and neigbour cell are distributed in band11
..
10,10: MAT_AVSS_VS_NAVSS_120 the numbers of samples whose Rxlevel of
the serving cell and neigbour cell are distributed in band120

Trigger condition Whenever a measurement report indicates that RXLEV value for the call related
to the serving and neighbour cell is included in the corresponding matrix case.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

284 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.13 RMSI64a - Path_Loss_UL

Long Name Path_Loss_UL

Definition Table of 60 results.

Each cell (i) of the table contains :
Number of reports in which UL path Loss is in UL Path Loss band i
The result is given as follows :
Ci=Vi x 254 / Max_i, where Vi represents the real number of measurements,
and Max_i the greatest value of Vi, (see RMSI64b).
Ci=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Ci=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
This counter is only applicable to GSM-900 and DCS1800 TRX. Value 0
indicates that the TRX frequency is not in GSM900 and DCS1800 bands.
Path Loss band PLOSSUL is defined by :
Reported value Measured quantity value(dB)
PLOSSUL0 30-31
PLOSSUL1 32-33
PLOSSUL2 34-35
PLOSSUL3 36-37
......
PLOSSUL57 144-145
PLOSSUL58 146-147
PLOSSUL59 148-153
These bands are not configurable.
UL Path Loss = (MS power level - RXLEV_UL)
RXLEV_UL is the received signal levels by the base station (dBm)
RXLEV 0=less than -110 dBm
RXLEV 1=-110 dBm to -109 dBm
RXLEV 2= -109 dBm to -108 dBm
:
:
RXLEV 62= -49 dBm to -48 dBm
RXLEV 63=greater than -48 dBm
MS power level is the transmission power of the mobile station expressed in dBm
MS Power control level Nominal Output power(dBm)
GSM900:
PWCLEV 0-2 39
PWCLEV 3 37
.
.
PWCLEV 18 7
PWCLEV 19-31 5
DCS1800:
PWCLEV 0 30
PWCLEV 1 28
.
.
PWCLEV 14 2
PWCLEV 15 0

Trigger condition Whenever in a 44.018 MEASUREMENT RESULT the calculated UL Path Loss
is in the given interval .

Sub Domain 1 RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 285 / 1628

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

286 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.14 RMSI64b - MR_Path_Loss_UL

Long Name MR_Path_Loss_UL

Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RMSI64a

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 287 / 1628

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.15 RMSI65a - Path_Loss_DL

Long Name Path_Loss_DL

Definition Table of 65 results

Each cell (i) of the table contains :
Number of reports in which DL path Loss is in DL Path Loss band i
The result is given as follows :
Ci=Vi x 254 / Max_i, where Vi represents the real number of measurements,
and Max_i the greatest value of
Vi, (see RMSI65b).
Ci=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Ci=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
Path Loss band PLOSSDL is defined by :Reported value Measured quantity
value(dB)
PLOSSDL0 30-31
PLOSSDL1 32-33
PLOSSDL2 34-35
PLOSSDL3 36-37
..
PLOSSDL62 154-155
PLOSSDL63 156-157
PLOSSDL64 158-190
These bands are not configurable.
DL Path Loss = (BS power level - RXLEV_DL )
RXLEV_DL is the received signal levels by the mobile station (dBm).
RXLEV 0=less than -110 dBm
RXLEV 1=-110 dBm to -109 dBm
RXLEV 2= -109 dBm to -108 dBm
:
:
RXLEV 62= -49 dBm to -48 dBm
RXLEV 63=greater than -48 dBm
BS power level is the transmission power of the base station at the antenna
connector (TOC) expressed in dBm.
Consequently combiner loss is taken into account.
BS power level (binary value between 0 and 15) received in MEASUREMENT
RESULT is as follows:
Value Power level (Pn = nominal value)
0 Pn
1 Pn - 2 dB
2 Pn - 4 dB
.
.
14 Pn - 28 dB
15 Pn - 30 dB
Pn = Max-Power-Per-Sector GSM/DCS (dBm) - BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION
(dB)
except for concentric cell configuration
Outerzone-Pn = Outerzone-Output-Power (dBm) - BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION
Innerzone-Pn = Innerzone-Output-Power (dBm) -
BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION_INNER

Trigger condition Whenever in a 44.018 MEASUREMENT RESULT the calculated DL Path Loss
is in the given interval .

288 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 289 / 1628

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.16 RMSI65b - MR_Path_Loss_DL

Long Name MR_Path_Loss_DL

Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RMSI65a

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

290 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.17 RMSI66a - MS_Power_I

Long Name MS_Power_I

Definition Table of 20 results

Each cell (i) of the table contains :
Number of reports in which MS power is in MS power band i
The result is given as follows :
Ci=Vi x 254 / Max_i, where Vi represents the real number of measurements,
and Max_i the greatest value of Vi, (see RMSI66b).
Ci=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Ci=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
This counter is only applicable to GSM-900 and DCS1800 TRX. Value 0
indicates that the TRX frequency is not in GSM900 or DCS1800 bands.
MS Power control level Nominal Output power(dBm)
GSM900:
PWCLEV 0-2 39
PWCLEV 3 37
.
.
PWCLEV 18 7
PWCLEV 19-31 5
DCS1800:
PWCLEV 0 30
PWCLEV 1 28
.
.
PWCLEV 14 2
PWCLEV 15 0
Consequently 20 bands are defined according tp MS Power control level:
Band 1: 0
Band 2: 1
....
Band 20: 19-31
These bands are not configurable.

Trigger condition Whenever in a 44.018 MEASUREMENT RESULT the MS power level (binary
value between 0 and 31) is in the given interval .

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 291 / 1628

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.18 RMSI66b - MR_MS_Power_I

Long Name MR_MS_Power_I

Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RMSI66a

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

292 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.19 RMSI67a - BS_Power_I

Long Name BS_Power_I

Definition Table of 16 results

Each cell (i) of the table contains :
Number of reports in which BS power is in BS power band i
The result is given as follows :
Ci=Vi x 254 / Max_i, where Vi represents the real number of measurements,
and Max_i the greatest value of Vi, (see RMSI67b).
Ci=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Ci=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
BS power ranges are defined according to 3GPP by :
Value Power level (Pn = nominal value)
0 Pn
1 Pn - 2 dB
2 Pn - 4 dB
.
.
14 Pn - 28 dB
15 Pn - 30 dB
These bands are not configurable.

Trigger condition Whenever in a 44.018 MEASUREMENT RESULT the BS power level (binary
value between 0 and 15) is in the given interval .

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 293 / 1628

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.20 RMSI67b - MR_BS_Power_I

Long Name MR_BS_Power_I

Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RMSI67a

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

294 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.21 RMSI7a - TPR_PATH_BALANCE_I

Long Name TPR_PATH_BALANCE_I

Definition Table of 51 results

Each cell (i) of the table contains :
Number of reports in which Path Balance is in Path Balance band i
The result is given as follows :
Ci=Vi x 254 / Max_i, where Vi represents the real number of measurements,
and Max_i the greatest value of
Vi, (see RMSI7b).
Ci=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Ci=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
Path Balance band is defined by :
Band0 <- 24dB
Band1 -24
Band2 -23
Band3 -22
..
Band48 23
Band49 24
Band50 >24
These bands are not configurable.
Path balance = difference in dB between UL and DL pass loss as defined in
RMSI64 and RMSI65.
Path balance = DL Path Loss - UL Path Loss = (BS power level - RXLEV_DL ) -
(MS power level - RXLEV_UL)

Trigger condition Whenever in a 44.018 MEASUREMENT RESULT the Path Balance is in the
given interval .

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 295 / 1628

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.22 RMSI7b - MAX_PATH_BALANCE_I

Long Name MAX_PATH_BALANCE_I

Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RMSI7a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

296 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.23 RMSI8a - TPR_CIN_I

Long Name TPR_CIN_I

Definition Table of 51 results per neighbour cell.

Each cell i of the table contains :
Number of reports in which the C/I related to the neighbour cell is reported in C/I
band i.
The result is given as follows :
Ci=Vi x 254 / RMSI8b, where Vi represents the real number of measurements
Ci=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Ci=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
C/I bands are defined by :
Band 0: C/I <- 24dB,
Band 1: C/I =-24dB,
Band 2: C/I =-23dB
.
Band 48: C/I=23dB,
Band 49: C/I=24dB,
Band 50: C/I>24dB.
These bands are not configurable.
C/I (dB) = RXLEV_DL (dBm) - RXLEV_NCELL (dBm)

Trigger condition Whenever a measurement report indicates that C/I value for the call related to
the neighbour cell is included in the corresponding interval.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 297 / 1628

12 BSC-TYPE 20 - Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

12.3.2.24 RMSI8b - MR_CIN_I

Long Name MR_CIN_I

Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RMSI8a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name Radio Measurement Statistics Improvement

298 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 13 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements

13 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 299 / 1628

13 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements

13.1 All TYPE 25

C153a - NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_NSS (Section 13.2.2.1 )
C153b - NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_BSS (Section 13.2.2.2 )
C251 - NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_SENT (Section 13.3.2.1 )
C252 - NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_REC (Section 13.3.2.2 )
C253 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_SENT (Section 13.3.2.3 )
C254 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_REC (Section 13.3.2.4 )
C255 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_SENT (Section 13.3.2.5 )
C256 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_REC (Section 13.3.2.6 )
C257 - NB_N7_CON_REF_SENT (Section 13.2.2.3 )
C258 - NB_N7_CON_REF_REC (Section 13.2.2.4 )

13.2 Quality of Service

13.2.1 All Quality of Service
C153a - NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_NSS (Section 13.2.2.1 )
C153b - NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_BSS (Section 13.2.2.2 )
C257 - NB_N7_CON_REF_SENT (Section 13.2.2.3 )
C258 - NB_N7_CON_REF_REC (Section 13.2.2.4 )

13.2.2 Interface (QoS)

13.2.2.1 C153a - NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_NSS

Long Name NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_NSS

Definition Number of BSS originating SCCP connection failures due to the NSS.

Trigger condition 1) CREF received.

2) RLSD received for a connection that was not established (this could indicate
that the Connection Confirm from the MSC was not received).

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 SCCP

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name SCCP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

300 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 13 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements

13.2.2.2 C153b - NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_BSS

Long Name NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_BSS

Definition Number of BSS originating SCCP connection failures due to the BSS.

Trigger condition N_DISC_REQ received from BSSAP for a connection that was not yet
established.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 SCCP

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name SCCP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 301 / 1628

13 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements

13.2.2.3 C257 - NB_N7_CON_REF_SENT

Long Name NB_N7_CON_REF_SENT

Definition Number of CONNECTION REFUSED sent to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION REFUSED message is sent on A interface from

the BSC to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 SCCP

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name SCCP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

302 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 13 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements

13.2.2.4 C258 - NB_N7_CON_REF_REC

Long Name NB_N7_CON_REF_REC

Definition Number of CONNECTION REFUSED received from the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION REFUSED message is received on A interface

from the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 SCCP

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name SCCP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 303 / 1628

13 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements

13.3 Traffic Load

13.3.1 All Traffic Load
C251 - NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_SENT (Section 13.3.2.1 )
C252 - NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_REC (Section 13.3.2.2 )
C253 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_SENT (Section 13.3.2.3 )
C254 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_REC (Section 13.3.2.4 )
C255 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_SENT (Section 13.3.2.5 )
C256 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_REC (Section 13.3.2.6 )

13.3.2 Interface (Traffic Load)

13.3.2.1 C251 - NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_SENT

Long Name NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_SENT

Definition Number of connectionless Unit Data messages class 0 sent to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a UNIT DATA message (with protocol class parameter equal to 0) is
sent from the BSC to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 SCCP

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name SCCP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

304 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 13 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements

13.3.2.2 C252 - NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_REC

Long Name NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_REC

Definition Number of connectionless Unit Data messages class 0 received from the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a UNIT DATA message (with protocol class parameter equal to 0) is
received from the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 SCCP

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name SCCP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 305 / 1628

13 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements

13.3.2.3 C253 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_SENT

Long Name NB_N7_CON_REQ_SENT

Definition Number of CONNECTION REQUEST sent to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION REQUEST message is sent on A interface from

the BSC to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 SCCP

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name SCCP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

306 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 13 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements

13.3.2.4 C254 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_REC

Long Name NB_N7_CON_REQ_REC

Definition Number of CONNECTION REQUEST received from the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION REQUEST message is received on A interface

from the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 SCCP

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name SCCP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 307 / 1628

13 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements

13.3.2.5 C255 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_SENT

Long Name NB_N7_CON_CONF_SENT

Definition Number of CONNECTION CONFIRM sent to the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION CONFIRM message is sent on A interface from

the BSC to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 SCCP

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name SCCP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

308 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 13 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements

13.3.2.6 C256 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_REC

Long Name NB_N7_CON_CONF_REC

Definition Number of CONNECTION CONFIRM received from the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION CONFIRM message is received on A interface

from the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 SCCP

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name SCCP measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 309 / 1628

13 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements

310 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 14 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

14 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency

measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 311 / 1628

14 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

14.1 All TYPE 26

C720 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 14.2.2.1 )
C721 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 14.2.2.2 )
C722 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 14.2.2.3 )
C723 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section
14.2.2.4 )
C724 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EMERGENCY_ATPT (Section
14.2.2.5 )
C725 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_BETTERCELL_ATPT (Section
14.2.2.6 )
C727 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_TRAFFIC_ATPT (Section 14.2.2.7 )
C728 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_ FORCED_DR_ATPT (Section 14.2.2.8 )

14.2 Adjacency
14.2.1 All Adjacency
C720 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 14.2.2.1 )
C721 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 14.2.2.2 )
C722 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 14.2.2.3 )
C723 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section
14.2.2.4 )
C724 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EMERGENCY_ATPT (Section
14.2.2.5 )
C725 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_BETTERCELL_ATPT (Section
14.2.2.6 )
C727 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_TRAFFIC_ATPT (Section 14.2.2.7 )
C728 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_ FORCED_DR_ATPT (Section 14.2.2.8 )

14.2.2 Fixed serving Cell

14.2.2.1 C720 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of outgoing external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)
handover attempts. Note that for outgoing external handover, the "Cell Identifier"
OIE is not always provided, so the counter is incremented only if this field is
provided. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in
signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the fixed
serving cell for an external or internal inter-cell TCH handover towards the
variable target cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Fixed serving Cell

312 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 14 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to outgoing TCH handover provided per adjacency.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 313 / 1628

14 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

14.2.2.2 C721 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of outgoing external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)
handover successes. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in
traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition 1) Internal handover: whenever 44.018 HANDOVER_COMPLETE message

is received on Abis interface from the variable target cell during an internal
inter-cell TCH handover attempted from the fixed serving cell.
2) External handover from the fixed serving cell to the 2G target cell in the
following cases:
2a) 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "handover successful") is received at
the serving BSC from the MSC.
2b) 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "normal event/call control") is received
while T8 is running.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Fixed serving Cell

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to outgoing TCH handover provided per adjacency.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

314 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 14 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

14.2.2.3 C722 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Long Name NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Definition Number of outgoing external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)
handover -execution failures due to MS access problem with reversion of the
mobile to the old channel. This counter takes into account handovers from
TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE message is received on Abis

interface from the fixed serving cell during an external or internal inter-cell TCH
handover attempted towards the variable 2G target cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Fixed serving Cell

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to outgoing TCH handover provided per adjacency.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 315 / 1628

14 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

14.2.2.4 C723 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Long Name NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Definition Number of outgoing external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)
handover -execution failures due to MS access problem, without reversion of
the mobile to the old channel. This counter takes into account handovers from
TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition 1) Internal handover: whenever the timer supervising the internal inter-cell TCH
handover procedure (T3103) from the fixed serving cell to the variable target cell
expires.
2) External handover: whenever the timer supervising the external TCH
handover procedure (T8) from the fixed serving cell to the variable target cell
expires, except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with "normal event/call control"
cause was received from the MSC, leading to a normal call release. In such a
case, the handover is considered as successful.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Fixed serving Cell

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to outgoing TCH handover provided per adjacency.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

316 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 14 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

14.2.2.5 C724 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EMERGENCY_ATPT

Long Name NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EMERGENCY_ATPT

Definition Number of outgoing external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)
handover attempts with emergency cause. This counter takes into account
handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Inter-cell HO, External HO : Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent
to the MS via the serving cell, for an outgoing handover cause 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 17,
18, 22 on a TCH channel, from the fixed serving cell to the variable target cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Fixed serving Cell

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to outgoing TCH handover provided per adjacency.

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 317 / 1628

14 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

14.2.2.6 C725 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_BETTERCELL_ATPT

Long Name NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_BETTERCELL_ATPT

Definition Number of outgoing external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)
handover attempts with better cell cause. This counter takes into account
handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Inter-cell HO, External HO : Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is

sent to the MS via the serving cell, for an outgoing handover cause 12, 14, 21
on a TCH channel, from the fixed serving cell to the variable target cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Fixed serving Cell

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to outgoing TCH handover provided per adjacency.

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

318 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 14 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

14.2.2.7 C727 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_TRAFFIC_ATPT

Long Name NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_TRAFFIC_ATPT

Definition Number of outgoing external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)
handover attempts with traffic cause. This counter takes into account handovers
from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Inter-cell HO, External HO : Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is

sent to the MS via the serving cell, for an outgoing handover cause 23,24, 28 on
a TCH channel, from the fixed serving cell to the variable target cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Fixed serving Cell

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to outgoing TCH handover provided per adjacency.

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 319 / 1628

14 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

14.2.2.8 C728 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_ FORCED_DR_ATPT

Long Name NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_ FORCED_DR_ATPT

Definition Number of outgoing (external or internal) inter-cell directed retries attempts with
Forced directed retry cause.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent to the MS for an
outgoing (external or internal) inter-cell directed retry Cause 20 from the serving
cell to a given target cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directed retry
events.

Sub Domain 1 Fixed serving Cell

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to outgoing TCH handover provided per adjacency.

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

320 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 15 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

15 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per

adjacency measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 321 / 1628

15 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

15.1 All TYPE 27

C730 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 15.2.2.1 )
C731 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 15.2.2.2 )
C733 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACC (Section
15.2.2.3 )
C734 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_EMERGENCY_ATPT (Section
15.2.2.4 )
C735 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_BETTERCELL_ATPT (Section
15.2.2.5 )
C737 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_TRAFFIC_ATPT (Section 15.2.2.6 )
C738 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_FORCED_DR_ATPT (Section 15.2.2.7 )
C753 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_OTHER_ATPT (Section 15.2.2.8 )

15.2 Adjacency
15.2.1 All Adjacency
C730 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 15.2.2.1 )
C731 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 15.2.2.2 )
C733 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACC (Section
15.2.2.3 )
C734 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_EMERGENCY_ATPT (Section
15.2.2.4 )
C735 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_BETTERCELL_ATPT (Section
15.2.2.5 )
C737 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_TRAFFIC_ATPT (Section 15.2.2.6 )
C738 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_FORCED_DR_ATPT (Section 15.2.2.7 )
C753 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_OTHER_ATPT (Section 15.2.2.8 )

15.2.2 Fixed target Cell

15.2.2.1 C730 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or

FR usage) handover attempts.

322 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 15 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

Trigger condition 1) Internal handover : whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the

MS via the variable serving cell for an internal inter-cell TCH handover towards
the fixed target cell.
2) External handover : whenever 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent to
the MSC from the target BSC for an external TCH handover from the variable
2G serving cell towards the fixed target cell. The Cell-identity of the serving and
target cells is provided in the 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST. Only handovers
from a 2G cell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell Identifier discriminator
in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set to
’0000’ or ’0001’).
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Fixed target Cell

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to incoming TCH handover provided per adjacency.
Only handovers from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers from 3G
are not counted in type 27).

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 323 / 1628

15 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

15.2.2.2 C731 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR

usage) handover successes.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface from the fixed target cell during an external or internal inter-cell TCH
handover attempted from the variable serving cell. Only handovers from a 2G
cell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell Identifier discriminator in the I.E.
Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set to ’0000’ or
’0001’).
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Fixed target Cell

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to incoming TCH handover provided per adjacency.
Only handovers from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers from 3G
are not counted in type 27).

External Comment –

Feature Name –

324 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 15 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

15.2.2.3 C733 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACC

Long Name NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACC

Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR

usage) handover -execution failures due to MS access problem, with or without
reversion of the mobile to the old channel.

Trigger condition 1) Internal handover :

- 44.018HANDOVER FAILURE (cause= "radio interface failure, reversion to old
channel") received from the variable serving cell during an internal inter-cell
TCH handover towards the fixed target cell.
- T3103 expiry
2) External handover :
- 48.058CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION (cause= "handover access
failure") received on the new channel from the fixed target cell
- 48.008CLEAR COMMAND (cause= "radio interface failure, reversion to old
channel") received on the target BSC.
Only handovers from a 2G cell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell
Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008
HANDOVER REQUEST is set to ’0000’ or ’0001’).
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Fixed target Cell

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to incoming TCH handover provided per adjacency.
Only handovers from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers from 3G
are not counted in type 27).

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 325 / 1628

15 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

15.2.2.4 C734 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_EMERGENCY_ATPT

Long Name NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_EMERGENCY_ATPT

Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR

usage) handover attempts, with emergency cause.

Trigger condition 1) Internal inter-cell handover : whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND

is sent to the MS via the variable serving cell for an internal inter-cell TCH
handover towards the fixed target cell, with cause 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 17, 18, 22
2) External handover : whenever 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent to
the MSC from the target BSC for an external TCH handover from the variable
serving cell towards the fixed target cell. The Cell-identity of the serving and
target cells is provided in the 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST with 48.008 cause
2, 3, 4, 5, 6
Only handovers from a 2G cell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell
Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008
HANDOVER REQUEST is set to ’0000’ or ’0001’).
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Fixed target Cell

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to incoming TCH handover provided per adjacency.
Only handovers from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers from 3G
are not counted in type 27).

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

326 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 15 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

15.2.2.5 C735 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_BETTERCELL_ATPT

Long Name NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_BETTERCELL_ATPT

Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR

usage) handover attempts, with better cell cause.

Trigger condition 1) Internal intercell handover : whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent

to the MS via the variable serving cell for an internal inter-cell TCH handover
towards the fixed target cell, with cause 12, 14, 21
2) External handover : whenever 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent to
the MSC from the target BSC for an external TCH handover from the variable
serving cell towards the fixed target cell. The Cell-identity of the serving and
target cells is provided in the 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST with 48.008 cause
12
Only handovers from a 2G cell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell
Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008
HANDOVER REQUEST is set to ’0000’ or ’0001’).
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Fixed target Cell

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to incoming TCH handover provided per adjacency.
Only handovers from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers from 3G
are not counted in type 27).

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of TFO (Tandem Free Operation)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 327 / 1628

15 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

15.2.2.6 C737 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_TRAFFIC_ATPT

Long Name NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_TRAFFIC_ATPT

Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR

usage) handover attempts, with traffic cause.

Trigger condition 1) Internal handover : whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the

MS via the variable serving cell for an internal inter-cell TCH handover towards
the fixed target cell, with cause 23, 24, 28
2) External handover : whenever 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent to
the MSC from the target BSC for an external TCH handover from the variable
serving cell towards the fixed target cell. The Cell-identity of the serving and
target cells is provided in the 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST with 48.008 cause
15.
Only handovers from a 2G cell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell
Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008
HANDOVER REQUEST is set to ’0000’ or ’0001’).
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Fixed target Cell

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to incoming TCH handover provided per adjacency.
Only handovers from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers from 3G
are not counted in type 27).

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

328 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 15 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

15.2.2.7 C738 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_FORCED_DR_ATPT

Long Name NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_FORCED_DR_ATPT

Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external and internal inter-cell directed retries

attempts, with Forced directed retry cause.

Trigger condition 1) Internal handover : whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the

MS via the variable serving cell for an internal inter-cell TCH handover towards
the fixed target cell, with cause 20
2) External handover : whenever 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent to
the MSC from the target BSC for an external TCH handover from the variable
serving cell towards the fixed target cell. The Cell-identity of the serving and
target cells is provided in the 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST with 48.008 cause
13.
Only handovers from a 2G cell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell
Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008
HANDOVER REQUEST is set to ’0000’ or ’0001’).
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Fixed target Cell

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to incoming TCH handover provided per adjacency.
Only handovers from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers from 3G
are not counted in type 27).

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 329 / 1628

15 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

15.2.2.8 C753 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_OTHER_ATPT

Long Name NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_OTHER_ATPT

Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR

usage) handover attempts, with unknown or missing cause.

Trigger condition 1) Internal handover : whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the

MS via the variable serving cell for an internal inter-cell TCH handover towards
the fixed target cell, with unknown or missing cause.
2) External handover : whenever 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent to
the MSC from the target BSC for an external TCH handover from the variable
serving cell towards the fixed target cell. The Cell-identity of the serving and
target cells is provided in the 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST with unknown or
missing 48.008 cause, or 48.008 cause different from 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 12, 13, 15.
Only handovers from a 2G cell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell
Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008
HANDOVER REQUEST is set to ’0000’ or ’0001’).
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Fixed target Cell

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to incoming TCH handover provided per adjacency.
Only handovers from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers from 3G
are not counted in type 27).

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of TFO (Tandem Free Operation)

330 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 331 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.1 All TYPE 28

C100 - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT (Section 16.2.2.1 )
C101 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG (Section 16.2.2.2 )
C102 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 16.2.2.3 )
C103 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 16.2.2.4 )
C107 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 16.2.2.5 )
C115 - NB_SDCCH_HO_MSC_TRIG (Section 16.2.2.6 )
C310 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_REQ (Section 16.2.2.7 )
C311 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT (Section 16.2.2.8 )
C330 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_REQ (Section 16.2.2.9 )
C331 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT (Section 16.2.2.10 )
C360 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_REQ (Section 16.2.2.11 )
C361 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_ATPT (Section 16.2.2.12 )
C445 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover (Section 16.2.2.13 )
C446 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_24_GenCaptureHandover (Section 16.2.2.14 )
C454 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_22_TooShortDistance (Section 16.2.2.15 )
C510 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_2_TooLowQualUp (Section 16.2.2.16 )
C511 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_3_TooLowLevUp (Section 16.2.2.17 )
C512 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_4_TooLowQualDown (Section 16.2.2.18 )
C513 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_5_TooLowLevDown (Section 16.2.2.19 )
C514 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_6_TooLongDistance (Section 16.2.2.20 )
C516 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_15_TooHighLevInterfUp (Section 16.2.2.21 )
C517 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_16_TooHighLevInterfDown (Section 16.2.2.22 )
C518 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_12_TooLowPowBudg (Section 16.2.2.23 )
C519 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand (Section
16.2.2.24 )
C605a - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell (Section
16.2.2.25 )
C605d - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell (Section
16.2.2.26 )
C605e - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell (Section
16.2.2.27 )
C605f - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS (Section
16.2.2.28 )
C607 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_20_HighLevNeigCellForcDR (Section
16.2.2.29 )
C81 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG (Section 16.2.2.30 )
C82 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 16.2.2.31 )
C83 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS (Section
16.2.2.32 )
C85a - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_REAL_HO_REQ (Section 16.2.2.33 )

332 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

C86 - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 16.2.2.34 )

C87 - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 16.2.2.35 )
C88 - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 16.2.2.36 )
C90 - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT (Section 16.2.2.37 )
C91 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG (Section 16.2.2.38 )
C92 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 16.2.2.39 )
C93 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS (Section
16.2.2.40 )
C95a - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_REQ (Section 16.2.2.41 )
C96 - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 16.2.2.42 )
C97 - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 16.2.2.43 )
C98 - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 16.2.2.44 )

16.2 Handover
16.2.1 All Handover
C100 - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT (Section 16.2.2.1 )
C101 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG (Section 16.2.2.2 )
C102 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 16.2.2.3 )
C103 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 16.2.2.4 )
C107 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 16.2.2.5 )
C115 - NB_SDCCH_HO_MSC_TRIG (Section 16.2.2.6 )
C310 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_REQ (Section 16.2.2.7 )
C311 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT (Section 16.2.2.8 )
C330 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_REQ (Section 16.2.2.9 )
C331 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT (Section 16.2.2.10 )
C360 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_REQ (Section 16.2.2.11 )
C361 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_ATPT (Section 16.2.2.12 )
C445 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover (Section 16.2.2.13 )
C446 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_24_GenCaptureHandover (Section 16.2.2.14 )
C454 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_22_TooShortDistance (Section 16.2.2.15 )
C510 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_2_TooLowQualUp (Section 16.2.2.16 )
C511 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_3_TooLowLevUp (Section 16.2.2.17 )
C512 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_4_TooLowQualDown (Section 16.2.2.18 )
C513 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_5_TooLowLevDown (Section 16.2.2.19 )
C514 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_6_TooLongDistance (Section 16.2.2.20 )
C516 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_15_TooHighLevInterfUp (Section 16.2.2.21 )
C517 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_16_TooHighLevInterfDown (Section 16.2.2.22 )
C518 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_12_TooLowPowBudg (Section 16.2.2.23 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 333 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

C519 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand (Section

16.2.2.24 )
C605a - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell (Section
16.2.2.25 )
C605d - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell (Section
16.2.2.26 )
C605e - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell (Section
16.2.2.27 )
C605f - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS (Section
16.2.2.28 )
C607 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_20_HighLevNeigCellForcDR (Section
16.2.2.29 )
C81 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG (Section 16.2.2.30 )
C82 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 16.2.2.31 )
C83 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS (Section
16.2.2.32 )
C85a - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_REAL_HO_REQ (Section 16.2.2.33 )
C86 - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 16.2.2.34 )
C87 - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 16.2.2.35 )
C88 - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 16.2.2.36 )
C90 - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT (Section 16.2.2.37 )
C91 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG (Section 16.2.2.38 )
C92 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 16.2.2.39 )
C93 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS (Section
16.2.2.40 )
C95a - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_REQ (Section 16.2.2.41 )
C96 - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 16.2.2.42 )
C97 - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 16.2.2.43 )
C98 - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 16.2.2.44 )

334 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2 SDCCH
16.2.2.1 C100 - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell SDCCH handover attempts.

Trigger condition Whenever the 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent on Abis
interface to the mobile via the serving cell, during an internal inter-cell SDCCH
handover procedure.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 335 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.2 C101 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG

Long Name NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG

Definition MC101=C101, Number of intra-cell SDCCH handover -preparation failures due

to congestion.

Trigger condition Whenever a internal intra-cell SDCCH handover cannot be performed, because
there is no free SDCCH Sub-channel to allocate the handover to.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

336 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.3 C102 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of intra-cell SDCCH handover successes.

Trigger condition Whenever a ASSIGNEMENT COMPLETE message is received on the target

channel during an internal intra-cell SDCCH handover.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 337 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.4 C103 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Long Name NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Definition Number of intra-cell SDCCH handover -execution failures due to MS access

problem without reversion to the old channel.

Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the internal intra-cell SDCCH handover
procedure (T3107) expires.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

338 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.5 C107 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Long Name NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Definition Number of intra-cell SDCCH handover -execution failures due to MS access

problem with reversion to the old channel.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message is received on the

Serving Sub-channel, during an internal intra-cell SDCCH handover.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 339 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.6 C115 - NB_SDCCH_HO_MSC_TRIG

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_MSC_TRIG

Definition Number of external handovers triggered by the MSC but not required by the BSS.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER COMMAND message is received on A

interface from the MSC and timer T_HO_REQ_LOST is not running.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

340 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.7 C310 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_REQ

Definition Number of incoming external SDCCH handover requests.

Trigger condition 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST is received by the target BSC for the target cell
on the SDCCH channel.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 341 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.8 C311 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of incoming external SDCCH handover attempts.

Trigger condition 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent by the target BSC containing the
44.018HANDOVER COMMAND towards the target cell on the SDCCH channel.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

342 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.9 C330 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_REQ

Definition Number of incoming internal inter-cell SDCCH handover requests.

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover procedure selects a
target cell (among a list of target cells) for internal inter cell SDCCH handover.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 343 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.10 C331 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of incoming internal inter-cell SDCCH handover attempts.

Trigger condition 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the serving cell for internal
inter cell SDCCH handover. However, the counter is incremented in the TARGET
cell, based on the target cell ID indicated by the HO Command message,

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

344 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.11 C360 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_REQ

Definition Number of intra-cell SDCCH handover requests.

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover procedure starts an
intra cell SDCCH handover procedure.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 345 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.12 C361 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of intra-cell SDCCH handover attempts.

Trigger condition 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the cell for intra cell
handover on SDCCH.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

346 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.13 C445 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover

Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with the cause 23:
"traffic handover" on SDCCH. This counter counts also the directed retries.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 23 on SDCCH. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 347 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.14 C446 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_24_GenCaptureHandover

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_24_GenCaptureHandover

Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with the cause 24:
"general capture handover" on SDCCH. This counter counts also the directed
retries.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 24 on SDCCH. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

348 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.15 C454 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_22_TooShortDistance

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_22_TooShortDistance

Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause
22: "too short MS-BTS distance". This cause is restricted to the extended
cells.This counter counts also the directed retries.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the mobile via the BTS
because of cause 22 on SDCCH. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 349 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.16 C510 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_2_TooLowQualUp

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_2_TooLowQualUp

Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts triggered

with cause 2: "uplink quality too low".

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 2. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

350 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.17 C511 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_3_TooLowLevUp

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_3_TooLowLevUp

Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause
3: "uplink level too low".

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 3. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 351 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.18 C512 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_4_TooLowQualDown

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_4_TooLowQualDown

Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause
4: "downlink quality too low".

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 4. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

352 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.19 C513 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_5_TooLowLevDown

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_5_TooLowLevDown

Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts triggered

with cause 5: "downlink level too low".

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 5. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 353 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.20 C514 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_6_TooLongDistance

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_6_TooLongDistance

Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause
6: "MS-BTS distance too long".

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 6. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

354 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.21 C516 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_15_TooHighLevInterfUp

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_15_TooHighLevInterfUp

Definition Number of SDCCH intra-cell handover attempts with cause 15: "too high level
interference on uplink".

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 15.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 355 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.22 C517 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_16_TooHighLevInterfDown

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_16_TooHighLevInterfDown

Definition Number of SDCCH intra-cell handover attempts with cause 16: "too high level
interference on downlink".

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 16.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

356 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.23 C518 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_12_TooLowPowBudg

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_12_TooLowPowBudg

Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause
12: "too low power budget".

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 12. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 357 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.24 C519 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand

Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause
21: "high level in neighbour cell in the preferred band". This counter is related
to multiband.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 21. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

358 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.25 C605a - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell

Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause
7: "several consecutive bad SACCH frames received in a micro cell". This
counter is related to micro cell environment.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 7. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 359 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.26 C605d - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell

Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause
17 "too low level on the uplink in a microcell compared to a high threshold". This
counter is related to micro cell environment.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 17. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

360 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.27 C605e - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell

Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause
18: "too low level on the downlink in a microcell compared to a high threshold".
This counter is related to micro cell environment.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 18. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 361 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.28 C605f - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS

Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause
14: "high level in neighbour lower layer cell for slow mobile". This counter is
related to micro cell environment.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 14. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

362 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.29 C607 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_20_HighLevNeigCellForcDR

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_20_HighLevNeigCellForcDR

Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause
20: "forced directed retry". This counter is related to a forced directed retry
(internal or external).

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 20. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 363 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.30 C81 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG

Definition MC81=C81, Number of incoming external SDCCH handover -preparation

failures due to congestion.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of "no
radio resource available" is sent on A interface from the target BSC to the MSC
during an external SDCCH handover.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

364 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.31 C82 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of incoming external SDCCH handover successes.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface from the target cell for an SDCCH Sub-channel that is involved in an
external SDCCH handover.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 365 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.32 C83 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS

Definition Number of incoming external SDCCH handover -execution failures due to MS

access problem.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with a

cause value of "handover access failure" is received on Abis interface from the
target cell, for an SDCCH Sub-channel during an external SDCCH handover.
2) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure on the target cell
(T9113), expires during an external SDCCH handover.
3) Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with a cause value of "radio interface
failure - reversion to old channel" is received on A interface on the target BSC
from the MSC during an external SDCCH handover.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

366 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.33 C85a - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_REAL_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_REAL_HO_REQ

Definition Number of outgoing external SDCCH handover requests.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED message is sent on A interface

to the MSC for a SDCCH handover. If more than one 48.008 HANDOVER
REQUIRED is sent in the frame of the same Handover procedure, the counter is
incremented only once.
48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED is sent in following situations :
1) An external handover alarm has been raised, with corresponding list of
candidate cells.
2) The list of candidate cells for the current alarm has been updated.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 367 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.34 C86 - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of outgoing external SDCCH handover successes.

Trigger condition External SDCCH handover in the following cases:

1/ a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND message with a cause of "handover successful"
is received on A interface on the serving BSC from the MSC.
2/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause= "normal event/call control") received
while T8 is running.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

368 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.35 C87 - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Definition Number of outoing external SDCCH handover -execution failures due to MS

access problem with reversion to the old channel.

Trigger condition Whenever a HANDOVER FAILURE message is received on Abis interface from
the serving cell, during an external SDCCH handover.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 369 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.36 C88 - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Definition Number outoing external SDCCH handover -execution failures due to MS

access problem without reversion to the old channel.

Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure on the serving cell
(T8), expires during an external SDCCH handover, except if a 48.008 CLEAR
COMMAND with "normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC,
leading to a normal call release. In such a case, the handover is considered as
successful.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

370 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.37 C90 - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of outgoing external SDCCH handover attempts.

Trigger condition Whenever the 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent on Abis
interface on the serving channel, during an external SDCCH handover
procedure.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 371 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.38 C91 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG

Long Name NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG

Definition MC91=C91, Number of incoming internal inter-cell SDCCH handover

-preparation failures due to congestion.

Trigger condition Whenever a internal inter-cell SDCCH handover cannot be performed, because
there is no free SDCCH Sub-channel to allocate the handover to.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

372 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.39 C92 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of incoming internal inter-cell SDCCH handover successes.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface from the target cell during an internal inter-cell SDCCH handover.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 373 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.40 C93 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS

Long Name NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS

Definition Number of incoming internal inter-cell SDCCH handover -execution failures

due to MS access problem.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires
during an internal inter-cell SDCCH handover.
2) Whenever a HANDOVER FAILURE message is received on Abis interface
from the serving cell during and internal inter-cell SDCCH handover.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

374 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.41 C95a - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_REQ

Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell SDCCH handover requests.

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover procedure selects a
target cell (among a list of target cells) for internal inter cell SDCCH handover.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 375 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.42 C96 - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell SDCCH handover successes.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface from the target cell, during an internal inter-cell SDCCH handover.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

376 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.43 C97 - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Definition Number of outoing internal inter-cell SDCCH handover execution failures due to
MS access problem with reversion to the old channel.

Trigger condition Whenever a HANDOVER FAILURE message is received on Abis interface from
the serving cell, during an internal inter-cell SDCCH handover.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 377 / 1628

16 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover

16.2.2.44 C98 - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Definition Number outoing internal inter-cell SDCCH handover -execution failures due to
MS access problem without reversion to the old channel.

Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the internal inter-cell handover procedure
(T3103) expires.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name SDCCH handover

Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters are
provided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell and
intra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

378 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 379 / 1628

17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.1 All TYPE 29

C142a - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_SUCC (Section 17.2.2.1 )
C142b - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_SUCC (Section 17.2.2.2 )
C142c - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_SUCC (Section 17.2.2.3 )
C142d - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_SUCC (Section 17.2.2.4 )
C143a - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 17.2.2.5 )
C143b - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 17.2.2.6 )
C143c - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 17.2.2.7 )
C143d - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 17.2.2.8 )
C143e - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 17.2.2.9 )
C143f - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 17.2.2.10 )
C143g - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 17.2.2.11 )
C143h - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 17.2.2.12 )
C144a - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_REQ (Section 17.2.2.13 )
C144b - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_REQ (Section 17.2.2.14 )
C144c - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_REQ (Section 17.2.2.15 )
C144d - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_REQ (Section 17.2.2.16 )
C145a - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_ATPT (Section 17.2.2.17 )
C145b - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_ATPT (Section 17.2.2.18 )
C145c - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_ATPT (Section 17.2.2.19 )
C145d - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_ATPT (Section 17.2.2.20 )
C151 - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC (29) (Section 17.2.2.21 )
C152 - NB_INC_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS (Section 17.2.2.22 )
C153 - NB_INC_IDR_REQ (Section 17.2.2.23 )
C154 - NB_INC_IDR_ATPT (Section 17.2.2.24 )
C555 - NB_INC_IDR_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section 17.2.2.25 )

17.2 Handover
17.2.1 All Handover
C142a - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_SUCC (Section 17.2.2.1 )
C142b - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_SUCC (Section 17.2.2.2 )
C142c - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_SUCC (Section 17.2.2.3 )
C142d - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_SUCC (Section 17.2.2.4 )
C143a - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 17.2.2.5 )
C143b - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 17.2.2.6 )
C143c - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 17.2.2.7 )
C143d - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 17.2.2.8 )
C143e - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 17.2.2.9 )

380 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

C143f - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 17.2.2.10 )

C143g - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 17.2.2.11 )
C143h - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 17.2.2.12 )
C144a - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_REQ (Section 17.2.2.13 )
C144b - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_REQ (Section 17.2.2.14 )
C144c - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_REQ (Section 17.2.2.15 )
C144d - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_REQ (Section 17.2.2.16 )
C145a - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_ATPT (Section 17.2.2.17 )
C145b - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_ATPT (Section 17.2.2.18 )
C145c - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_ATPT (Section 17.2.2.19 )
C145d - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_ATPT (Section 17.2.2.20 )
C151 - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC (29) (Section 17.2.2.21 )
C152 - NB_INC_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS (Section 17.2.2.22 )
C153 - NB_INC_IDR_REQ (Section 17.2.2.23 )
C154 - NB_INC_IDR_ATPT (Section 17.2.2.24 )
C555 - NB_INC_IDR_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section 17.2.2.25 )

17.2.2 Directed Retry

17.2.2.1 C142a - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_SUCC

Definition Number of outgoing forced internal directed retry (towards a TCH channel in
HR or FR usage) successes.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMPLETE is received from the MS via the
target cell, for a forced internal directed retry procedure.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 381 / 1628

17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.2 C142b - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_SUCC

Definition Number of outgoing forced external directed retry (towards a TCH channel in
HR or FR usage) successes.

Trigger condition Forced external directed retry in the following cases:

1/ 48.008CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "handover successful") is received on
the serving BSC
2/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "normal event/call control") received
while T8 is running.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directed retry
events.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 External

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

382 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.3 C142c - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_SUCC

Definition Number of outgoing normal internal directed retry (towards a TCH channel in
HR or FR usage) successes.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMPLETE is received from the MS via the
target cell, for a normal internal directed retry procedure.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 383 / 1628

17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.4 C142d - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_SUCC

Definition Number of outgoing normal external directed retry (towards a TCH channel in
HR or FR usage) successes.

Trigger condition Normal external directed retry in the following cases:

1/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "handover successful") is received on
the serving BSC
2/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "normal event/call control") received
while T8 is running.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directed retry
events.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 External

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

384 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.5 C143a - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Definition Number of outgoing forced internal directed retry -execution failures due to MS
access problem with reversion to the old channel. The target TCH channel
can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition 44.018HANDOVER FAILURE on SDCCH received from the MS via the serving
cell.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 385 / 1628

17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.6 C143b - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Definition Number of outgoing forced internal directed retry -execution failures due to MS
access problem without reversion to the old channel. The target TCH channel
can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition Timer T3103 expiry (this timer supervizes the 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND).

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

386 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.7 C143c - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Definition Number of outgoing forced external directed retry -execution failures due to MS
access problem with reversion to the old channel. The target TCH channel
can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE is received from the MS via the
serving cell on the old channel (SDCCH).
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directed retry
events.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 External

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 387 / 1628

17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.8 C143d - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Definition Number of outgoing forced external directed retry -execution failures due to MS
access problem without reversion to the old channel. The target TCH channel
can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T8) expires during
a forced external directed retry, except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with
"normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC, leading to
a normal call release. In such a case, the directed retry is considered as
successful.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directed retry
events.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 External

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

388 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.9 C143e - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Definition Number of outgoing normal internal directed retry -execution failures due to MS
access problem with reversion to the old channel. The target TCH channel
can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition 44.018HANDOVER FAILURE on SDCCH received from the MS via the serving
cell.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 389 / 1628

17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.10 C143f - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Definition Number of outgoing normal internal directed retry -execution failures due to MS
access problem without reversion to the old channel. The target TCH channel
can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition Timer T3103 expiry (this timer supervizes the 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND).

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

390 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.11 C143g - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Definition Number of outgoing normal external directed retry -execution failures due to MS
access problem with reversion to the old channel. The target TCH channel
can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE is received from the MS via the
serving cell on the old channel (SDCCH).
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directed retry
events.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 External

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 391 / 1628

17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.12 C143h - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Definition Number of outgoing normal external directed retry -execution failures due to MS
access problem without reversion to the old channel. The target TCH channel
can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T8) expires during
a normal external directed retry, except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with
"normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC, leading to
a normal call release. In such a case, the directed retry is considered as
successful.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directed retry
events.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 External

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

392 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.13 C144a - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_REQ

Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_REQ

Definition Number of outgoing forced internal directed retry (towards a TCH channel in
HR or FR usage) requests.

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for handover procedure initiates a
forced internal directed retry from the serving cell.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 393 / 1628

17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.14 C144b - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_REQ

Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_REQ

Definition Number of outgoing forced external directed retry requests. The target TCH
channel can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for handover procedure starts a forced
external directed retry from the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directed retry
events.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 External

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

394 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.15 C144c - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_REQ

Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_REQ

Definition Number of outgoing normal internal directed retry requests. The target TCH
channel can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for handover procedure initiates a
normal internal directed retry from the serving cell.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 395 / 1628

17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.16 C144d - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_REQ

Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_REQ

Definition Number of outgoing normal external directed retry requests. The target TCH
channel can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for handover procedure starts a normal
external directed retry from the serving cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directed retry
events.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 External

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

396 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.17 C145a - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_ATPT

Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_ATPT

Definition Number of outgoing forced internal directed retry attempts. The target TCH
channel can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the serving
cell on the SDCCH channel for a forced internal directed retry.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 397 / 1628

17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.18 C145b - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_ATPT

Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_ATPT

Definition Number of outgoing forced external directed retry attempts. The target TCH
channel can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the serving
cell on the SDCCH channel for a forced external directed retry.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directed retry
events.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 External

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

398 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.19 C145c - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_ATPT

Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_ATPT

Definition Number of outgoing normal internal directed retry attempts. The target TCH
channel can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the serving
cell on the SDCCH channel for a normal internal directed retry.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 399 / 1628

17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.20 C145d - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_ATPT

Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_ATPT

Definition Number of outgoing normal external directed retry attempts. The target TCH
channel can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the serving
cell on the SDCCH channel for a normal external directed retry.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directed retry
events.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 External

Sub Domain 3 Outgoing

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

400 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.21 C151 - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC (29)

Long Name NB_INC_IDR_SUCC (29)

Definition Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal, towards a TCH
channel in HR or FR usage) successes.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMPLETE is received from the MS via the
target cell, for a forced or internal internal directed retry procedure.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Incoming

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 401 / 1628

17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.22 C152 - NB_INC_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS

Long Name NB_INC_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS

Definition Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal) -execution failures
due to MS access problem. The target TCH channel can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition 1) 44.018HANDOVER FAILURE on SDCCH received from the MS via the
serving cell
2) timer T3103 expiry (this timer supervizes the 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND)

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Incoming

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

402 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.23 C153 - NB_INC_IDR_REQ

Long Name NB_INC_IDR_REQ

Definition MC153=C153, Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal)

requests. The target TCH channel can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for handover procedure selects the
target cell for forced or normal internal directed retry.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Incoming

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 403 / 1628

17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.24 C154 - NB_INC_IDR_ATPT

Long Name NB_INC_IDR_ATPT

Definition Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal) attempts. The
target TCH channel can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the serving
cell on the SDCCH. However, the counter is incremented in the TARGET cell,
based on the target cell ID indicated by the HO Command message,

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Incoming

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

404 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

17.2.2.25 C555 - NB_INC_IDR_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Long Name NB_INC_IDR_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Definition Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal) -preparation

failures due to congestion (on Air or A-bis interface). The target TCH channel
can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever there are no free TCH in the target cell during a forced or normal
internal directed retry.
2) Whenever no TCH resource is available on A-bis interface for a forced or
normal internal directed retry. (not valid in B7).
Note 1: In MX BSC, this counter is incremented whenever a TCH cannot be
not allocated due to the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit
defined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, MC926 is also
incremented by one.
Note 2: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:
- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;
- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by
the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Incoming

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Directed retry measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters are
provided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal and
external, forced and normal.

External Comment –

Feature Name Abis Dynamic Mapping

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 405 / 1628

17 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements

406 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 18 BSC-TYPE 30 - SMS CB measurements

18 BSC-TYPE 30 - SMS CB measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 407 / 1628

18 BSC-TYPE 30 - SMS CB measurements

18.1 All TYPE 30

CB601 - NB_SMSCB_WRITE_REPL_SUCC (Section 18.3.2.1 )
CB602 - NB_SMSCB_KILL_MESS_SUCC (Section 18.3.2.2 )
CB603 - NB_SMS_CB_FAIL_IND (Section 18.2.2.1 )
CB604 - NB_SMS_CB_WRITE_REP_KILL_MESS_REJ (Section 18.2.2.2 )

18.2 Quality of Service

18.2.1 All Quality of Service
CB603 - NB_SMS_CB_FAIL_IND (Section 18.2.2.1 )
CB604 - NB_SMS_CB_WRITE_REP_KILL_MESS_REJ (Section 18.2.2.2 )

18.2.2 Short Message Service

18.2.2.1 CB603 - NB_SMS_CB_FAIL_IND

Long Name NB_SMS_CB_FAIL_IND

Definition Each time a FAILURE INDICATION sent to the CBC, number of cells implicated
by the failure.
The BSC detects a failure and request the CBC (by the FAILURE INDICATION
message) to stop the sending of messages to a list of cells.

Trigger condition Whenever a FAILURE INDICATION is sent to the CBC, the counter is
incremented by the Cell-List mandatory IE.

Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service

Sub Domain 2 Cell Broadcast

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object BSC

Type Name SMS CB measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Cell Broadcast.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

408 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 18 BSC-TYPE 30 - SMS CB measurements

18.2.2.2 CB604 - NB_SMS_CB_WRITE_REP_KILL_MESS_REJ

Long Name NB_SMS_CB_WRITE_REP_KILL_MESS_REJ

Definition Number of cells rejected for a WRITE REPLACE or KILL MESSAGE request.
A WRITE REPLACE or a KILL MESSAGE request coming from the CBC is
received by the BSC. This request is addressed to a list of cells. The BSC is
able to process the request either :
- entirely (i.e. for all cells of the list) : the BSC sends a REPORT SUCCESS to
the CBC
- partially (i.e. for a part of the list) : the BSC returns a REPORT SUCCESS to
the CBC
- not at all (i.e. for no cell) : the BSC returns a REPORT FAILURE to the CBC if
the cause of the reject is the same for all cells, otherwise a REPORT SUCCESS
is returned.
When a REPORT SUCCESS is returned, the Failure-List optional Information
Element specifies for each cell whose request has not been completed, the
cause and diagnostic of the failure.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a WRITE REPLACE or a KILL MESSAGE request is totally rejected
by REPORT FAILURE (then, for all cells with the same cause), the counter is
incremented by the Cell-List IE value provided within the request message.
2) Whenever a REPORT SUCCESS to a WRITE REPLACE or a KILL
MESSAGE request is returned to the CBC, the counter is incremented by the
number of cells provided within the Failure-List IE of the REPORT SUCCESS.

Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service

Sub Domain 2 Cell Broadcast

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object BSC

Type Name SMS CB measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Cell Broadcast.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 409 / 1628

18 BSC-TYPE 30 - SMS CB measurements

18.3 Traffic Load

18.3.1 All Traffic Load
CB601 - NB_SMSCB_WRITE_REPL_SUCC (Section 18.3.2.1 )
CB602 - NB_SMSCB_KILL_MESS_SUCC (Section 18.3.2.2 )

18.3.2 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

18.3.2.1 CB601 - NB_SMSCB_WRITE_REPL_SUCC

Long Name NB_SMSCB_WRITE_REPL_SUCC

Definition Number of cells successfully served for a WRITE REPLACE.

A WRITE REPLACE request coming from the CBC is received by the BSC. This
request is addressed to a list of cells. The BSC is able to process the request
either :
- entirely (i.e. for all cells of the list) : the BSC sends a REPORT SUCCESS to
the CBC
- partially (i.e. for a part of the list) : the BSC returns a REPORT SUCCESS to
the CBC
- not at all (i.e. for no cell) : the BSC returns a REPORT FAILURE to the CBC if
the cause of the reject is the same for all cells, otherwise a REPORT SUCCESS
is returned.
When a REPORT SUCCESS is returned, the No-of-Broadcasts-completed-list
optional Information Element specifies the number of cells successfully served
by the request. This IE is not provided when no cells can be served.

Trigger condition Whenever a REPORT SUCCESS to a WRITE REPLACE is sent to the CBC,
the counter is incremented by the No-of-Broadcasts-completed-list optional IE
(if not provided; the counter is not incremented, since it means that no cells
are served).

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Short Message Service

Sub Domain 3 Cell Broadcast

Measured Object BSC

Type Name SMS CB measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Cell Broadcast.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

410 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 18 BSC-TYPE 30 - SMS CB measurements

18.3.2.2 CB602 - NB_SMSCB_KILL_MESS_SUCC

Long Name NB_SMSCB_KILL_MESS_SUCC

Definition Number of cells successfully served for a KILL MESSAGE.

A KILL MESSAGE request coming from the CBC is received by the BSC. This
request is addressed to a list of cells. The BSC is able to process the request
either :
- entirely (i.e. for all cells of the list) : the BSC sends a REPORT SUCCESS to
the CBC
- partially (i.e. for a part of the list) : the BSC returns a REPORT SUCCESS to
the CBC
- not at all (i.e. for no cell) : the BSC returns a REPORT FAILURE to the CBC if
the cause of the reject is the same for all cells, otherwise a REPORT SUCCESS
is returned.
When a REPORT SUCCESS is returned, the No-of-Broadcasts-completed-list
optional Information Element specifies the number of cells successfully served
by the request. This IE is not provided when no cells can be served.

Trigger condition Whenever a REPORT SUCCESS to a KILL MESSAGE is sent to the CBC, the
counter is incremented by the No-of-Broadcasts-completed-list optional IE (if
not provided, the counter is not incremented, since it means that no cells are
served).

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Short Message Service

Sub Domain 3 Cell Broadcast

Measured Object BSC

Type Name SMS CB measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Cell Broadcast.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 411 / 1628

18 BSC-TYPE 30 - SMS CB measurements

412 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 413 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.1 All TYPE 31

RMS10 - VQ_NOISY_UL_INTERFERENCE (Section 19.2.2.1 )
RMS11 - VQ_NOISY_DL_INTERFERENCE (Section 19.2.2.2 )
RMS12 - VQ_NOISY_UL_COVERAGE (Section 19.2.2.3 )
RMS13 - VQ_NOISY_DL_COVERAGE (Section 19.2.2.4 )
RMS14 - VQ_NOISY_UL_UNDEFINED (Section 19.2.2.5 )
RMS15 - VQ_NOISY_DL_UNDEFINED (Section 19.2.2.6 )
RMS16 - VQ_NOISY_UL_BAD_FER (Section 19.2.2.7 )
RMS17 - VQ_NOISY_UL_GOOD_FER (Section 19.2.2.8 )
RMS18 - VQ_ABNORMAL_BAD_FER (Section 19.2.2.9 )
RMS20 - TRE_BAND (Section 19.2.2.10 )
RMS21 - IND_TRE_OVERLOAD (Section 19.2.2.11 )
RMS22 - IND_RMS_RESTARTED (Section 19.2.2.12 )
RMS23 - IND_CI_PARTIAL_OBSERVATION (Section 19.2.2.13 )
RMS24 - IND_CI_OVERFLOW (Section 19.2.2.14 )
RMS31 - TOT_SEIZ_TCH (Section 19.3.2.1 )
RMS32 - TOT_MEAS (Section 19.2.2.15 )
RMS33 - TOT_MEAS_L1INFO_NOL3INFO (Section 19.2.2.16 )
RMS34 - TOT_MEAS_DTX_UL (Section 19.2.2.17 )
RMS35 - TOT_MEAS_DTX_DL (Section 19.2.2.18 )
RMS36 - PERC_TA_GT_TA_STAT (Section 19.2.2.19 )
RMS37 - MAX_TA (Section 19.2.2.20 )
RMS38 - TOT_EMR (Section 19.2.2.21 )
RMS3a - TPR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.22 )
RMS3b - TMR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.23 )
RMS41a - AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_BAD (Section 19.2.2.24 )
RMS41b - MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_BAD (Section 19.2.2.25 )
RMS42a - AMR_WB_GMSK _FR_UL_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.26 )
RMS42b - MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.27 )
RMS43a - AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL (Section 19.2.2.28 )
RMS43b - MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL (Section 19.2.2.29 )
RMS44a - AMR_FR_UL_BAD (Section 19.2.2.30 )
RMS44b - MAX_AMR_FR_UL_BAD (Section 19.2.2.31 )
RMS45a - AMR_HR_UL_BAD (Section 19.2.2.32 )
RMS45b - MAX_AMR_HR_UL_BAD (Section 19.2.2.33 )
RMS46a - AMR_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.34 )
RMS46b - MAX_AMR_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.35 )
RMS47a - AMR_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL (Section 19.2.2.36 )

414 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

RMS47b - MAX_AMR_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL (Section 19.2.2.37 )

RMS48a - AMR_HR_UL_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.38 )
RMS48b - MAX_AMR_HR_UL_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.3.1 )
RMS49a - AMR_HR_DL_RXLEV_DL (Section 19.2.2.39 )
RMS49b - MAX_AMR_HR_DL_RXLEV_DL (Section 19.2.2.40 )
RMS4a - TPR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL (Section 19.2.2.41 )
RMS4b - TMR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL (Section 19.2.2.42 )
RMS50a - TPR_TIMING_ADVANCE (Section 19.2.2.43 )
RMS50b - MAX_TIMING_ADVANCE (Section 19.2.2.44 )
RMS51 - TPR_UL_RXLEV_TA_BAND (Section 19.2.2.45 )
RMS52 - TPR_DL_RXLEV_TA_BAND (Section 19.2.2.46 )
RMS53 - TPR_UL_RXQUAL_TA_BAND (Section 19.2.2.47 )
RMS54 - TPR_DL_RXQUAL_TA_BAND (Section 19.2.2.48 )
RMS5a - TPR_BFI_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.49 )
RMS5b - TMR_BFI_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.50 )
RMS6a - TPR_RADIO_LINK (Section 19.2.2.51 )
RMS6b - MAX_RADIO_LINK (Section 19.2.2.52 )
RMS7a - TPR_PATH_BALANCE (Section 19.2.2.53 )
RMS7b - MAX_PATH_BALANCE (Section 19.2.2.54 )
RMS8a - TPR_CIN (Section 19.2.2.55 )
RMS8b - MR_CIN (Section 19.2.2.56 )
RMS9a - TPR_CIF (Section 19.2.2.57 )
RMS9b - MR_CIF (Section 19.2.2.58 )

19.2 Quality of Service

19.2.1 All Quality of Service
RMS10 - VQ_NOISY_UL_INTERFERENCE (Section 19.2.2.1 )
RMS11 - VQ_NOISY_DL_INTERFERENCE (Section 19.2.2.2 )
RMS12 - VQ_NOISY_UL_COVERAGE (Section 19.2.2.3 )
RMS13 - VQ_NOISY_DL_COVERAGE (Section 19.2.2.4 )
RMS14 - VQ_NOISY_UL_UNDEFINED (Section 19.2.2.5 )
RMS15 - VQ_NOISY_DL_UNDEFINED (Section 19.2.2.6 )
RMS16 - VQ_NOISY_UL_BAD_FER (Section 19.2.2.7 )
RMS17 - VQ_NOISY_UL_GOOD_FER (Section 19.2.2.8 )
RMS18 - VQ_ABNORMAL_BAD_FER (Section 19.2.2.9 )
RMS20 - TRE_BAND (Section 19.2.2.10 )
RMS21 - IND_TRE_OVERLOAD (Section 19.2.2.11 )
RMS22 - IND_RMS_RESTARTED (Section 19.2.2.12 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 415 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

RMS23 - IND_CI_PARTIAL_OBSERVATION (Section 19.2.2.13 )

RMS24 - IND_CI_OVERFLOW (Section 19.2.2.14 )
RMS32 - TOT_MEAS (Section 19.2.2.15 )
RMS33 - TOT_MEAS_L1INFO_NOL3INFO (Section 19.2.2.16 )
RMS34 - TOT_MEAS_DTX_UL (Section 19.2.2.17 )
RMS35 - TOT_MEAS_DTX_DL (Section 19.2.2.18 )
RMS36 - PERC_TA_GT_TA_STAT (Section 19.2.2.19 )
RMS37 - MAX_TA (Section 19.2.2.20 )
RMS38 - TOT_EMR (Section 19.2.2.21 )
RMS3a - TPR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.22 )
RMS3b - TMR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.23 )
RMS41a - AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_BAD (Section 19.2.2.24 )
RMS41b - MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_BAD (Section 19.2.2.25 )
RMS42a - AMR_WB_GMSK _FR_UL_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.26 )
RMS42b - MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.27 )
RMS43a - AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL (Section 19.2.2.28 )
RMS43b - MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL (Section 19.2.2.29 )
RMS44a - AMR_FR_UL_BAD (Section 19.2.2.30 )
RMS44b - MAX_AMR_FR_UL_BAD (Section 19.2.2.31 )
RMS45a - AMR_HR_UL_BAD (Section 19.2.2.32 )
RMS45b - MAX_AMR_HR_UL_BAD (Section 19.2.2.33 )
RMS46a - AMR_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.34 )
RMS46b - MAX_AMR_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.35 )
RMS47a - AMR_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL (Section 19.2.2.36 )
RMS47b - MAX_AMR_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL (Section 19.2.2.37 )
RMS48a - AMR_HR_UL_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.38 )
RMS48b - MAX_AMR_HR_UL_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.3.1 )
RMS49a - AMR_HR_DL_RXLEV_DL (Section 19.2.2.39 )
RMS49b - MAX_AMR_HR_DL_RXLEV_DL (Section 19.2.2.40 )
RMS4a - TPR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL (Section 19.2.2.41 )
RMS4b - TMR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL (Section 19.2.2.42 )
RMS50a - TPR_TIMING_ADVANCE (Section 19.2.2.43 )
RMS50b - MAX_TIMING_ADVANCE (Section 19.2.2.44 )
RMS51 - TPR_UL_RXLEV_TA_BAND (Section 19.2.2.45 )
RMS52 - TPR_DL_RXLEV_TA_BAND (Section 19.2.2.46 )
RMS53 - TPR_UL_RXQUAL_TA_BAND (Section 19.2.2.47 )
RMS54 - TPR_DL_RXQUAL_TA_BAND (Section 19.2.2.48 )
RMS5a - TPR_BFI_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.49 )
RMS5b - TMR_BFI_RXLEV_UL (Section 19.2.2.50 )

416 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

RMS6a - TPR_RADIO_LINK (Section 19.2.2.51 )

RMS6b - MAX_RADIO_LINK (Section 19.2.2.52 )
RMS7a - TPR_PATH_BALANCE (Section 19.2.2.53 )
RMS7b - MAX_PATH_BALANCE (Section 19.2.2.54 )
RMS8a - TPR_CIN (Section 19.2.2.55 )
RMS8b - MR_CIN (Section 19.2.2.56 )
RMS9a - TPR_CIF (Section 19.2.2.57 )
RMS9b - MR_CIF (Section 19.2.2.58 )

19.2.2 RMS
19.2.2.1 RMS10 - VQ_NOISY_UL_INTERFERENCE

Long Name VQ_NOISY_UL_INTERFERENCE

Definition Number of calls suffering from problem of interference on the uplink path.

Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies : 100*(INTERFERED_UL_SAMPLES /

NUM_UL_SAMPLES) > VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
This calculation is done when 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is received for
the observed call.
INTERFERED_UL_SAMPLES = nb of times where AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ >
VQ_RXQUAL and
AV_RXLEV_UL_VQ>VQ_RXLEV
AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of
RXQUAL_UL
AV_RXLEV_UL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of RXLEV_UL
NUM_UL_SAMPLES : total number of averages calculated on UL measurements
during the call on the considered TRX

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 417 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.2 RMS11 - VQ_NOISY_DL_INTERFERENCE

Long Name VQ_NOISY_DL_INTERFERENCE

Definition Number of calls suffering from problems of interference on the downlink path.

Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies : 100*(INTERFERED_DL_SAMPLES /

NUM_DL_SAMPLES) > VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
This calculation is done when 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is received for
the observed call.
INTERFERED_DL_SAMPLES = nb of times where AV_RXQUAL_DL_VQ >
VQ_RXQUAL and
AV_RXLEV_DL_VQ>VQ_RXLEV
AV_RXQUAL_DL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of
RXQUAL_DL
AV_RXLEV_DL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of RXLEV_DL
NUM_DL_SAMPLES : total number of averages calculated on DL measurements
during the call on the considered TRX

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

418 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.3 RMS12 - VQ_NOISY_UL_COVERAGE

Long Name VQ_NOISY_UL_COVERAGE

Definition Number of calls suffering from bad coverage on the uplink path.

Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies : 100*(BAD_COVERAGE_UL_SAMPLES /

NUM_UL_SAMPLES) > VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
This calculation is done when 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is received for
the observed call.
BAD_COVERAGE_UL_SAMPLES = nb of times where AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ >
VQ_RXQUAL and
AV_RXLEV_UL_VQ<=VQ_RXLEV
AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of
RXQUAL_UL
AV_RXLEV_UL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of RXLEV_UL
NUM_UL_SAMPLES : total number of averages calculated on DL measurements
during the call on the considered TRX

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 419 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.4 RMS13 - VQ_NOISY_DL_COVERAGE

Long Name VQ_NOISY_DL_COVERAGE

Definition Number of calls suffering from bad coverage on the downlink path.

Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies : 100*(BAD_COVERAGE_DL_SAMPLES /

NUM_DL_SAMPLES) > VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
This calculation is done when 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is received for
the observed call.
BAD_COVERAGE_DL_SAMPLES = nb of times where AV_RXQUAL_DL_VQ >
VQ_RXQUAL and
AV_RXLEV_DL_VQ<=VQ_RXLEV
AV_RXQUAL_DL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of
RXQUAL_DL
AV_RXLEV_DL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of RXLEV_DL
NUM_DL_SAMPLES : total number of averages calculated on DL measurements
during the call on the considered TRX

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

420 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.5 RMS14 - VQ_NOISY_UL_UNDEFINED

Long Name VQ_NOISY_UL_UNDEFINED

Definition Number of calls suffering from both problem of interference and bad coverage
on the uplink path.
These calls are not counted in VQ_NOISY_UL_COVERAGE or
VQ_NOISY_UL_INTERFERENCE.

Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies :

100*(BAD_COVERAGE_UL_SAMPLES / NUM_UL_SAMPLES) <=
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
and
100*(INTERFERED_UL_SAMPLES / NUM_UL_SAMPLES) <=
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
and
100*(BAD_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES / NUM_UL_SAMPLES) >
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
This calculation is done when 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is received for
the observed call.
BAD_COVERAGE_UL_SAMPLES = nb of times where AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ >
VQ_RXQUAL and
AV_RXLEV_UL_VQ<=VQ_RXLEV
INTERFERED_UL_SAMPLES = nb of times when AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ >
VQ_RXQUAL and
AV_RXLEV_UL_VQ > VQ_RXLEV
BAD_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES = INTERFERED_UL_SAMPLES +
BAD_COVERAGE_UL_SAMPLES
= nb of times when AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ > VQ_RXQUAL
AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of
RXQUAL_UL
AV_RXLEV_UL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of RXLEV_UL
NUM_UL_SAMPLES : total number of averages calculated on UL measurements
during the call on the considered TRX

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 421 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.6 RMS15 - VQ_NOISY_DL_UNDEFINED

Long Name VQ_NOISY_DL_UNDEFINED

Definition Number of calls suffering from both problem of interference and bad coverage
on the downlink path.
These calls are not counted in VQ_NOISY_DL_COVERAGE or
VQ_NOISY_DL_INTERFERENCE.

Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies :

100*(BAD_COVERAGE_DL_SAMPLES / NUM_DL_SAMPLES) <=
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
and
100*(INTERFERED_DL_SAMPLES / NUM_DL_SAMPLES) <=
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
and
100*(BAD_QUALITY_DL_SAMPLES / NUM_DL_SAMPLES) >
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
This calculation is done when 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is received for
the observed call.
BAD_COVERAGE_DL_SAMPLES = nb of times where AV_RXQUAL_DL_VQ >
VQ_RXQUAL and
AV_RXLEV_DL_VQ<=VQ_RXLEV
INTERFERED_DL_SAMPLES = nb of times when AV_RXQUAL_DL_VQ >
VQ_RXQUAL and
AV_RXLEV_DL_VQ > VQ_RXLEV
BAD_QUALITY_DL_SAMPLES = INTERFERED_DL_SAMPLES +
BAD_COVERAGE_DL_SAMPLES
= nb of times when AV_RXQUAL_DL_VQ > VQ_RXQUAL
AV_RXQUAL_DL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of
RXQUAL_DL
AV_RXLEV_DL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of RXLEV_DL
NUM_DL_SAMPLES : total number of averages calculated on DL measurements
during the call on the considered TRX

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

422 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.7 RMS16 - VQ_NOISY_UL_BAD_FER

Long Name VQ_NOISY_UL_BAD_FER

Definition Number of calls with bad quality measurements and with bad FER
measurements on the uplink path.

Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies :

100*(BAD_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES / NUM_UL_SAMPLES) >
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
and
100*(BAD_QUAL_BAD_FER_UL_SAMPLES / BAD_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES)
> VQ_FER_THRESHOLD
This calculation is done when 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is received for
the observed call.
In the equations above, the following notations are used:
* BAD_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES = INTERFERED_UL_SAMPLES +
BAD_COVERAGE_UL_SAMPLES = nb of times when AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ >
VQ_RXQUAL
* BAD_QUAL_BAD_FER_UL_SAMPLES = nb of times when
AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ > VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER and AV_RXFER_UL_VQ >
VQ_BAD_RXFER
* AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of
RXQUAL_UL
* AV_RXLEV_UL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of
RXLEV_UL
* NUM_UL_SAMPLES : total number of averages calculated on UL
measurements during the call on the considered TRX

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 423 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.8 RMS17 - VQ_NOISY_UL_GOOD_FER

Long Name VQ_NOISY_UL_GOOD_FER

Definition Number of calls with bad quality measurements but with good FER
measurements on the uplink path.

Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies :

100*(BAD_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES / NUM_UL_SAMPLES) >
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
and
100*(BAD_QUAL_GOOD_FER_UL_SAMPLES /
BAD_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES) > VQ_FER_THRESHOLD
This calculation is done when 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is received for
the observed call.
BAD_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES = INTERFERED_UL_SAMPLES +
BAD_COVERAGE_UL_SAMPLES
= nb of times when AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ > VQ_RXQUAL
BAD_QUAL_GOOD_FER_UL_SAMPLES = nb of times when
AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ > VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER and AV_RXFER_UL_VQ
<= VQ_GOOD_RXFER
AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of
RXQUAL_UL
AV_RXFER_UL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of FER_UL
NUM_UL_SAMPLES : total number of averages calculated on UL
measurements during the call on the considered TRX

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

424 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.9 RMS18 - VQ_ABNORMAL_BAD_FER

Long Name VQ_ABNORMAL_BAD_FER

Definition Number of calls with fair quality measurements but with bad FER measurements
on the uplink path.

Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies :

100*(FAIR_QUAL_BAD_FER_UL_SAMPLES / FAIR_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES)
> VQ_FER_THRESHOLD
This calculation is done when 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is received for
the observed call.
FAIR_QUAL_BAD_FER_UL_SAMPLES = nb of times when
AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ<VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER and
AV_RXFER_UL_VQ>VQ_BAD_RXFER
AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of
RXQUAL_UL
AV_RXFER_UL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of FER_UL
NUM_UL_SAMPLES : total number of averages calculated on UL
measurements during the call on the considered TRX

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 425 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.10 RMS20 - TRE_BAND

Long Name TRE_BAND

Definition Frequency band of the TRX.

The frequency band of the TRX is encoded as follows:

00: The frequencies defined are those available
for a P-GSM TRX (See external comment)
01: The frequencies defined are those available
for a DCS1800 TRX (See external comment)
02: The frequencies defined are those available
for a E-GSM TRX (See external comment)
03: The frequencies defined are those available
for a DCS1900 TRX (See external comment)
04: Not used
05: Not used
06: The frequencies defined are those available
for a GSM850 TRX (See external comment)

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

426 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

External Comment The term E-GSM TRX refers to :

1. a TRX configured with at least one frequency belonging to the G1 band in an
E-GSM cell (i.e. a cell where
FREQUENCY_RANGE is set to EGSM or E-GSM-DCS1800) if the
EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY parameter is
set to Same behaviour for E-GSM capable MS, or
2. a TRX configured with all the frequencies belonging to the E-GSM band in an
E-GSM cell (i.e. a cell where
FREQUENCY_RANGE is set to EGSM or E-GSM-DCS1800) if the
EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY parameter is
set to Same behaviour for E-GSM capable MS.
The term P-GSM TRX refers to a TRX configured with all the frequencies
belonging to the P-GSM band :
1. in an E-GSM cell (i.e. a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE is set to EGSM or
EGSM-DCS1800) if the
EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY parameter is set to Different behaviour for
E-GSM capable MS
2. in a P-GSM cell (i.e. a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE is set to PGSM or
PGSM-DCS1800).
The term DCS1800 TRX refers to a TRX configured with frequencies belonging
to the DCS1800 band
(i.e. a cell where FREQUENCY RANGE is set to DCS1800, PGSM-DCS1800 or
EGSM-DCS1800).
The term DCS1900 TRX refers to a TRX configured with frequencies belonging
to the DCS1900 band
(i.e. a cell where FREQUENCY RANGE is set to DCS1900).
The term GSM850 TRX refers to a TRX configured with frequencies belonging
to the GSM850 band
(i.e. a cell where FREQUENCY RANGE is set to GSM850).

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 427 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.11 RMS21 - IND_TRE_OVERLOAD

Long Name IND_TRE_OVERLOAD

Definition Indicator whether a TRX overload occurred.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

428 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.12 RMS22 - IND_RMS_RESTARTED

Long Name IND_RMS_RESTARTED

Definition Flag set/reset by BSC. Flag is set when during the RMS campaign, the RMS
job is restarted on the concerned TRE (case modification of threshold
params, TRE reset).

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 429 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.13 RMS23 - IND_CI_PARTIAL_OBSERVATION

Long Name IND_CI_PARTIAL_OBSERVATION

Definition bit map indicating that the measurements (for and only for CI vector computation)
on either NMR ("Normal" Measurements Reports) or on EMR (Extended
Measurements Reports) or on both or none were RESTARTED during RMS job
duration.
This counter is encoded as follows:
0: no CI partial result
1: EMO/EMR CI partial result
2: NMR CI partial result
3: EMR and NMR partial result

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

430 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.14 RMS24 - IND_CI_OVERFLOW

Long Name IND_CI_OVERFLOW

Definition Flag indicating that the upper limit of CI vectors to be reported is exceeded =>
each new result (couple (BSIC, ARFCN) ) will not be taken into account.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 431 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.15 RMS32 - TOT_MEAS

Long Name TOT_MEAS

Definition Number of MEASUREMENT RESULTS messages sent and used for RMS
computation in the concerned cell.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 MEASUREMENT RESULTS message is sent by the BTS,
and used for RMS.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

432 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.16 RMS33 - TOT_MEAS_L1INFO_NOL3INFO

Long Name TOT_MEAS_L1INFO_NOL3INFO

Definition Number of MEASUREMENT RESULTS messages sent without Layer 3

information but with Layer 1 present.
The result is first calculated by the BTS at a TRX level, then compilated by the
BSC at a cell level.
This counter reflects the uplink quality, it is incremented due to bad uplink radio
quality or long handover interruptions.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 MEASUREMENT RESULTS message is sent by the BTS
without Layer 3 information but with Layer 1 present, and used for RMS.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 433 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.17 RMS34 - TOT_MEAS_DTX_UL

Long Name TOT_MEAS_DTX_UL

Definition Number of measurement results used for RMS, where DTX is used on the
uplink path.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 MEASUREMENT RESULTS message is sent by the BTS,
with DTX_UL=1, used for RMS.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

434 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.18 RMS35 - TOT_MEAS_DTX_DL

Long Name TOT_MEAS_DTX_DL

Definition Number of measurement results indicating that DTX is used on the downlink
path, used for RMS.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 MEASUREMENT RESULTS message is sent by the BTS,
with DTX_UL=1, and used for RMS.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 435 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.19 RMS36 - PERC_TA_GT_TA_STAT

Long Name PERC_TA_GT_TA_STAT

Definition Reserved for internal Alcatel-Lucent usage (PS detection on TS basis for Edge
capable TRX)

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

436 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.20 RMS37 - MAX_TA

Long Name MAX_TA

Definition Reserved for internal Alcatel-Lucent usage (PS detection on TS basis for Edge
capable TRX)

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 437 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.21 RMS38 - TOT_EMR

Long Name TOT_EMR

Definition Total number of Extended Measurement Results.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

438 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.22 RMS3a - TPR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL

Long Name TPR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL

Definition Table of 3x 8x10 results.

Each cell (i,j) of the table contains :
1) number of reports in which UL RXQUAL is equal to j and UL RXLEV is
reported in level band i (Cij)
2) corresponding averaged value of MS power level
3) corresponding averaged value of Timing Advance
For Cij, the result is given as follows :
Cij=Vij x 254 / Max_i, where Vij represents the real number of measurements,
and Max_i the greatest value of Vij, for i given (see RMS3b).
Cij=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Cij=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Cij=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
The values of the average MS power level (2) and the average Timing Advance
(3) are directly given, both with a precision of 0.25. Note that these values (2
and 3) that are indicated in the ASCII file still have to be divided by 4, whereas
the values that are provided at the user interface are the correct ones.
UL RXQUAL can take values from 0 to 7.
Level band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_LEV_(i-1)<= RXLEV <
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i
MEAS_STAT_LEV_0 = -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = -110 dBm
According to 3GPP, values of RXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered
as equal to -110 dBm

Trigger condition Whenever in a 44.018 MEASUREMENT RESULT uplink RXQUAL is equal to j,

while uplink RXLEV for the same call is in the given interval of MEAS_STAT_LEV.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 439 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.23 RMS3b - TMR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL

Long Name TMR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL

Definition Table of 10 maximum results.

Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatest value of the Vij for a i given in
RMS3a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

440 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.24 RMS41a - AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_BAD

Long Name AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_BAD

Definition Table of 3 results

Each cell (i) of the table contains:
number of FR AMR WB GMSK UL bad speech frames.
The result is given as follows :
- Ci=MAX(Round[Vi x 254 / Max], 1), where Vi represents the real number of
measurements, and Max the greatest value of Vi (see RMS41b).
- Ci=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
- Ci=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max’
- Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
FR AMR WB GMSK codecs are defined by :
- codec 1 = 6.60 kbit/s, codec 2 = 8.85 kbit/s, codec 3 = 12.65 kbit/s.

Trigger condition The TRE counts for each AMR WB call and for each FR AMR WB GMSK codec
the number of bad speech frames received from the MS (or sent to the TC) in
uplink. Only speech frames of type "Speech_Degraded", "Speech_Bad" or
"SID_Bad" shall be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name AMR WB speech codec GMSK

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 441 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.25 RMS41b - MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_BAD

Long Name MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_BAD

Definition Greatest values of the Vi in RM41a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name AMR WB speech codec GMSK

442 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.26 RMS42a - AMR_WB_GMSK _FR_UL_RXLEV_UL

Long Name AMR_WB_GMSK _FR_UL_RXLEV_UL

Definition Table of 3x10 results

Each cell (i,k) of the table contains:
1) number of correct UL speech frames using FR AMR WB GMSK codec k for
which UL RXLEV is reported in level band i. The result is given as follows:
- Cik=MAX(Round[Vik x 254 / Max_i], 1), where Vik represents the real number
of measurements, and Max_i the greatest value of Vik, for i given (see RMS42b).
- Cik=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
- Cik=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
- Cik=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
Level band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_LEV_j<= RXLEV < MEAS_STAT_LEV_I
j=i-1
MEAS_STAT_LEV_0 = -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = -110 dBm
FR AMR WB GMSK codecs are defined by:
codec 1 = 6.60 kbit/s, codec 2 = 8.85 kbit/s, codec 3 = 12.65 kbit/s.
According to 3GPP, values of RXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered
as equal to -110 dBm

Trigger condition In the period of the SACCH multiframe, the TRE counts for each FR AMR WB
GMSK call and for each FR AMR WB GMSK codec the number of correct
speech frames received from the MS (or sent to the TRAU) in uplink. To insure
consistency of the results, only speech frames of type "Speech_Good" or
"SID_Update" shall be taken into account.
At reception of the measurement report of a given MS, the results are gathered
in the line of the matrix corresponding to reported UL RXLEV.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name AMR WB speech codec GMSK

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 443 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.27 RMS42b - MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL

Long Name MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL

Definition Table of 10 maximum results.

Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatest value of the Vik for a i given
in RMS42a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name AMR WB speech codec GMSK

444 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.28 RMS43a - AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL

Long Name AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL

Definition Table of 3x10 results

Each cell (i,k) of the table contains :
1) number of correct DL speech frames using FR AMR WB GMSK codec k for
which DL RXLEV is reported in level band i.
The result is given as follows :
Cik=MAX(Round[Vik x 254 / Max_i], 1), where Vik represents the real number of
measurements, and Max_I the greatest value of Vik, for i given (see RMS43b).
Cik=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Cik=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Cik=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
Level band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_LEV_j<= RXLEV < MEAS_STAT_LEV_i
j=i-1
MEAS_STAT_LEV_0 = -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = -110 dBm
FR AMR WB GMSK codecs are defined by:
codec 1 = 6.60 kbit/s, codec 2 = 8.85 kbit/s, codec 3 = 12.65 kbit/s.
According to 3GPP, values of RXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered
as equal to -110 dBm

Trigger condition In the period of the SACCH multiframe, the TRE counts for each FR AMR WB
call and for each FR AMR WB codec the number of correct speech frames
received from the TC (or sent to the MS) in downlink. To insure consistency of
the results, only speech frames of type "Speech_Good" or "SID_Update" shall
be taken into account.
At reception of the measurement report of a given MS, the results are gathered
in the line of the matrix

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name AMR WB speech codec GMSK

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 445 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.29 RMS43b - MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL

Long Name MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL

Definition Table of 10 maximum results.

Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatest value of the Vik for a i given
in RMS43a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name AMR WB speech codec GMSK

446 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.30 RMS44a - AMR_FR_UL_BAD

Long Name AMR_FR_UL_BAD

Definition Table of 8 results

Each cell (i) of the table contains :
number of AMR FR UL bad speech frames.
The result is given as follows :
Ci=MAX(Round[Vi x 254 / Max], 1), where Vi represents the real number of
measurements, and Max the greatest value of Vi (see RMS44b).
Ci=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Ci=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max’
Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
AMR FR codecs are defined by :
codec 1 = 4.75 kbit/s, codec 2 = 5.15 kbit/s, codec 3 = 5.9 kbit/s, codec 4 =
6.7 kbit/s, codec 5 = 7.4 kbit/s, codec 6 = 7.95 kbit/s, codec 7 = 10.2 kbit/s,
codec 8 = 12.2 kbit/s

Trigger condition The TRE counts for each AMR call and for each AMR FR codec the number
of bad speech frames received from the MS (or sent to the TC) in uplink. Only
speech frames of type "Speech_Degraded", "Speech_Bad" or "SID_Bad" shall
be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 447 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.31 RMS44b - MAX_AMR_FR_UL_BAD

Long Name MAX_AMR_FR_UL_BAD

Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RM44a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

448 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.32 RMS45a - AMR_HR_UL_BAD

Long Name AMR_HR_UL_BAD

Definition Table of 5 results

Each cell (i) of the table contains :
number of AMR HR UL bad speech frames.
The result is given as follows :
Ci=MAX(Round[Vi x 254 / Max], 1), where Vi represents the real number of
measurements, and Max the greatest value of Vi (see RMS45b).
Ci=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Ci=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max’
Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
AMR HR codecs are defined by :
codec 1 = 4.75 kbit/s, codec 2 = 5.15 kbit/s, codec 3 = 5.9 kbit/s, codec 4 =
6.7 kbit/s, codec 5 = 7.4 kbit/s

Trigger condition The TRE counts for each AMR call and for each AMR HR codec the number
of bad speech frames received from the MS (or sent to the TC) in uplink. Only
speech frames of type "Speech_Degraded", "Speech_Bad" or "SID_Bad" shall
be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 449 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.33 RMS45b - MAX_AMR_HR_UL_BAD

Long Name MAX_AMR_HR_UL_BAD

Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RM45a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

450 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.34 RMS46a - AMR_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL

Long Name AMR_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL

Definition Table of 8x10 results

Each cell (i,k) of the table contains :
1) number of correct UL speech frames using AMR FR codec k for which UL
RXLEV is reported in level band i.
The result is given as follows :
Cik=MAX(Round[Vik x 254 / Max_i], 1), where Vik represents the real number of
measurements, and Max_i the greatest value of Vik, for i given (see RMS46b).
Cik=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Cik=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Cik=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
Level band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_LEV_(i-1)<= RXLEV <
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i
MEAS_STAT_LEV_0 = -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = -110 dBm
AMR FR codecs are defined by :
codec 1 = 4.75 kbit/s, codec 2 = 5.15 kbit/s, codec 3 = 5.9 kbit/s, codec 4 = 6.7
kbit/s, codec 5 = 7.4 kbit/s, codec 6 = 7.95 kbit/s, codec 7 = 10.2 kbit/s, codec 8
= 12.2 kbit/s
According to 3GPP, values of RXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered
as equal to -110 dBm

Trigger condition In the period of the SACCH multiframe, the TRE counts for each AMR call and
for each AMR FR codec the number of correct speech frames received from the
MS (or sent to the TRAU) in uplink. To insure consistency of the results, only
speech frames of type "Speech_Good" or "SID_Update" shall be taken into
account.
At reception of the measurement report of a given MS, the results are gathered
in the line of the matrix corresponding to reported UL RXLEV.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 451 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.35 RMS46b - MAX_AMR_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL

Long Name MAX_AMR_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL

Definition Table of 10 maximum results.

Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatest value of the Vik for a i given
in RMS46a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

452 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.36 RMS47a - AMR_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL

Long Name AMR_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL

Definition Table of 8x10 results

Each cell (i,k) of the table contains :
1) number of correct DL speech frames using AMR FR codec k for which DL
RXLEV is reported in level band i.
The result is given as follows :
Cik=MAX(Round[Vik x 254 / Max_i], 1), where Vik represents the real number of
measurements, and Max_i the greatest value of Vik, for i given (see RMS47b).
Cik=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Cik=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Cik=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
Level band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_LEV_(i-1)<= RXLEV <
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i
MEAS_STAT_LEV_0 = -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = -110 dBm
AMR FR codecs are defined by :
codec 1 = 4.75 kbit/s, codec 2 = 5.15 kbit/s, codec 3 = 5.9 kbit/s, codec 4 = 6.7
kbit/s, codec 5 = 7.4 kbit/s, codec 6 = 7.95 kbit/s, codec 7 = 10.2 kbit/s, codec 8
= 12.2 kbit/s
According to 3GPP, values of RXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered
as equal to -110 dBm

Trigger condition In the period of the SACCH multiframe, the TRE counts for each AMR call and
for each AMR FR codec the number of correct speech frames received from the
TC (or sent to the MS) in downlink. To insure consistency of the results, only
speech frames of type "Speech_Good" or "SID_Update" shall be taken into
account.
At reception of the measurement report of a given MS, the results are gathered
in the line of the matrix corresponding to reported DL RXLEV.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 453 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.37 RMS47b - MAX_AMR_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL

Long Name MAX_AMR_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL

Definition Table of 10 maximum results.

Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatest value of the Vik for a i given
in RMS47a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

454 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.38 RMS48a - AMR_HR_UL_RXLEV_UL

Long Name AMR_HR_UL_RXLEV_UL

Definition Table of 5x10 results

Each cell (i,k) of the table contains :
1) number of correct speech frames using AMR HR codec k for which UL
RXLEV is reported in level band i.
The result is given as follows :
Cik=MAX(Round[Vik x 254 / Max_i], 1), where Vik represents the real number of
measurements, and Max_i the greatest value of Vik, for i given (see RMS46b).
Cik=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Cik=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Cik=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
Level band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_LEV_(i-1)<= RXLEV <
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i
MEAS_STAT_LEV_0 = -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = -110 dBm
AMR HR codecs are defined by :
codec 1 = 4.75 kbit/s, codec 2 = 5.15 kbit/s, codec 3 = 5.9 kbit/s, codec 4 = 6.7
kbit/s, codec 5 = 7.4 kbit/s.
According to 3GPP, values of RXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered
as equal to -110 dBm

Trigger condition In the period of the SACCH multiframe, the TRE counts for each AMR call and
for each AMR HR codec the number of correct speech frames received from the
MS (or sent to the TRAU) in uplink. To insure consistency of the results, only
speech frames of type "Speech_Good" or "SID_Update" shall be taken into
account.
At reception of the measurement report of a given MS, the results are gathered
in the line of the matrix corresponding to reported UL RXLEV.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 455 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.39 RMS49a - AMR_HR_DL_RXLEV_DL

Long Name AMR_HR_DL_RXLEV_DL

Definition Table of 5x10 results

Each cell (i,k) of the table contains :
1) number of correct DL speech frames using AMR HR codec k for which DL
RXLEV is reported in level band i.
The result is given as follows :
Cik=MAX(Round[Vik x 254 / Max_i], 1), where Vik represents the real number of
measurements, and Max_i the greatest value of Vik, for i given (see RMS46b).
Cik=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Cik=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Cik=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
Level band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_LEV_(i-1)<= RXLEV <
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i
MEAS_STAT_LEV_0 = -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = -110 dBm
AMR HR codecs are defined by :
codec 1 = 4.75 kbit/s, codec 2 = 5.15 kbit/s, codec 3 = 5.9 kbit/s, codec 4 = 6.7
kbit/s, codec 5 = 7.4 kbit/s.
According to 3GPP, values of RXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered
as equal to -110 dBm

Trigger condition In the period of the SACCH multiframe, the TRE counts for each AMR call and
for each AMR HR codec the number of correct speech frames received from the
TC (or sent to the MS) in downlink. To insure consistency of the results, only
speech frames of type "Speech_Good" or "SID_Update" shall be taken into
account.
At reception of the measurement report of a given MS, the results are gathered
in the line of the matrix corresponding to reported DL RXLEV.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

456 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.40 RMS49b - MAX_AMR_HR_DL_RXLEV_DL

Long Name MAX_AMR_HR_DL_RXLEV_DL

Definition Table of 10 maximum results.

Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatest value of the Vik for a i given
in RMS49a.

Trigger condition .

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 457 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.41 RMS4a - TPR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL

Long Name TPR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL

Definition Table of 3x 8x10 results.

Each cell (i,j) of the table contains :
1) number of reports in which DL RXQUAL is equal to j and DL RXLEV is
reported in level band I (Cij)
2) corresponding averaged value of BS power level :
For Evolium BTS : corresponding averaged value of [ MAX_POWER_PER_TRX-
abs(BS_TXPWR)].
BS_TXPWR is the BTS transmitted power defined relatively to the maximum
absolute output power of the BTS. BS_TXPWR is expressed in dB, whereas
BTS_MAX_OUTPUT_POWER is expressed in dBm. Note that the formula is
written independently of the coding used for the variables. The function abs()
gives the absolute value of its argument.
3) corresponding averaged value of Timing Advance
For Cij, the result is given as follows :
Cij=Vij x 254 / Max_i, where Vij represents the real number of measurements,
and Max_i the greatest value of Vij, for i given (see RMS4b).
Cij=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Cij=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Cij=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
The values of the average BS power level (2) and the average Timing Advance
(3) are directly given, both with a precision of 0.25. Note that these values (2
and 3) that are indicated in the ASCII file still have to be divided by 4, whereas
the values that are provided at the user interface are the correct ones.
DL RXQUAL can take values from 0 to 7.
Level band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_LEV_(i-1)<= RXLEV <
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i
MEAS_STAT_LEV_0 = -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = -110 dBm
According to 3GPP, values of RXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered
as equal to -110 dBm

Trigger condition Whenever in a 44.018 MEASUREMENT RESULT DL RXQUAL is equal to j,

while DL RXLEV for the same call is in the given interval of MEAS_STAT_LEV.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

458 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.42 RMS4b - TMR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL

Long Name TMR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL

Definition Table of 10 maximum results.

Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatest value of the Vij for a i given in
RMS4a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 459 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.43 RMS50a - TPR_TIMING_ADVANCE

Long Name TPR_TIMING_ADVANCE

Definition Table of 10 results

Each cell (i) of the table contains :
1) number of reports in which Timing Advance is in Timing Advance band i
The result is given as follows :
Ci=MAX(ROUND[Vi x 254 / Max], 1), where Vi represents the real number of
measurements, and Max the greatest value of Vi, (see RMS50b).
Ci=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Ci=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max’
Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
Timing Advancee band is defined by :
MEAS_STAT_TA_(i-1)<= Timing Advance < MEAS_STAT_TA_i
MEAS_STAT_TA_0 = 0 bper, MEAS_STAT_TA_10 = 63 bper

Trigger condition Whenever in a 44.018 MEASUREMENT RESULT the Timing Advance is in

the given interval of MEAS_STAT_TA.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

460 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.44 RMS50b - MAX_TIMING_ADVANCE

Long Name MAX_TIMING_ADVANCE

Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RM50a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 461 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.45 RMS51 - TPR_UL_RXLEV_TA_BAND

Long Name TPR_UL_RXLEV_TA_BAND

Definition Table of 10 results

Each cell (i) of the table contains :
average value of UpLink Rxlev of reports in TA band i.
Averaged Rxlev is given with a precision of 2 digits after the comma (step size
for coding = 0.01, -110 dBm coded 0, -109.99 dBm coded 1...).
i = 1...10
TA band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_TA_ (i-1)<= Timing Advance <
MEAS_STAT_TA_i
MEAS_STAT_TA_0 = 0 bper, MEAS_STAT_TA_10 = 63 bper.
According to 3GPP, values of RXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered
as equal to -110 dBm

Trigger condition Whenever a MEASUREMENT RESULT is received, UL RXLEV is stored.

At the end of the measurement period, UL RXLEV corresponding to the same
TA band are averaged.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

462 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.46 RMS52 - TPR_DL_RXLEV_TA_BAND

Long Name TPR_DL_RXLEV_TA_BAND

Definition Table of 10 results

Each cell (i) of the table contains :
average value of DownLink Rxlev of reports in TA band i.
Averaged Rxlev is given with a precision of 2 digits after the comma (step size
for coding = 0.01, -110 dBm coded 0, -109.99 dBm coded 1...).
i = 1...10
TA band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_TA_ (i-1)<= Timing Advance <
MEAS_STAT_TA_i
MEAS_STAT_TA_0 = 0 bper, MEAS_STAT_TA_10 = 63 bper.
According to 3GPP, values of RXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered
as equal to -110 dBm

Trigger condition Whenever a MEASUREMENT RESULT is received, DL RXLEV is stored.

At the end of the measurement period, DL RXLEV corresponding to the same
TA band are averaged.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 463 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.47 RMS53 - TPR_UL_RXQUAL_TA_BAND

Long Name TPR_UL_RXQUAL_TA_BAND

Definition Table of 10 results

Each cell (i) of the table contains :
average value of UpLink Rxqual of reports in TA band i.
Averaged Rxqual is given with a precision of 2 digits after the comma (step size
for coding = 0.01, 0 coded 0, 0.01 coded 1, ...).
i = 1...10
TA band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_TA_ (i-1)<= Timing Advance <
MEAS_STAT_TA_i
MEAS_STAT_TA_0 = 0 bper, MEAS_STAT_TA_10 = 63 bper.

Trigger condition Whenever a MEASUREMENT RESULT is received, UL RXQUAL is stored.

At the end of the measurement period, UL RXQUAL corresponding to the same
TA band are averaged.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

464 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.48 RMS54 - TPR_DL_RXQUAL_TA_BAND

Long Name TPR_DL_RXQUAL_TA_BAND

Definition Table of 10 results

Each cell (i) of the table contains :
average value of DownLink Rxqual of reports in TA band i.
Averaged Rxqual is given with a precision of 2 digits after the comma (step size
for coding = 0.01, 0 coded 0, 0.01 coded 1, ...).
i = 1...10
TA band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_TA_ (i-1)<= Timing Advance <
MEAS_STAT_TA_i
MEAS_STAT_TA_0 = 0 bper, MEAS_STAT_TA_10 = 63 bper.

Trigger condition Whenever a MEASUREMENT RESULT is received, DL RXQUAL is stored.

At the end of the measurement period, DL RXQUAL corresponding to the same
TA band are averaged.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 465 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.49 RMS5a - TPR_BFI_RXLEV_UL

Long Name TPR_BFI_RXLEV_UL

Definition Table of 10x10 results

Each cell (i,j) of the table contains :
1) number of reports in which consecutive BFI counter is in BFI band j and UL
RXLEV is reported in level band I (Cij)
The result is given as follows :
Cij=Vij x 254 / Max_i, where Vij represents the real number of measurements,
and Max_i the greatest value of Vij, for i given (see RMS5b).
Cij=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Cij=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Cij=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
BFI band is defined by : MEAS_STAT_BFI_(j-1)<= Consecutive BFI counter <
MEAS_STAT_BFI_j
MEAS_STAT_BFI_0 = 0, MEAS_STAT_BFI_10 = 25
Level band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_LEV_(i-1)<= RXLEV <
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i
MEAS_STAT_LEV_0 = -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = -110 dBm
According to 3GPP, values of RXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered
as equal to -110 dBm

Trigger condition Whenever the Consecutive BFI counter is in the given interval of
MEAS_STAT_BFI, while RXLEV_UL for the same call is in the given interval of
MEAS_STAT_LEV.
RMS5a is not incremented while DTX is applied on the uplink path.
Consecutive BFI counter is incremented :
1) Whenever, within the period of the SACCH multiframe, a speech frame with
BFI=1 is received while the previous speech frame had also BFI=1. The counter
must hold concurrently several periods of consecutive bad speech frames within
the SACCH multiframe.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

466 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.50 RMS5b - TMR_BFI_RXLEV_UL

Long Name TMR_BFI_RXLEV_UL

Definition Table of 10 maximum results.

Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatest value of the Vij for a i given in
RMS5a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 467 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.51 RMS6a - TPR_RADIO_LINK

Long Name TPR_RADIO_LINK

Definition Table of 10 results

Each cell (i) of the table contains :
1) number of reports in which Radio linkI counter is in S band i
The result is given as follows :
Ci=Vi x 254 / Max_i, where Vi represents the real number of measurements,
and Max_i the greatest value of Vi (see RMS6b).
Ci=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Ci=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
S band is defined by : MEAS_STAT_S_(i-1)<= Radio link counter <
MEAS_STAT_S_i
MEAS_STAT_S_0 = 0, MEAS_STAT_S_10 = 128

Trigger condition Whenever the Radio Link counter (S) is in the given interval of MEAS_STAT_S.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

468 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.52 RMS6b - MAX_RADIO_LINK

Long Name MAX_RADIO_LINK

Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RMS6a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 469 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.53 RMS7a - TPR_PATH_BALANCE

Long Name TPR_PATH_BALANCE

Definition Table of 10 results

Each cell (i) of the table contains :
1) number of reports in which Path Balance is in Path Balance band i
The result is given as follows :
Ci=Vi x 254 / Max_i, where Vi represents the real number of measurements,
and Max_i the greatest value of Vi, (see RMS7b).
Ci=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Ci=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
Path Balance band is defined by :
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALANCE_(i-1)<= Path balance <
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALANCE_i
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALANCE_0 = -110 dB,
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALANCE_10 = 110 dB

Trigger condition Whenever in a 44.018 MEASUREMENT RESULT the Path Balance is in the
given interval of MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALANCE.
Path Balance = (RXLEV_UL-MS_TXPWR) - (RXLEV_DL -
[BTS_MAX_OUTPUT_POWER - abs(BS_TXPWR)]), where BS_TXPWR
is the BTS transmitted power defined relatively to the maximum absolute
output power of the BTS. BS_TXPWR is expressed in dB, whereas
BTS_MAX_OUTPUT_POWER is expressed in dBm. RXLEV_UL and
RXLEV_DL are the received signal levels by the base station and by the
mobile station respectively. They are expressed in dBm. MS_TXPWR is the
transmission power of the mobile station and expressed in dBm, too. Note that
the formula is written independently of the coding used for the variables. The
function abs() gives the absolute value of its argument.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

470 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.54 RMS7b - MAX_PATH_BALANCE

Long Name MAX_PATH_BALANCE

Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RMS7a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 471 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.55 RMS8a - TPR_CIN

Long Name TPR_CIN

Definition Table of 10 results per neighbour cell.

Each cell i of the table contains :
1) number of reports in which the C/I related to the neighbour cell is reported in
C/I band i.
The result is given as follows :
Ci=Vi x 254 / RMS8b, where Vi represents the real number of measurements
Ci=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Ci=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
C/I band is defined by :
MEAS_STAT_PATH_C_I_(i-1)<= C/I < MEAS_STAT_C_I_i
MEAS_STAT_PATH_C_I_0 = -63 dB, MEAS_STAT_PATH_C_I_10 = 63 dB
If EN_BALANCED_CI = TRUE then
C/I (dB) = RXLEV_DL + abs(BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX) - RXLEV_NCELL
Note that the formula is written independently of the coding used for the
variables. RXLEV_DL and RXLEV_NCELL are the received signal levels of
the serving and of the neighbour cells, expressed in dBm. BS_TXPWR is
the BTS transmitted power and BS_TXPWR_MAX is the maximum allowed
BTS transmission power. Both are defined relatively to the maximum absolute
output power of the BTS (BTS_MAX_OUTPUT_POWER). BS_TXPWR and
BS_TXPWR_MAX are expressed in dB. The function abs() gives the absolute
value of its argument.
else
C/I (dB) = RXLEV_DL (dBm) - RXLEV_NCELL (dBm)

Trigger condition Whenever a measurement report indicates that C/I value for the call related to
the neighbour cell is included in the corresponding interval.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

472 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.56 RMS8b - MR_CIN

Long Name MR_CIN

Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RMS8a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 473 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.57 RMS9a - TPR_CIF

Long Name TPR_CIF

Definition Table of 10 results per frequency reported by extended measurement.

Each cell i of the table contains :
1) number of reports in which the C/I related to the extended measurement
frequency is reported in C/I band i.
The result is given as follows :
Ci=Vi x 254 / RMS9b, where Vi represents the real number of measurements
Ci=0 indicates ’number of measurements = 0’
Ci=254 indicates ’number of measurements = Max_i’
Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.
C/I band is defined by :
MEAS_STAT_PATH_C_I_(i-1)<= C/I < MEAS_STAT_C_I_i
MEAS_STAT_PATH_C_I_0 = -63 dBm, MEAS_STAT_PATH_C_I_10 = 63 dBm
If EN_BALANCED_CI = TRUE then
C/I (dB) = RXLEV_DL + abs(BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX) - RXLEV_NCELL
Note that the formula is written independently of the coding used for the
variables. RXLEV_DL and RXLEV_NCELL are the received signal levels of
the serving and of the neighbour cells, expressed in dBm. BS_TXPWR is
the BTS transmitted power and BS_TXPWR_MAX is the maximum allowed
BTS transmission power. Both are defined relatively to the maximum absolute
output power of the BTS (BTS_MAX_OUTPUT_POWER). BS_TXPWR and
BS_TXPWR_MAX are expressed in dB. The function abs() gives the absolute
value of its argument.
else
C/I (dB) = RXLEV_DL (dBm) - RXLEV_NCELL (dBm)

Trigger condition Whenever a measurement report indicates that C/I value for the extended
measurement frequency is included in the corresponding interval.

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

474 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.2.58 RMS9b - MR_CIF

Long Name MR_CIF

Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RMS9a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 RMS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 475 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.2.3 Speech
19.2.3.1 RMS48b - MAX_AMR_HR_UL_RXLEV_UL

Long Name MAX_AMR_HR_UL_RXLEV_UL

Definition Table of 10 maximum results.

Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatest value of the Vik for a i given
in RMS48a.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Speech

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name RMS

476 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

19.3 Resource Availability & Usage

19.3.1 All Resource Availability & Usage
RMS31 - TOT_SEIZ_TCH (Section 19.3.2.1 )

19.3.2 Channel
19.3.2.1 RMS31 - TOT_SEIZ_TCH

Long Name TOT_SEIZ_TCH

Definition Number of successful TCH seizures for the concerned cell. This counter takes
into account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever an ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from the MS to

indicate the activation of a TCH channel for normal assignment or handover.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics

Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.

External Comment –

Feature Name RMS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 477 / 1628

19 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics

478 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 20 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements

20 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band

measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 479 / 1628

20 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements

20.1 All TYPE 32

C403a - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT (Section 20.2.2.1 )
C403b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC (Section 20.2.2.2 )
C404a - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT (Section 20.2.2.3 )
C404b - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC (Section 20.2.2.4 )
C420a - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT (Section 20.2.2.5 )
C420b - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC (Section 20.2.2.6 )
C421a - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT (Section 20.2.2.7 )
C421b - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC (Section 20.2.2.8 )

20.2 Quality of Service

20.2.1 All Quality of Service
C403a - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT (Section 20.2.2.1 )
C403b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC (Section 20.2.2.2 )
C404a - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT (Section 20.2.2.3 )
C404b - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC (Section 20.2.2.4 )
C420a - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT (Section 20.2.2.5 )
C420b - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC (Section 20.2.2.6 )
C421a - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT (Section 20.2.2.7 )
C421b - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC (Section 20.2.2.8 )

480 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 20 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements

20.2.2 Handover
20.2.2.1 C403a - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT

Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover attempts

including a change of the (TCH) frequency band.

Trigger condition Whenever 48.008 HANDOVER_REQUEST_ACK is sent by the target BSC

containing the 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND towards the target cell on TCH
and the target and serving cell belong to different frequency bands.
Remark: The change of the (TCH) frequency band for an incoming external
handover can only be detected and taken into account if the adjacency link is
defined in both directions. In case of multiband cells, the BCCH frequency band
of the serving cell will be taken as reference.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Change of frequency band measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to handovers including a change of the TCH frequency
band.

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 481 / 1628

20 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements

20.2.2.2 C403b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC

Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successes

including a change of the (TCH) frequency band.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface from the target cell for a TCH channel that is involved in an external
TCH handover with a change of the frequency band.
Remark: The change of the (TCH) frequency band for an incoming external
handover can only be detected and taken into account if the adjacency link is
defined in both directions. In case of multiband cells, the BCCH frequency band
of the serving cell will be taken as reference.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Change of frequency band measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to handovers including a change of the TCH frequency
band.

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

482 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 20 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements

20.2.2.3 C404a - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT

Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover attempts

including a change of the (TCH) frequency band.

Trigger condition Whenever the 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent on Abis
interface on the serving channel, during an external TCH handover procedure
including a change of the (TCH) frequency band.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
In case of multiband cells, the BCCH frequency band of the target cell will be
taken as reference.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Change of frequency band measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to handovers including a change of the TCH frequency
band.

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 483 / 1628

20 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements

20.2.2.4 C404b - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC

Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successes

including a change of the (TCH) frequency band.

Trigger condition External TCH handover including a change of the TCH frequency band, in the
following cases:
1/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND message with a cause value of "handover
successful" is received.
2/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "normal event/call control") is received
while T8 is running.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
In case of multiband cells, the BCCH frequency band of the target cell will be
taken as reference.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Change of frequency band measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to handovers including a change of the TCH frequency
band.

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

484 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 20 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements

20.2.2.5 C420a - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT

Long Name NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT

Definition Number of incoming internal TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover attempts

including a change of the (TCH) frequency band.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND with a target cell belonging to a

different frequency band is sent to the serving BTS for internal inter cell TCH
handover. However, the counter is incremented in the TARGET cell, based on
the target cell ID indicated by the HO Command message.
In case of multiband cells, the BCCH frequency band of the target cell will be
taken as reference.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Change of frequency band measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to handovers including a change of the TCH frequency
band.

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 485 / 1628

20 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements

20.2.2.6 C420b - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC

Long Name NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC

Definition Number of incoming internal TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successes

including a change of the (TCH) frequency band.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface from the target cell for a TCH channel that is involved in an internal
inter-cell TCH handover including a change of the (TCH) frequency band.
In case of multiband cells, the BCCH frequency band of the target cell will be
taken as reference.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Change of frequency band measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to handovers including a change of the TCH frequency
band.

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

486 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 20 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements

20.2.2.7 C421a - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT

Definition Number of outgoing internal TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover attempts

including a change of the (TCH) frequency band.

Trigger condition Whenever the 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent on Abis
interface on the serving channel, during an internal inter-cell TCH handover
procedure including a change of the (TCH) frequency band.
In case of multiband cells, the BCCH frequency band of the target cell will be
taken as reference.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Change of frequency band measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to handovers including a change of the TCH frequency
band.

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 487 / 1628

20 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements

20.2.2.8 C421b - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC

Definition Number of outgoing internal TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successes

including a change of the (TCH) frequency band.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface from the target cell , during an internal inter-cell TCH handover
including a change of the (TCH) frequency band.
In case of multiband cells, the BCCH frequency band of the target cell will be
taken as reference.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Change of frequency band measurements

Type Definition Set of counters related to handovers including a change of the TCH frequency
band.

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

488 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 21 BSC-TYPE 33 - Electro-Magnetic Emission counters

21 BSC-TYPE 33 - Electro-Magnetic Emission counters

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 489 / 1628

21 BSC-TYPE 33 - Electro-Magnetic Emission counters

21.1 All TYPE 33

E01 - EME_PWR_GSM (Section 21.2.2.1 )
E02 - EME_PWR_DCS (Section 21.2.2.2 )

21.2 Sustainable & safety

21.2.1 All Sustainable & safety
E01 - EME_PWR_GSM (Section 21.2.2.1 )
E02 - EME_PWR_DCS (Section 21.2.2.2 )

21.2.2 Electro-Magnetic Emission

21.2.2.1 E01 - EME_PWR_GSM

Long Name EME_PWR_GSM

Definition Average emitted power at the BTS antenna output connector for the GSM
frequency band (GSM850 or E-GSM or P-GSM).
Counter coded in tenth of Watt. Value 0 indicates that the TRX frequency is
neither GSM850 nor E-GSM nor P-GSM band. Value FFFFh indicates overflow
of the measurement period.

Trigger condition TRE collects permanently power data. At the end of each measurement period,
triggered by reception of EME_DATA_REQ message from the BSC, the average
emitted power is calculated and sent back to the BSC.

Sub Domain 1 Electro-Magnetic Emission

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Electro-Magnetic Emission counters

Type Definition Set of counters related to electromagetic emission measurements in the BTS.

External Comment Counter coded in tenth of Watt. Value 0 indicates that TRX frequency is neither
900 MHz nor 850 MHz.
This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name EME supervision

490 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 21 BSC-TYPE 33 - Electro-Magnetic Emission counters

21.2.2.2 E02 - EME_PWR_DCS

Long Name EME_PWR_DCS

Definition Average emitted power at the BTS antenna output connector for the DCS
frequency band (DCS1800 or DCS1900).
Counter coded in tenth of Watt. Value 0 indicates that the TRX frequency is
neither DCS1800 nor DCS1900 band. Value FFFFh indicates overflow of the
measurement period.

Trigger condition TRE collects permanently power data. At the end of each measurement period,
triggered by reception of EME_DATA_REQ message from the BSC, the average
emitted power is calculated and sent back to the BSC.

Sub Domain 1 Electro-Magnetic Emission

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Electro-Magnetic Emission counters

Type Definition Set of counters related to electromagetic emission measurements in the BTS.

External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.

Feature Name EME supervision

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 491 / 1628

21 BSC-TYPE 33 - Electro-Magnetic Emission counters

492 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 493 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.1 All TYPE 35

IP11 - NB_CS_CALL_REJECTED_DUE_TO_IP_CONGESTION (Section
22.2.2.1 )
IP12 - CUMULATED_TIME_IP_CONGESTION (Section 22.2.2.2 )
IP13 - NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_REJ (Section 22.2.2.3 )
IP21 - NB_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_ALLOC_REQ (Section 22.2.2.4 )
IP22 - NB_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_ALLOC_FAIL_CONG (Section 22.2.2.5 )
IP23 - TIME_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_CONG (Section 22.2.2.6 )
IP25a - NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.1 )
IP25b - NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.2 )
IP25c - NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN (Section 22.3.2.3 )
IP26a - NB_BTS_SENT_OML_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.4 )
IP26b - NB_BTS_SENT_RSL_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.5 )
IP26c - NB_BTS_SENT_OML_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.6 )
IP26d - NB_BTS_SENT_RSL_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.7 )
IP26e - NB_BTS_RESENT_RSL-I_LAPD FRAMES (Section 22.2.2.7 )
IP27a - NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.8 )
IP27b - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.9 )
IP27c - NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.10 )
IP27d - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.11 )
IP27e - NB_BSC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.2.2.8 )
IP27g - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN (Section 22.3.2.12 )
IP27h - NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN (Section 22.3.2.13 )
IP28a - NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.14 )
IP28b - NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.15 )
IP28c - NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.16 )
IP28d - NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.17 )
IP28e - NB_TC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.2.2.9 )
IP28g - NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN (Section 22.3.2.18 )
IP28h - NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN (Section 22.3.2.19 )
IP29a - NB_BTS_SENT_UL_MUXTRAUP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.20 )
IP29c - NB_BTS_SENT_UL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.21 )
IP29k - NB_BTS_RCVD_DL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS_OUT_OF_DELAY
(Section 22.2.2.10 )
IP29m - NB_BTS_NOT_RCVD_DL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS (Section 22.2.2.11
)
IP30a - NB_TC_SENT_DL_MUXTRAUP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.22 )
IP30c - NB_TC_SENT_DL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.23 )
IP30g - NB_TC_SENT_DL_MUXTRAUP_BYTES_MAX_MN (Section 22.3.2.24
)

494 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

IP30m - NB_TC_NOT_RCVD_UL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS (Section 22.2.2.12 )

IP31a - NB_BTS_SENT_ALL_FLOW_BYTES_MAX_MN (Section 22.3.2.25 )
IP31c - NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY0 (Section 22.2.2.13 )
IP31d - NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY1 (Section 22.2.2.14 )
IP31e - NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY2 (Section 22.2.2.15 )
IP31f - NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY3 (Section 22.2.2.16 )
IP32a - NB_BSC_SENT_ALL_FLOWS_BYTES (Section 22.2.2.17 )
IP32b - NB_BSC_RCVD_ALL_FLOWS_BYTES (Section 22.2.2.18 )
IP32c - NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY0 (Section 22.2.2.19 )
IP32d - NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY1 (Section 22.2.2.20 )
IP32e - NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY2 (Section 22.2.2.21 )
IP32f - NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY3 (Section 22.2.2.22 )
IP33a - NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_UL_eTRAUP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.26 )
IP33c - NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_UL_eTRAUP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.27 )
IP33f - NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_UL_eTRAUP_BYTES_MAX_MN (Section
22.3.2.28 )
IP40a - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.29 )
IP40b - NB_BTS_RESENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.2.2.23 )
IP40d - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.30 )
IP41a - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.31 )
IP41b - NB_BTS_RESENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.2.2.24 )
IP41d - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.32 )
IP42a - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_TCP_SEGMENTS (Section
22.3.2.33 )
IP42d - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.34 )
IP70 - NB_ACC_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.25 )
IP71 - NB_ACC_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.26 )
IP72 - NB_SUCC_ACC_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.27 )
IP73 - NB_SUCC_ACC_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.28 )
IP74 - LAST_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.29 )
IP75 - LAST_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.30 )
IP76 - MIN_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.31 )
IP77 - MIN_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.32 )
IP78 - LAST_RTT_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.33 )
IP79 - LAST_RTT_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.34 )
IP80 - NB_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.35 )
IP81 - NB_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.36 )
IP82 - NB_ACC_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.37 )
IP83 - NB_ACC_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.38 )
IP84 - GRADIENT_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.39 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 495 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

IP85 - GRADIENT_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.40 )

IP86 - MEAN_GRADIENT_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.41 )
IP87 - MEAN_GRADIENT_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.42 )
IP88 - OCXO_TUNING_TIME_SVR (Section 22.2.2.43 )
IP89 - OCXO_TUNING_VALUE (Section 22.2.2.44 )

22.2 Quality of Service

22.2.1 All Quality of Service
IP11 - NB_CS_CALL_REJECTED_DUE_TO_IP_CONGESTION (Section
22.2.2.1 )
IP12 - CUMULATED_TIME_IP_CONGESTION (Section 22.2.2.2 )
IP13 - NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_REJ (Section 22.2.2.3 )
IP21 - NB_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_ALLOC_REQ (Section 22.2.2.4 )
IP22 - NB_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_ALLOC_FAIL_CONG (Section 22.2.2.5 )
IP23 - TIME_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_CONG (Section 22.2.2.6 )
IP26e - NB_BTS_RESENT_RSL-I_LAPD FRAMES (Section 22.2.2.7 )
IP27e - NB_BSC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.2.2.8 )
IP28e - NB_TC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.2.2.9 )
IP29k - NB_BTS_RCVD_DL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS_OUT_OF_DELAY
(Section 22.2.2.10 )
IP29m - NB_BTS_NOT_RCVD_DL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS (Section 22.2.2.11
)
IP30m - NB_TC_NOT_RCVD_UL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS (Section 22.2.2.12 )
IP31c - NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY0 (Section 22.2.2.13 )
IP31d - NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY1 (Section 22.2.2.14 )
IP31e - NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY2 (Section 22.2.2.15 )
IP31f - NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY3 (Section 22.2.2.16 )
IP32a - NB_BSC_SENT_ALL_FLOWS_BYTES (Section 22.2.2.17 )
IP32b - NB_BSC_RCVD_ALL_FLOWS_BYTES (Section 22.2.2.18 )
IP32c - NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY0 (Section 22.2.2.19 )
IP32d - NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY1 (Section 22.2.2.20 )
IP32e - NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY2 (Section 22.2.2.21 )
IP32f - NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY3 (Section 22.2.2.22 )
IP40b - NB_BTS_RESENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.2.2.23 )
IP41b - NB_BTS_RESENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.2.2.24 )
IP70 - NB_ACC_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.25 )
IP71 - NB_ACC_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.26 )
IP72 - NB_SUCC_ACC_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.27 )
IP73 - NB_SUCC_ACC_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.28 )

496 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

IP74 - LAST_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.29 )

IP75 - LAST_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.30 )
IP76 - MIN_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.31 )
IP77 - MIN_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.32 )
IP78 - LAST_RTT_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.33 )
IP79 - LAST_RTT_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.34 )
IP80 - NB_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.35 )
IP81 - NB_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.36 )
IP82 - NB_ACC_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.37 )
IP83 - NB_ACC_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.38 )
IP84 - GRADIENT_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.39 )
IP85 - GRADIENT_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.40 )
IP86 - MEAN_GRADIENT_TIME_SVR1 (Section 22.2.2.41 )
IP87 - MEAN_GRADIENT_TIME_SVR2 (Section 22.2.2.42 )
IP88 - OCXO_TUNING_TIME_SVR (Section 22.2.2.43 )
IP89 - OCXO_TUNING_VALUE (Section 22.2.2.44 )

22.2.2 IP (QoS)
22.2.2.1 IP11 - NB_CS_CALL_REJECTED_DUE_TO_IP_CONGESTION

Long Name NB_CS_CALL_REJECTED_DUE_TO_IP_CONGESTION

Definition Number of CS calls rejected due to IP congestion reported by the BTS to the
BSC.

Trigger condition Each time a TCH cannot be allocated because the target cell is mapped on an
IP BTS which in IP congestion status (i.e IP congestion indication sent by the
BTS to the BSC), this counter is increased by 1.
Note: when the concerned BTS is in IP congestion status and if the request can
be queued, then IP11 is increased by 1 only once the queuing timer expires for
this request and that the IP congestion in the BTS still exists.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 497 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.2 IP12 - CUMULATED_TIME_IP_CONGESTION

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_IP_CONGESTION

Definition Cumulated time during which the IP congestion is reported for a given IP BTS.

Trigger condition The counter is started when the BSC receives the CONGESTION INDICATION
from a given IP BTS with congestion status: Congestion or High Congestion.
The counter is stopped when the BSC receives the CONGESTION INDICATION
from this IP BTS with congestion status: No Congestion.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

498 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.3 IP13 - NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_REJ

Long Name NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_REJ

Definition Number of rejected incoming call when NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS limitation is

reached.

Trigger condition Whenever a TCH cannot be allocated due to the TCH processing capacity of
AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS
parameter (Note).
Note: In case where the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the
limit defined by the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter and if the request
can be queued, then IP13 will not be incremented by 1. If the queuing timer
expires for this request, then IP13 is increased by 1 if IP congestion still exists.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 499 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.4 IP21 - NB_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_ALLOC_REQ

Long Name NB_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_ALLOC_REQ

Definition Number of Atermux Nibble allocation requests.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented by the IP BSC whenever the 48.058 CHANNEL
ACTIVATION ACKNOWLEDGE message is received for a TCH call to be
established in a TDM BTS.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

500 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.5 IP22 - NB_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_ALLOC_FAIL_CONG

Long Name NB_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_ALLOC_FAIL_CONG

Definition Number of Atermux Nibble allocation failure due to Atermux congestion.

Trigger condition Whenever no Atermux Nibble can be allocated by an IP BSC for an incoming
TCH request due to no free Atermux Nibble on the TC. See OP in the header
document to know which cause is sent in the ASSIGNMENT FAILURE to the
MSC in this case.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 501 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.6 IP23 - TIME_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_CONG

Long Name TIME_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_CONG

Definition Cumulated time during which the Atermux interface between the IP BSC and a
given IP TC is in congestion state (i.e there is no more free Atermux nibble for
incoming TCH).

Trigger condition The counter is started when the IP BSC detects that there is no free Atermux
Nibble for a given TC to serve an incoming TCH request for a TDM BTS.
The counter is stopped and reset when he IP BSC detects that there is a free
Atermux Nibble to serve an incoming TCH request for a TDM BTS.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

502 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.7 IP26e - NB_BTS_RESENT_RSL-I_LAPD FRAMES

Long Name NB_BTS_RESENT_RSL-I_LAPD FRAMES

Definition Counts the number of RSL-I LAPD frames resent by the BTS. The purpose
is to measure the quality of the link.

Trigger condition Each time an RSL-I frame is resent by the BTS, this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (QoS IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 503 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.8 IP27e - NB_BSC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_BSC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of SCTP packets resent by an IP BSC to a given IP TC

for the SS7 flow.

Trigger condition Each time a SCTP segment containing a SS7 packet is resent by the BSC to a
given TC, this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 SS7 over IP / SCTP (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

504 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.9 IP28e - NB_TC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_TC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of SCTP packets resent by an IP TC to a given IP BSC for
the IP_BSSAsig flow.

Trigger condition Each time a SCTP segment containing a IP_BSSAsig packet is resent by a TC
to the BSC, this counter is
increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 SS7 over IP / SCTP (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 505 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.10 IP29k - NB_BTS_RCVD_DL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS_OUT_OF_DELAY

Long Name NB_BTS_RCVD_DL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS_OUT_OF_DELAY

Definition Counts the number of DL MUXTRAUP packets received by an IP BTS, and

which have an excessive jitter.

Trigger condition Each time the IP BTS receives a MUXTRAUP packet with an excessive jitter, this
counter is increased by 1. This counter only considers the packets addressed to
a given IP BTS.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 IPTCH (QoS)(MUXTRAUP frames)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

506 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.11 IP29m - NB_BTS_NOT_RCVD_DL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_BTS_NOT_RCVD_DL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of lost DL MUXTRAUP packets, i.e not received by the
IP BTS.

Trigger condition Each time the IP BTS detects that the MUXTRAUP for a given sequence
number is missing, this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 IPTCH (QoS)(MUXTRAUP frames)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 507 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.12 IP30m - NB_TC_NOT_RCVD_UL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_TC_NOT_RCVD_UL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of lost UL MUXTRAUP packets, i.e not received by the IP
TC from a given BTS.

Trigger condition Each time the IP TC detects that the MUXTRAUP for a given sequence number
is missing in the UL IPTCH flow for a given BTS, this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 IPTCH (QoS)(MUXTRAUP frames)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

508 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.13 IP31c - NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY0

Long Name NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY0

Definition Counts the number of UL IP packets with priority 0 dropped in the IP BTS
because of a lack of transmission bandwidth.

Trigger condition Each time the SUM of an IP BTS drops an UL IP packet in the priority 0 queue,
this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (QoS IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 509 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.14 IP31d - NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY1

Long Name NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY1

Definition Counts the number of UL IP packets with priority 1 dropped in the IP BTS
because of a lack of transmission bandwidth.

Trigger condition Each time the SUM of an IP BTS drops an UL IP packet in the priority 1 queue,
this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

510 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.15 IP31e - NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY2

Long Name NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY2

Definition Counts the number of UL IP packets with priority 2 dropped in the IP BTS
because of a lack of transmission bandwidth.

Trigger condition Each time the SUM of an IP BTS drops an UL IP packet in the priority 2 queue,
this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 511 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.16 IP31f - NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY3

Long Name NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY3

Definition Counts the number of UL IP packets with priority 3 dropped in the IP BTS
because of a lack of transmission bandwidth.

Trigger condition Each time the SUM of an IP BTS drops an UL IP packet in the priority 3 queue,
this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

512 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.17 IP32a - NB_BSC_SENT_ALL_FLOWS_BYTES

Long Name NB_BSC_SENT_ALL_FLOWS_BYTES

Definition Counts the number of DL bytes sent on a given E1 link used for IP transport for
all priorities.

Trigger condition Each time the TPGSM board of an IP BSS sends a message on an E1 link, this
counter is increased by the number of bytes of this message.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (QoS IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object IPoE1 Abis link

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 513 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.18 IP32b - NB_BSC_RCVD_ALL_FLOWS_BYTES

Long Name NB_BSC_RCVD_ALL_FLOWS_BYTES

Definition Counts the number of UL bytes received by the BSC on a given E1 link used for
IP transport for all priorities.

Trigger condition Each time the TPGSM board of an IP BSS receives a message on an E1 link,
this counter is increased by the number of bytes of this message.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (QoS IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object IPoE1 Abis link

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

514 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.19 IP32c - NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY0

Long Name NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY0

Definition Counts the number of DL IP packets with priority 0 dropped in the IP BSC
because of a lack of transmission bandwidth.

Trigger condition Each time the TPGSM board of an IP BSC drops a DL IP packet in the priority 0
queue, this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object IPoE1 Abis link

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 515 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.20 IP32d - NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY1

Long Name NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY1

Definition Counts the number of DL IP packets with priority 1 dropped in the IP BSC
because of a lack of transmission bandwidth.

Trigger condition Each time the TPGSM board of an IP BSC drops a DL IP packet in the priority 1
queue, this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object IPoE1 Abis link

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

516 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.21 IP32e - NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY2

Long Name NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY2

Definition Counts the number of DL IP packets with priority 2 dropped in the IP BSC
because of a lack of transmission bandwidth.

Trigger condition Each time the TPGSM board of an IP BSC drops a DL IP packet in the priority 2
queue, this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object IPoE1 Abis link

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 517 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.22 IP32f - NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY3

Long Name NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY3

Definition Counts the number of DL IP packets with priority 3 dropped in the IP BSC
because of a lack of transmission bandwidth.

Trigger condition Each time the TPGSM board of an IP BSC drops a DL IP packet in the priority 3
queue, this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object IPoE1 Abis link

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

518 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.23 IP40b - NB_BTS_RESENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_BTS_RESENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of IPGCHU segments resent by an IP BTS to the MFS
for the GBR flow.

Trigger condition Each time the BTS resends an UL IPGCHU segment (from any TRE) to the
MFS for a GBR flow, this counter is increased by 1. This counter is managed by
the SUM board.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 IPGCHU (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 519 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.24 IP41b - NB_BTS_RESENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_BTS_RESENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of IPGCHU segments resent by an IP BTS to the MFS for
the BE flow.

Trigger condition Each time the BTS resends an UL IPGCHU segment (from any TRE) to the
MFS for a BE flow, this counter is increased by 1. This counter is managed by
the SUM board.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 IPGCHU (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

520 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.25 IP70 - NB_ACC_TIME_SVR1

Long Name NB_ACC_TIME_SVR1

Definition Number of BTS accesses (polls) to the frequency synchro time server 1,
cumulated during the Granularity Period (15’).

Trigger condition When the BTS send a polling request to the frequency synchro time server 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 521 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.26 IP71 - NB_ACC_TIME_SVR2

Long Name NB_ACC_TIME_SVR2

Definition Number of BTS accesses (polls) to the frequency synchro time server 2,
cumulated during the Granularity Period (15’).

Trigger condition When the BTS send a polling request to the frequency synchro time server 2.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

522 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.27 IP72 - NB_SUCC_ACC_TIME_SVR1

Long Name NB_SUCC_ACC_TIME_SVR1

Definition Number of successful BTS accesses (polls) to the frequency synchro time
server 1, cumulated during the Granularity Period (15’).

Trigger condition When the BTS receives a polling answer from the frequency synchro time server
1 and this response is usable.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment An answer received from the frequency synchro time server is considered
"usable" if the response indicates that the time service is stable and there is no
"leap second" detected.
Allows to compute the unavailability of the frequency synchro time server 1
during the GP.

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 523 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.28 IP73 - NB_SUCC_ACC_TIME_SVR2

Long Name NB_SUCC_ACC_TIME_SVR2

Definition Number of successful BTS accesses (polls) to the frequency synchro time
server 2, cumulated during the Granularity Period (15’).

Trigger condition When the BTS receives a polling answer from the frequency synchro time server
2 and this response is usable.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment An answer received from the frequency synchro time server is considered
"usable" if the response indicates that the time service is stableand there is no
"leap second" detected.
Allow to compute the unavailability of the frequency synchro time server 1
during the GP.

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

524 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.29 IP74 - LAST_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR1

Long Name LAST_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR1

Definition Clock difference (i.e.: time in the BTS vs time in the frequency synchro time
server) of the last polling to the frequency synchro time server 1 during the
Granularity Period (15’).

Trigger condition When the BTS receives a polling answer or a timeout from the frequency
synchro time server 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment The clock_diff is the essential value calculated from each frequency synchro
time server response and it is the input of the frequency synchro tuning algo.
Here the delay jitter of the response message of the last poll is visible
FFFF FFFEh means "no access to the time server"

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 525 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.30 IP75 - LAST_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR2

Long Name LAST_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR2

Definition Clock difference (i.e.: time in the BTS vs time in the frequency synchro time
server) of the last polling to the frequency synchro time server 2 during the
Granularity Period (15’).

Trigger condition When the BTS receives a polling answer or a timeout from the frequency
synchro time server 2

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment The clock_diff is the essential value calculated from each frequency synchro
time server response and it is the input of the frequency synchro tuning algo.
Here the delay jitter of the response message of the last poll is visible.
FFFF FFFEh means "no access to the time server"

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

526 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.31 IP76 - MIN_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR1

Long Name MIN_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR1

Definition Minimum clock difference of all pollings to the frequency synchro time server 1
during the last evaluation period (default value 24h).

Trigger condition At the end of each evaluation task

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment FFFF FFFEh means "no access to time server"

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 527 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.32 IP77 - MIN_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR2

Long Name MIN_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR2

Definition Minimum clock difference of all pollings to the frequency synchro time server 2
during the last evaluation period (default value 24h).

Trigger condition At the end of each evaluation task

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment FFFF FFFEh means "no access to time server"

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

528 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.33 IP78 - LAST_RTT_TIME_SVR1

Long Name LAST_RTT_TIME_SVR1

Definition Round trip time of the last polling performed by the BTS to the frequency
synchro time server 1 during the Granularity Period (15’).

Trigger condition At the end of each time server 1 polling task.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment This counter shows the reactivity of the frequency synchro time servers (through
the IP network) and allows to show the quality of the service provided by the
IP network of the customer.

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 529 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.34 IP79 - LAST_RTT_TIME_SVR2

Long Name LAST_RTT_TIME_SVR2

Definition Round trip time of the last polling performed by the BTS to the frequency
synchro time server 2 during the Granularity Period (15’).

Trigger condition End of each time server 2 polling task.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment This counter shows the reactivity of the frequency synchro time servers (through
the IP network) and allows to show the quality of the service provided by the
IP network of the customer.

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

530 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.35 IP80 - NB_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR1

Long Name NB_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR1

Definition Cumulated number of evaluations performed by the BTS, using the frequency
synchro time server 1, since algorithm restart or OCXO retune.

Trigger condition At the end of each evaluation task using the frequency synchro time server 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment Allow to measure when the last OCXO tuning happened:
It is (for the sustained phase): NB_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR1
* FREQ_SYNC_POLLS_PER_EVAL *
FREQ_SYNC_POLLING_TIME_SUSTAINED
Note: NB_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR1, FREQ_SYNC_POLLS_PER_EVAL
and FREQ_SYNC_POLLING_TIME_SUSTAINED are defined in the BTP.

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 531 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.36 IP81 - NB_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR2

Long Name NB_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR2

Definition Cumulated number of evaluations performed by the BTS, using the frequency
synchro time server 2, since algorithm restart or OCXO retune.

Trigger condition End of each evaluation task using the frequency synchro time server 2.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment Allow to measure when the last OCXO tuning happened:
It is (for the sustained phase): NB_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR2
* FREQ_SYNC_POLLS_PER_EVAL *
FREQ_SYNC_POLLING_TIME_SUSTAINED
Note: NB_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR2, FREQ_SYNC_POLLS_PER_EVAL
and FREQ_SYNC_POLLING_TIME_SUSTAINED are defined in the BTP.

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

532 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.37 IP82 - NB_ACC_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR1

Long Name NB_ACC_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR1

Definition Cumulated number of accepted evaluations performed by the BTS, using the
frequency synchro time server 1, since algorithm restart or OCXO retune.

Trigger condition At the end of each evaluation task using the frequency synchro time server 1: if
the calculated gradient is accepted (i.e. is not considered as an outlier).

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment An evaluation is done after a fixed number of polls (parameter

FREQ_SYNC_POLLS_PER_EVAL). A new gradient is calculated using
MIN_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR1 from this and the last evaluation: If this gradient
is considered to be an outlier (much higher or lower than the average) then the
gradient evaluation is "not accepted".
A "not accepted" evaluation can happen when there was an IP route change
with a sudden delay increase or decrease.
This counter shows the stability of inputs and allows the measurement of the
quality of service provided by the IP network and the time server of the customer:
If this counter is much lower than NB_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR1, the
network to the frequency synchro time server 1 is not stable enough (many IP
route changes or similar) or always overloaded or the time server is not reliable
and the BTS has problems to calculate a confident gradient and to tune the
OCXO

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 533 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.38 IP83 - NB_ACC_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR2

Long Name NB_ACC_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR2

Definition Cumulated number of accepted evaluations performed by the BTS, using the
frequency synchro time server 2, since algorithm restart or OCXO retune.

Trigger condition At the end of each evaluation task using the frequency synchro time server 2: if
the calculated gradient is accepted (i.e. is not considered as an outlier).

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment An evaluation is done after a fixed number of polls (parameter

FREQ_SYNC_POLLS_PER_EVAL). A new gradient is calculated using
MIN_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR1 from this and the last evaluation: If this gradient
is considered to be an outlier (much higher or lower than the average) then the
gradient evaluation is "not accepted".
A "not accepted" evaluation can happen when there was an IP route change
with a sudden delay increase or decrease.
This counter shows the stability of inputs and allows the measurement of the
quality of service provided by the IP network and the time server of the customer:
If this counter is much lower than NB_EVALS_RETUNE_TIME_SVR2, the
network to the frequency synchro time server 2 is not stable enough (many
IP route changes or similar) or always overloaded or the time server is not
reliable and the BTS has problems to calculate a confident gradient and to
tune the OCXO.

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

534 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.39 IP84 - GRADIENT_TIME_SVR1

Long Name GRADIENT_TIME_SVR1

Definition Gradient (calculated frequency offset) of the last accepted evaluation performed
by the BTS using the frequency synchro time server 1.

Trigger condition At the end of evaluation task.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment Unit 0.1 ppb

This is the estimated frequency deviation using the MIN_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR1
of the last 2 evaluations.

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 535 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.40 IP85 - GRADIENT_TIME_SVR2

Long Name GRADIENT_TIME_SVR2

Definition Gradient (calculated frequency offset) of the last accepted evaluation performed
by the BTS using the frequency synchro time server 2

Trigger condition At the end of evaluation task.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment Unit 0.1 ppb

This is the estimated frequency deviation using the MIN_CLK_DIFF_TIME_SVR2
of the last 2 evaluations.

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

536 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.41 IP86 - MEAN_GRADIENT_TIME_SVR1

Long Name MEAN_GRADIENT_TIME_SVR1

Definition Mean gradient of all accepted evaluations (since the last OCXO tuning)
performed by the BTS using the frequency synchro time server 1 . When this
value converges it will be used for the OCXO tuning.

Trigger condition At the end of evaluation task

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment Unit 0.1 ppb

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 537 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.42 IP87 - MEAN_GRADIENT_TIME_SVR2

Long Name MEAN_GRADIENT_TIME_SVR2

Definition Mean gradient of all accepted evaluations (since the last OCXO tuning)
performed by the BTS using the frequency synchro time server 2. When this
value converges it will be used for the OCXO tuning.

Trigger condition At the end of evaluation task.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment Unit 0.1 ppb

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

538 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.43 IP88 - OCXO_TUNING_TIME_SVR

Long Name OCXO_TUNING_TIME_SVR

Definition BTS OCXO last tuning using the frequency synchro time server (0 = no tuning,
1 = primary, 2 = secondary).

Trigger condition At the OCXO tuning.

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment This value shows if there was an OCXO tuning and if yes, by which time server.
So the value changes normally only after several hours or days. Then also
OCXO_TUNING_VALUE is changed and the 4 counters NB_EVALS_RETUNE
and NB_ACC_EVALS_RETUNE are reset to zero.

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 539 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.2.2.44 IP89 - OCXO_TUNING_VALUE

Long Name OCXO_TUNING_VALUE

Definition BTS OCXO last tuning DAC Digital Analog Converter correction value (range
0..4095,).

Trigger condition At the OCXO tuning

Sub Domain 1 IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 BTS Freq. Sync.

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment The current OCXO frequency is a linear function of this value.

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

540 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3 Traffic Load

22.3.1 All Traffic Load
IP25a - NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.1 )
IP25b - NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.2 )
IP25c - NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN (Section 22.3.2.3 )
IP26a - NB_BTS_SENT_OML_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.4 )
IP26b - NB_BTS_SENT_RSL_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.5 )
IP26c - NB_BTS_SENT_OML_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.6 )
IP26d - NB_BTS_SENT_RSL_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.7 )
IP27a - NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.8 )
IP27b - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.9 )
IP27c - NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.10 )
IP27d - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.11 )
IP27g - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN (Section 22.3.2.12 )
IP27h - NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN (Section 22.3.2.13 )
IP28a - NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.14 )
IP28b - NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.15 )
IP28c - NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.16 )
IP28d - NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.17 )
IP28g - NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN (Section 22.3.2.18 )
IP28h - NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN (Section 22.3.2.19 )
IP29a - NB_BTS_SENT_UL_MUXTRAUP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.20 )
IP29c - NB_BTS_SENT_UL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.21 )
IP30a - NB_TC_SENT_DL_MUXTRAUP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.22 )
IP30c - NB_TC_SENT_DL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.23 )
IP30g - NB_TC_SENT_DL_MUXTRAUP_BYTES_MAX_MN (Section 22.3.2.24
)
IP31a - NB_BTS_SENT_ALL_FLOW_BYTES_MAX_MN (Section 22.3.2.25 )
IP33a - NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_UL_eTRAUP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.26 )
IP33c - NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_UL_eTRAUP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.27 )
IP33f - NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_UL_eTRAUP_BYTES_MAX_MN (Section
22.3.2.28 )
IP40a - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.29 )
IP40d - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.30 )
IP41a - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS (Section 22.3.2.31 )
IP41d - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.32 )
IP42a - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_TCP_SEGMENTS (Section
22.3.2.33 )
IP42d - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_IP_BYTES (Section 22.3.2.34 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 541 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2 IP (Traffic Load)

22.3.2.1 IP25a - NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_BYTES

Long Name NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_BYTES

Definition Counts the cumulated number of bytes of the OML and RSL flows, sent by
an IP BSC to a given IP BTS.

Trigger condition Each time an Abis message is sent by the BSC on the OML or on the RSL for a
given BTS, this counter is increased by the number of bytes of this message.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

542 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.2 IP25b - NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of OML and RSL IP packets sent by a IP BSC to a given
IP BTS. The purpose is to measure the used bandwidth by adding the headers
size compared to IP25a.

Trigger condition Each time a packet is sent by the BSC on the OML or on the RSL for a given
BTS, this counter is increased by 1. Note that the retransmissions linked to the
transport layer (TCP) are also counted.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 543 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.3 IP25c - NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN

Long Name NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN

Definition Counts the max number of bytes of the OML and RSL cumulated flows sent
by an IP BSC to a given IP BTS in one minute during the granularity period
of monitoring.

Trigger condition Every minute, the number of bytes of each Abis message sent by the BSC
on the OML or on the RSL for a given BTS, is counted. The maximum value
obtained for 1 minute during the granularity period of monitoring is reported.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

544 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.4 IP26a - NB_BTS_SENT_OML_IP_BYTES

Long Name NB_BTS_SENT_OML_IP_BYTES

Definition Counts the number of bytes of the OML flow sent by an IP BTS to an IP BSC.

Trigger condition Each time an Abis message is sent by the BTS on the OML to the BSC, this
counter is increased by the number of bytes of this message.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 545 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.5 IP26b - NB_BTS_SENT_RSL_IP_BYTES

Long Name NB_BTS_SENT_RSL_IP_BYTES

Definition Counts the number of bytes of the RSL flow sent by an IP BTS to an IP BSC.

Trigger condition Each time an Abis message is sent by the BTS on the RSL to the BSC, this
counter is increased by the number of bytes of this message.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

546 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.6 IP26c - NB_BTS_SENT_OML_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_BTS_SENT_OML_IP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of OML IP packets sent by an IP BTS. The purpose is to
measure the used bandwidth by adding the headers size compared to IP26a.

Trigger condition Each time a packet is sent by the BTS on the OML, this counter is increased
by 1. Note that the retransmissions linked to the transport layer (TCP) are also
counted.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 547 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.7 IP26d - NB_BTS_SENT_RSL_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_BTS_SENT_RSL_IP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of RSL IP packets sent by an IP BTS. The purpose is to
measure the used bandwidth by adding the headers size compared to IP26b.

Trigger condition Each time a packet is sent by the BTS on the RSL, this counter is increased
by 1. Note that the retransmissions linked to the transport layer (TCP) are also
counted.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

548 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.8 IP27a - NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES

Long Name NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES

Definition Counts the number of bytes of the TCSL flow sent by an IP BSC to a given IP TC.

Trigger condition Each time an TCSL message is sent by the BSC to a given TC, this counter is
increased by the number of bytes of this message.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCSL (Traffic Load)(BSC-TC O&Mover IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 549 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.9 IP27b - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES

Long Name NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES

Definition Counts the number of bytes of the SS7 flow sent by an IP BSC to a given IP TC.

Trigger condition Each time an SS7 message is sent by the BSC to a given TC, this counter is
increased by the number of bytes of this message.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 SS7 over IP (Traffic Load)(BSC-TC Telecom over IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

550 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.10 IP27c - NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of TCSL packets sent by an IP BSC to a given IP TC. It
corresponds to the number of TCP segments sent, counted by the TCP stack.

Trigger condition Each time a TCP segment containing TCSL packet is sent by the BSC to a
given TC, this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCSL (Traffic Load)(BSC-TC O&Mover IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 551 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.11 IP27d - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of SCTP packets sent by an IP BSC to a given IP TC for the
SS7 flow. It corresponds to is the number of SCTP segments sent, counted by
the SCTP stack.

Trigger condition Each time a SCTP segment containing a SS7 packet is sent by the BSC to a
given TC, this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 SS7 over IP (Traffic Load)(BSC-TC Telecom over IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

552 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.12 IP27g - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN

Long Name NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN

Definition Counts the max number of bytes of the SS7 flow sent by an IP BSC to a given
IP TC in one minute during the granularity period of monitoring.

Trigger condition Every minute, the number of bytes of each SS7 message sent by the BSC to
a given TC, is counted. The maximum value obtained for 1 minute during the
granularity period of monitoring is reported.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 SS7 over IP (Traffic Load)(BSC-TC Telecom over IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 553 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.13 IP27h - NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN

Long Name NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN

Definition Counts the max number of bytes of the TCSL flow sent by an IP BSC to a given
IP TC in one minute during the granularity period of monitoring.

Trigger condition Every minute, the number of bytes of each TCSL message sent by the BSC to
a given TC, is counted. The maximum value obtained for 1 minute during the
granularity period of monitoring is reported.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCSL (Traffic Load)(BSC-TC O&Mover IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

554 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.14 IP28a - NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES

Long Name NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES

Definition Counts the number of bytes of the TCSL flow sent by an IP TC to a given IP BSC.

Trigger condition Each time an TCSL message is sent by the TC to a given BSC, this counter is
increased by the number of bytes of this message.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCSL (Traffic Load)(BSC-TC O&Mover IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 555 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.15 IP28b - NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES

Long Name NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES

Definition Counts the number of bytes of the IP_BSSAsig flow sent by an IP TC to a given
IP BSC.

Trigger condition Each time an IP_BSSAsig message is sent by a TC to the BSC, this counter is
increased by the number of bytes of this message.
.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 SS7 over IP (Traffic Load)(BSC-TC Telecom over IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

556 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.16 IP28c - NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of TCSL packets sent by an IP TC to a given IP BSC. It

corresponds to the number of TCP segments sent, counted by the TCP stack.

Trigger condition Each time a TCP segment containing TCSL packet is sent by the TC to a given
BSC, this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCSL (Traffic Load)(BSC-TC O&Mover IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 557 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.17 IP28d - NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of SCTP packets sent by an IP TC to a given IP BSC for
the IP_BSSAsig flow. It corresponds to is the number of SCTP segments sent,
counted by the SCTP stack.

Trigger condition Each time a SCTP segment containing a IP_BSSAsig packet is sent by a TC to
the BSC, this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 SS7 over IP (Traffic Load)(BSC-TC Telecom over IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

558 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.18 IP28g - NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN

Long Name NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN

Definition Counts the max number of bytes of the SS7 flow sent by an IP TC to an IP BSC
in one minute during the granularity period of monitoring.

Trigger condition Every minute, the number of bytes of each SS7 message sent by the TC to
the BSC, is counted. The maximum value obtained for 1 minute during the
granularity period of monitoring is reported.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 SS7 over IP (Traffic Load)(BSC-TC Telecom over IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 559 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.19 IP28h - NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN

Long Name NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN

Definition Counts the max number of bytes of the TCSL flow sent by an IP TC to an IP
BSC in one minute during the granularity period of monitoring.

Trigger condition Every minute, the number of bytes of each TCSL message sent by the TC to
the BSC, is counted. The maximum value obtained for 1 minute during the
granularity period of monitoring is reported.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCSL (Traffic Load)(BSC-TC O&Mover IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC-TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

560 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.20 IP29a - NB_BTS_SENT_UL_MUXTRAUP_BYTES

Long Name NB_BTS_SENT_UL_MUXTRAUP_BYTES

Definition Counts the number of payload bytes of the UL MUXTRAUP packets sent by an
IP BTS to the IP TC.

Trigger condition Each time an UL MUXTRAUP packet is sent by the IP BTS to a given IP TC,
this counter is increased by the number of bytes of the UDP payload of this
message. This counter is managed by the SUM.
The UDP payload of a MUXTRAUP packet is defined as the MUXTRAUP packet
format without IP and UDP header.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 IPTCH (Traffic Load)(TRAUP frames)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 561 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.21 IP29c - NB_BTS_SENT_UL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_BTS_SENT_UL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of UL MUXTRAUP packets sent by an IP BTS.

Trigger condition Each time an UL MUXTRAUP packet is sent by the IP BTS, this counter is
increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 IPTCH (Traffic Load)(MUXTRAUP frames)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

562 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.22 IP30a - NB_TC_SENT_DL_MUXTRAUP_BYTES

Long Name NB_TC_SENT_DL_MUXTRAUP_BYTES

Definition Definition: Counts the number of payload bytes of the DL MUXTRAUP packets
sent by all the TC racks to a given IP BTS.

Trigger condition Each time a DL MUXTRAUP packet is sent by all the TC racks to a given IP
BTS, this counter is increased by the number of bytes of the UDP payload of
this message. The UDP payload of a MUXTRAUP packet is defined as the
MUXTRAUP packet format without IP and UDP header.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 IPTCH (Traffic Load)(TRAUP frames)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 563 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.23 IP30c - NB_TC_SENT_DL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_TC_SENT_DL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of DL IPTCH packets (i.e. MUXTRAUP frames) sent by
the primary IP TC to a given IP BTS.

Trigger condition Each time a DL MUXTRAUP packet is sent by the primary TC to a given BTS,
this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 IPTCH (Traffic Load)(MUXTRAUP frames)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

564 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.24 IP30g - NB_TC_SENT_DL_MUXTRAUP_BYTES_MAX_MN

Long Name NB_TC_SENT_DL_MUXTRAUP_BYTES_MAX_MN

Definition Counts the max number of payload bytes of the DL MUXTRAUP packets sent
by all the TC racks to an IP BTS in one minute during the granularity period
of monitoring.

Trigger condition Every minute, the number of UDP payload bytes of the DL MUXTRAUP packets
sent by all the TC racks to a given IP BTS, is counted. The maximum value
obtained for 1 minute during the granularity period of monitoring is reported.
The UDP payload of a MUXTRAUP packet is defined as the MUXTRAUP packet
format without IP and UDP header.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 IPTCH (Traffic Load)(TRAUP frames)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 565 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.25 IP31a - NB_BTS_SENT_ALL_FLOW_BYTES_MAX_MN

Long Name NB_BTS_SENT_ALL_FLOW_BYTES_MAX_MN

Definition Counts the maximum number of bytes sent by an IP BTS for all the
flows in one minute during the granularity period of monitoring (i.e.
IPTCH+IPGCHC+IPGCHU+RSL+OML).

Trigger condition Every minute, the number of bytes of all the message/frame sent by the IP BTS,
is counted. The maximum value obtained for 1 minute during the granularity
period of monitoring is reported.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

566 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.26 IP33a - NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_UL_eTRAUP_BYTES

Long Name NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_UL_eTRAUP_BYTES

Definition Counts the number of payload bytes of the eTRAUP packets (DL & UL) sent by
a TC rack to all other TC racks.

Trigger condition Each time a TC rack sends an eTRAUP packet (DL or UL) to any other TC
rack, this counter is increased by the number of bytes of the UDP payload of
the eTRAUP packet. Such routing is performed in the TCIF board. The UDP
payload of an eTRAUP packet is defined as the eTRAUP packet format without
IP and UDP header.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 567 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.27 IP33c - NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_UL_eTRAUP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_UL_eTRAUP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of eTRAUP packets (DL & UL) sent by a TC rack to all
other TC racks.

Trigger condition Each time a TC rack sends a eTRAUP packet (DL or UL) to another TC rack,
this counter is increased by 1. Such routing is performed in the TCIF board.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

568 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.28 IP33f - NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_UL_eTRAUP_BYTES_MAX_MN

Long Name NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_UL_eTRAUP_BYTES_MAX_MN

Definition Counts the max number of IPTCH bytes (i.e. TRAUP frames) sent by the
primary TC to all other TC racks in one minute during the granularity period
of monitoring.

Trigger condition Every minute, the number of bytes of all the TRAUP frames sent by the primary
TC to secondary TC racks, is counted. The maximum value obtained for 1
minute during the granularity period of monitoring is reported. The UDP payload
of an eTRAUP packet is defined as the eTRAUP packet format without IP and
UDP header.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TC rack

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 569 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.29 IP40a - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of IPGCHU segments sent by an IP BTS to the MFS for
the GBR flow.

Trigger condition Each time the BTS sends an UL IPGCHU segment (from any TRE) to the MFS
for a GBR flow, this counter is increased by 1. This counter is managed by the
SUM board. Retransmissions are not counted here.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 IPGCHU (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

570 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.30 IP40d - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_BYTES

Long Name NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_BYTES

Definition Counts the number of bytes of the IPGCHU segments sent by an IP BTS to the
MFS for the GBR flow.

Trigger condition Each time the BTS sends an UL IPGCHU segment (from any TRE) to the
MFS for a GBR flow, this counter is increased by the number of bytes of this
segment. This counter is managed by the SUM board. Retransmissions are
not counted here.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 IPGCHU (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 571 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.31 IP41a - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS

Definition Counts the number of IPGCHU segments sent by an IP BTS to the MFS for
the BE flow.

Trigger condition Each time the BTS sends an UL IPGCHU segment (from any TRE) to the MFS
for a BE flow, this counter is increased by 1. This counter is managed by the
SUM board. Retransmissions are not counted here.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 IPGCHU (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

572 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.32 IP41d - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_BYTES

Long Name NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_BYTES

Definition Counts the number of bytes of the IPGCHU segments sent by an IP BTS to the
MFS for the BE flow.

Trigger condition Each time the BTS sends an UL IPGCHU segment (from any TRE) to the
MFS for a BE flow, this counter is increased by the number of bytes of this
segment. This counter is managed by the SUM board. Retransmissions are
not counted here.

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 IPGCHU (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 573 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.33 IP42a - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_TCP_SEGMENTS

Long Name NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_TCP_SEGMENTS

Definition Counts the number of IPGCHC TCP segments sent by an IP BTS to the MFS
for the IPGCH control flow.

Trigger condition Each time the BTS sends an UL IPGCHC TCP segment (from any TRE) to the
MFS, this counter is increased by 1. IPGCHC TCP retransmissions are also
counted, as this counter is managed by the SUM (considered as acceptable, as
the IPGCH retransmissions should be rare).

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 IPGCHC (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

574 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

22.3.2.34 IP42d - NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_IP_BYTES

Long Name NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_IP_BYTES

Definition Counts the number of bytes of the IPGCHC TCP segments sent by an IP BTS to
the MFS for the IPGCH control flow.

Trigger condition Each time the BTS sends an UL IPGCHC TCP segment (from any TRE) to the
MFS, this counter is increased by the number of bytes of this TCP segment.
IPGCHC TCP retransmissions are also counted, as this counter is managed
by the SUM (considered as acceptable, as the IPGCH retransmissions should
be rare).

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 IPGCHC (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BTS

Type Name IP transport

Type Definition Set of counters related to IP transport

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 575 / 1628

22 BSC-TYPE 35 - IP transport

576 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 23 BSC-TYPE 36 - Iur-g interface

23 BSC-TYPE 36 - Iur-g interface

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 577 / 1628

23 BSC-TYPE 36 - Iur-g interface

23.1 All TYPE 36

MC1301 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_IURG (Section 23.2.2.1 )
MC1302 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_IURG (Section 23.2.2.2 )
MC1303 - NB_BSC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_IURG (Section 23.2.2.3 )
MC1304 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN_IURG (Section
23.2.2.4 )
MC1305 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_REC_IURG (Section 23.2.2.5 )
MC1306 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_SENT_IURG (Section 23.2.2.6 )

23.2 Traffic Load

23.2.1 All Traffic Load
MC1301 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_IURG (Section 23.2.2.1 )
MC1302 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_IURG (Section 23.2.2.2 )
MC1303 - NB_BSC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_IURG (Section 23.2.2.3 )
MC1304 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN_IURG (Section
23.2.2.4 )
MC1305 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_REC_IURG (Section 23.2.2.5 )
MC1306 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_SENT_IURG (Section 23.2.2.6 )

23.2.2 Interface (Traffic Load)

23.2.2.1 MC1301 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_IURG

Long Name NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_IURG

Definition Counts the number of bytes of the SS7 flow sent by a BSC to the RNC when
Iur-g is used.

Trigger condition Each time an SS7 message is sent by the BSC to the RNC on the Iur-g interface,
this counter is increased by the number of bytes of this message.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Iur-g (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC_RNC

Type Name Iur-g interface

Type Definition Set of counters related to Iur-g interface

External Comment –

Feature Name Iur-g

578 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 23 BSC-TYPE 36 - Iur-g interface

23.2.2.2 MC1302 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_IURG

Long Name NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_IURG

Definition Counts the number of SCTP packets sent by a BSC to a given RNC for the
SS7 flow when Iur-g interface is used. It corresponds to the number of SCTP
segments sent, counted by the SCTP stack.

Trigger condition Each time a SCTP segment containing a SS7 packet is sent by the BSC to the
RNC, this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Iur-g (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC_RNC

Type Name Iur-g interface

Type Definition Set of counters related to Iur-g interface

External Comment –

Feature Name Iur-g

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 579 / 1628

23 BSC-TYPE 36 - Iur-g interface

23.2.2.3 MC1303 - NB_BSC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_IURG

Long Name NB_BSC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_IURG

Definition Counts the number of SCTP packets resent by a BSC to a given RNC for the
SS7 flow, when Iur-g interface is used.

Trigger condition Each time a SCTP segment containing a SS7 packet is resent by the BSC to a
given RNC with Iur-g interface, this counter is increased by 1

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Iur-g (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC_RNC

Type Name Iur-g interface

Type Definition Set of counters related to Iur-g interface

External Comment –

Feature Name Iur-g

580 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 23 BSC-TYPE 36 - Iur-g interface

23.2.2.4 MC1304 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN_IURG

Long Name NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN_IURG

Definition Counts the max number of bytes of the SS7 flow sent by a BSC to a given RNC
in one minute during the granularity period of monitoring, when Iur-g interface
is used.

Trigger condition Every minute, the number of bytes of each SS7 message sent by the BSC to a
given RNC over the Iur-g interface, is counted. The maximum value obtained for
1 minute during the granularity period of monitoring is reported.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Iur-g (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC_RNC

Type Name Iur-g interface

Type Definition Set of counters related to Iur-g interface

External Comment –

Feature Name Iur-g

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 581 / 1628

23 BSC-TYPE 36 - Iur-g interface

23.2.2.5 MC1305 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_REC_IURG

Long Name NB_N7_CON_REQ_REC_IURG

Definition Number of CONNECTION REQUEST received from the RNC by the BSC, when
Iur-g interface is used.

Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION REQUEST message is received on Iur-g interface

by the BSC from the RNC, when Iur-g is used.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Iur-g (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC_RNC

Type Name Iur-g interface

Type Definition Set of counters related to Iur-g interface

External Comment –

Feature Name Iur-g

582 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 23 BSC-TYPE 36 - Iur-g interface

23.2.2.6 MC1306 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_SENT_IURG

Long Name NB_N7_CON_CONF_SENT_IURG

Definition Number of CONNECTION CONFIRM sent to the RNC by the BSC, when Iur-g
interface is used.

Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION CONFIRM message is sent by the BSC to the RNC,
when Iur-g interface is used.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Iur-g (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC_RNC

Type Name Iur-g interface

Type Definition Set of counters related to Iur-g interface

External Comment –

Feature Name Iur-g

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 583 / 1628

23 BSC-TYPE 36 - Iur-g interface

584 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 585 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.1 All TYPE 110

MC01 - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MT (Section 24.3.12.1 )
MC02 - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO (Section 24.3.12.2 )
MC02a - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LOC_UPD (Section 24.3.12.3 )
MC02b - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SMS (Section 24.3.12.4 )
MC02c - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SUP_SERV (Section 24.3.12.5 )
MC02d - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_FOLLOW_ON (Section 24.3.12.6 )
MC02e - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CM_REEST (Section 24.3.12.7 )
MC02f - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_L3INFO_UNKNOW (Section 24.3.12.8 )
MC02g - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_IMSI_DETACH (Section 24.3.12.9 )
MC02h - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CALL_EST (Section 24.3.12.10 )
MC02i - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LCS (Section 24.3.12.11 )
MC03 - NB_OUT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 24.3.5.1 )
MC04 - NB_IMM_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG (Section 24.3.12.12 )
MC07 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_OUT_HO (Section 24.3.5.2 )
MC10 - NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 24.3.5.3 )
MC101 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG (Section 24.2.4.1 )
MC1040 - NB_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover (Section 24.2.5.1 )
MC1044 - NB_HO_ATPT_24_gencapture (Section 24.2.5.2 )
MC1050 - NB_HO_22_TooShortDistance (Section 24.2.5.3 )
MC1060 - NB_GSL_MSG_SENT (Section 24.6.3.1 )
MC1061 - NB_GSL_MSG_DISCARDED (Section 24.6.3.2 )
MC1062 - NB_GSL_MSG_RESENT (Section 24.6.3.3 )
MC1063 - NB_GSL_MSG_RECEIVED (Section 24.6.3.4 )
MC1064 - NB_GSL_BYTES_SENT (Section 24.6.3.5 )
MC1065 - MAX_NB_GSL_BYTES_SENT (Section 24.6.3.6 )
MC1066 - MAX_NB_GSL_MSG_SENT (Section 24.6.3.7 )
MC1067 - AVERAGE_NB_MSG_IN_GSL_QUEUE (Section 24.6.3.8 )
MC1101 - NB_ASPUP_TX (Section 24.6.3.9 )
MC1102 - NB_ASPUP_RX (Section 24.6.3.10 )
MC1103 - NB_ASPDOWN_TX (Section 24.6.3.11 )
MC1104 - NB_ASPDOWN_RX (Section 24.6.3.12 )
MC1105 - NB_ASPACTIVE_TX (Section 24.6.3.13 )
MC1106 - NB_ASPACTIVE_RX (Section 24.6.3.14 )
MC1107 - NB_ASPINACTIVE_TX (Section 24.6.3.15 )
MC1108 - NB_ASPINACTIVE_RX (Section 24.6.3.16 )
MC1109 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.17 )
MC1110 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.18 )

586 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC1111 - NB_BSC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.19

)
MC1112 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN_Asig_IP (Section
24.6.3.20 )
MC1113a - NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_NSS_Asig_IP (Section 24.3.6.1 )
MC1113b - NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_BSS_Asig_IP (Section 24.3.6.2 )
MC1114 - NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_SENT_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.21 )
MC1115 - NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_REC_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.22 )
MC1116 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_SENT_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.23 )
MC1117 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_REC_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.24 )
MC1118 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_SENT_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.25 )
MC1119 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_REC_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.26 )
MC1120 - NB_N7_CON_REF_SENT_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.27 )
MC1121 - NB_N7_CON_REF_REC_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.28 )
MC1200 - TRX_MAX_TEMPERATURE (Section 24.5.4.1 )
MC1201 - TIME_PA_BIAS_ON_TRX (Section 24.5.3.1 )
MC1204 - NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_NRI (Section 24.3.6.3 )
MC1205 - NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_IMSI (Section 24.3.6.4 )
MC1206 - NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_LB (Section 24.3.6.5 )
MC1207 - NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_STORED (Section 24.3.6.6 )
MC1208 - TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_1 (Section 24.5.2.1 )
MC1209 - TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_2 (Section 24.5.2.2 )
MC1210 - TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_3 (Section 24.5.2.3 )
MC1211 - TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_4 (Section 24.5.2.4 )
MC1212 - TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_1 (Section 24.5.2.5 )
MC1213 - TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_2 (Section 24.5.2.6 )
MC1214 - TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_3 (Section 24.5.2.7 )
MC1215 - TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_4 (Section 24.5.2.8 )
MC1216 - TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_1 (Section 24.5.2.9 )
MC1217 - TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_2 (Section 24.5.2.10 )
MC1218 - TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_3 (Section 24.5.2.11 )
MC1219 - TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_4 (Section 24.5.2.12 )
MC1220 - TIME_8PSK_BURST_TRANSMISSION (Section 24.5.2.13 )
MC1221 - TIME_GMSK_BURST_TRANSMISSION (Section 24.5.2.14 )
MC1222 - TIME_DEFENSE_BURST_TRANSMISSION (Section 24.5.2.15 )
MC1307 - NB_ENH_RELOC_REQ_IURG (Section 24.3.6.7 )
MC1308 - NB_ENH_RELOC_RESP_IURG (Section 24.3.6.8 )
MC1309 - NB_ENH_RELOC_FAIL_IURG (Section 24.3.6.9 )
MC137 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB (Section 24.3.4.1 )
MC138 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF (Section 24.3.4.2 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 587 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC13a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_QUEUED (Section 24.6.6.1 )

MC13b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_QUEUED (Section 24.6.6.2 )
MC140a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_REQ (Section 24.3.12.13 )
MC140b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ATPT (Section 24.3.12.14 )
MC141 - AV_NB_TCH_QUEUED (Section 24.4.2.1 )
MC142e - NB_OUT_IDR_SUCC (Section 24.3.3.1 )
MC142f - NB_OUT_EDR_SUCC (Section 24.3.3.2 )
MC144e - NB_OUT_IDR_REQ (Section 24.6.6.3 )
MC144f - NB_OUT_EDR_REQ (Section 24.6.6.4 )
MC147 - NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_ALLOC (Section 24.6.6.5 )
MC148 - NB_IMM_ASS_ALLOC (Section 24.6.6.6 )
MC149 - NB_IMM_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO (Section 24.3.12.15 )
MC14a - NB_TCH_DROP_HO_PREP_EXEC_FAIL_BSS_PB (Section 24.3.5.4
)
MC14c - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB (Section 24.3.4.3 )
MC151 - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC (29) (Section 24.2.2.1 )
MC153 - NB_INC_IDR_REQ (Section 24.2.2.2 )
MC15a - NB_INC_IDR_ALLOC (Section 24.6.6.7 )
MC15b - NB_INC_TCH_HO_ALLOC (Section 24.6.6.8 )
MC161 - NB_DTAP_NOR_ASS_SUCC (Section 24.3.12.16 )
MC162 - NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS (Section 24.3.4.4 )
MC170 - NB_CALL_TFO (Section 24.3.10.1 )
MC182 - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_EST_PHAS (Section 24.3.6.10 )
MC19 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_PREP_FAIL_ACHAN_MIS (110) (Section
24.3.12.17 )
MC191 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SDCCH (Section 24.3.9.1 )
MC196 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_SUCC (Section 24.3.9.2 )
MC197 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_FAIL (Section 24.3.9.3 )
MC24 - AV_NB_NOT_AVAIL_TRX_TS (Section 24.4.2.2 )
MC250 - AV_NB_AVAIL_TCH (Section 24.4.2.3 )
MC26 - AV_NB_AVAIL_SDCCH (Section 24.4.2.4 )
MC27 - AV_NB_AVAIL_CCCH (Section 24.4.2.5 )
MC28a - AV_NB_BUSY_CS_TS (Section 24.4.2.6 )
MC29a - NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_CS_TS (Section 24.4.2.7 )
MC31 - NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_SDCCH (Section 24.4.2.8 )
MC320a - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND1 (Section 24.4.2.9 )
MC320b - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND2 (Section 24.4.2.10 )
MC320c - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND3 (Section 24.4.2.11 )
MC320d - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND4 (Section 24.4.2.12 )
MC320e - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND5 (Section 24.4.2.13 )

588 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC34 - TIME_ALL_AVAIL_TRX_TS_BUSY (Section 24.4.2.14 )

MC35 - AV_NB_A_TRAF_CHAN_BLOCK_OUT_OF_SERV (Section 24.4.2.15
)
MC350 - NB_N7_CON_REQ (Section 24.6.3.29 )
MC351 - NB_N7_CON_CONF (Section 24.6.3.30 )
MC36 - AV_NB_AVAIL_A_TRAF_CHAN (Section 24.4.2.16 )
MC370a - NB_TRX_FR_ALLOC (Section 24.4.2.17 )
MC370b - NB_TRX_HR_ALLOC (Section 24.4.2.18 )
MC380a - TIME_TRX_FR_BUSY (Section 24.6.5.1 )
MC380b - TIME_TRX_HR_BUSY (Section 24.6.5.2 )
MC380c - TIME_TRX_GSM_FR_BUSY (Section 24.6.5.3 )
MC380d - TIME_TRX_GSM_HR_BUSY (Section 24.6.5.4 )
MC380e - TIME_TRX_DCS_FR_BUSY (Section 24.6.5.5 )
MC380f - TIME_TRX_DCS_HR_BUSY (Section 24.6.5.6 )
MC381 - TIME_TRX_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS (Section 24.6.5.7 )
MC390 - NB_TIMES_SDCCH_BUSY (110) (Section 24.4.2.19 )
MC400 - TIME_TRX_SDCCH_BUSY (Section 24.6.5.8 )
MC41b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_NO_TTCH (Section 24.2.7.1 )
MC448a - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_26_BadQualHR (Section 24.2.7.2 )
MC448b - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_27_GoodQualFR (Section 24.2.7.3 )
MC449 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_28_FastTraffic (Section 24.2.7.4 )
MC460a - NB_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO_PRESERVATION (Section 24.2.7.5 )
MC461 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_29_TFO (Section 24.2.7.6 )
MC462a - NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.7.7 )
MC462b - NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.7.8 )
MC462c - NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.7.9 )
MC463a - NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.7.10 )
MC463b - NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.7.11 )
MC463c - NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.7.12 )
MC480 - NB_TCH_HO_REQ_30_ReturnCSZone (Section 24.2.3.1 )
MC481 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_30_ReturnCSZone (Section 24.2.3.2 )
MC482 - NB_TCH_HO_REQ_30_ABORTED (Section 24.2.3.3 )
MC541 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_R_ABIS (Section 24.2.7.13 )
MC541a - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section
24.2.7.14 )
MC551 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section
24.2.7.15 )
MC555 - NB_INC_IDR_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section 24.2.2.3 )
MC561 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section
24.2.7.16 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 589 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC586a - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_10_TooLowLevUpInZone (Section 24.2.7.17 )

MC586b - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_11_TooLowLevDownInZone (Section 24.2.7.18
)
MC586c - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_13_TooHighLevUpDownOutZone (Section
24.2.7.19 )
MC607 - NB_SDCCH_HO_20_HighLevNeigCellForcDR (Section 24.2.4.2 )
MC612a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_NO_QUEUE (Section 24.3.12.18
)
MC612b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_FULL (Section
24.3.12.19 )
MC612c - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_T11_EXP (Section 24.3.12.20 )
MC612d - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_REJ (Section
24.3.12.21 )
MC621 - NB_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_EXEC_TRX (Section 24.3.5.5 )
MC642 - NB_INC_EXT_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.5.4 )
MC643 - NB_INC_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS (Section 24.2.5.5 )
MC645a - NB_OUT_EXT_REAL_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.5.6 )
MC646 - NB_OUT_EXT_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.5.7 )
MC647 - NB_OUT_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 24.2.5.8 )
MC648 - NB_OUT_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 24.2.5.9 )
MC650 - NB_OUT_EXT_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.5.10 )
MC652 - NB_INC_INT_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.5.11 )
MC653 - NB_INC_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS (Section 24.2.5.12 )
MC655a - NB_OUT_INT_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.5.13 )
MC656 - NB_OUT_INT_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.5.14 )
MC657 - NB_OUT_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 24.2.5.15 )
MC658 - NB_OUT_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 24.2.5.16 )
MC660 - NB_OUT_INT_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.5.17 )
MC662 - NB_INTRA_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.5.18 )
MC663 - NB_INTRA_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 24.2.5.19 )
MC667 - NB_INTRA_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 24.2.5.20 )
MC670 - NB_HO_2_TooLowQualUp (Section 24.2.5.21 )
MC671 - NB_HO_3_TooLowLevUp (Section 24.2.5.22 )
MC672 - NB_HO_4_TooLowQualDown (Section 24.2.5.23 )
MC673 - NB_HO_5_TooLowLevDown (Section 24.2.5.24 )
MC674 - NB_HO_6_TooLongDistance (Section 24.2.5.25 )
MC675 - NB_HO_MSC_TRIG (Section 24.2.5.26 )
MC676 - NB_HO_15_TooHighLevInterfUp (Section 24.2.5.27 )
MC677 - NB_HO_16_TooHighLevInterfDown (Section 24.2.5.28 )
MC678 - NB_HO_12_TooLowPowBudg (Section 24.2.5.29 )

590 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC679 - NB_HO_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand (Section 24.2.5.30 )

MC701a - NB_TCH_FR_REQ (Section 24.4.4.1 )
MC701b - NB_TCH_DR_REQ (Section 24.4.4.2 )
MC701c - NB_TCH_DR_EFR_REQ (Section 24.4.4.3 )
MC701d - NB_TCH_AMR_REQ (Section 24.4.4.4 )
MC701e - NB_TCH_DATA_REQ (Section 24.4.4.5 )
MC701f - NB_TCH_FR_EFR_REQ (Section 24.4.4.6 )
MC701g - NB_TCH_NO_FR_REQ (Section 24.4.4.7 )
MC702a - NB_TCH_NOR_FR_ALLOC (Section 24.4.4.8 )
MC702b - NB_TCH_NOR_HR_ALLOC (Section 24.4.4.9 )
MC702c - NB_TCH_NOR_EFR_ALLOC (Section 24.4.4.10 )
MC703 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ALLOC_TRX (Section 24.6.6.9 )
MC704a - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_FR_ALLOC (Section 24.4.4.11 )
MC704b - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_HR_ALLOC (Section 24.4.4.12 )
MC705 - NB_TCH_NOR_DATA_ALLOC (Section 24.4.4.13 )
MC706 - NB_EGSM_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU (Section 24.4.4.14 )
MC710 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_REQ_TRX (Section 24.2.7.20 )
MC711 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_TRX (Section 24.3.5.6 )
MC712 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_TRX (Section 24.3.5.7 )
MC713 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_REV_TRX (Section 24.3.5.8 )
MC714 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_NO_REV_TRX (Section 24.3.5.9 )
MC717a - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_TRX (Section 24.3.3.3 )
MC717b - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_TRX (Section 24.3.5.10 )
MC718 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_SUCC_TRX (Section 24.3.12.22 )
MC718a - NB_TCH_FR_ASS_COMP (Section 24.4.4.15 )
MC718b - NB_TCH_HR_ASS_COMP (Section 24.4.4.16 )
MC718c - NB_TCH_EFR_ASS_COMP (Section 24.4.4.17 )
MC718d - NB_TCH_FR_AMR_ASS_COMP (Section 24.4.4.18 )
MC718e - NB_TCH_HR_AMR_ASS_COMP (Section 24.4.4.19 )
MC718f - NB_TCH_AMR_WB_GMSK_ASS_COMP (Section 24.4.4.20 )
MC718g - NB_TCH_REP_FACCH_ASS_COMP (Section 24.3.8.1 )
MC718h - NB_TCH_REP_SACCH_ASS_COMP (Section 24.3.8.2 )
MC719a - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_NON_AMR (Section 24.3.3.4 )
MC719b - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_ALL_AMR (Section 24.3.3.5 )
MC719c - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_NON_AMR (Section 24.3.5.11 )
MC719d - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_ALL_AMR (Section 24.3.5.12 )
MC719e - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_NON_AMR (Section 24.3.5.13 )
MC719f - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_ALL_AMR (Section 24.3.5.14 )
MC719g - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC_NON_AMR (Section 24.3.5.15 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 591 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC719h - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC_ALL_AMR (Section 24.3.5.16 )

MC719i - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_RACCH (Section 24.3.5.17 )
MC719j - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_RACCH (Section 24.3.5.18 )
MC719k - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_RACCH (Section 24.3.5.19 )
MC719l - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC_RACCH (Section 24.3.5.20 )
MC736 - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF_TRX (Section 24.3.4.5 )
MC739 - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL_TRX (Section
24.3.4.6 )
MC746b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO_TRX (Section 24.3.12.23
)
MC785a - NB_HO_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell (Section 24.2.5.31 )
MC785d - NB_HO_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell (Section 24.2.5.32 )
MC785e - NB_HO_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell (Section 24.2.5.33 )
MC785f - NB_HO_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS (Section 24.2.5.34 )
MC800 - AV_NB_AVAIL_DYN_TS (Section 24.4.2.20 )
MC801a - AV_NB_BUSY_DYN_TCH (Section 24.4.2.21 )
MC801b - MAX_NB_BUSY_DYN_TCH (Section 24.4.2.22 )
MC802a - AV_NB_BUSY_DYN_SDCCH (Section 24.4.2.23 )
MC802b - MAX_NB_BUSY_DYN_SDCCH (Section 24.4.2.24 )
MC803 - TIME_SDCCH_CONGESTION (Section 24.4.2.25 )
MC804a - NB_UL_SINGLE_BLOCK_SIG_RACH (Section 24.6.5.9 )
MC804b - NB_UL_ONE_PHASE_SIG_RACH (Section 24.6.5.10 )
MC805a - NB_CHANNEL_ASSIGN_DL_AGCH (Section 24.6.5.11 )
MC805b - NB_CHANNEL_ASSIGN_DL_PCH (Section 24.6.5.12 )
MC81 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG (Section 24.2.4.3 )
MC812 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section
24.3.12.24 )
MC820 - NB_INC_EXT_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.5.35 )
MC821 - NB_INC_EXT_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.5.36 )
MC830 - NB_INC_INT_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.5.37 )
MC831 - NB_INC_INT_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.5.38 )
MC850 - NB_MULTIBAND_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU_CELL (Section
24.6.6.10 )
MC870 - NB_INTRA_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.5.39 )
MC871 - NB_INTRA_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.5.40 )
MC8a - NB_CELL_PAGING_CMD (Section 24.6.5.13 )
MC8b - NB_CELL_IMM_ASS_CMD (Section 24.6.5.14 )
MC8c - NB_CELL_CHAN_REQD (Section 24.6.5.15 )
MC8d - NB_CELL_IMM_ASS_REJ (Section 24.6.5.16 )
MC901 - NB_Suspend_Resume_req (Section 24.3.12.25 )

592 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC902 - Nb_Suspend_fail (Section 24.3.12.26 )

MC903 - Nb_Suspend_succ (Section 24.3.12.27 )
MC91 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG (Section 24.2.4.4 )
MC921a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_REQ_ABLE_TO_PREEMPT (Section
24.3.12.28 )
MC921b - NB_PREEMPT_CAP_ALLOC_SUCC (Section 24.3.12.29 )
MC921c - NB_PREEMPTED_CALLS (Section 24.3.12.30 )
MC921d - NB_PREEMPT_CAP_OUT_DR_ALLOC_SUCC (Section 24.3.12.31
)
MC921e - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_SUCC_PREEMPTABLE (Section
24.3.12.32 )
MC922a - NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.5.41 )
MC922b - NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.5.42 )
MC922c - NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACC (Section
24.2.5.43 )
MC922d - NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.5.44 )
MC922e - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_EMERGENCY_REQ (Section
24.2.7.21 )
MC922f - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.7.22 )
MC922g - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_PREP_FAIL_3GCONG (Section
24.2.3.4 )
MC922h - TIME_3G_HOReject_HL (Section 24.4.4.21 )
MC923a - NB_LCS_REQ (Section 24.3.7.1 )
MC923b - NB_LCS_SUCC (Section 24.3.7.2 )
MC923c - NB_LCS_FAIL_LB (Section 24.3.7.3 )
MC923d - NB_LCS_ABORT (Section 24.3.7.4 )
MC924a - TIME_SPDCH_LIMIT_HIGH_LOAD (Section 24.6.5.17 )
MC924b - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.7.23 )
MC924c - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.7.24 )
MC924d - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.7.25 )
MC924e - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 24.2.7.26 )
MC924f - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 24.2.7.27 )
MC924g - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_PREP_FAIL (Section 24.2.7.28 )
MC925a - NB_AGCH_USEFUL_BLOCKS_SENT (Section 24.6.5.18 )
MC925b - NB_PCH_USEFUL_BLOCKS_SENT (Section 24.6.5.19 )
MC925c - NB_BUSY_RACH_SLOTS (Section 24.6.5.20 )
MC925d - NB_CHANNEL_RQ_RADIO (Section 24.6.5.21 )
MC925e - NB_ASSIGN_CMD_RECEIVED_ABIS (Section 24.6.5.22 )
MC925f - NB_ASSIGN_CMD_DISCARDED (Section 24.6.5.23 )
MC925g - NB_PAGING_CMD_RECEIVED_ABIS (Section 24.6.5.24 )
MC925h - NB_PAGING_CMD_DISCARDED (Section 24.6.5.25 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 593 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC926 - TCH_BLOCKING_OCCURENCES_BSC (Section 24.6.2.1 )

MC927a - NB_DTM_UL_TCH_ASS_ATPT (Section 24.4.4.22 )
MC927b - NB_DTM_DL_TCH_ASS_ATPT (Section 24.4.4.23 )
MC927c - NB_DTM_UL_PACKET_ASS_ATPT (Section 24.4.4.24 )
MC927d - NB_DTM_DL_PACKET_ASS_ATPT (Section 24.4.4.25 )
MC927e - NB_DTM_UL_TCH_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO (Section 24.4.4.26 )
MC927f - NB_DTM_DL_TCH_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO (Section 24.4.4.27 )
MC928a - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_QUALITY_UL (Section
24.3.11.1 )
MC928b - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_LEVEL_UL (Section
24.3.11.2 )
MC928c - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_QUALITY_DL (Section
24.3.11.3 )
MC928d - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_LEVEL_DL (Section
24.3.11.4 )
MC928e - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LONG_MS_BS_DISTANCE
(Section 24.3.11.5 )
MC928f - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_SHORT_MS_BS_DISTANCE
(Section 24.3.11.6 )
MC928g - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_HIGH_INTERFERENCE_UPLINK
(Section 24.3.11.7 )
MC928h -
NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_HIGH_INTERFERENCE_DOWNLINK
(Section 24.3.11.8 )
MC928i - NB_TCH_DROP_OTHER_CAUSES (Section 24.3.11.9 )
MC930 - NB_ABIS_PAGING_MESSAGE_RECEIVED (Section 24.6.5.26 )
MC931 - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_ALLOC (Section 24.4.4.28 )
MC932 - NB_TCH_AMR_WB_GMSK_REQ (Section 24.4.4.29 )
MC933 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_PMIS (Section 24.3.12.33 )
MC934 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_PMIS (Section 24.2.7.29 )
MC935 - NB_CALL_TFO_AMR_WB (Section 24.3.10.2 )
MC936 - NB_HO_INTER_TFO_AMR_WB (Section 24.2.6.1 )
MC937 - NB_HO_EXT_TFO_AMR_WB (Section 24.2.6.2 )
MC938 - NB_CALL_TFO_AMR_NB (Section 24.3.10.3 )
MC939 - NB_HO_INTER_TFO_AMR_NB (Section 24.3.10.4 )
MC940 - NB_A_PAGING_MSG (Section 24.6.3.31 )
MC941 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_NRI_UNKNOWN (Section
24.6.4.1 )
MC942 - NB_LCS_RESET_TX (Section 24.3.7.5 )
MC943 - NB_LCS_RESET_RX (Section 24.3.7.6 )
MC950 - NB_HO_EXT_TFO_AMR_NB (Section 24.3.10.5 )
MC951 - NB_TCH_A5_3_REQ (Section 24.4.4.30 )

594 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC952 - NB_CIPHER_CMD_A5_3 (Section 24.4.4.31 )

MC953 - NB_SUCC_CIPHER_CMD_A5_3 (Section 24.4.4.32 )
MC954 - NB_TCH_A5_3_ASS (Section 24.4.4.33 )
MC955 - NB_TCH_A5_3_ASS_NO_TRX (Section 24.4.4.34 )
MC956 - NB_ASS_HO_CMD_A5_3_NO_TRX (Section 24.4.4.35 )
MC957 - TIME_TS_BUSY (Section 24.5.3.2 )
MC958 - TIME_PA_BIAS_ON (Section 24.5.3.3 )
MC959 - NB_PS_CHAN_REQD (Section 24.3.2.1 )
MC960 -
NB_DISCARDED_PS_CHAN_REQD_BECAUSE_GSL_CONGESTION
(Section 24.3.2.2 )
MC961 - NB_CELL_CS_PAGING_WITH_IMSI (Section 24.6.5.27 )
MC962 - NB_INVALID_CHAN_REQD_RECEIVED_BY_BSC (Section 24.3.2.3
)
MC963 -
NB_NON_PS_CHAN_REQD_DISCRADED_BECAUSE_CONGESTION
(Section 24.3.2.4 )
MC964 - NB_VALID_LOCATION_UPDATE_RECEIVED_BY_BSC (Section
24.3.2.5 )
MC965 - NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTRA_BSC_HO (Section 24.3.7.7 )
MC966 - NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTER_BSC_HO (Section 24.3.7.8 )
MC980 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_PAGING_RESPONSE_NRI (Section 24.6.4.2 )
MC981 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_IMSI_DETACH_IND_NRI (Section 24.6.4.3 )
MC982 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_RE_ESTABL_REQ_NRI (Section 24.6.4.4 )
MC983 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_IMSI_ATTACH_NRI (Section 24.6.4.5 )
MC984 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_LOC_UPD_NRI (Section 24.6.4.6 )
MC985a - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_SMS_NRI (Section 24.6.4.7 )
MC985b - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_SUP_SERV_NRI (Section
24.6.4.8 )
MC985c - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_CALL_EST_NRI (Section
24.6.4.9 )
MC985d - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_LOC_SERV_NRI (Section
24.6.4.10 )
MC985e - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_OTHERS_NRI (Section
24.6.4.11 )
MC990 - NB_MS_REPEATED_ACCH_CAPABLE (Section 24.3.8.3 )
MC991 - NB_CALLS_RFACCH_ACTIVATED (Section 24.3.8.4 )
MC992 - NB_CALLS_RSACCH_ACTIVATED (Section 24.3.8.5 )
MC993 - NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_RLF_TRX (Section 24.3.4.7 )
MC994 - NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_RLF_TRX_RSACCH (Section 24.3.4.8 )
MC995 - NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_TRX (Section 24.3.5.21 )
MC996 - NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_TRX_RFACCH (Section 24.3.5.22 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 595 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MN1.1 - TIME_N7_ALIGNED (Section 24.4.3.1 )

24.2 Handover
24.2.1 All Handover
MC101 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG (Section 24.2.4.1 )
MC1040 - NB_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover (Section 24.2.5.1 )
MC1044 - NB_HO_ATPT_24_gencapture (Section 24.2.5.2 )
MC1050 - NB_HO_22_TooShortDistance (Section 24.2.5.3 )
MC151 - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC (29) (Section 24.2.2.1 )
MC153 - NB_INC_IDR_REQ (Section 24.2.2.2 )
MC41b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_NO_TTCH (Section 24.2.7.1 )
MC448a - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_26_BadQualHR (Section 24.2.7.2 )
MC448b - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_27_GoodQualFR (Section 24.2.7.3 )
MC449 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_28_FastTraffic (Section 24.2.7.4 )
MC460a - NB_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO_PRESERVATION (Section 24.2.7.5 )
MC461 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_29_TFO (Section 24.2.7.6 )
MC462a - NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.7.7 )
MC462b - NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.7.8 )
MC462c - NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.7.9 )
MC463a - NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.7.10 )
MC463b - NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.7.11 )
MC463c - NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.7.12 )
MC480 - NB_TCH_HO_REQ_30_ReturnCSZone (Section 24.2.3.1 )
MC481 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_30_ReturnCSZone (Section 24.2.3.2 )
MC482 - NB_TCH_HO_REQ_30_ABORTED (Section 24.2.3.3 )
MC541 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_R_ABIS (Section 24.2.7.13 )
MC541a - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section
24.2.7.14 )
MC551 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section
24.2.7.15 )
MC555 - NB_INC_IDR_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section 24.2.2.3 )
MC561 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section
24.2.7.16 )
MC586a - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_10_TooLowLevUpInZone (Section 24.2.7.17 )
MC586b - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_11_TooLowLevDownInZone (Section 24.2.7.18
)
MC586c - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_13_TooHighLevUpDownOutZone (Section
24.2.7.19 )
MC607 - NB_SDCCH_HO_20_HighLevNeigCellForcDR (Section 24.2.4.2 )
MC642 - NB_INC_EXT_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.5.4 )

596 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC643 - NB_INC_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS (Section 24.2.5.5 )

MC645a - NB_OUT_EXT_REAL_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.5.6 )
MC646 - NB_OUT_EXT_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.5.7 )
MC647 - NB_OUT_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 24.2.5.8 )
MC648 - NB_OUT_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 24.2.5.9 )
MC650 - NB_OUT_EXT_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.5.10 )
MC652 - NB_INC_INT_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.5.11 )
MC653 - NB_INC_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS (Section 24.2.5.12 )
MC655a - NB_OUT_INT_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.5.13 )
MC656 - NB_OUT_INT_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.5.14 )
MC657 - NB_OUT_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 24.2.5.15 )
MC658 - NB_OUT_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 24.2.5.16 )
MC660 - NB_OUT_INT_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.5.17 )
MC662 - NB_INTRA_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.5.18 )
MC663 - NB_INTRA_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 24.2.5.19 )
MC667 - NB_INTRA_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 24.2.5.20 )
MC670 - NB_HO_2_TooLowQualUp (Section 24.2.5.21 )
MC671 - NB_HO_3_TooLowLevUp (Section 24.2.5.22 )
MC672 - NB_HO_4_TooLowQualDown (Section 24.2.5.23 )
MC673 - NB_HO_5_TooLowLevDown (Section 24.2.5.24 )
MC674 - NB_HO_6_TooLongDistance (Section 24.2.5.25 )
MC675 - NB_HO_MSC_TRIG (Section 24.2.5.26 )
MC676 - NB_HO_15_TooHighLevInterfUp (Section 24.2.5.27 )
MC677 - NB_HO_16_TooHighLevInterfDown (Section 24.2.5.28 )
MC678 - NB_HO_12_TooLowPowBudg (Section 24.2.5.29 )
MC679 - NB_HO_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand (Section 24.2.5.30 )
MC710 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_REQ_TRX (Section 24.2.7.20 )
MC785a - NB_HO_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell (Section 24.2.5.31 )
MC785d - NB_HO_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell (Section 24.2.5.32 )
MC785e - NB_HO_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell (Section 24.2.5.33 )
MC785f - NB_HO_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS (Section 24.2.5.34 )
MC81 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG (Section 24.2.4.3 )
MC820 - NB_INC_EXT_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.5.35 )
MC821 - NB_INC_EXT_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.5.36 )
MC830 - NB_INC_INT_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.5.37 )
MC831 - NB_INC_INT_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.5.38 )
MC870 - NB_INTRA_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.5.39 )
MC871 - NB_INTRA_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.5.40 )
MC91 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG (Section 24.2.4.4 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 597 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC922a - NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.5.41 )

MC922b - NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.5.42 )
MC922c - NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACC (Section
24.2.5.43 )
MC922d - NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.5.44 )
MC922e - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_EMERGENCY_REQ (Section
24.2.7.21 )
MC922f - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.7.22 )
MC922g - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_PREP_FAIL_3GCONG (Section
24.2.3.4 )
MC924b - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_REQ (Section 24.2.7.23 )
MC924c - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_SUCC (Section 24.2.7.24 )
MC924d - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_ATPT (Section 24.2.7.25 )
MC924e - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV (Section 24.2.7.26 )
MC924f - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV (Section 24.2.7.27 )
MC924g - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_PREP_FAIL (Section 24.2.7.28 )
MC934 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_PMIS (Section 24.2.7.29 )
MC936 - NB_HO_INTER_TFO_AMR_WB (Section 24.2.6.1 )
MC937 - NB_HO_EXT_TFO_AMR_WB (Section 24.2.6.2 )

24.2.2 Directed Retry

24.2.2.1 MC151 - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC (29)

Long Name NB_INC_IDR_SUCC (29)

Definition Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal, towards a TCH
channel in HR or FR usage) successes.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMPLETE is received from the MS via the
target cell, for a forced or internal internal directed retry procedure.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Incoming

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

598 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.2.2 MC153 - NB_INC_IDR_REQ

Long Name NB_INC_IDR_REQ

Definition MC153=C153, Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal)

requests. The target TCH channel can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for handover procedure selects the
target cell for forced or normal internal directed retry.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Incoming

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 599 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.2.3 MC555 - NB_INC_IDR_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Long Name NB_INC_IDR_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Definition Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal) -preparation

failures due to congestion (on Air or A-bis interface). The target TCH channel
can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever there are no free TCH in the target cell during a forced or normal
internal directed retry.
2) Whenever no TCH resource is available on A-bis interface for a forced or
normal internal directed retry. (not valid in B7).
Note 1: In MX BSC, this counter is incremented whenever a TCH cannot be
not allocated due to the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit
defined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, MC926 is also
incremented by one.
Note 2: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:
- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;
- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by
the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Incoming

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Abis Dynamic Mapping

600 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.3 Resource Allocation & Management

24.2.3.1 MC480 - NB_TCH_HO_REQ_30_ReturnCSZone

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_REQ_30_ReturnCSZone

Definition Number of TCH intracell HO cause 30 requests

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC detects that a TCH needs to be moved from PS zone to
CS zone, I.e. whenever at MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT calculation time, the BSC
detects that 1 TCH is allocated in both MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT zone and the non
pre-emptable PS zone and EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO = Enabled.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Autonomous Packet Resource Allocation (RAE-4)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 601 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.3.2 MC481 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_30_ReturnCSZone

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_30_ReturnCSZone

Definition Number of TCH intracell HO cause 30 attempts.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 Assignment Command is sent to the MS for a TCH HO
cause 30.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Autonomous Packet Resource Allocation (RAE-4)

602 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.3.3 MC482 - NB_TCH_HO_REQ_30_ABORTED

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_REQ_30_ABORTED

Definition Number of TCH intra-cell HO cause 30 requests avoided because the HO

Cause 30 delay is stopped due to a Dedicated to DTM transition with no TCH
reallocation.

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC receives a Radio Resource Usage Indication message from
the MFS with a radio timeslot usage changed from (allocated for TCH for DTM,
not used for PS) to (allocated for TCH for DTM, used for PS) while a HO cause
delay is running for this radio timeslot, then the counter is incremented by 1.
This is the case of a DTM Assignment with no TCH reallocation occurring before
a HO cause 30 request is triggered.
This counter is significant only if (EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO = Enabled) and
(N_DELAYED_HO_CAUSE30 <> 0) for the corresponding cell.
By definition the counter does not take into account abnormal events (e.g
GPRS stop/reset and cell/TRX reset), nor CS call releases (e.g reception of
Assignment Complete for the new TCH, which corresponds to the case of a
DTM Assignment with TCH reallocation).

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Avoid ping-pong between CS and PS zones for DTM MS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 603 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.3.4 MC922g - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_PREP_FAIL_3GCONG

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_PREP_FAIL_3GCONG

Definition Number of 3G to 2G TCH hand over failures in preparation phase due to 3G

high load in the target cell.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message is sent to the MSC with
cause "no radio resource available" for a TCH HO request coming from 3G, due
to 3G high load in the target cell. This counter shall be incremented only if
THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT < 100%.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name 2G/3G inter-operability

604 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.4 SDCCH
24.2.4.1 MC101 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG

Long Name NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG

Definition MC101=C101, Number of intra-cell SDCCH handover -preparation failures due

to congestion.

Trigger condition Whenever a internal intra-cell SDCCH handover cannot be performed, because
there is no free SDCCH Sub-channel to allocate the handover to.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 605 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.4.2 MC607 - NB_SDCCH_HO_20_HighLevNeigCellForcDR

Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_20_HighLevNeigCellForcDR

Definition MC607=C607, Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover

attempts with cause 20: "forced directed retry". This counter is related to a
forced directed retry (internal or external).

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 20.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

606 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.4.3 MC81 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG

Definition MC81=C81, Number of incoming external SDCCH handover -preparation

failures due to congestion.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of "no
radio resource available" is sent on A interface from the target BSC to the MSC
during an external SDCCH handover.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 607 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.4.4 MC91 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG

Long Name NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG

Definition MC91=C91, Number of incoming internal inter-cell SDCCH handover

-preparation failures due to congestion.

Trigger condition Whenever a internal inter-cell SDCCH handover cannot be performed, because
there is no free SDCCH Sub-channel to allocate the handover to.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

608 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5 SDCCH+TCH
24.2.5.1 MC1040 - NB_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover

Long Name NB_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover

Definition MC1040=C440+C445

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 609 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.2 MC1044 - NB_HO_ATPT_24_gencapture

Long Name NB_HO_ATPT_24_gencapture

Definition MC1044=C444+C446

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

610 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.3 MC1050 - NB_HO_22_TooShortDistance

Long Name NB_HO_22_TooShortDistance

Definition MC1050=C450+C454

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 611 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.4 MC642 - NB_INC_EXT_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_HO_SUCC

Definition MC642=C42+C82

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

612 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.5 MC643 - NB_INC_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS

Definition MC643=C43+C83

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 613 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.6 MC645a - NB_OUT_EXT_REAL_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_REAL_HO_REQ

Definition MC645a = C45a + C85a

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED message with the cell
identification discriminator set to a value identifying a GSM handover is sent
on A interface from the serving cell to the MSC for a TCH handover (C45a)
or an SDCCH handover (C85a) towards a 2G cell. If more than one 48.008
HANDOVER REQUIRED is sent in the frame of the same Handover procedure,
the respective counter is incremented only once.
48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED is sent in following situations:
1) An external handover alarm has been raised, with corresponding list of
candidate cells.
2) The list of candidate cells for the current alarm has been updated.

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

614 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.7 MC646 - NB_OUT_EXT_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_HO_SUCC

Definition MC646=C46+C86

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 615 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.8 MC647 - NB_OUT_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Definition MC647=C47+C87

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

616 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.9 MC648 - NB_OUT_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Definition MC648=C48+C88

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 617 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.10 MC650 - NB_OUT_EXT_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_HO_ATPT

Definition MC650=C50+C90

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

618 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.11 MC652 - NB_INC_INT_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_INC_INT_HO_SUCC

Definition MC652=C52+C92

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 619 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.12 MC653 - NB_INC_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS

Long Name NB_INC_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS

Definition MC653=C53+C93

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

620 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.13 MC655a - NB_OUT_INT_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_HO_REQ

Definition MC655a=C55a+C95a

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 621 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.14 MC656 - NB_OUT_INT_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_HO_SUCC

Definition MC656=C56+C96

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

622 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.15 MC657 - NB_OUT_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Definition MC657=C57+C97

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 623 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.16 MC658 - NB_OUT_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Definition MC658=C58+C98

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

624 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.17 MC660 - NB_OUT_INT_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_OUT_INT_HO_ATPT

Definition MC660=C60+C100

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 625 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.18 MC662 - NB_INTRA_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_INTRA_HO_SUCC

Definition MC662=C62+C102

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

626 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.19 MC663 - NB_INTRA_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Long Name NB_INTRA_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Definition MC663=C63+C103

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 627 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.20 MC667 - NB_INTRA_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Long Name NB_INTRA_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Definition MC667=C67+C107

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

628 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.21 MC670 - NB_HO_2_TooLowQualUp

Long Name NB_HO_2_TooLowQualUp

Definition MC670=C470+C510

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 629 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.22 MC671 - NB_HO_3_TooLowLevUp

Long Name NB_HO_3_TooLowLevUp

Definition MC671=C471+C511

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

630 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.23 MC672 - NB_HO_4_TooLowQualDown

Long Name NB_HO_4_TooLowQualDown

Definition MC672=C472+C512

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 631 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.24 MC673 - NB_HO_5_TooLowLevDown

Long Name NB_HO_5_TooLowLevDown

Definition MC673=C473+C513

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

632 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.25 MC674 - NB_HO_6_TooLongDistance

Long Name NB_HO_6_TooLongDistance

Definition MC674=C474+C514

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 633 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.26 MC675 - NB_HO_MSC_TRIG

Long Name NB_HO_MSC_TRIG

Definition MC675=C75+C115

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

634 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.27 MC676 - NB_HO_15_TooHighLevInterfUp

Long Name NB_HO_15_TooHighLevInterfUp

Definition MC676=C476+C516

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 635 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.28 MC677 - NB_HO_16_TooHighLevInterfDown

Long Name NB_HO_16_TooHighLevInterfDown

Definition MC677=C477+C517

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

636 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.29 MC678 - NB_HO_12_TooLowPowBudg

Long Name NB_HO_12_TooLowPowBudg

Definition MC678=C478+C518

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 637 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.30 MC679 - NB_HO_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand

Long Name NB_HO_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand

Definition MC679=C479+C519

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

638 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.31 MC785a - NB_HO_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell

Long Name NB_HO_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell

Definition MC785a=C585a+C605a

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 639 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.32 MC785d - NB_HO_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell

Long Name NB_HO_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell

Definition MC785d=C585d+C605d

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

640 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.33 MC785e - NB_HO_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell

Long Name NB_HO_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell

Definition MC785e=C585e+C605e

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 641 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.34 MC785f - NB_HO_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS

Long Name NB_HO_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS

Definition MC785f=C585f+C605f

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

642 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.35 MC820 - NB_INC_EXT_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_HO_REQ

Definition MC820=C220+C310

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 643 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.36 MC821 - NB_INC_EXT_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_HO_ATPT

Definition MC821=C221+C311

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

644 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.37 MC830 - NB_INC_INT_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_INC_INT_HO_REQ

Definition MC830=C230+C330

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 645 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.38 MC831 - NB_INC_INT_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_INC_INT_HO_ATPT

Definition MC831=C231+C331

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

646 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.39 MC870 - NB_INTRA_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_INTRA_HO_REQ

Definition MC870=C270+C360

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 647 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.40 MC871 - NB_INTRA_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_INTRA_HO_ATPT

Definition MC871=C271+C361

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

648 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.41 MC922a - NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_REQ

Definition Number of incoming external SDCCH and TCH HO requests from a UMTS
system.

Trigger condition 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST received by the BSC for an SDCCH or TCH
external handover towards the target cell. Only handovers from a UMTS system
shall be taken into account (if the field Cell Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell
Identifier (serving) of the 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set to ’1011’),

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 649 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.42 MC922b - NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of incoming external SDCCH and TCH HO successes from a UMTS
system.

Trigger condition 44.018HANDOVER_COMPLETE message received from the MS. Only

handovers from a UMTS system shall be taken into account (if the field Cell
Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the corresponding
48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set to 1011).

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

650 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.43 MC922c - NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACC

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACC

Definition Number of incoming external TCH and SDCCH UMTS to GSM HO execution
failures due to MS access problem, with or without reversion of the mobile to
the old channel.

Trigger condition 1) Reception of 48.058CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION (cause=

"handover access failure") for a HO from a UMTS system.
2) Reception of 48.008CLEAR COMMAND (cause= "radio interface failure,
reversion to old channel") for a HO from a UMTS system. Handovers from a
UMTS system are identified as follows: the field Cell Identifier discriminator in
the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set
to ’1011’)

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 651 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.5.44 MC922d - NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of incoming external SDCCH and TCH HO attempts from a UMTS
system.

Trigger condition Whenever 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent by the target BSC
containing the 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND towards the target cell.
Only handovers from a UMTS system shall be taken into account (if the field Cell
Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the corresponding
48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set to ’1011’).

Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

652 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.6 Speech
24.2.6.1 MC936 - NB_HO_INTER_TFO_AMR_WB

Long Name NB_HO_INTER_TFO_AMR_WB

Definition Number of TCH assigned using AMR-WB for which TFO has been successfully
established after an inter cell handover

Trigger condition For each assigned TCH further to an inter cell handover, the counter is
incremented the first time a 48.058 TFO REPORT message is received by the
BSC, indicating that TFO is established (i.e. TFO = 1 in the TFO Status IE) and
the used codec is an AMR WB one (i.e. FR sv5).
Note 1: This counter shall be incremented only once per assigned TCH (i.e. the
first time it is received for the assigned TCH).
Note 2: This means that the counter is incremented only if the TCH is assigned
to serve an incoming inter-cell handover.

Sub Domain 1 Speech

Sub Domain 2 TFO

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of TFO on NB-AMR

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 653 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.6.2 MC937 - NB_HO_EXT_TFO_AMR_WB

Long Name NB_HO_EXT_TFO_AMR_WB

Definition Number of TCH assigned using AMR-WB for which TFO has been successfully
established after an external handover

Trigger condition For each assigned TCH further to an external handover, the counter is
incremented the first time a 48.058 TFO REPORT message is received by the
BSC, indicating that TFO is established (i.e. TFO = 1 in the TFO Status IE) and
the used codec is an AMR WB one (i.e. FR sv5).
Note 1: This counter shall be incremented only once per assigned TCH (i.e. the
first time it is received for the assigned TCH).
Note 2: This means that the counter is incremented only if the TCH is assigned
to serve an incoming iexternal handover.

Sub Domain 1 Speech

Sub Domain 2 TFO

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of TFO on NB-AMR

654 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7 TCH
24.2.7.1 MC41b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_NO_TTCH

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_NO_TTCH

Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparation

failures due to A-traffic-channel status mismatch between the BSC and the MSC.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of
"requested terrestrial resource unavailable" is sent on A interface from the target
BSC to the MSC.
2) Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of
"terrestrial circuit already allocated" is sent on A interface from the target BSC to
the MSC.
3) Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of
"BSS not equipped" is sent on A interface from the target BSC to the MSC.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 655 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.2 MC448a - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_26_BadQualHR

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_26_BadQualHR

Definition Number of intracell handover attempts, with the cause 26: "HR to FR channel
adaptation due to bad radio quality" on a TCH channel.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 26 on TCH.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Introduction of AMR (NB-AMR)

656 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.3 MC448b - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_27_GoodQualFR

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_27_GoodQualFR

Definition Number of intracell handover attempts, with the cause 27: "FR to HR channel
adaptation due to good radio quality" on a TCH channel.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 27 on TCH.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Introduction of AMR (NB-AMR)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 657 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.4 MC449 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_28_FastTraffic

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_28_FastTraffic

Definition Number of handover attempts, with the cause 28 (Fast Traffic Handover).

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 28 on TCH. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Instantaneous Peaks Management

658 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.5 MC460a - NB_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO_PRESERVATION

Long Name NB_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO_PRESERVATION

Definition Number of high priority TCH requests served when

1) the number of free TCH timeslots is less than or equal to
NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO and,
2) the queue for this cell is not empty.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented on the serving cell whenever the 48.058 CHANNEL
ACTIVATION message allocating a TCH channel is sent and the following two
conditions are both fulfilled:
1) the TCH is allocated to serve i) an internal handover Cause 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10,
11, 12, 15, 16, 17, 18, 22, 27, or, ii) an external handover Cause "Uplink quality",
"Uplink strength", "Downlink quality", "Downlink strength", "Distance", or iii) a
normal assignment or an external handover with the preemption indicator set
(i.e. Preemption Capability Indicator = 1 and EN_TCH_PREEMPT = Enable).
2) the number of free TCH timeslots is less than or equal to
NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO and there is at least one request queued for this cell.

Note 1: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Note 2: The HMI name of the parameter NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO is
"NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO".

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 659 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.6 MC461 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_29_TFO

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_29_TFO

Definition Number of intra-cell handover - attempts, with the cause 29 (TFO mismatch
resolution, TFO optimisation).
MC461 = C461

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 29 on TCH.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of TFO (Tandem Free Operation)

660 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.7 MC462a - NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_REQ

Definition Number of inter-PLMN TCH outgoing handover or directed retry requests. This
counter takes into account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED message with the cell
identification discriminator set to a value identifying a GSM handover is sent to
the MSC on A interface for an external TCH handover or an external directed
retry triggered towards a 2G cell belonging to a PLMN different from the PLMN
of the serving cell.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 661 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.8 MC462b - NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of inter-PLMN TCH outgoing handover or directed retry attempts. This
counter takes into account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent to the MS on

Abis interface for an external TCH handover or an external directed retry
triggered towards a 2G cell belonging to a PLMN different from the PLMN of
the serving cell.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

662 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.9 MC462c - NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of inter-PLMN TCH outgoing handover or directed retry successes.

This counter takes into account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition External handover or directed retry towards a 2G cell belonging to a PLMN
different from the PLMN of the serving cell in the following cases:
1/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND message with Cause "Handover successful" is
received from the MSC.
2/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "normal event/call control") received
while T8 is running.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 663 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.10 MC463a - NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_REQ

Definition Number of inter-PLMN TCH incoming handover or directed retry requests

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST message is received from the
MSC on A interface for an external TCH handover or an external directed retry
triggered towards the target cell from a serving cell belonging to a PLMN
different from the PLMN of the target cell.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

664 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.11 MC463b - NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of inter-PLMN TCH incoming handover or directed retry attempts

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST ACK message is sent by the target
BSC containing the 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message for an external
TCH handover or an external directed retry triggered towards the target cell from
a serving cell belonging to a PLMN different from the PLMN of the target cell.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 665 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.12 MC463c - NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of inter-PLMN TCH incoming handover or directed retry successes

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received from the
MS on Abis interface for an external TCH handover or an external directed
retry triggered towards the target cell from a serving cell belonging to a PLMN
different from the PLMN of the target cell.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

666 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.13 MC541 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_R_ABIS

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_R_ABIS

Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparation

failures due to congestion (C541a), or A-traffic-channel status mismatch
between the BSC and the MSC (C41b).

Trigger condition Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Abis Dynamic Mapping

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 667 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.14 MC541a - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparation

failures due to congestion.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of "no
radio resource available" is sent on A interface from the target BSC to the MSC
during an external TCH handover.
Note 1: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Note 2: In MX BSC, this counter is incremented whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER
FAILURE message with a cause value of "no radio resource available" is sent
due to the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit defined by the
MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, MC926 is also incremented by
one.
Note 3: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:
- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;
- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by
the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

668 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.15 MC551 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Long Name NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Definition Number of incoming internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover

-preparation failures due to congestion.

Trigger condition Whenever an internal inter-cell TCH handover cannot be performed, because
the target cell is congested (no free TCH channel).
Note 1: In MX BSC, this counter is incremented whenever an internal inter-cell
TCH handover cannot be performed due to the TCH processing capacity of CCP
reaches the limit defined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case,
MC926 is also incremented by one.
Note 2: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:
- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;
- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by
the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 669 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.16 MC561 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Definition Number of intra-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparation failures

due to congestion. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in
traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into account DTM Assignments.

Trigger condition Whenever a internal intra-cell TCH handover cannot be performed, because
there is no free TCH channel to serve the handover.
Note 1: In MX BSC, this counter is incremented whenever an intra-cell TCH
handover cannot be performed due to the TCH processing capacity of CCP
reaches the limit defined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case,
MC926 is also incremented by one.
Note 2: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:
- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;
- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by
the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Intra

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Abis Dynamic Mapping

670 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.17 MC586a - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_10_TooLowLevUpInZone

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_10_TooLowLevUpInZone

Definition Number of intra-cell handover attempts, with cause 10 "Inner zone uplink level
too low" on TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter is related to
concentric cell environment.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 10.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 671 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.18 MC586b - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_11_TooLowLevDownInZone

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_11_TooLowLevDownInZone

Definition Number of intra-cell handover attempts, with cause 11: "Inner zone downlink
level too low" on TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter is related to
concentric cell environment.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 11.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

672 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.19 MC586c - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_13_TooHighLevUpDownOutZone

Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_13_TooHighLevUpDownOutZone

Definition Number of intra-cell handover attempts, with cause 13: "Outer zone uplink and
downlink levels too high" on TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter is
related to concentric cell environment.

Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTS
because of cause 13.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Cause

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 673 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.20 MC710 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_REQ_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_REQ_TRX

Definition Nb of TCH outgoing handover requests, per TRX. Intracell, internal intercell
and external handovers are counted together. This counter takes into account
handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into account
DTM Assignments.
MC710 = C710

Trigger condition 1) Intracell HO: Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover
procedure starts an intra cell TCH handover procedure.
2) Internal intercell HO: Whenever the BSC process responsible for the
handover procedure selects a target cell (among a list of target cells) for internal
inter cell TCH handover.
3) External HO: Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED message is sent
on A interface to the MSC. If more than one 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED is
sent in the frame of the same Handover procedure, the counter is incremented
only once.
48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED is sent in following situations:
1) An external handover alarm has been raised, with corresponding list of
candidate cells.
2) The list of candidate cells for the current alarm has been updated.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

674 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.21 MC922e - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_EMERGENCY_REQ

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_EMERGENCY_REQ

Definition Number of incoming 3G to 2G external inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)

handover requests, with emergency cause.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is received for a TCH with a SAI
in the source cell identifier and indicating an emergency cause (uplink quality,
uplink strength, downlink quality, downlink strength, distance).

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name 2G/3G inter-operability

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 675 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.22 MC922f - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_REQ

Definition Number of incoming 3G to 2G external inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)

handover requests.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is received for a TCH with a SAI in
the source cell identifier

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name 2G/3G inter-operability

676 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.23 MC924b - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_REQ

Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover requests to a

3G cell.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED message is sent on A interface to

the MSC for a TCH handover to a 3G FDD cell.
48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED is sent in following situations :
1) An external handover alarm has been raised, with corresponding list of
candidate cells including a 3G cell.
2) The list of candidate cells for the current alarm has been updated.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name 2G/3G inter-operability

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 677 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.24 MC924c - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successes

to a 3G cell.

Trigger condition External TCH handover to a 3G cell, in the following cases:

1/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND message with a cause value of "handover
successful" is received on A interface on the serving BSC from the MSC.
2/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "normal event/call control") received
while T3121 is running.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name 2G/3G inter-operability

678 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.25 MC924d - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover attempts to a

3G cell.

Trigger condition Whenever the 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent on Abis
interface on the serving channel, during an external TCH handover procedure to
a 3G cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name 2G/3G inter-operability

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 679 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.26 MC924e - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV

Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover execution

failures to a 3G cell due to MS access problem without reversion of the mobile
to the old channel (call drop).

Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure on the serving cell
(T3121), expires during an external TCH handover to a 3G cell, except if a
48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with "normal event/call control" cause was received
from the MSC, leading to a normal call release. In such a case, the handover is
considered as successful.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name 2G/3G inter-operability

680 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.27 MC924f - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Long Name NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV

Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -execution

failures to a 3G cell due to MS access problem with reversion of the mobile to
the old channel.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE message is received on Abis

interface from the serving cell , during an external TCH handover to a 3G cell.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name 2G/3G inter-operability

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 681 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.28 MC924g - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_PREP_FAIL

Long Name NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_PREP_FAIL

Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover -preparation failures to a 3G cell.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED REJECT is received from the
MSC by the serving BSC for an outgoing external TCH HO to a 3G cell.
Note : the counter will be incremented for external TCH HO if and only if the
parameter RESP_REQ is set to 1.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name 2G/3G inter-operability

682 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.2.7.29 MC934 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_PMIS

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_PMIS

Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparation

failures due to A interface mismatch between the BSC and the MSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of
"circuit pool mismatch" is sent on A interface from the target BSC to the MSC.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover event

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 Incoming External

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name AMR WB speech codec GMSK

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 683 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3 Quality of Service

24.3.1 All Quality of Service
MC01 - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MT (Section 24.3.12.1 )
MC02 - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO (Section 24.3.12.2 )
MC02a - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LOC_UPD (Section 24.3.12.3 )
MC02b - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SMS (Section 24.3.12.4 )
MC02c - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SUP_SERV (Section 24.3.12.5 )
MC02d - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_FOLLOW_ON (Section 24.3.12.6 )
MC02e - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CM_REEST (Section 24.3.12.7 )
MC02f - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_L3INFO_UNKNOW (Section 24.3.12.8 )
MC02g - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_IMSI_DETACH (Section 24.3.12.9 )
MC02h - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CALL_EST (Section 24.3.12.10 )
MC02i - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LCS (Section 24.3.12.11 )
MC03 - NB_OUT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 24.3.5.1 )
MC04 - NB_IMM_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG (Section 24.3.12.12 )
MC07 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_OUT_HO (Section 24.3.5.2 )
MC10 - NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_SUCC (Section 24.3.5.3 )
MC1113a - NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_NSS_Asig_IP (Section 24.3.6.1 )
MC1113b - NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_BSS_Asig_IP (Section 24.3.6.2 )
MC1204 - NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_NRI (Section 24.3.6.3 )
MC1205 - NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_IMSI (Section 24.3.6.4 )
MC1206 - NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_LB (Section 24.3.6.5 )
MC1207 - NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_STORED (Section 24.3.6.6 )
MC1307 - NB_ENH_RELOC_REQ_IURG (Section 24.3.6.7 )
MC1308 - NB_ENH_RELOC_RESP_IURG (Section 24.3.6.8 )
MC1309 - NB_ENH_RELOC_FAIL_IURG (Section 24.3.6.9 )
MC137 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB (Section 24.3.4.1 )
MC138 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF (Section 24.3.4.2 )
MC140a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_REQ (Section 24.3.12.13 )
MC140b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ATPT (Section 24.3.12.14 )
MC142e - NB_OUT_IDR_SUCC (Section 24.3.3.1 )
MC142f - NB_OUT_EDR_SUCC (Section 24.3.3.2 )
MC149 - NB_IMM_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO (Section 24.3.12.15 )
MC14a - NB_TCH_DROP_HO_PREP_EXEC_FAIL_BSS_PB (Section 24.3.5.4
)
MC14c - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB (Section 24.3.4.3 )
MC161 - NB_DTAP_NOR_ASS_SUCC (Section 24.3.12.16 )
MC162 - NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS (Section 24.3.4.4 )

684 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC170 - NB_CALL_TFO (Section 24.3.10.1 )

MC182 - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_EST_PHAS (Section 24.3.6.10 )
MC19 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_PREP_FAIL_ACHAN_MIS (110) (Section
24.3.12.17 )
MC191 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SDCCH (Section 24.3.9.1 )
MC196 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_SUCC (Section 24.3.9.2 )
MC197 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_FAIL (Section 24.3.9.3 )
MC612a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_NO_QUEUE (Section 24.3.12.18
)
MC612b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_FULL (Section
24.3.12.19 )
MC612c - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_T11_EXP (Section 24.3.12.20 )
MC612d - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_REJ (Section
24.3.12.21 )
MC621 - NB_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_EXEC_TRX (Section 24.3.5.5 )
MC711 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_TRX (Section 24.3.5.6 )
MC712 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_TRX (Section 24.3.5.7 )
MC713 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_REV_TRX (Section 24.3.5.8 )
MC714 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_NO_REV_TRX (Section 24.3.5.9 )
MC717a - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_TRX (Section 24.3.3.3 )
MC717b - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_TRX (Section 24.3.5.10 )
MC718 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_SUCC_TRX (Section 24.3.12.22 )
MC718g - NB_TCH_REP_FACCH_ASS_COMP (Section 24.3.8.1 )
MC718h - NB_TCH_REP_SACCH_ASS_COMP (Section 24.3.8.2 )
MC719a - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_NON_AMR (Section 24.3.3.4 )
MC719b - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_ALL_AMR (Section 24.3.3.5 )
MC719c - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_NON_AMR (Section 24.3.5.11 )
MC719d - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_ALL_AMR (Section 24.3.5.12 )
MC719e - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_NON_AMR (Section 24.3.5.13 )
MC719f - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_ALL_AMR (Section 24.3.5.14 )
MC719g - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC_NON_AMR (Section 24.3.5.15 )
MC719h - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC_ALL_AMR (Section 24.3.5.16 )
MC719i - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_RACCH (Section 24.3.5.17 )
MC719j - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_RACCH (Section 24.3.5.18 )
MC719k - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_RACCH (Section 24.3.5.19 )
MC719l - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC_RACCH (Section 24.3.5.20 )
MC736 - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF_TRX (Section 24.3.4.5 )
MC739 - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL_TRX (Section
24.3.4.6 )
MC746b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO_TRX (Section 24.3.12.23
)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 685 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC812 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS (Section

24.3.12.24 )
MC901 - NB_Suspend_Resume_req (Section 24.3.12.25 )
MC902 - Nb_Suspend_fail (Section 24.3.12.26 )
MC903 - Nb_Suspend_succ (Section 24.3.12.27 )
MC921a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_REQ_ABLE_TO_PREEMPT (Section
24.3.12.28 )
MC921b - NB_PREEMPT_CAP_ALLOC_SUCC (Section 24.3.12.29 )
MC921c - NB_PREEMPTED_CALLS (Section 24.3.12.30 )
MC921d - NB_PREEMPT_CAP_OUT_DR_ALLOC_SUCC (Section 24.3.12.31
)
MC921e - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_SUCC_PREEMPTABLE (Section
24.3.12.32 )
MC923a - NB_LCS_REQ (Section 24.3.7.1 )
MC923b - NB_LCS_SUCC (Section 24.3.7.2 )
MC923c - NB_LCS_FAIL_LB (Section 24.3.7.3 )
MC923d - NB_LCS_ABORT (Section 24.3.7.4 )
MC928a - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_QUALITY_UL (Section
24.3.11.1 )
MC928b - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_LEVEL_UL (Section
24.3.11.2 )
MC928c - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_QUALITY_DL (Section
24.3.11.3 )
MC928d - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_LEVEL_DL (Section
24.3.11.4 )
MC928e - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LONG_MS_BS_DISTANCE
(Section 24.3.11.5 )
MC928f - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_SHORT_MS_BS_DISTANCE
(Section 24.3.11.6 )
MC928g - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_HIGH_INTERFERENCE_UPLINK
(Section 24.3.11.7 )
MC928h -
NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_HIGH_INTERFERENCE_DOWNLINK
(Section 24.3.11.8 )
MC928i - NB_TCH_DROP_OTHER_CAUSES (Section 24.3.11.9 )
MC933 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_PMIS (Section 24.3.12.33 )
MC935 - NB_CALL_TFO_AMR_WB (Section 24.3.10.2 )
MC938 - NB_CALL_TFO_AMR_NB (Section 24.3.10.3 )
MC939 - NB_HO_INTER_TFO_AMR_NB (Section 24.3.10.4 )
MC942 - NB_LCS_RESET_TX (Section 24.3.7.5 )
MC943 - NB_LCS_RESET_RX (Section 24.3.7.6 )
MC950 - NB_HO_EXT_TFO_AMR_NB (Section 24.3.10.5 )
MC959 - NB_PS_CHAN_REQD (Section 24.3.2.1 )

686 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC960 -
NB_DISCARDED_PS_CHAN_REQD_BECAUSE_GSL_CONGESTION
(Section 24.3.2.2 )
MC962 - NB_INVALID_CHAN_REQD_RECEIVED_BY_BSC (Section 24.3.2.3
)
MC963 -
NB_NON_PS_CHAN_REQD_DISCRADED_BECAUSE_CONGESTION
(Section 24.3.2.4 )
MC964 - NB_VALID_LOCATION_UPDATE_RECEIVED_BY_BSC (Section
24.3.2.5 )
MC965 - NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTRA_BSC_HO (Section 24.3.7.7 )
MC966 - NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTER_BSC_HO (Section 24.3.7.8 )
MC990 - NB_MS_REPEATED_ACCH_CAPABLE (Section 24.3.8.3 )
MC991 - NB_CALLS_RFACCH_ACTIVATED (Section 24.3.8.4 )
MC992 - NB_CALLS_RSACCH_ACTIVATED (Section 24.3.8.5 )
MC993 - NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_RLF_TRX (Section 24.3.4.7 )
MC994 - NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_RLF_TRX_RSACCH (Section 24.3.4.8 )
MC995 - NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_TRX (Section 24.3.5.21 )
MC996 - NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_TRX_RFACCH (Section 24.3.5.22 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 687 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.2 BSC
24.3.2.1 MC959 - NB_PS_CHAN_REQD

Long Name NB_PS_CHAN_REQD

Definition Number of 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED (for packet service) received via
the selected cell.

Trigger condition This counter is incremented by one if:

1) the "RA (Random Access Reference)" byte in the 48.058 CHANNEL
REQUIRED message equals to the following values: 011110xx, 01111x0x,
01111xx0 (one phase packet access); 01110xxx (single block packet access),
or;
2) EGPRS Request Reference optional IE is included in the 48.058 CHANNEL
REQUIRED message.

Sub Domain 1 BSC

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

688 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.2.2 MC960 - NB_DISCARDED_PS_CHAN_REQD_BECAUSE_GSL_CONGESTION

Long Name NB_DISCARDED_PS_CHAN_REQD_BECAUSE_GSL_CONGESTION

Definition Number of 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED (for packet service) received and
discarded by the BSC in case of GSL CONGESTION.

Trigger condition "48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED (for packet service)" refers to one 48.058
CHANNEL REQUIRED message that contains the "EGPRS Request Reference"
optional IE; or the "RA (Random Access Reference)" byte of 48.058 CHANNEL
REQUIRED message equals to the following values: 011110xx, 01111x0x,
01111xx0 (one phase packet access); 01110xxx (single block packet access).
This counter is incremented by one if a 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED
(for packet service) message is discarded by the BSC in case of GSL
congestion (for the handling of the GSL congestion: see the BTP
parameters : NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_G2_BSC,
NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_G2_BSC,
NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_MX_BSC and
NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_MX_BSC).

Sub Domain 1 BSC

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 689 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.2.3 MC962 - NB_INVALID_CHAN_REQD_RECEIVED_BY_BSC

Long Name NB_INVALID_CHAN_REQD_RECEIVED_BY_BSC

Definition Number of invalid 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED (for all establishment cause)
messages received by the BSC.

Trigger condition Upon reception of a 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED message from the BTS, the
BSC checks firstly the content of message. If an error is found, the received
48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED message is discarded by the BSC.
The counter MC962 is incremented by one each time the received 48.058
CHANNEL REQUIRED message is discarded because one of the following
errors have been detected by the BSC:
1) The message syntax errors, for example (list non-exclusive):
1a) the message length is incorrect: i.e., the EGPRS Request Reference OIE is
not present, but the length of message does not equal to "10"; or the EGPRS
Request Reference OIE is present, but the length of message does not equal to
"13" (Note 1).
1b) the IE length is incorrect;
2) the Timeslot Number received in the CHANNEL REQUIRED message does
not equal to 0 or 2 (only timeslot 0 or 2 can be used as BCCH Timeslots).
3) The C-bits (C5, C4, C3, C2 & C1) of Channel Number MIE is not equal to the
coding 10001 "Uplink CCCH (RACH)".
4) In case where the GPRS service is allowed (EN_GPRS = TRUE) and the
GPRS service has already been activated in the cell: the BSC checks the
presence of EGPRS Request Reference optional IE. If this OIE is not included,
then the BSC checks the "RA (Random Access Reference)" byte in the 48.058
CHANNEL REQUIRED message : if the bits 8, 7 and 6 of "RA (Random Access
Reference)" does not equal to one of the following values: 000, 100, 101, 110,
111 and "RA (Random Access Reference)" byte in the 48.058 CHANNEL
REQUIRED message does not equal to the following values: 011110xx,
01111x0x, 01111xx0 (one phase packet access); 01110xxx (single block packet
access), Note 2.
5) In case where the GPRS service is not allowed (EN_GPRS = FALSE) or the
GPRS service has not yet been activated in the cell: if the bits 8, 7 and 6 of
"RA (Random Access Reference)" byte in the 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED
message does not equal to one of the following values: 000, 100, 101, 110, 111;
or if EGPRS Request Reference optional IE is included in the 48.058 CHANNEL
REQUIRED message.
6) The Access delay value is greater than or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER.
Note 1: the EGPRS Request Reference IE is an optional (ALU proprietary) in
the CHANNEL REQUIRED message. If this optional IE is present, the length of
CHANNEL REQUIRED message is 13 instead of 10.
Note 2: if the EGPRS Request Reference OIE is included, the BSC does not
check the "RA (Random Access Reference)" byte in the 48.058 CHANNEL
REQUIRED message.

Sub Domain 1 BSC

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

690 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 691 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.2.4 MC963 - NB_NON_PS_CHAN_REQD_DISCRADED_BECAUSE_CONGESTION

Long Name NB_NON_PS_CHAN_REQD_DISCRADED_BECAUSE_CONGESTION

Definition Number of valid 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED (for non-(E)GPRS related

establishment cause) discarded by the BSC due to the congestion.

Trigger condition Upon reception of a 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED message from the BTS, the
BSC checks firstly the content of received message (see counter MC962).
After having passed successfully this check, the BSC checks the establishment
cause in the received message. If the received 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED
message does not contain the "EGPRS Request Reference" optional IE; or
the "RA (Random Access Reference)" byte does not equal to the following
values: 011110xx, 01111x0x, 01111xx0 (one phase packet access); 01110xxx
(single block packet access), then this message is considered as a "CHANNEL
REQUIRED (for non-(E)GPRS related establishment cause)" message.
The BSC may discard a "CHANNEL REQUIRED (for non-(E)GPRS related
establishment cause)" message in case of cell congestion.
MC963 is incremented by one each time a "CHANNEL REQUIRED (for
non-(E)GPRS related establishment cause)" message is discarded because
one of the following reasons:
1) The cell is unavailable for telecom traffic
2) there is no SDCCH available and EN_IM_ASS_REJ = "disabled".
3) there is no SDCCH available, and EN_IM_ASS_REJ = "enabled", and the Bits
8, 7 and 6 of "RA (Random Access Reference)" byte in the 48.058 CHANNEL
REQUIRED message equals to "000", and the value of parameter WI_OP
equals to 255.
4) there is no SDCCH available, and EN_IM_ASS_REJ = "enabled", and the Bits
8, 7 and 6 of "RA (Random Access Reference)" byte in the 48.058 CHANNEL
REQUIRED message equals to "100".
5) there is no SDCCH available, and EN_IM_ASS_REJ = "enabled", and the Bits
8, 7 and 6 of "RA (Random Access Reference)" byte in the 48.058 CHANNEL
REQUIRED message equals to "101", and the value of parameter WI_EC
equals to 255.
6) there is no SDCCH available, and EN_IM_ASS_REJ = "enabled", and the Bits
8, 7 and 6 of "RA (Random Access Reference)" byte in the 48.058 CHANNEL
REQUIRED message equals to "110", and the value of parameter WI_CR
equals to 255.
7) there is no SDCCH available, and EN_IM_ASS_REJ = "enabled", and the Bits
8, 7 and 6 of "RA (Random Access Reference)" byte in the 48.058 CHANNEL
REQUIRED message equals to "111", and the value of parameter WI_OC
equals to 255.
8) there is BSC inter-process congestion.

Sub Domain 1 BSC

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

692 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 693 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.2.5 MC964 - NB_VALID_LOCATION_UPDATE_RECEIVED_BY_BSC

Long Name NB_VALID_LOCATION_UPDATE_RECEIVED_BY_BSC

Definition Number of valid 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED message, received by the BSC,
indicating the location update in their "establishment cause".

Trigger condition MC964 is incremented to one whenever the "RA" octet (Octet 2 of Request
Reference IE) of valid 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED equals to "000xxxxx
(Location updating and the network does not set NECI bit to 1)".

Sub Domain 1 BSC

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

694 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.3 Directed Retry

24.3.3.1 MC142e - NB_OUT_IDR_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_IDR_SUCC

Definition MC142e=C142a+C142c

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 695 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.3.2 MC142f - NB_OUT_EDR_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_EDR_SUCC

Definition MC142f=C142b+C142d

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

696 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.3.3 MC717a - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_TRX

Long Name NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_TRX

Definition Number of incoming directed retry (towards a TCH channel in HR or FR usage)

successes, per TRX.
MC717a = C717a

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface from the target cell for a TCH channel involved in an internal directed
retry procedure.

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 Internal

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 697 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.3.4 MC719a - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_NON_AMR

Long Name NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_NON_AMR

Definition Number of incoming directed retry (towards a TCH channel in HR or FR usage)

successes for speech calls which has been established with non-AMR codec
types (GSM FR/HR or EFR).

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface from the target cell for a
TCH channel involved in an internal directed retry procedure for a speech call
established with a non-AMR codec type.
48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE is considered for speech version
discrimination.
This counter is triggered only when 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE was
sent from BSC to MSC on A interface for a TCH channel assigned indicating
the usage of speech version 1 (FR or HR channel type) or speech version
2 (EFR channel type)

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

698 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.3.5 MC719b - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_ALL_AMR

Long Name NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_ALL_AMR

Definition Number of incoming directed retry (towards a TCH channel in HR or FR usage)

successes for speech calls which has been established with an AMR codec
types (AMR or AMR-WB).

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface from the target cell for a
TCH channel involved in an internal directed retry procedure for a speech call
established with an AMR codec type.
48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE is considered for speech version
discrimination.
This counter is triggered only when 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE was
sent from BSC to MSC on A interface for a TCH channel assigned indicating
the usage of speech version 3 (AMR-FR and AMR-HR) or speech version 5
(AMR-WB channel type)

Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 699 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.4 Established Phase

24.3.4.1 MC137 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB

Long Name NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB

Definition MC137=C137, Number of SDCCH drops in SDCCH established phase due to

BSS problem.It may happen that several causes of failures mentioned below
are detected consecutively. In that case, the counter will only be incremented
once, as soon as the call is released.

Trigger condition 1) LapD failure detected during the stable phase of an SDCCH transaction.
2) SDCCH was released due to 48.058 ERROR REPORT with any cause value
being received during the stable phase of an SDCCH transaction.
3) Telecom Supervisory module caused the call to be cleared.
4) SDCCH was released due to 0180 CLEAR_CMD message being received
from BSSAPduring the stable phase of an SDCCH transaction : O&M has
disabled the DTC

Sub Domain 1 Established Phase

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

700 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.4.2 MC138 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF

Long Name NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF

Definition Number of SDCCH drops on SDCCH established phase due to radio link failure
(radio link timeout or Lapdm timer expiry).

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with a

cause value of "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for an SDCCH
channel.
2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received on Abis
interface and leads to a loss of channel.

Sub Domain 1 Established Phase

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 701 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.4.3 MC14c - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops due to BSS problem.

It may happen that several causes of failures mentioned below are detected
consecutively. In that case, the counter will only be incremented once, as soon
as the call is released.
This counter takes into account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It is not
incremented in case of TCH drop during a normal assignment, a handover
or a DTM assignment.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 ERROR REPORT message with a cause value of "O&M
intervention" is received on Abis interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss
of call.
2) Whenever a 48.058 ERROR REPORT message on SAPI 0 with a cause
value of "message sequence error" is received on Abis interface after TCH
seizure and leads to a loss of call.
3) Whenever a LAPD failure is reported to the Layer 3 of the BSC (for an RSL
supporting a TCH transaction after successful TCH seizure) and leads to a loss
of call.
4) Whenever a TCH call release is initiated by the BSS O&M FAULT
MANAGEMENT application part or by the BSS TELECOM application part as
the result of a system defense action which may be due to BSS equipment
failures external to the BSC (e.g. RSL failure or CU recovery failure), or due
to BSC internal hardware problems (e.g. TCU failure or DTC failure) or due
to BSC internal software problems (e.g. inconsistencies detected between
software modules or lack of software resources (memory, timer reference, file
reference...) or communication problems between different processor boards).
Notes:
1. TCH call releases which are due to O&M operator actions on BTS or BSC
should not be counted. Indeed, in case of numerous failures due to O&M
commands, this counter will overestimate failures which are due to problems
which are internal to the BSS.
However, due to the current implementation which does not allow to be aware of
the origin of the failure, O&M operator actions will also be counted.
2. It may happen that the counter can not be incremented since it is implemented
within the faulty entity.

Sub Domain 1 Established Phase

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

702 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.4.4 MC162 - NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS

Definition MC162 = C162a + C162b + C162c

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Established Phase

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 703 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.4.5 MC736 - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF_TRX

Definition Number of non-AMR TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops due to radio link failure
(radio link timeout or LAPDm timer expiry), per TRX. This counter takes into
account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
MC736 = C736

Trigger condition For TCH using non-AMR codecs:

1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with a
cause value of "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel
(after successful seizure).
2) Whenever a 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received on Abis
interface and leads to a loss of call.

Sub Domain 1 Established Phase

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

704 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.4.6 MC739 - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL_TRX

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops due to remote transcoder failures
(per TRX).

Trigger condition The counter is incremented whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE

INDICATION message with cause "Remote Transcoder Failure" is received
on Abis interface for an established TCH connection. The BSC considers a
TCH connection as "established" once a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE
message (in case of normal assignments or an internal intra-cell handovers) or
a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message (in case of an internal inter-cell
incoming HO or an external inter-cell incoming
HO) has been received for the TCH connection.
Note 1: MC739 = C739.
Note 2: The counter is incremented only once per established TCH connection.
Thus, even if the BTS sends several 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE
INDICATION messages with cause "Remote Transcoder Failure" for a particular
established TCH connection BSC will increment the counter only once for that
connection.

Sub Domain 1 Established Phase

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 705 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.4.7 MC993 - NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_RLF_TRX

Long Name NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_RLF_TRX

Definition Number of AMR TCH (NB or WB AMR) for which Repeated SACCH is not
activated, dropped in established TCH phase due to radio link failure (radio link
timeout or Lapdm timer expiry), per TRX.

Trigger condition For TCH using AMR codecs (NB or WB) but for which the feature Repeated
SACCH is not activated by the BSC:
1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with a
cause value of "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel
(after successful seizure).
2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received on Abis
interface and leads to a loss of call.

Sub Domain 1 Established Phase

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment This counter is applicable for both G2 and Evolution BSC.

Feature Name AMR signaling improvements (Repeated S/FACCH)

706 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.4.8 MC994 - NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_RLF_TRX_RSACCH

Long Name NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_RLF_TRX_RSACCH

Definition Number of AMR TCH (NB or WB AMR) for which Repeated SACCH is activated,
dropped in established TCH phase due to radio link failure (radio link timeout or
Lapdm timer expiry), per TRX. This counter takes into account TCH in traffic.

Trigger condition For TCH using AMR codecs (NB or WB) but for which the feature Repeated
SACCH is activated by the BSC:
1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with a
cause value of "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel
(after successful seizure).
2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received on Abis
interface and leads to a loss of call.

Sub Domain 1 Established Phase

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment This counter is applicable only for Evolution BSC.

Feature Name AMR signaling improvements (Repeated S/FACCH)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 707 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5 Handover
24.3.5.1 MC03 - NB_OUT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_OUT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Definition MC03=C03, Number of outgoing SDCCH handover (any kind) successes.

Trigger condition External SDCCH handover in the following cases:

1/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause= "handover successful") is received on
the serving BSC.
2/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause= "normal event/call control") received
while T8 is running.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

708 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.2 MC07 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_OUT_HO

Long Name NB_SDCCH_DROP_OUT_HO

Definition MC07=C07, Number of SDCCH drops during any outgoing SDCCH handover.

Trigger condition Internal inter-cell SDCCH handover: whenever the timer supervising the
handover procedure (T3103) expires.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 709 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.3 MC10 - NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_SUCC

Definition MC10=C10, Number of incoming SDCCH handover (any kind) successes.

Trigger condition Internal inter-cell or external SDCCH handover: whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER
COMPLETE message is received on Abis interface from the target cell for an
SDCCH Sub-channel.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

710 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.4 MC14a - NB_TCH_DROP_HO_PREP_EXEC_FAIL_BSS_PB

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_HO_PREP_EXEC_FAIL_BSS_PB

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops due to BSS problem during any TCH
handover preparation and execution phases.
This counter is incremented on the cell on which the problem occurs(In the case
of internal inter-cell handovers, it is not incremented on both serving and target
cell). For problems that are not related to a specific cell, the counter related to
the serving cell will be incremented.
It may happen that several causes of failures mentioned below are detected
consecutively. In that case, the counter will only be incremented once, as soon
as the handover procedure fails.
This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling
mode.

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 711 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

Trigger condition 1) When the BSC receives on Abis from the target cell negative ack to the TCH
channel activation involved in the handover.
2) When the timer supervising the Channel Activation (T9103) expires on the
target cell during activation of a TCH channel involved in the handover.
3) When an 48.058 ERROR REPORT with a cause value of "O&M intervention"
is received on Abis from either the serving or the target cell during the external
or internal inter-cell handover and leads to a transaction failure.
4) When an 48.058 ERROR REPORT with a cause value of "O&M intervention"
is received on Abis on either the old or the new channel during the internal
intra-cell handover and leads to a transaction failure.
5) When an 48.058 ERROR REPORT on SAPI 0 with a cause value of
"message sequence error" is received on Abis from the serving cell between the
sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION and the reception of the 48.058
CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACK during the internal inter-cell TCH handover and
leads to a transaction failure.
6) When an 48.058 ERROR REPORT on SAPI 0 with a cause value of
"message sequence error" is received on Abis on the old channel between the
sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION and the reception of the 48.058
CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACK during the internal intra-cell TCH handover and
leads to a transaction failure.
7) When a LAPD failure related to either serving or target cell is reported to the
Layer 3 of the BSC (for an RSL supporting a TCH transaction for handover
purpose) and leads to a transaction failure.
8) When an TCH handover abortion is initiated by the BSS O&M FAULT
MANAGEMENT or by the BSS TELECOM as the result of a system defense
action which may be due to BSS equipment failures external to the BSC (e.g.
RSL failure or CU recovery failure), or due to BSC internal hardware problems
(e.g. TCU failure or DTC failure) or due to BSC internal software problems or
communication problems between different processor boards).
9) When a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION with a cause value of
"remote transcoder failure" is received on Abis interface from the old channel
between the sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION and the reception
of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACKNOWLEDGE during an internal
intra-cell or inter-cellTCH handover and leads to a transaction failure.
10) When the timer supervising the A INTERFACE CHANNEL ID toward BTS
(T_aintcid) expires during activation of a TCH channel involved in the handover
performed with Iur-g support.
Notes :
1. TCH handover failures which are due to O&M operator actions on BTS or
BSC should not be counted. Indeed, in case of numerous failures due to O&M
commands, this counter will overestimate failures which are due to problems
which are internal to the BSS.
However, due to the current implementation which does not allow to be aware of
the origin of the failure, O&M operator actions will also be counted.
2. It may happen that the counter can not be incremented since it is implemented
within the faulty entity.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

712 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 713 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.5 MC621 - NB_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_EXEC_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_EXEC_TRX

Definition Number of non-AMR TCH drops during the execution of any TCH outgoing
handover, per TRX. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in
traffic or in signaling mode.
MC621 = C621

Trigger condition For TCH using non-AMR codecs:

1) Inter-cell TCH handover: whenever the timer supervising the handover
procedure (T3103) expires.
2) External TCH handover (2G -> 2G): whenever the timer supervising the
handover procedure on the serving cell (T8) expires, except if a 48.008 CLEAR
COMMAND with "normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC,
leading to a normal call release. In such a case, the handover is considered as
successful.
3) Intra-cell TCH handover: whenever the timer supervising the handover
procedure (T3107) expires.
4) 2G -> 3G HO: whenever the timer supervising the 2G-3G handover procedure
on the serving cell (T3121) expires, except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND
with "normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC, leading to
a normal call release. In such a case, the 2G->3G handover is considered
as successful.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

714 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.6 MC711 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_TRX

Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover -preparation failures due to congestion, per TRX.
Intracell, internal intercell and external handovers are counted together. This
counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It
does not take into account DTM Assignments.
MC711 = C711

Trigger condition 1) Intracell HO: Whenever an intra-cell TCH handover cannot be performed,
because there is no free TCH channel to allocate the handover to.
2) Internal inter-cell HO: Whenever a internal inter-cell TCH handover cannot be
performed, because there is no free TCH channel to allocate the handover to.
3) External HO: Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED REJECT with
cause "no radio resource available" is received from the MSC by the serving
BSC for an outgoing external TCH HO.
Note : the counter will be incremented for external TCH HO if and only if the
parameter RESP_REQ is set to 1.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 715 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.7 MC712 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_TRX

Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover successes, per TRX. Intracell, internal intercell
and external handovers are counted together. This counter takes into account
handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into account
DTM Assignments.
MC712 = C712

Trigger condition 1) External HO in the following cases:

1a) 48.008CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "handover successful") is received on
the serving BSC on the TCH channel.
1b) 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "normal event/call control") is received
while T8 is running.
2) Internal inter-cell HO: whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMPLETE is received
from the MS via the target cell on the TCH channel.
3) Internal intra-cell HO: whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE is
received from the MS via the cell on the TCH channel.
Note 1: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Note 2: This counter counts handover to UMTS.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

716 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.8 MC713 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_REV_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_REV_TRX

Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover -execution failures due to MS access problem

with reversion of the mobile to the old channel. Intracell, internal intercell and
external handovers are counted together. This counter takes into account
handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into account
DTM Assignments.
MC713 = C713

Trigger condition 1) External HO: Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE message is received
on Abis interface from the serving cell, during an external TCH handover.
2) Internal inter-cell HO: Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE message is
received on Abis interface from the serving cell, during an internal inter-cell TCH
handover.
3) Intracell HO: Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message is
received on Abis interface on the serving channel, during an internal intra-cell
TCH handover.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Note: This counter counts handover to UMTS.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 717 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.9 MC714 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_NO_REV_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_NO_REV_TRX

Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover -execution failures due to MS access problem

without reversion of the mobile to the old channel (call drop). Intracell, internal
intercell and external handovers are counted together. This counter takes into
account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into
account DTM Assignments.
MC714 = C714

Trigger condition 1) External TCH HO: Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure
on the serving cell (T8) expires, except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with
"normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC, leading to a
normal call release. In such a case, the handover is considered as successful.
2) Internal intercell TCH HO: Whenever the timer supervising the handover
procedure (T3103) expires during an internal inter-cell TCH handover.
3) Intracell TCH HO: Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure
(T3107) expires during an internal intra-cell
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Note: This counter counts hantover to UMTS

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

718 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.10 MC717b - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_TRX

Long Name NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_TRX

Definition Number of incoming internal and external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover
successes per TRX;
since there are no reliable means at the target BSC to distinguish external
directed retry from external handover, the external directed retries are counted
by this counter.
MC717b = C717b

Trigger condition 1) Internal inter-cell or external TCH handover: whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER
COMPLETE message is received on Abis interface from the target cell for a
TCH channel.
2) Intra-cell handover: whenever an 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE
message is received on Abis interface on the target channel.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 719 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.11 MC719c - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_NON_AMR

Long Name NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_NON_AMR

Definition Number of incoming internal and external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover
successes for speech calls which has been established with non-AMR codec
types (GSM FR/HR or EFR).
Since there are no reliable means at the target BSC to distinguish external
directed retry from external handover, the external directed retries are counted
by this counter.

Trigger condition 1) Internal inter-cell or external TCH handover: whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER
COMPLETE message is
received on Abis interface from the target cell for a TCH channel.
2) Intra-cell handover: whenever an 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE
message is received on Abis interface
on the target channel.
only for a speech call established with a non-AMR codec type. 48.008
ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE is considered for speech version discrimination.
This counter is triggered only when 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE was
sent from BSC to MSC on A interface for a TCH channel assigned indicating
the usage of speech version 1 (FR or HR channel type) or speech version
2 (EFR channel type)

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

720 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.12 MC719d - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_ALL_AMR

Long Name NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_ALL_AMR

Definition Number of incoming internal and external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover
successes for speech calls which has been established with an AMR codec
types (AMR or AMR-WB).
Since there are no reliable means at the target BSC to distinguish external
directed retry from external handover, the external directed retries are counted
by this counter.

Trigger condition 1) Internal inter-cell or external TCH handover: whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER
COMPLETE message is
received on Abis interface from the target cell for a TCH channel.
2) Intra-cell handover: whenever an 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE
message is received on Abis interface
on the target channel.
only for a speech call established with an AMR codec type. 48.008
ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE is considered for speech version discrimination.
This counter is triggered only when 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE was
sent from BSC to MSC on A interface for a TCH channel assigned indicating
the usage of speech version 3 (AMR-FR and AMR-HR) or speech version 5
(AMR-WB channel type)

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 721 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.13 MC719e - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_NON_AMR

Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_NON_AMR

Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover successes for speech calls which has been
established with non-AMR codec types (GSM FR/HR or EFR).
Intracell, internal intercell and external handovers are counted together. This
counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It
does not take into account DTM Assignments.

Trigger condition 1) External HO in the following cases:

1a) 48.008CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "handover successful") is received on
the serving BSC on the TCH
channel.
1b) 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "normal event/call control") is received
while T8 is running.
2) Internal inter-cell HO: whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMPLETE is received
from the MS via the target cell
on the TCH channel.
3) Internal intra-cell HO: whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE is
received from the MS via the cell on
the TCH channel.
only for a speech call established with a non-AMR codec type. 48.008
ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE is considered for speech version discrimination.
This counter is triggered only when 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE was
sent from BSC to MSC on A interface for a TCH channel assigned indicating
the usage of speech version 1 (FR or HR channel type) or speech version
2 (EFR channel type)

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

722 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.14 MC719f - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_ALL_AMR

Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_ALL_AMR

Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover successes for speech calls which has been
established with an AMR codec types (AMR or AMR-WB).
Intracell, internal intercell and external handovers are counted together. This
counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It
does not take into account DTM Assignments.

Trigger condition 1) External HO in the following cases:

1a) 48.008CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "handover successful") is received on
the serving BSC on the TCH
channel.
1b) 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "normal event/call control") is received
while T8 is running.
2) Internal inter-cell HO: whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMPLETE is received
from the MS via the target cell
on the TCH channel.
3) Internal intra-cell HO: whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE is
received from the MS via the cell on
the TCH channel.
only for a speech call established with an AMR codec type. 48.008
ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE is considered for speech version discrimination.
This counter is triggered only when 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE was
sent from BSC to MSC on A interface for a TCH channel assigned indicating
the usage of speech version 3 (AMR-FR and AMR-HR) or speech version 5
(AMR-WB channel type)

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 723 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.15 MC719g - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC_NON_AMR

Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC_NON_AMR

Definition Number of intra-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successes for speech
calls which has been established with non-AMR codec types (GSM FR/HR or
EFR).
This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling
mode. It does not take into account DTM Assignments.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface on the target channel
for a TCH channel that is involved in an internal intra-cell TCH handover for a
call established with a non-AMR codec type.
48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE is considered for speech version
discrimination.
This counter is triggered only when 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE was
sent from BSC to MSC on A interface for a TCH channel assigned indicating
the usage of speech version 1 (FR or HR channel type) or speech version
2 (EFR channel type)

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

724 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.16 MC719h - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC_ALL_AMR

Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC_ALL_AMR

Definition Number of intra-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successes for speech
calls which has been established with an AMR codec types (AMR or AMR-WB).
This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling
mode. It does not take into account DTM Assignments.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface on the target channel
for a TCH channel that is involved in an internal intra-cell TCH handover for a
call established with an AMR codec type.
48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE is considered for speech version
discrimination.
This counter is triggered only when 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE was
sent from BSC to MSC on A interface for a TCH channel assigned indicating
the usage of speech version 3 (AMR-FR and AMR-HR) or speech version 5
(AMR-WB channel type)

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 725 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.17 MC719i - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_RACCH

Long Name NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_RACCH

Definition Number of incoming directed retry (towards a TCH channel in HR or FR usage)

successes for speech calls with repeated ACCH feature activated.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface from the target cell for a
TCH channel involved in an internal directed retry procedure for speech calls
whose Abis messages Channel activation or Mode Modify indicates the
activation of RSACCH and/or RDFACCH in the IE repeated ACCH activation.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

726 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.18 MC719j - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_RACCH

Long Name NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_RACCH

Definition Number of incoming internal and external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover
successes for speech calls with repeated ACCH feature activated.
Since there are no reliable means at the target BSC to distinguish external
directed retry from external handover, the external directed retries are counted
by this counter.

Trigger condition 1) Internal inter-cell or external TCH handover: whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER
COMPLETE message is
received on Abis interface from the target cell for a TCH channel.
2) Intra-cell handover: whenever an 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE
message is received on Abis interface
on the target channel.
only for speech calls whose Abis messages Channel activation or Mode Modify
indicates the activation of RSACCH and/or RDFACCH in the IE repeated ACCH
activation.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 727 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.19 MC719k - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_RACCH

Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_RACCH

Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover successes for speech calls with repeated ACCH
feature activated.
Intracell, internal intercell and external handovers are counted together. This
counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It
does not take into account DTM Assignments.

Trigger condition 1) External HO in the following cases:

1a) 48.008CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "handover successful") is received on
the serving BSC on the TCH
channel.
1b) 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "normal event/call control") is received
while T8 is running.
2) Internal inter-cell HO: whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMPLETE is received
from the MS via the target cell
on the TCH channel.
3) Internal intra-cell HO: whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE is
received from the MS via the cell on
the TCH channel.
only for speech calls whose Abis messages Channel activation or Mode Modify
indicates the activation of RSACCH and/or RDFACCH in the IE repeated ACCH
activation.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

728 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.20 MC719l - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC_RACCH

Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC_RACCH

Definition Number of intra-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successes for speech
calls with repeated ACCH feature activated.
This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling
mode. It does not take into account DTM Assignments.

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface on the target channel
for a TCH channel that is involved in an internal intra-cell TCH handover only for
speech calls whose Abis messages Channel activation or Mode Modify indicates
the activation of RSACCH and/or RDFACCH in the IE repeated ACCH activation.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 729 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.21 MC995 - NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_TRX

Long Name NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_TRX

Definition Number of TCH using AMR codecs (NB or WB) but with Repeated FACCH not
activated, dropped during the execution of any TCH outgoing handover, per
TRX. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic.

Trigger condition For TCH using AMR codecs (NB or WB) but for which the feature Repeated
FACCH is not activated by the BSC:
1) Inter-cell TCH handover: whenever the timer supervising the handover
procedure (T3103) expires.
2) External TCH handover (2G -> 2G): whenever the timer supervising the
handover procedure on the serving cell (T8) expires, except if a 48.008 CLEAR
COMMAND with "normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC,
leading to a normal call release. In such a case, the handover is considered as
successful.
3) Intra-cell TCH handover: whenever the timer supervising the handover
procedure (T3107) expires.
4) 2G -> 3G HO: whenever the timer supervising the 2G-3G handover procedure
on the serving cell (T3121) expires, except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND
with "normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC, leading to
a normal call release. In such a case, the 2G->3G handover is considered
as successful.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment This counter is applicable for both G2 and Evolution BSC.

Feature Name AMR signaling improvements (Repeated S/FACCH)

730 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.5.22 MC996 - NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_TRX_RFACCH

Long Name NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_TRX_RFACCH

Definition Number of TCH using AMR codecs (NB or WB) and with Repeated FACCH
activated, dropped during the execution of any TCH outgoing handover, per
TRX. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in
signaling mode.

Trigger condition For TCH using AMR codecs (NB or WB) but for which the feature Repeated
FACCH is activated by the BSC:
1) Inter-cell TCH handover: whenever the timer supervising the handover
procedure (T3103) expires.
2) External TCH handover (2G -> 2G): whenever the timer supervising the
handover procedure on the serving cell (T8) expires, except if a 48.008 CLEAR
COMMAND with "normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC,
leading to a normal call release. In such a case, the handover is considered as
successful.
3) Intra-cell TCH handover: whenever the timer supervising the handover
procedure (T3107) expires.
4) 2G -> 3G HO: whenever the timer supervising the 2G-3G handover procedure
on the serving cell (T3121) expires, except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND
with "normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC, leading to
a normal call release. In such a case, the 2G->3G handover is considered
as successful.

Sub Domain 1 Handover

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment This counter is applicable only for Evolution BSC.

Feature Name AMR signaling improvements (Repeated S/FACCH)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 731 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.6 Interface (QoS)

24.3.6.1 MC1113a - NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_NSS_Asig_IP

Long Name NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_NSS_Asig_IP

Definition Number of BSS originating SCCP connection failures due to the NSS, when
A signaling over IP is used.

Trigger condition When A signaling over IP is used :

1) CONNECTION REFUSED is received.
2) RLSD (request to release one SCCP connection) received for a connection
that was not established (this could indicate that the Connection Confirm from
the MSC was not received).

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

732 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.6.2 MC1113b - NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_BSS_Asig_IP

Long Name NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_BSS_Asig_IP

Definition Number of BSS originating SCCP connection failures due to the BSS, when
A signaling over IP is used.

Trigger condition When A signaling over IP is used, number of N_DISC_REQ received from
BSSAP for a connection that was not established yet (i.e BSSAP requests
SCCP to stop the establishment of one SCCP connection).

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 733 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.6.3 MC1204 - NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_NRI

Long Name NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_NRI

Definition Number of times the MSC is selected by deriving the NRI from the TMSI
included in the Layer 3 message received from the MS

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 PAGING RESPONSE, 24.008 LOCATION UPDATING

REQUEST, 24.008 IMSI DETACH INDICATION, 24.008 CM SERVICE
REQUEST or 24.008 CM Re-Establishment Request is forwarded to the MSC
and the MSC is selected by using the NRI derived from the TMSI included in
"Mobile Identity" MIE of those messages.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

734 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.6.4 MC1205 - NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_IMSI

Long Name NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_IMSI

Definition Number of times the MSC is selected by the IMSI included in the 44.018
PAGING RESPONSE received from the MS

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 PAGING RESPONSE is forwarded to the MSC and the MSC
is selected by using the IMSI included in "Mobile Identity" MIE of that message.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 735 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.6.5 MC1206 - NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_LB

Long Name NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_LB

Definition Number of times the MSC is selected by the load balancing algorithm

Trigger condition Whenever a 24.008 LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST, 24.008 IMSI DETACH
INDICATION, 24.008 CM SERVICE REQUEST or 24.008 CM Re-Establishment
Request is forwarded to the MSC and the MSC is selected by using the load
balancing algorithm. Cases are:
- "Mobile Identity" MIE does not contain neither TMSI nor IMSI;
- the "NULL NRI" has been derived from TMSI;
- MSC cannot be found neither from IMSI nor from NRI derived fromTMSI, or
it is not available.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

736 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.6.6 MC1207 - NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_STORED

Long Name NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_STORED

Definition Number of times the MSC is selected by using the stored MSC identity

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 PAGING RESPONSE is forwarded to the MSC and the
MSC is selected by using the MSC identity stored when the PAGING REQUEST
was received. This case occurs when the Paging Request was received with
TMSI and wrong NRI (i.e. TMSI having NRI equal to NULL NRI or NRI not
mapped to any MSC). Note: Load Balancing Mechanism cannot be performed
in this case (Mobile Terminating Call) as for MT call Paging Response should go
to same MSC that has sent Paging Request

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 737 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.6.7 MC1307 - NB_ENH_RELOC_REQ_IURG

Long Name NB_ENH_RELOC_REQ_IURG

Definition Number of ENHANCED RELOCATION RESOURCE REQUEST received from

the RNC by the BSC, when Iur-g interface is used

Trigger condition Whenever a ENHANCED RELOCATION RESOURCE REQUEST message is

received by the BSC from the RNC, when Iur-g interface is used

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Iur-g (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Iur-g

738 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.6.8 MC1308 - NB_ENH_RELOC_RESP_IURG

Long Name NB_ENH_RELOC_RESP_IURG

Definition Number of ENHANCED RELOCATION RESOURCE RESPONSE sent to the

RNC by the BSC, when Iur-g interface is used.

Trigger condition Whenever a ENHANCED RELOCATION RESOURCE RESPONSE message is

sent by the BSC to the RNC, when Iur-g interface is used.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Iur-g (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Iur-g

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 739 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.6.9 MC1309 - NB_ENH_RELOC_FAIL_IURG

Long Name NB_ENH_RELOC_FAIL_IURG

Definition Number of ENHANCED RELOCATION RESOURCE FAILURE sent to the RNC

by the BSC, when Iur-g interface is used.

Trigger condition Whenever a ENHANCED RELOCATION RESOURCE FAILURE message is

sent by the BSC to the RNC, when Iur-g interface is used.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Iur-g (QoS)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Iur-g

740 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.6.10 MC182 - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_EST_PHAS

Long Name NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_EST_PHAS

Definition Number of 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST sent to the MSC for calls in TCH
established phase, and for internal inter-cell and external TCH handover failures.
Intra-cell handover failures are not taken into account.
This counter takes into account TCH in traffic mode or in signaling mode.
C182=MC182

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message, whatever the cause, is sent
on A interface to the MSC, for a call in TCH established phase. Note that this
trigger takes into account TCH in traffic mode or in signaling mode.
2) Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message is sent on A interface to the
MSC, after a Handover command is sent, during a TCH internal inter-cell HO.
3) Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message is sent on A interface to the
MSC, after a Handover command is sent, during a TCH external HO.
4) Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message is sent on A interface to the
MSC, after a DTM Assignment Command is sent, during a DTM assignment,
for a MS which already had a TCH allocated (i.e. the TCH in DTM Assignment
Command is established in traffic mode).

Sub Domain 1 Interface (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 BSSAP

Measured Object BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Circuit Switched telecom improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 741 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.7 LCS
24.3.7.1 MC923a - NB_LCS_REQ

Long Name NB_LCS_REQ

Definition Number of LCS requests received from the MSC in CS domain. The LCS
requests encompass the geographic location requests and the LCS assistance
data requests.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 PERFORM LOCATION REQUEST message is received by

the BSC from the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 LCS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 SCCP

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

742 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.7.2 MC923b - NB_LCS_SUCC

Long Name NB_LCS_SUCC

Definition Number of successful LCS requests.The successful LCS requests encompass

the successful geographic location estimate and the successful LCS assistance
data delivery.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 PERFORM LOCATION RESPONSE message is sent to the
MSC without including the OIE LCS Cause.

Sub Domain 1 LCS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 SCCP

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 743 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.7.3 MC923c - NB_LCS_FAIL_LB

Long Name NB_LCS_FAIL_LB

Definition Number of LCS requests rejected by the BSS or the SMLC. The failed LCS
requests encompass the failure to determine geographic location estimate and
the failure of LCS assistance data delivery.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 PERFORM LOCATION RESPONSE message is sent to the
MSC with the OIE LCS Cause.

Sub Domain 1 LCS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

744 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.7.4 MC923d - NB_LCS_ABORT

Long Name NB_LCS_ABORT

Definition Number of LCS procedures aborted on request from the MSC in CS domain.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 PERFORM LOCATION ABORT message is received by the
BSC from the MSC while an LCS procedure is ongoing.

Sub Domain 1 LCS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 745 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.7.5 MC942 - NB_LCS_RESET_TX

Long Name NB_LCS_RESET_TX

Definition Number of BSSMAP-LE RESET sent to the SMLC.

Trigger condition Whenever a BSSMAP-LE RESET message is sent to the SMLC.

Sub Domain 1 LCS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Lb interface

746 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.7.6 MC943 - NB_LCS_RESET_RX

Long Name NB_LCS_RESET_RX

Definition Number of BSSMAP-LE RESET received from the SMLC.

Trigger condition Whenever a BSSMAP-LE RESET message is received from the SMLC.

Sub Domain 1 LCS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Lb interface

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 747 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.7.7 MC965 - NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTRA_BSC_HO

Long Name NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTRA_BSC_HO

Definition Number of failed LCS procedures due to intra-BSC handover

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC sends to the MSC 48.008 PERFORM LOCATION
RESPONSE with LCS cause setting to Intra-BSC HO Complete

Sub Domain 1 LCS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Lb interface

748 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.7.8 MC966 - NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTER_BSC_HO

Long Name NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTER_BSC_HO

Definition Number of failed LCS procedures due to inter-BSC handover

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC sends to the MSC 48.008 PERFORM LOCATION
RESPONSE with LCS cause set to Inter-BSC HO Ongoing

Sub Domain 1 LCS

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Lb interface

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 749 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.8 Repeated ACCH

24.3.8.1 MC718g - NB_TCH_REP_FACCH_ASS_COMP

Long Name NB_TCH_REP_FACCH_ASS_COMP

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment successes for speech calls with GSM
speech versions 3 and 5 (FR AMR, HR AMR and FR AMR-WB) with repeated
DL FACCH allowed.

Trigger condition Sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE from the BSC to the MSC
for a speech call with GSM speech version 3 or 5 (FR AMR, HR AMR or
FR AMR-WB) that is not involved in a handover procedure and whose Abis
messages Channel activation or Mode Modify indicated the activation of
Repeated DL FACCH in the IE Repeated ACCH Activation.

Sub Domain 1 Repeated ACCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

750 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.8.2 MC718h - NB_TCH_REP_SACCH_ASS_COMP

Long Name NB_TCH_REP_SACCH_ASS_COMP

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment successes for speech calls with GSM
speech versions 3 and 5 (FR AMR, HR AMR and FR AMR-WB) with repeated
SACCH allowed.

Trigger condition Sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE from the BSC to the MSC
for a speech call with GSM speech version 3 or 5 (FR AMR, HR AMR or
FR AMR-WB) that is not involved in a handover procedure and whose Abis
messages Channel activation or Mode Modify indicated the activation of
Repeated SACCH in the IE Repeated ACCH Activation.

Sub Domain 1 Repeated ACCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 751 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.8.3 MC990 - NB_MS_REPEATED_ACCH_CAPABLE

Long Name NB_MS_REPEATED_ACCH_CAPABLE

Definition Number of calls for which the mobile stations support the repeated ACCH
capability

Trigger condition Each time the BSC gets for a call the indication of the corresponding MS
Repeated ACCH Capability in the classmark 3 IE at the time of Channel
Activation or Mode modify messages sending, this counter is incremented by
one.

Sub Domain 1 Repeated ACCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment This counter is applicable only for Evolution BSC.

Feature Name AMR signaling improvements (Repeated S/FACCH)

752 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.8.4 MC991 - NB_CALLS_RFACCH_ACTIVATED

Long Name NB_CALLS_RFACCH_ACTIVATED

Definition Number of calls for which repeated DL FACCH is allowed by the BSC

Trigger condition Each time the BSC sends a Channel Activation or a Mode Modify to a BTS
indicating that RDFACCH is activated for LAPDm command frames and/or
LAPDm response frames, then this counter is incremented by 1. For Mode
Modify trigger, only the cases where RDFACCH was not activated in the
Channel Activation message previously sent by the BSC are counted.

Sub Domain 1 Repeated ACCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment This counter is applicable only for Evolution BSC.

Feature Name AMR signaling improvements (Repeated S/FACCH)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 753 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.8.5 MC992 - NB_CALLS_RSACCH_ACTIVATED

Long Name NB_CALLS_RSACCH_ACTIVATED

Definition Number of calls for which repeated SACCH (DL or UL) is allowed by the BSC

Trigger condition Each time the BSC sends a Channel Activation or a Mode Modify to a BTS
indicating that RSACCH (UL and/or DL) is activated, then this counter is
incremented by 1. For Mode Modify trigger, only the cases where RSACCH
was not activated in the Channel Activation message previously sent by the
BSC are counted

Sub Domain 1 Repeated ACCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment This counter is applicable only for Evolution BSC.

Feature Name AMR signaling improvements (Repeated S/FACCH)

754 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.9 Short Message Service

24.3.9.1 MC191 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SDCCH

Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SDCCH

Definition Number of Mobile Terminating SMS connections on SDCCH.

Trigger condition Whenever an ESTABLISH CONFIRM (SAPI = 3) message related to an SDCCH

sub-channel is received by the BSC.

Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service

Sub Domain 2 Point to Point

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 755 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.9.2 MC196 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_SUCC

Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_SUCC

Definition MC196=C190+C191+C192+C193

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service

Sub Domain 2 Point to Point

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

756 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.9.3 MC197 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_FAIL

Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_FAIL

Definition MC197=C194a+C194b+C194c+C195

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service

Sub Domain 2 Point to Point

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 757 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.10 Speech
24.3.10.1 MC170 - NB_CALL_TFO

Long Name NB_CALL_TFO

Definition Number of TCHs assigned in the serving cell for which TFO has been
successfully established.

Trigger condition For each assigned TCH, the counter is incremented the first time a 48.058 TFO
REPORT message is received by the BSC, indicating that TFO is established
(i.e. TFO = 1 in the TFO Status IE).
Note 1: This counter shall be incremented only once per assigned TCH (i.e. the
first time it is received for the assigned TCH).
Note 2: A TCH is seen as assigned in the serving cell between the sending
of 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message and the receipt of the 48.058
RF CHANNEL RELEASE message. This means that the counter can be
incremented either if the TCH is assigned to serve a normal assignment or if the
TCH is assigned to serve an incoming internal (inter-cell or intra-cell) or external
handover.
Note 3: MC170 = C170

Sub Domain 1 Speech

Sub Domain 2 TFO

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of TFO (Tandem Free Operation)

758 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.10.2 MC935 - NB_CALL_TFO_AMR_WB

Long Name NB_CALL_TFO_AMR_WB

Definition Number of TCH assigned using AMR-WB for which TFO has been successfully
established.

Trigger condition For each assigned TCH, the counter is incremented the first time a 48.058 TFO
REPORT message is received by the BSC, indicating that TFO is established
(i.e. TFO = 1 in the TFO Status IE) and the used codec is an AMR WB one (i.e.
FR sv5).
Note 1: This counter shall be incremented only once per assigned TCH (i.e. the
first time it is received for the assigned TCH).
Note 2: A TCH is seen as assigned in the serving cell between the sending
of 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message and the receipt of the 48.058
RF CHANNEL RELEASE message. This means that the counter can be
incremented either if the TCH is assigned to serve a normal assignment or
if the TCH is assigned to serve an incoming internal (inter-cell or intra-cell)
or external handover.

Sub Domain 1 Speech

Sub Domain 2 TFO

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of TFO on NB-AMR

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 759 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.10.3 MC938 - NB_CALL_TFO_AMR_NB

Long Name NB_CALL_TFO_AMR_NB

Definition Number of TCH assigned using AMR-NB for which TFO has been successfully
established.

Trigger condition For each assigned TCH, the counter is incremented the first time a 48.058 TFO
REPORT message is received by the BSC, indicating that TFO is established
(i.e. TFO = 1 in the TFO Status IE) and the used codec is an AMR NB one (i.e.
FR or HR sv3).
Note 1: This counter shall be incremented only once per assigned TCH (i.e. the
first time it is received for the assigned TCH).
Note 2: A TCH is seen as assigned in the serving cell between the sending
of 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message and the receipt of the 48.058
RF CHANNEL RELEASE message. This means that the counter can be
incremented either if the TCH is assigned to serve a normal assignment or
if the TCH is assigned to serve an incoming internal (inter-cell or intra-cell)
or external handover.

Sub Domain 1 Speech

Sub Domain 2 TFO

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of TFO on NB-AMR

760 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.10.4 MC939 - NB_HO_INTER_TFO_AMR_NB

Long Name NB_HO_INTER_TFO_AMR_NB

Definition Number of TCH assigned using AMR-NB for which TFO has been successfully
established after an inter cell handover.

Trigger condition For each assigned TCH further to an inter cell handover, the counter is
incremented the first time a 48.058 TFO REPORT message is received by the
BSC, indicating that TFO is established (i.e. TFO = 1 in the TFO Status IE) and
the used codec is an AMR NB one (i.e. FR or HR sv3).
Note 1: This counter shall be incremented only once per assigned TCH (i.e. the
first time it is received for the assigned TCH).
Note 2: This means that the counter is incremented only if the TCH is assigned
to serve an incoming inter-cell handover,

Sub Domain 1 Speech

Sub Domain 2 TFO

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of TFO on NB-AMR

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 761 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.10.5 MC950 - NB_HO_EXT_TFO_AMR_NB

Long Name NB_HO_EXT_TFO_AMR_NB

Definition Number of TCH assigned using AMR-NB for which TFO has been successfully
established after an external handover.

Trigger condition For each assigned TCH further to an external handover, the counter is
incremented the first time a 48.058 TFO REPORT message is received by the
BSC, indicating that TFO is established (i.e. TFO = 1 in the TFO Status IE) and
the used codec is an AMR NB one (i.e. FR or HR sv3).
Note 1: This counter shall be incremented only once per assigned TCH (i.e. the
first time it is received for the assigned TCH).
Note 2: This means that the counter is incremented only if the TCH is assigned
to serve an incoming iexternal handover,

Sub Domain 1 Speech

Sub Domain 2 TFO

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of TFO on NB-AMR

762 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.11 TCH
24.3.11.1 MC928a - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_QUALITY_UL

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_QUALITY_UL

Definition Number of TCH drops due to Cause 2 (Too low quality in UL).

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with

cause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel (after
successful seizure).
2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received on Abis
interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.
3) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires
during the inter-cell TCH handover.
4) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure on the serving cell
(T8) expires during the external TCH handover.
The BSC uses the last valid measurements (Note) received for this MS. The
counter is incremented if the following condition is fulfilled:
AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO > L_RXQUAL_UL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
And
AV_RXLEV_UL_HO <= RXLEV_UL_IH
Note: "Last valid measurements" means the last received 48.058
MEASUREMENT RESULT messages with S-BFI flag set to "0".

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 763 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.11.2 MC928b - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_LEVEL_UL

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_LEVEL_UL

Definition Number of TCH drops due to Cause 3 (Too low level in UL).

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with

cause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel (after
successful seizure).
2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received on Abis
interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.
3) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires
during the inter-cell TCH handover.
4) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure on the serving cell
(T8) expires during the external TCH handover.
The BSC uses the last valid measurements received for this MS (Note). The
counter is incremented if the following condition is fulfilled:
a) the Cause 2 (MC928a) and Cause 4 (MC928c) are not eligible;
b) and the following condition is fulfilled:
AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO <= L_RXQUAL_UL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
And
AV_RXLEV_UL_HO < L_RXLEV_UL_H
Note: "Last valid measurements" means the last received 48.058
MEASUREMENT RESULT messages with S-BFI flag set to "0".

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

764 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.11.3 MC928c - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_QUALITY_DL

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_QUALITY_DL

Definition Number of TCH drops due to Cause 4 (Too low quality on the downlink).

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with

cause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel (after
successful seizure).
2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received on Abis
interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.
3) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires
during the inter-cell TCH handover.
4) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure on the serving cell
(T8) expires during the external TCH handover.
The BSC uses the last valid measurements received for this MS (Note). The
counter is incremented if the following condition is fulfilled:
a) the Cause 2 (MC928a) is not eligible.
b) and the following condition is fulfilled:
AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO > L_RXQUAL_DL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
And
AV_RXLEV_DL_HO <= RXLEV_DL_IH
Note: "Last valid measurements" means the last received 48.058
MEASUREMENT RESULT messages with S-BFI flag set to "0".

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 765 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.11.4 MC928d - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_LEVEL_DL

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_LEVEL_DL

Definition Number of TCH drops due to Cause 5 (Too low level in DL).

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with

cause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel (after
successful seizure).
2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received on Abis
interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.
3) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires
during the inter-cell TCH handover.
4) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure on the serving cell
(T8) expires during the external TCH handover.
The BSC uses the last valid measurements received for this MS (Note). The
counter is incremented if the following condition is fulfilled:
a) the Cause 2 (MC928a), Cause 4 (MC928c) and Cause 3 (MC928b) are not
eligible;
b) and the following condition is fulfilled:
AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO <= L_RXQUAL_DL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
And
AV_RXLEV_DL_HO < L_RXLEV_DL_H
Note: "Last valid measurements" means the last received 48.058
MEASUREMENT RESULT messages with S-BFI flag set to "0".

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

766 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.11.5 MC928e - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LONG_MS_BS_DISTANCE

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LONG_MS_BS_DISTANCE

Definition Number of TCH drops due to Cause 6 (Too long MS-BS distance).

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with

cause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel (after
successful seizure).
2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received on Abis
interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.
3) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires
during the inter-cell TCH handover.
4) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure on the serving cell
(T8) expires during the external TCH handover.
The BSC uses the last valid measurements received for this MS (Note). The
counter is incremented if the following condition is fulfilled:
a) the Cause 2 (MC928a), Cause 4 (MC928c), Cause 3 (MC928b) and Cause 5
(MC928d) are not eligible;
b) and the following condition is fulfilled:
AV_RANGE_HO > U_TIME_ADVANCE
Note: "Last valid measurements" means the last received 48.058
MEASUREMENT RESULT messages with S-BFI flag set to "0".

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 767 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.11.6 MC928f - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_SHORT_MS_BS_DISTANCE

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_SHORT_MS_BS_DISTANCE

Definition Number of TCH drops due to Cause 22 (Too short MS-BS distance).

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with

cause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel (after
successful seizure).
2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received on Abis
interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.
3) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires
during the inter-cell TCH handover.
4) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure on the serving cell
(T8) expires during the external TCH handover.
The BSC uses the last valid measurements received for this MS (Note). The
counter is incremented if the following condition is fulfilled:
a) the Cause 2 (MC928a), Cause 4 (MC928c), Cause 3 (MC928b), Cause 5
(MC928d) and Cause 6 (MC928e) are not eligible;
b) and the following condition is fulfilled:
AV_RANGE_HO <= L_TIME_ADVANCE
Note: "Last valid measurements" means the last received 48.058
MEASUREMENT RESULT messages with S-BFI flag set to "0".

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

768 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.11.7 MC928g - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_HIGH_INTERFERENCE_UPLINK

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_HIGH_INTERFERENCE_UPLINK

Definition Number of TCH drops due to Cause 15 (Too high interference level on the
uplink).

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with

cause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel (after
successful seizure).
2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received on Abis
interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.
3) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3107) expires
during the intra-cell TCH handover.
The BSC uses the last valid measurements received for this MS (Note). The
counter is incremented if the following condition is fulfilled:
a) the Cause 2 (MC928a), Cause 4 (MC928c), Cause 3 (MC928b), Cause 5
(MC928d), Cause 6 (MC928e) and Cause 22 (MC928f) are not eligible;
b) and the following condition is fulfilled:
AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO > THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15 + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
And
AV_RXLEV_UL_HO > RXLEV_UL_IH
Note: "Last valid measurements" means the last received 48.058
MEASUREMENT RESULT messages with S-BFI flag set to "0".

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 769 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.11.8 MC928h -
NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_HIGH_INTERFERENCE_DOWNLINK

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_HIGH_INTERFERENCE_DOWNLINK

Definition Number of TCH drops due to Cause 16 (Too high interference level on the
downlink).

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with

cause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel (after
successful seizure).
2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received on Abis
interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.
3) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3107) expires
during the intra-cell TCH handover.
The BSC uses the last valid measurements received for this MS (Note). The
counter is incremented if the following condition is fulfilled:
a) the Cause 2 (MC928a), Cause 3 (MC928b), Cause 4 (MC928c), Cause 5
(MC928d), Cause 6 (MC928e), Cause 22 (MC928f) and Cause 15 (MC928g)
are not eligible;
b) and the following condition is fulfilled:
AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO > THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_16 + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
And
AV_RXLEV_DL_HO > RXLEV_DL_IH
Note: "Last valid measurements" means the last received 48.058
MEASUREMENT RESULT messages with S-BFI flag set to "0".

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

770 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.11.9 MC928i - NB_TCH_DROP_OTHER_CAUSES

Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_OTHER_CAUSES

Definition Number of TCH drops due to other causes than Cause 2 (Too low quality in UL),
Cause 3 (Too low level in UL), Cause 4 (Too low quality on the downlink), Cause
5 (Too low level in DL), Cause 6 (Too long MS-BS distance), Cause 15 (Too high
interference level on the uplink), Cause 16 (Too high interference level on the
downlink), Cause 22 (Too short MS-BS distance).

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with

cause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel (after
successful seizure).
2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received on Abis
interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.
3) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires
during the inter-cell TCH handover.
4) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3107) expires
during the intra-cell TCH handover.
5) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure on the serving cell
(T8) expires during the external TCH handover.
The BSC uses the last measurements received for this MS. The counter is
incremented if the following condition is fulfilled:
a) the Cause 2 (MC928a), Cause 3 (MC928b), Cause 4 (MC928c), Cause 5
(MC928e), Cause 6 (MC928e), Cause 22 (MC928f), Cause 15 (MC928g) and
Cause 16 (MC928h) are not eligible.

Sub Domain 1 TCH

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 771 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

24.3.12.1 MC01 - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MT

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MT

Definition Number of immediate assignment plus SDCCH normal assignment successes

for Mobile Terminating procedure.

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from

a CELL, with the L3_INFORMATION field including a 44.018 PAGING
RESPONSE message.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

772 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.2 MC02 - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO

Definition Number of immediate assignment successes for Mobile Originating procedure.

MC02 = C02 = C02a+C02b+C02c+C02d+C02e+C02f+C02g+C02h+C02i.
The following counters C02a/b/c/d/e/f/g/h/i provide the distribution of the MO
telecom procedures on SDCCH.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 773 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.3 MC02a - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LOC_UPD

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LOC_UPD

Definition case: Location Update request (except the "follow on" procedure)

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a

cell, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with an
MIE message type set to LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST and with an MIE
Location updating type not set to a RESERVED value and a bit FOR set to 0.
This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be
forwarded to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

774 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.4 MC02b - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SMS

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SMS

Definition case: SMS procedure on SDCCH

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a

CELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with an
MIE message type set to CM SERVICE REQUEST and with an MIE CM service
type set to "SMS".
This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be
forwarded to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 775 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.5 MC02c - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SUP_SERV

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SUP_SERV

Definition case: Supplementary Service

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a

CELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with an
MIE message type set to CM SERVICE REQUEST and with an MIE CM service
type set to "Supplementary Service".
This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be
forwarded to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

776 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.6 MC02d - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_FOLLOW_ON

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_FOLLOW_ON

Definition case: Location Update request ("follow on" procedure)

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a

CELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with an
MIE message type set to LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST and with an MIE
Location updating type not set to a RESERVED value and a bit FOR set to 1.
This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be
forwarded to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 777 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.7 MC02e - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CM_REEST

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CM_REEST

Definition case: CM Re-establishment procedure

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a

CELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with an
MIE message type set to CM RE-ESTABLISHMENT REQUEST message.
This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be
forwarded to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

778 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.8 MC02f - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_L3INFO_UNKNOW

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_L3INFO_UNKNOW

Definition MC02f=C02f, number of immediate assignment successes for Mobile

Originationg procedure, in case of L3 Info (within 48.058 ESTABLISH
INDICATION) unknown by the BSC but transferred to the MSC.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 779 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.9 MC02g - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_IMSI_DETACH

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_IMSI_DETACH

Definition MC02g=C02g, number of immediate assignment successes for Mobile

Originationg procedure, in case of IMSI Detach Indication.

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a

CELL, with L3_INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with
an MIE message type set to IMSI DETACH INDICATION. This counter is
incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be forwarded to the
MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

780 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.10 MC02h - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CALL_EST

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CALL_EST

Definition case: normal or emergency call establishment

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a

CELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containg a 44.018 L3 message with an
MIE message type set to CM SERVICE REQUEST and an MIE CM service type
set to either :
- "emergency call establishment",
- or "mobile originating call establishment"
This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be
forwarded to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 781 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.11 MC02i - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LCS

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LCS

Definition case: Mobile originated LCS procedure on SDCCH

Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a cell,
with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with an MIE
message type set to CM SERVICE REQUEST and with an MIE CM service type
set to "Location Services" (LCS).
This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be
forwarded to the MSC

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

782 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.12 MC04 - NB_IMM_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG

Definition MC04=C04, number of immediate assignment preparation failures due to

congestion.

Trigger condition All SDCCH sub-channels in the required cell were either Busy or Out of Service,
when the 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED message was received.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 783 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.13 MC140a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_REQ

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_REQ

Definition 1) Number of normal assignment requests for TCH establishment (in HR or FR

usage).
2) Number of BSCGP DTM assignment command received from MFS, for MS
camping on a SDCCH (i.e. the cases where a TCH was already allocated to
the MS are not taken into account). In this case, the TCH is established in
signaling mode

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message for a normal TCH
assignment is received from the MSC.
2) Whenever a BSCGP DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message is received
from MFS for a MS camping on a SDCCH

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

784 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.14 MC140b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ATPT

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ATPT

Definition Number of normal assignment attempts for TCH establishment (in HR or FR

usage). This counter also takes into account DTM assignment commands for
TCH establishment in signaling mode (FR usage only).

Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message for a normal TCH
assignment is sent to the MS. In case of multiband cell, only the first 44.018
ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message is counted (when sent in the inner zone);
the second 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message sent in the outer zone
(further to the ASSIGNEMENT FAILURE received with the cause "protocol error
unspecified" in the inner zone) is not counted.
2) Whenever a 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message is sent to the
MS, containing the assignment of a TCH in signaling mode.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 785 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.15 MC149 - NB_IMM_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO

Definition Number of immediate assignment -execution failures due to MS access problem.

Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the Immediate Assignment Procedure (T3101)
expires during the establishment of an SDCCH sub-channel.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

786 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.16 MC161 - NB_DTAP_NOR_ASS_SUCC

Long Name NB_DTAP_NOR_ASS_SUCC

Definition MC161 = C161a + C161b

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 CONNECT ACK is received on Abis interface.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 DTAP Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 787 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.17 MC19 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_PREP_FAIL_ACHAN_MIS (110)

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_PREP_FAIL_ACHAN_MIS (110)

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment and external handover
-preparation failures due to A-channel status mismatch between the BSC and
the MSC.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever an 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message selects a TTCH

which is found to be unavailable by the BSS (Blocked or Busy).
2) Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST message selects a TTCH which
is found to be unavailable by the BSS (Blocked or Busy).
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

788 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.18 MC612a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_NO_QUEUE

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_NO_QUEUE

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment preparation failures

because of the non-queuing of the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message.
Case: 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST on TCH (in HR or FR usage) is
received when no TCH is available in the cell. The request is rejected (by
48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE, cause: "no radio resource available"), because
the queuing procedure is either:
1) disabled within the BSC (i.e. (T11=0 and QUEUE_ANYWAY=0), OR
(T11_forced=0 and QUEUE_ANYWAY=1)), or
2) enabled within the BSC, i.e. T11 <> 0, but not requested by the MSC when
QUEUE_ANYWAY=0.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE (cause: "no radio resource available") for a TCH channel because
no TCH is available and either the queuing is disabled in the BSC (T11=0
and QUEUE_ANYWAY=0, or T11_forced=0 and QUEUE_ANYWAY=1), or the
queuing is enabled, QUEUE_ANYWAY=0, and the MSC does not request a
queuing.
Note 1: The HMI name of the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is
"FORCED_QUEUING".
Note 2: In case of Mx BSC, no TCH available could happen when
the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit defined by the
MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, this counter and MC926 are
incremented by one.
Note 3: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:
- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;
- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by
the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 789 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.19 MC612b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_FULL

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_FULL

Definition MC612b=C612b, Case: 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST on TCH (in FR or HR

usage) is received when no TCH is available in the cell. The queuing is enabled
within the BSC, but the request is rejected (by 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE,
cause: "no radio resource available"), because the queue is full and no request
of lower priority can be dequeued from the BSC queue.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE (cause: "no radio resource available") for a TCH channel because the
queue is full and no request of lower priority can be dequeued.
Note 1: In case of Mx BSC, no TCH available could happen when
the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit defined by the
MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, this counter and MC926 are
incremented by one.
Note 2: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:
- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;
- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by
the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

790 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.20 MC612c - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_T11_EXP

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_T11_EXP

Definition Case: 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST is queued because no TCH (in

HR or FR usage) is available in the cell, timer T11 (case MSC requests for
queuing whatever QUEUE_ANYWAY value may be) or timer T11_forced (case
QUEUE_ANYWAY=1, i.e. the queuing is forced within the BSC) is started,
and no free TCH can be found before timer expiry, consequently the request is
rejected (by 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST cause: "no radio resource available").
Remark: If an internal directed retry is attempted and failed while
T11/T11_forced is running, the request is un-holded and the BSC waits for the
expiry of the relevant timer. Consequently, this counter must not be incremented
upon the failure of an internal directed retry.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST
(cause : "no radio resource available") -following the expiry of T11 or T11 forced
for a queued TCH normal assignment.
Note 1: The HMI name of the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is
"FORCED_QUEUING".
Note 2: In case of Mx BSC, no TCH available could happen when
the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit defined by the
MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, this counter and MC926 are
incremented by one.
Note 3: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:
- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;
- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by
the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 791 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.21 MC612d - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_REJ

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_REJ

Definition Case: 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST is queued because no TCH (in

HR or FR usage) is available in the cell, timer T11 (case MSC requests for
queuing whatever QUEUE_ANYWAY value may be) or timer T11_forced (case
QUEUE_ANYWAY=1, i.e. the queuing is forced within the BSC) is started,
and before the timer expiry, the request is dequeued due to the receipt of a
higher priority request (i.e. 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST) : the BSC sends
48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause: "no radio resource available") for the
first transaction.
Remark: As soon as an internal directed retry is attempted, the request is
blocked within the BSC and cannot be dequeued by a higher priority request.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of the 48.008 ASSIGMENT
FAILURE (cause: "no radio resource available") for a de-queued TCH request
(i.e. normal assignment) due to the receipt of a higher priority request.
Note 1: The HMI name of the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is
"FORCED_QUEUING".
Note 2: In case of Mx BSC, no TCH available could happen when
the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit defined by the
MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, this counter and MC926 are
incremented by one.
Note 3: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:
- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;
- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by
the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

792 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.22 MC718 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_SUCC_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_SUCC_TRX

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment successes, per TRX.
This counter also takes into account normal assignment successes for TCH
establishment in signaling mode (FR usage only), for DTM.
MC718 = C718

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message is received on Abis

interface for a TCH channel that is not involved in a handover procedure, in
traffic or in signaling mode.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Success

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 793 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.23 MC746b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO_TRX

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment -execution failures

due to MS access problem, per TRX. This counter also takes into account
DTM assignment -execution failures due to MS access problem for TCH
establishment in signaling mode (FR usage only).
MC746b = C746b

Trigger condition 1) The timer T3107 in the BSS supervising the TCH channel seizure by the
mobile expires (following the sending of 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND for a
TCH channel that is not involved in a handover procedure).
2) The timer T3107 in the BSS supervising the TCH channel seizure by the
mobile expires, following the sending of 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND
for a TCH channel in signaling mode.
3) The BSC receives a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE on the old (SDCCH)
channel during the normal assignment procedure except in case of multiband
cell, when the normal assignment procedure is performed in the inner zone
and the ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is received with the cause "protocol error
unspecified".
4) The BSC receives a 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE on the old
(SDCCH) channel during the DTM assignment procedure, for a TCH in signaling
mode.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

794 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.24 MC812 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS

Definition MC812 = C812 = C612a + C612b + C612c + C612d

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 Failure

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 795 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.25 MC901 - NB_Suspend_Resume_req

Long Name NB_Suspend_Resume_req

Definition Number of Suspend / Resume requests.

A request could lead to a success, a failure or a stop.

Trigger condition Emission of MS Suspend message by the BSC to the MFS

Emission of MS Resume message by the BSC to the MFS
A Suspend message received from MS with a "suspend cause" filtered by BSC
will not be counted. Stop causes could be:
1) External handover
2) MS channel failure.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Suspend/Resume for class B mobiles

796 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.26 MC902 - Nb_Suspend_fail

Long Name Nb_Suspend_fail

Definition Number of suspend/resume procedure failures.

Trigger condition Reception of -Suspend nack or resume nack, or expiration of T_GPRS_Resume.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Suspend/Resume for class B mobiles

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 797 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.27 MC903 - Nb_Suspend_succ

Long Name Nb_Suspend_succ

Definition Number of suspensions successes.

Trigger condition Reception of Resume ack message from MFS.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Suspend/Resume for class B mobiles

798 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.28 MC921a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_REQ_ABLE_TO_PREEMPT

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_REQ_ABLE_TO_PREEMPT

Definition Number of TCH Normal Assignment- and incoming external TCH

Handover/Directed Retry Requests with the ability to preempt another call with
lower priority.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever the BSC receives a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
with the pre-emption capability indication set (pci bit=1 in the Priority IE),
repetitions of the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message in case of channel
modification are not counted, or
2) Whenever the BSC receives a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST message
requesting a TCH
channel with
i) the pre-emption capability indication set (pci bit=1) and Extra Information IE
(or Old BSS to New BSS IE) is absent, or
ii) the pre-emption capability indication set (pci bit = 1) and the Pre-emption
Recommendation of the Extra Information IE is set (prec bit = 1).
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name eMLPP (preemption)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 799 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.29 MC921b - NB_PREEMPT_CAP_ALLOC_SUCC

Long Name NB_PREEMPT_CAP_ALLOC_SUCC

Definition Number of preemption capable calls served with resources in the cell (with or
without using the preemption feature).

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC has selected a channel to activate a TCH channel related
to either 48.008 ASIGNMENT REQUEST, 48.008 VGCS/VBS ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST, 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST, 48.008 ESTABLISH INDICATION
with the L3_INFORMATION field including a 44.018 NOTIFICATION
RESPONSE message and the call has the ability to pre-empt another call with
lower priority (i.e. pci = 1).

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name eMLPP (preemption)

800 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.30 MC921c - NB_PREEMPTED_CALLS

Long Name NB_PREEMPTED_CALLS

Definition Number of pre-empted calls in the cell.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST or UPLINK RELEASE INDICATION

message with preemption cause is sent to the MSC.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name eMLPP (preemption)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 801 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.31 MC921d - NB_PREEMPT_CAP_OUT_DR_ALLOC_SUCC

Long Name NB_PREEMPT_CAP_OUT_DR_ALLOC_SUCC

Definition Number of preemption capable call establishment requests that are successfully
served in a neighbour cell with the help of the directed retry procedure.

Trigger condition Whenever a queued request for a preemption capable call is de-queued in the
serving cell during the directed retry procedure because this call has been
successfully established in the target cell.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name eMLPP (preemption)

802 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.32 MC921e - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_SUCC_PREEMPTABLE

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_SUCC_PREEMPTABLE

Definition Number of TCH Normal Assignment- and incoming (internal and external) TCH
Handover/Directed Retry Successes indicating the facility of being preempt-able
by a call with a higher priority.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever the BSC sends a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message
and the context of the call indicates that the preemption vulnerability indication
is set (pvi bit=1), or
2) Whenever the BSC sends a 48.008 HANDOVER COMPLETE message and
the context of the call indicates that the preemption vulnerability indication is set
(pvi bit=1), or
3) Whenever the BSC sends a 48.008 HANDOVER PERFORMED message
and the context of the call indicates that the preemption vulnerability indication
is set (pvi bit=1).
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name eMLPP (preemption)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 803 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.3.12.33 MC933 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_PMIS

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_PMIS

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment preparation failures

due to A interface mismatch between the BSC and the MSC.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE (cause: "circuit pool mismatch")

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name AMR WB speech codec GMSK

804 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4 Resource Availability & Usage

24.4.1 All Resource Availability & Usage
MC141 - AV_NB_TCH_QUEUED (Section 24.4.2.1 )
MC24 - AV_NB_NOT_AVAIL_TRX_TS (Section 24.4.2.2 )
MC250 - AV_NB_AVAIL_TCH (Section 24.4.2.3 )
MC26 - AV_NB_AVAIL_SDCCH (Section 24.4.2.4 )
MC27 - AV_NB_AVAIL_CCCH (Section 24.4.2.5 )
MC28a - AV_NB_BUSY_CS_TS (Section 24.4.2.6 )
MC29a - NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_CS_TS (Section 24.4.2.7 )
MC31 - NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_SDCCH (Section 24.4.2.8 )
MC320a - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND1 (Section 24.4.2.9 )
MC320b - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND2 (Section 24.4.2.10 )
MC320c - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND3 (Section 24.4.2.11 )
MC320d - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND4 (Section 24.4.2.12 )
MC320e - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND5 (Section 24.4.2.13 )
MC34 - TIME_ALL_AVAIL_TRX_TS_BUSY (Section 24.4.2.14 )
MC35 - AV_NB_A_TRAF_CHAN_BLOCK_OUT_OF_SERV (Section 24.4.2.15
)
MC36 - AV_NB_AVAIL_A_TRAF_CHAN (Section 24.4.2.16 )
MC370a - NB_TRX_FR_ALLOC (Section 24.4.2.17 )
MC370b - NB_TRX_HR_ALLOC (Section 24.4.2.18 )
MC390 - NB_TIMES_SDCCH_BUSY (110) (Section 24.4.2.19 )
MC701a - NB_TCH_FR_REQ (Section 24.4.4.1 )
MC701b - NB_TCH_DR_REQ (Section 24.4.4.2 )
MC701c - NB_TCH_DR_EFR_REQ (Section 24.4.4.3 )
MC701d - NB_TCH_AMR_REQ (Section 24.4.4.4 )
MC701e - NB_TCH_DATA_REQ (Section 24.4.4.5 )
MC701f - NB_TCH_FR_EFR_REQ (Section 24.4.4.6 )
MC701g - NB_TCH_NO_FR_REQ (Section 24.4.4.7 )
MC702a - NB_TCH_NOR_FR_ALLOC (Section 24.4.4.8 )
MC702b - NB_TCH_NOR_HR_ALLOC (Section 24.4.4.9 )
MC702c - NB_TCH_NOR_EFR_ALLOC (Section 24.4.4.10 )
MC704a - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_FR_ALLOC (Section 24.4.4.11 )
MC704b - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_HR_ALLOC (Section 24.4.4.12 )
MC705 - NB_TCH_NOR_DATA_ALLOC (Section 24.4.4.13 )
MC706 - NB_EGSM_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU (Section 24.4.4.14 )
MC718a - NB_TCH_FR_ASS_COMP (Section 24.4.4.15 )
MC718b - NB_TCH_HR_ASS_COMP (Section 24.4.4.16 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 805 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC718c - NB_TCH_EFR_ASS_COMP (Section 24.4.4.17 )

MC718d - NB_TCH_FR_AMR_ASS_COMP (Section 24.4.4.18 )
MC718e - NB_TCH_HR_AMR_ASS_COMP (Section 24.4.4.19 )
MC718f - NB_TCH_AMR_WB_GMSK_ASS_COMP (Section 24.4.4.20 )
MC800 - AV_NB_AVAIL_DYN_TS (Section 24.4.2.20 )
MC801a - AV_NB_BUSY_DYN_TCH (Section 24.4.2.21 )
MC801b - MAX_NB_BUSY_DYN_TCH (Section 24.4.2.22 )
MC802a - AV_NB_BUSY_DYN_SDCCH (Section 24.4.2.23 )
MC802b - MAX_NB_BUSY_DYN_SDCCH (Section 24.4.2.24 )
MC803 - TIME_SDCCH_CONGESTION (Section 24.4.2.25 )
MC922h - TIME_3G_HOReject_HL (Section 24.4.4.21 )
MC927a - NB_DTM_UL_TCH_ASS_ATPT (Section 24.4.4.22 )
MC927b - NB_DTM_DL_TCH_ASS_ATPT (Section 24.4.4.23 )
MC927c - NB_DTM_UL_PACKET_ASS_ATPT (Section 24.4.4.24 )
MC927d - NB_DTM_DL_PACKET_ASS_ATPT (Section 24.4.4.25 )
MC927e - NB_DTM_UL_TCH_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO (Section 24.4.4.26 )
MC927f - NB_DTM_DL_TCH_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO (Section 24.4.4.27 )
MC931 - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_ALLOC (Section 24.4.4.28 )
MC932 - NB_TCH_AMR_WB_GMSK_REQ (Section 24.4.4.29 )
MC951 - NB_TCH_A5_3_REQ (Section 24.4.4.30 )
MC952 - NB_CIPHER_CMD_A5_3 (Section 24.4.4.31 )
MC953 - NB_SUCC_CIPHER_CMD_A5_3 (Section 24.4.4.32 )
MC954 - NB_TCH_A5_3_ASS (Section 24.4.4.33 )
MC955 - NB_TCH_A5_3_ASS_NO_TRX (Section 24.4.4.34 )
MC956 - NB_ASS_HO_CMD_A5_3_NO_TRX (Section 24.4.4.35 )
MN1.1 - TIME_N7_ALIGNED (Section 24.4.3.1 )

806 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2 Channel
24.4.2.1 MC141 - AV_NB_TCH_QUEUED

Long Name AV_NB_TCH_QUEUED

Definition Average number of queued TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment or

external handover requests.

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. In order to provide one decimal place, the averaged value (real) is
multiplied by ten and then rounded up or down to the nearest integer value.
Note that the counter value that is indicated in the ASCII file, which can be
obtained via the OBSYNT interface, still has to be divided by 10, whereas the
value that is provided at the user interface is the correct one.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 807 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.2 MC24 - AV_NB_NOT_AVAIL_TRX_TS

Long Name AV_NB_NOT_AVAIL_TRX_TS

Definition Average number of not available radio timeslots (TRX_TS).

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TRX_TS

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

808 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.3 MC250 - AV_NB_AVAIL_TCH

Long Name AV_NB_AVAIL_TCH

Definition Average number of available TCH/PDCH timeslots for traffic usage (i.e. TCH (for
HR or FR usage) or PDCH).

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The averaged value is rounded up or down to the nearest integer
value.
Note 1: "Available" has here to be understood as the operational state of a
timeslot. The timeslot is available if it is not "blocked" or "out of service".
Note 2: The dynamic SDCCH timeslots are not taken into account in this counter.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 809 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.4 MC26 - AV_NB_AVAIL_SDCCH

Long Name AV_NB_AVAIL_SDCCH

Definition Average number of available static SDCCH sub-channels (i.e. on static SDCCH
timeslots).

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.
Note: "Available" has here to be understood as the operational state of a
timeslot. The timeslot is available if it is not "blocked" or "out of service".

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

810 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.5 MC27 - AV_NB_AVAIL_CCCH

Long Name AV_NB_AVAIL_CCCH

Definition Average number of available CCCH channels.

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 CCCH

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 811 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.6 MC28a - AV_NB_BUSY_CS_TS

Long Name AV_NB_BUSY_CS_TS

Definition Average number of busy TCH radio timeslot (in FR or HR usage, in traffic or in
signaling mode) and busy dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslot allocated as TCH.

Trigger condition The BSC takes periodically a sample of the number of busy TCH radio timeslots
and busy dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots allocated as TCH. The sampling
period is set to the value indicated in the Status Inspection field. At the expiry of
the accumulation period, all samples are averaged (i.e. summed and divided
by the number of samples). The averaged value is rounded up or down to the
nearest value with an accuracy of 0.1.
A TCH radio timeslot is considered as busy during the time it is allocated to a
given MS for TCH traffic (in HR or FR usage). A dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot
allocated as TCH is considered as busy during the time it is allocated to a given
MS for TCH traffic.
Note 1: the counter value that is indicated in the ASCII file (which can be
obtained via the OBSYNT interface) is an integer value (i.e. it is as if the BSC
multiplies by 10 the average). The reported value shall then be divided by 10
afterwards so that the value that is displayed to the end-user is the correct one.
Note 2: This counter does not take into account the PDCH radio timeslots
allocated to the MFS.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

812 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.7 MC29a - NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_CS_TS

Long Name NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_CS_TS

Definition Maximum number of simultaneously busy TCH radio timeslots (in HR or

FR usage, in traffic or in signaling mode) and simultaneously busy dynamic
SDCCH/8 radio timeslots allocated as TCH.

Trigger condition Whenever a TCH radio timeslot or a dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslot allocated
as TCH becomes busy, the BSC determines the current number of busy TCH
radio timeslots (in HR or FR usage) and busy dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots
allocated as TCH. This counter is the maximum value of this number during the
accumulation period.
This counter does not take into account the PDCHs allocated to the MFS.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Dynamic SDCCH allocation

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 813 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.8 MC31 - NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_SDCCH

Long Name NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_SDCCH

Definition Maximum number of simultaneously busy SDCCH subchannels, taking into

account the following SDCCH sub-channels: 1) Static SDCCH/x sub-channels,
2) Dynamic SDCCH sub-channels which are dynamically allocated on the
dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslots.

Trigger condition At each 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION (SDCCH subchannel) sent to the cell:
C31 = MAX ["old" C31 value (i.e. before the channel activation), number of busy
SDCCH subchannels observed for the cell].

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

814 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.9 MC320a - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND1

Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND1

Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots
belonging to the interference band 1. This number is updated upon the receipt
of 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 815 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.10 MC320b - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND2

Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND2

Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots
belonging to the interference band 2. This number is updated upon the receipt
of 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The average value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

816 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.11 MC320c - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND3

Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND3

Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots
belonging to the interference band 3. This number is updated upon the receipt
of 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 817 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.12 MC320d - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND4

Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND4

Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots in FR
or HR usage belonging to the interference band 4. This number is updated upon
the receipt of 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

818 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.13 MC320e - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND5

Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND5

Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots
belonging to the interference band 5. This number is updated upon the receipt
of 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The average value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 819 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.14 MC34 - TIME_ALL_AVAIL_TRX_TS_BUSY

Long Name TIME_ALL_AVAIL_TRX_TS_BUSY

Definition Cumulated time (in seconds) during which there is no free FR TCH sub-channel
to serve an incoming FR TCH request.
A TCH sub-channel is seen as busy:
i) if the TCH sub-channel is occupied by a HR or FR CS call (in particular if it is
occupied by the CS part of a DTM call), or
ii) if the TCH sub-channel is allocated to the MFS to carry PS traffic.

Trigger condition The counter is started when there is no free FR TCH sub-channel to serve an
incoming FR TCH request.
The counter is stopped when there is a free FR TCH sub-channel to serve
an incoming FR TCH request.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TRX_TS

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Dynamic SDCCH allocation

820 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.15 MC35 - AV_NB_A_TRAF_CHAN_BLOCK_OUT_OF_SERV

Long Name AV_NB_A_TRAF_CHAN_BLOCK_OUT_OF_SERV

Definition Average number of A-traffic-channels (i.e. all A-channels except for N7, SPC
and synchro) that are blocked or out of service.

Trigger condition Every 20 seconds, the TTCHs that satisfy one of the following conditions are
counted :
a) Maintenance state is either IN TRAFFIC or FAULTY IN TRAFFIC or WAIT
TRAFFIC CLEAR and Telephonic state is blocked
b) Maintenance state is either OPERATOR OUT OF SERVICE or FAULTY OUT
OF SERVICE
Note:
This counter is not incremented if the channel is in the Maintenance state NOT
EQUIPPED, or if the channel is in use for signalling (N7), for a semi-permanent
connection (SPC), or for synchronisation (channel 0).

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 A channel

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 821 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.16 MC36 - AV_NB_AVAIL_A_TRAF_CHAN

Long Name AV_NB_AVAIL_A_TRAF_CHAN

Definition Average number of available A-traffic-channels channels (i.e. all A-channels

except for N7, SPC and synchro).

Trigger condition Every 20 seconds, the TTCHs that satisfay one of the following conditions are
counted :
Maintenance state is either IN TRAFFIC or FAULTY IN TRAFFIC or WAIT
TRAFFIC CLEAR and Telephonic state is available free or available busy.
Note:
This counter is not incremented if the channel is in the Maintenance state NOT
EQUIPPED, or if the channel is in use for signalling (N7), for a semi-permanent
connection (SPC), or for synchronisation (channel 0).

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 A channel

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

822 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.17 MC370a - NB_TRX_FR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TRX_FR_ALLOC

Definition MC370A= SUM(all TRX_TS of the TRX) (C370A)

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 823 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.18 MC370b - NB_TRX_HR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TRX_HR_ALLOC

Definition MC370B= SUM(all TRX_TS of the TRX) (C370B)

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

824 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.19 MC390 - NB_TIMES_SDCCH_BUSY (110)

Long Name NB_TIMES_SDCCH_BUSY (110)

Definition MC390=SUM (all TRX_TS of the TRX) C39, C39 is NB_TIMES_SDCCH_BUSY

in type 4.

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 825 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.20 MC800 - AV_NB_AVAIL_DYN_TS

Long Name AV_NB_AVAIL_DYN_TS

Definition Average number of available dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslots.

Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at each
polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number of
observations. The averaged value is rounded up or down to the nearest integer
value.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Dynamic SDCCH allocation

826 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.21 MC801a - AV_NB_BUSY_DYN_TCH

Long Name AV_NB_BUSY_DYN_TCH

Definition Average number of busy dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslots allocated as TCH (in FR or
HR usage). This counter takes into account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition The BSC takes periodically a sample of the number of busy dynamic SDCCH/8
timeslots allocated as TCH. The sampling period is set to the value indicated in
the Status Inspection field. At the expiry of the accumulation period, all samples
are averaged (i.e. summed and divided by the number of samples). The
averaged value is rounded up or down to the nearest value with an accuracy of
0.1.
A dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot is considered as busy and allocated as TCH
during the time it is allocated to a given MS for TCH traffic (in FR or HR usage).
Note that the counter value that is indicated in the ASCII file (which can be
obtained via the OBSYNT interface) is an integer value (i.e. it is as if the BSC
multiplies by 10 the average). The reported value shall then be divided by 10
afterwards so that the value that is displayed to the end-user is the correct one

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Dynamic SDCCH allocation

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 827 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.22 MC801b - MAX_NB_BUSY_DYN_TCH

Long Name MAX_NB_BUSY_DYN_TCH

Definition Maximum number of busy dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslots allocated as TCH (in
FR or HR usage). This counter takes into account TCH in traffic or in signaling
mode.

Trigger condition Whenever a dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot allocated as TCH becomes busy, the
BSC determines the current number of busy dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslots
allocated as TCH (in HR or FR usage). Counter MC801b is the maximum value
of this number during the accumulation period.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Dynamic SDCCH allocation

828 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.23 MC802a - AV_NB_BUSY_DYN_SDCCH

Long Name AV_NB_BUSY_DYN_SDCCH

Definition Average number of busy SDCCH sub-channels allocated on the dynamic

SDCCH/8 timeslots.

Trigger condition The BSC takes periodically a sample of the number of busy dynamic SDCCH
sub-channels. The sampling period is set to the value indicated in the Status
Inspection field. At the expiry of the accumulation period, all samples are
averaged (i.e. summed and divided by the number of samples). The averaged
value is rounded up or down to the nearest value with an accuracy of 0.1.
A dynamic SDCCH sub-channel is considered as busy during the time it is
allocated to a given MS for SDCCH traffic.
Note that the counter value that is indicated in the ASCII file (which can be
obtained via the OBSYNT interface) is an integer value (i.e. it is as if the BSC
multiplies by 10 the average). The reported value shall then be divided by 10
afterwards so that the value that is displayed to the end-user is the correct one

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Dynamic SDCCH allocation

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 829 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.24 MC802b - MAX_NB_BUSY_DYN_SDCCH

Long Name MAX_NB_BUSY_DYN_SDCCH

Definition Maximum number of busy dynamic SDCCH sub-channels allocated on the

dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslots.

Trigger condition Whenever a dynamic SDCCH sub-channel becomes busy, the BSC determines
the current number of busy dynamic SDCCH sub-channels. Counter MC802b is
the maximum value of this number during the accumulation period.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 Usage

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Dynamic SDCCH allocation

830 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.2.25 MC803 - TIME_SDCCH_CONGESTION

Long Name TIME_SDCCH_CONGESTION

Definition Cumulated time (in seconds) during which the SDCCH request(s) are not served
because no SDCCH sub-channel is available.

Trigger condition The time counter is started whenever a SDCCH request cannot be served.
The time counter is stopped whenever one of the following conditions is checked:
- if a SDCCH sub-channel becomes free and usable on a static SDCCH timeslot
or on a dynamic timeslot allocated as SDCCH (i.e. when the timeslot is known
from the SDCCH_RM module). The term "usable" means here that the SDCCH
sub-channel is not mapped on a TCU in a very high overload state, or,
- if a SDCCH request is served successfully. This condition corresponds to the
case the SDCCH_RM module requests the TCH_RM module for a dynamic
SDCCH timeslot.

Sub Domain 1 Channel

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Dynamic SDCCH allocation

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 831 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.3 Interface (Resource Availability)

24.4.3.1 MN1.1 - TIME_N7_ALIGNED

Long Name TIME_N7_ALIGNED

Definition Time (in seconds) during which the N7 SL is correctly aligned.

Trigger condition Whenever the No.7 Signalling channel between the MSC and BSS is correctly
aligned, this counter will be incremented every second.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Resource Availability)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 Availability

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

832 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4 Resource Allocation & Management

24.4.4.1 MC701a - NB_TCH_FR_REQ

Long Name NB_TCH_FR_REQ

Definition Number of TCH normal assignments requests from FR only mobiles (after
possible filtering from the MSC).

Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call with
only GSM speech coding algorithm version 1 full rate allowed.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 833 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.2 MC701b - NB_TCH_DR_REQ

Long Name NB_TCH_DR_REQ

Definition Number of TCH normal assignments requests from dual rate mobiles.

Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call with
only GSM speech coding algorithm version 1 full rate and GSM speech coding
algorithm version 1 half rate allowed.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

834 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.3 MC701c - NB_TCH_DR_EFR_REQ

Long Name NB_TCH_DR_EFR_REQ

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment requests from mobiles supporting FR, HR
and EFR.

Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call with
GSM speech coding algorithm version 1 full rate, GSM speech coding algorithm
version 1 half rate and GSM speech coding algorithm version 2 full rate allowed.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 835 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.4 MC701d - NB_TCH_AMR_REQ

Long Name NB_TCH_AMR_REQ

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment requests from AMR mobiles.

Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call with
GSM speech coding algorithm version 3 full rate or half rate allowed.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

836 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.5 MC701e - NB_TCH_DATA_REQ

Long Name NB_TCH_DATA_REQ

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment requests for data calls.

Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for data call.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 837 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.6 MC701f - NB_TCH_FR_EFR_REQ

Long Name NB_TCH_FR_EFR_REQ

Definition Number of TCH normal assignments requests from mobiles supporting only FR
and EFR (after possible filtering from the MSC).

Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call with
only GSM speech coding algorithm version 1 full rate and GSM speech coding
algorithm version 2 full rate allowed.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

838 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.7 MC701g - NB_TCH_NO_FR_REQ

Long Name NB_TCH_NO_FR_REQ

Definition Number of TCH normal assignments requests from mobiles with following
speech capability (after possible filtering of the MSC):
- HR only,
- EFR&HR only,
- EFR only

Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call with:
- only GSM speech coding algorithm version 1 half rate allowed
- only GSM speech coding algorithm version 1 half rate and version 2 full rate
allowed
- only GSM speech coding algorithm version 2 full rate allowed

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment 1) From 3GPP point of view, HR only, EFR&HR only, EFR only are not allowed,
as support of FR is mandatory. They are however counted for completion
2) MS supporting AMR and not FR are taken into account in MC701d (although
such configuration is also forbidden by 3GPP).

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 839 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.8 MC702a - NB_TCH_NOR_FR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_FR_ALLOC

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in FR usage - whose channel

is allocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode modify from TCH
signaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a TCH in signaling
mode).

Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,
indicating a FR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 1, not
related to handover.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

840 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.9 MC702b - NB_TCH_NOR_HR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_HR_ALLOC

Definition number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in HR usage - whose channel

is allocated in the BSC.

Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION / MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the
BTS, indicating a HR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 1,
not related to handover.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 841 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.10 MC702c - NB_TCH_NOR_EFR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_EFR_ALLOC

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in EFR usage - whose

channel is allocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode modify
from TCH signaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a TCH in
signaling mode).

Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,
indicating a FR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 2, not
related to handover.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

842 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.11 MC704a - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_FR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_FR_ALLOC

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in FR AMR usage - whose

channel is allocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode modify
from TCH signaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a TCH in
signaling mode).

Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,
indicating a FR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 3, not
related to handover.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 843 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.12 MC704b - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_HR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_HR_ALLOC

Definition number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in HR AMR usage - whose

channel is allocated in the BSC.

Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,
indicating a HR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 3, not
related to handover.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

844 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.13 MC705 - NB_TCH_NOR_DATA_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_DATA_ALLOC

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify for data - whose channel is
allocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode modify from TCH
signaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a TCH in signaling
mode).

Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,
indicating a data call, not related to handover.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 845 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.14 MC706 - NB_EGSM_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU

Long Name NB_EGSM_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU

Definition Number of initial accesses for call establishments (except location update) of
MS supporting the E-GSM band, on a CELL basis.
MC706 = C706

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 CLASSMARK CHANGE message in the context of any
establishment causes different from location update is received on Abis
interface with a "Mobile Station Classmark 3" or a "Mobile Station Classmark 2"
Information Element field specifying that the MS supports the E-GSM band.
The counter is incremented only once per SCCP connection in the serving cell,
i.e. on receipt of the first 44.018 CLASSMARK CHANGE message.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 E-GSM

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name E-GSM support

846 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.15 MC718a - NB_TCH_FR_ASS_COMP

Long Name NB_TCH_FR_ASS_COMP

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment successes for speech calls with GSM
speech full rate version 1 (GSM FR) not involved in a handover procedure.

Trigger condition Sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE from the BSC to the MSC for a
speech call with GSM speech full rate version 1 (GSM FR) that is not involved in
a handover procedure.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 847 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.16 MC718b - NB_TCH_HR_ASS_COMP

Long Name NB_TCH_HR_ASS_COMP

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment successes for speech calls with GSM
speech half rate version 1 (GSM HR) not involved in a handover procedure.

Trigger condition Sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE from the BSC to the MSC for a
speech call with GSM speech half rate version 1 (GSM HR) that is not involved
in a handover procedure.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

848 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.17 MC718c - NB_TCH_EFR_ASS_COMP

Long Name NB_TCH_EFR_ASS_COMP

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment successes for speech calls with GSM
speech full rate version 2 (GSM EFR) not involved in a handover procedure.

Trigger condition Sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE from the BSC to the MSC for a
speech call with GSM speech full rate version 2 (GSM EFR) that is not involved
in a handover procedure.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 849 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.18 MC718d - NB_TCH_FR_AMR_ASS_COMP

Long Name NB_TCH_FR_AMR_ASS_COMP

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment successes for speech calls with GSM
speech full rate version 3 (FR AMR) not involved in a handover procedure.

Trigger condition Sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE from the BSC to the MSC for a
speech call with GSM speech full rate version 3 (FR AMR) that is not involved in
a handover procedure.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

850 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.19 MC718e - NB_TCH_HR_AMR_ASS_COMP

Long Name NB_TCH_HR_AMR_ASS_COMP

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment successes for speech calls with GSM
speech half rate version 3 (HR AMR) not involved in a handover procedure.

Trigger condition Sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE from the BSC to the MSC for a
speech call with GSM speech half rate version 3 (HR AMR) that is not involved
in a handover procedure.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 851 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.20 MC718f - NB_TCH_AMR_WB_GMSK_ASS_COMP

Long Name NB_TCH_AMR_WB_GMSK_ASS_COMP

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment successes for speech calls with GSM
speech full rate version 5 (FR AMR-WB) not involved in a handover procedure.

Trigger condition Sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE from the BSC to the MSC for
a speech call with GSM speech full rate version 5 (FR AMR-WB) that is not
involved in a handover procedure.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Counters on ASSIGNMENT/HANDOVER COMPLETE messages based on

codecs and Repeated ACCH activation.

852 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.21 MC922h - TIME_3G_HOReject_HL

Long Name TIME_3G_HOReject_HL

Definition Cumulative time (in seconds) during which the Cell is in 3G high load state.

Trigger condition Whenever the 3G_HOReject_Load State in the cell is reported as high or
reported as indefinite while the previous state was high. This counter shall be
incremented only if THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT < 100%.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name 2G/3G inter-operability

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 853 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.22 MC927a - NB_DTM_UL_TCH_ASS_ATPT

Long Name NB_DTM_UL_TCH_ASS_ATPT

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment attempts in DTM with reallocation of the TCH
(sending of DTM Assignment Command with UL TBF).

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC sends (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT
COMMAND message that includes the "Description of the Uplink Packet
Channel Assignment" optional IE.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 DTM Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

854 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.23 MC927b - NB_DTM_DL_TCH_ASS_ATPT

Long Name NB_DTM_DL_TCH_ASS_ATPT

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment attempts in DTM with reallocation of the TCH
(sending of DTM Assignment Command with DL TBF)

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC sends (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT
COMMAND message that includes the "Description of the Downlink Packet
Channel Assignment" optional IE.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 DTM Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 855 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.24 MC927c - NB_DTM_UL_PACKET_ASS_ATPT

Long Name NB_DTM_UL_PACKET_ASS_ATPT

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment attempts in DTM without reallocation of the

TCH (sending of Packet Assignment Command with UL TBF).

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC sends (through the BTS) 44.018 PACKET ASSIGNMENT
message that includes the "Description of the Uplink Packet Channel
Assignment" optional IE.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 DTM Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

856 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.25 MC927d - NB_DTM_DL_PACKET_ASS_ATPT

Long Name NB_DTM_DL_PACKET_ASS_ATPT

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment attempts in DTM without reallocation of the

TCH (sending of Packet Assignment Command with DL TBF).

Trigger condition Whenever the BSC sends (through the BTS) 44.018 PACKET ASSIGNMENT
message that includes the "Description of the Downlink Packet Channel
Assignment" optional IE.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 DTM Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 857 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.26 MC927e - NB_DTM_UL_TCH_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO

Long Name NB_DTM_UL_TCH_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment in DTM with reallocation of the TCH -

execution failures due to MS access problem.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever the BSC receives from the BTS a DATA INDICATION (DTM
ASSIGNMENT FAILURE) message after having sent (through the BTS) 44.018
DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message that includes the "Description of the
Uplink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE.
2) After having sent (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND
message that includes the "Description of the Uplink Packet Channel
Assignment" optional IE, upon T3107 expiry, the BSC does not receive
neither DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (on the old channel) nor ASSIGNMENT
COMPLETE (on the new channel) messages.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 DTM Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

858 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.27 MC927f - NB_DTM_DL_TCH_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO

Long Name NB_DTM_DL_TCH_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment in DTM with reallocation of the TCH -

execution failures due to MS access problem.

Trigger condition 1) Whenever the BSC receives from the BTS a DATA INDICATION (DTM
ASSIGNMENT FAILURE) message after having sent (through the BTS) 44.018
DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message that includes the "Description of the
Downlink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE.
2) After having sent (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND
message that includes the "Description of the Downlink Packet Channel
Assignment" optional IE, upon T3107 expiry, the BSC does not receive
neither DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (on the old channel) nor ASSIGNMENT
COMPLETE (on the new channel) messages.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 DTM Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 859 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.28 MC931 - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_ALLOC

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in FR AMR WB GMSK usage

- whose channel is allocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode
modify from TCH signaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a
TCH in signaling mode).

Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,
indicating a FR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 5, not
related to handover.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name AMR WB speech codec GMSK

860 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.29 MC932 - NB_TCH_AMR_WB_GMSK_REQ

Long Name NB_TCH_AMR_WB_GMSK_REQ

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment requests from AMR WB GMSK mobiles

Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call with
GSM speech coding algorithm version 5 full rate allowed.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name AMR WB speech codec GMSK

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 861 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.30 MC951 - NB_TCH_A5_3_REQ

Long Name NB_TCH_A5_3_REQ

Definition Number of TCH normal assignment requests for A5/3 capable mobiles.

Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC:

- either the Classmark 2 IE is present and indicates that the MS supports A5/3
algorithm,
- or the Classmark 2 IE is not present but was received earlier from the MS,
stored by the BSC and indicates that the MS supports A5/3 algorithm.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of A5/3

862 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.31 MC952 - NB_CIPHER_CMD_A5_3

Long Name NB_CIPHER_CMD_A5_3

Definition Number of Cipher Mode Command messages received from the MSC, allowing
A5/3 for a MS supporting A5/3 in a cell where A5/3 is enabled

Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 CIPHER MODE COMMAND from the MSC with encryption
information indicating that A5/3 usage is allowed for a MS A5/3 capable, in a
cell where A5/3 is enabled.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of A5/3

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 863 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.32 MC953 - NB_SUCC_CIPHER_CMD_A5_3

Long Name NB_SUCC_CIPHER_CMD_A5_3

Definition Number of successful Cipher Mode Command messages for usage of A5/3

Trigger condition Receipt of 44.018 CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE from the MS, subsequently
to a 44.018 CIPHERING MODE COMMAND with cipher mode setting indicating
usage of A5/3 usage.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of A5/3

864 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.33 MC954 - NB_TCH_A5_3_ASS

Long Name NB_TCH_A5_3_ASS

Definition Number of 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND or HANDOVER COMMAND sent

to a MS requiring the usage of A5/3 ciphering algorithm

Trigger condition Incremented by 1 each time the BSC sends

1) if the cell is a serving cell: a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message
with the target ciphering algorithm to be used by the MS for this call set to A5/3
(whatever the ciphering algorithm used before);
2) if the cell is the target cell of an intra-cell handover, or inter-cell handover, or
external handover or internal/external directed retry: or a 44.018 HANDOVER
COMMAND message via the serving cell with the target ciphering algorithm
to be used by the MS for this call in the target cell set to A5/3 (whatever the
ciphering algorithm used before).

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of A5/3

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 865 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.34 MC955 - NB_TCH_A5_3_ASS_NO_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_A5_3_ASS_NO_TRX

Definition Number of unsuccessful A5/3 cipher mode command due to non A5/3 support
on the TRX used for the MS allocation.

Trigger condition Incremented by 1 each time a CIPHER MODE REJECT message is sent with
cause "Ciphering algorithm not supported" in response to a CIPHER MODE
COMMAND indicating A5/3 as permitted algorithm but the TRX on which the
MS is allocated does not support A5/3.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of A5/3

866 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.4.4.35 MC956 - NB_ASS_HO_CMD_A5_3_NO_TRX

Long Name NB_ASS_HO_CMD_A5_3_NO_TRX

Definition Number of 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND or HANDOVER COMMAND sent

without A5/3 usage, because the TRX for the MS allocation does not support
A5/3.

Trigger condition Incremented by 1 each time the BSC sends

1) if the cell is a serving cell: a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message to
an A5/3 capable MS without requiring the usage of A5/3, because the TRX on
which the MS is being allocated in the serving cell does not support A5/3;
2) if the cell is the target cell of an intra-cell handover, or inter-cell handover, or
external handover or internal/external directed retry: or a 44.018 HANDOVER
COMMAND message to an A5/3 capable MS via the serving cell, without
requiring the usage of A5/3, because the TRX on which the MS will be allocated
in the target cell does not support A5/3.

Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management

Sub Domain 2 Service

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of A5/3

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 867 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5 Sustainable & safety

24.5.1 All Sustainable & safety
MC1200 - TRX_MAX_TEMPERATURE (Section 24.5.4.1 )
MC1201 - TIME_PA_BIAS_ON_TRX (Section 24.5.3.1 )
MC1208 - TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_1 (Section 24.5.2.1 )
MC1209 - TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_2 (Section 24.5.2.2 )
MC1210 - TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_3 (Section 24.5.2.3 )
MC1211 - TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_4 (Section 24.5.2.4 )
MC1212 - TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_1 (Section 24.5.2.5 )
MC1213 - TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_2 (Section 24.5.2.6 )
MC1214 - TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_3 (Section 24.5.2.7 )
MC1215 - TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_4 (Section 24.5.2.8 )
MC1216 - TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_1 (Section 24.5.2.9 )
MC1217 - TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_2 (Section 24.5.2.10 )
MC1218 - TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_3 (Section 24.5.2.11 )
MC1219 - TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_4 (Section 24.5.2.12 )
MC1220 - TIME_8PSK_BURST_TRANSMISSION (Section 24.5.2.13 )
MC1221 - TIME_GMSK_BURST_TRANSMISSION (Section 24.5.2.14 )
MC1222 - TIME_DEFENSE_BURST_TRANSMISSION (Section 24.5.2.15 )
MC957 - TIME_TS_BUSY (Section 24.5.3.2 )
MC958 - TIME_PA_BIAS_ON (Section 24.5.3.3 )

868 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.2 Dynamic power allocation

24.5.2.1 MC1208 - TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_1

Long Name TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_1

Definition Cumulated time during which a transmission power reduction of 1dB is applied
by the BTS on the downlink 8-PSK bursts of the TRX due to dynamic power
allocation. Only the bursts which are not transmitted on the BCCH frequency of
the cell are considered.
This counter can only be strictly positive if the TRX is supported by a MC module
for which dynamic power allocation is applied.
This counter corresponds to the group 1 for the power reduction algorithm of the
dynamic power allocation handling in the BTS.
This counter will always be equal to 0 if the TRX is supported by a G3, G4
or G5 (twin) module.

Trigger condition A transmission power reduction of 1dB is applied by the BTS on the downlink
8-PSK bursts of the TRX

Sub Domain 1 Dynamic power allocation

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of Multi Carrier Modules

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 869 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.2.2 MC1209 - TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_2

Long Name TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_2

Definition Cumulated time during which a transmission power reduction of 2dB is applied
by the BTS on the downlink 8-PSK bursts of the TRX due to dynamic power
allocation. Only the bursts which are not transmitted on the BCCH frequency of
the cell are considered.
This counter can only be strictly positive if the TRX is supported by a MC module
for which dynamic power allocation is applied.
This counter corresponds to the group 1 for the power reduction algorithm of the
dynamic power allocation handling in the BTS.
This counter will always be equal to 0 if the TRX is supported by a G3, G4
or G5 (twin) module.

Trigger condition A transmission power reduction of 2dB] is applied by the BTS on the downlink
8-PSK bursts of the TRX.

Sub Domain 1 Dynamic power allocation

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of Multi Carrier Modules

870 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.2.3 MC1210 - TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_3

Long Name TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_3

Definition Cumulated time during which a transmission power reduction of 3dB is applied
by the BTS on the downlink 8-PSK bursts of the TRX due to dynamic power
allocation. Only the bursts which are not transmitted on the BCCH frequency of
the cell are considered.
This counter can only be strictly positive if the TRX is supported by a MC module
for which dynamic power allocation is applied.
This counter corresponds to the group 1 for the power reduction algorithm of the
dynamic power allocation handling in the BTS.
This counter will always be equal to 0 if the TRX is supported by a G3, G4
or G5 (twin) module.

Trigger condition A transmission power reduction of 3dB is applied by the BTS on the downlink
8-PSK bursts of the TRX.

Sub Domain 1 Dynamic power allocation

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of Multi Carrier Modules

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 871 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.2.4 MC1211 - TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_4

Long Name TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_4

Definition Cumulated time during which a transmission power reduction strictly higher
than 3dB is applied by the BTS on the downlink 8-PSK bursts of the TRX due
to dynamic power allocation. Only the bursts which are not transmitted on the
BCCH frequency of the cell are considered.
This counter can only be strictly positive if the TRX is supported by a MC module
for which dynamic power allocation is applied.
This counter corresponds to the group 1 for the power reduction algorithm of the
dynamic power allocation handling in the BTS.
This counter will always be equal to 0 if the TRX is supported by a G3, G4
or G5 (twin) module.

Trigger condition A transmission power reduction strictly higher than 3dB is applied by the BTS on
the downlink 8-PSK bursts of the TRX.

Sub Domain 1 Dynamic power allocation

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of Multi Carrier Modules

872 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.2.5 MC1212 - TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_1

Long Name TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_1

Definition Cumulated time during which a transmission power reduction of 1dB is applied
by the BTS on the downlink power-controlled GMSK bursts of the TRX due to
dynamic power allocation.
The only downlink bursts which are concerned are the ones linked to TCHs,
TBFs (in GMSK mode) which are not transmitted on the BCCH frequency of the
cell.
This counter can only be strictly positive if the TRX is supported by a MC module
for which dynamic power allocation is applied.
This counter corresponds to the group 2 for the power reduction algorithm of the
dynamic power allocation handling in the BTS.
This counter will always be equal to 0 if the TRX is supported by a G3, G4
or G5 (twin) module.

Trigger condition A transmission power reduction of 1dB is applied by the BTS on the downlink
GMSK bursts (only the ones linked to TCHs, TBFs) of the TRX.

Sub Domain 1 Dynamic power allocation

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of Multi Carrier Modules

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 873 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.2.6 MC1213 - TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_2

Long Name TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_2

Definition Cumulated time during which a transmission power reduction of 2dB is applied
by the BTS on the downlink power-controlled GMSK bursts of the TRX due to
dynamic power allocation.
The only downlink bursts which are concerned are the ones linked to TCHs,
TBFs (in GMSK mode) which are not transmitted on the BCCH frequency of the
cell.
This counter can only be strictly positive if the TRX is supported by a MC module
for which dynamic power allocation is applied.
This counter corresponds to the group 2 for the power reduction algorithm of the
dynamic power allocation handling in the BTS.
This counter will always be equal to 0 if the TRX is supported by a G3, G4
or G5 (twin) module.

Trigger condition A transmission power reduction of 2dB is applied by the BTS on the downlink
GMSK bursts (only the ones linked to TCHs, TBFs) of the TRX.

Sub Domain 1 Dynamic power allocation

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of Multi Carrier Modules

874 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.2.7 MC1214 - TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_3

Long Name TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_3

Definition Cumulated time during which a transmission power reduction of 3dB is applied
by the BTS on the downlink power-controlled GMSK bursts of the TRX due to
dynamic power allocation.
The only downlink bursts which are concerned are the ones linked to TCHs,
TBFs (in GMSK mode) which are not transmitted on the BCCH frequency of the
cell.
This counter can only be strictly positive if the TRX is supported by a MC module
for which dynamic power allocation is applied.
This counter corresponds to the group 2 for the power reduction algorithm of the
dynamic power allocation handling in the BTS.
This counter will always be equal to 0 if the TRX is supported by a G3, G4
or G5 (twin) module.

Trigger condition A transmission power reduction of 3dB is applied by the BTS on the downlink
GMSK bursts (only the ones linked to TCHs, TBFs) of the TRX.

Sub Domain 1 Dynamic power allocation

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of Multi Carrier Modules

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 875 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.2.8 MC1215 - TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_4

Long Name TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_4

Definition Cumulated time during which a transmission power reduction strictly higher than
3dB is applied by the BTS on the downlink power-controlled GMSK bursts of the
TRX due to dynamic power allocation.
The only downlink bursts which are concerned are the ones linked to TCHs,
TBFs (in GMSK mode) which are not transmitted on the BCCH frequency of the
cell.
This counter can only be strictly positive if the TRX is supported by a MC module
for which dynamic power allocation is applied.
This counter corresponds to the group 2 for the power reduction algorithm of the
dynamic power allocation handling in the BTS.
This counter will always be equal to 0 if the TRX is supported by a G3, G4
or G5 (twin) module.

Trigger condition A transmission power reduction strictly higher than 3dB is applied by the BTS on
the downlink GMSK bursts (only the ones linked to TCHs, TBFs ) of the TRX.

Sub Domain 1 Dynamic power allocation

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of Multi Carrier Modules

876 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.2.9 MC1216 - TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_1

Long Name TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_1

Definition Cumulated time during which a transmission power reduction of 1dB is applied
by the BTS on the downlink "control" bursts of the TRX due to dynamic power
allocation.
The only downlink bursts which are concerned are the ones not already counted
in the TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_1 and TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_1 counters
corresponding either to signalling non-BCCH bursts (SDCCH/FACCH/SACCH)
or either bursts sent with the BCH frequency.
This counter can only be strictly positive if the TRX is supported by a MC module
for which dynamic power allocation is applied.
This counter corresponds to the group 3 and group 4 (defense step) for the
power reduction algorithm of the dynamic power allocation handling in the BTS.
This counter will always be equal to 0 if the TRX is supported by a G3, G4
or G5 (twin) module.

Trigger condition A transmission power reduction of 1dB is applied by the BTS on the
downlink bursts (not already counted in the TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_1 and
TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_1 counters) of the TRX.

Sub Domain 1 Dynamic power allocation

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of Multi Carrier Modules

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 877 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.2.10 MC1217 - TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_2

Long Name TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_2

Definition Cumulated time during which a transmission power reduction of 2dB is applied
by the BTS on the downlink "control" bursts of the TRX due to dynamic power
allocation.
The only downlink bursts which are concerned are the ones not already counted
in the TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_2 and TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_2 counters
corresponding either to signalling non-BCCH bursts (SDCCH/FACCH/SACCH)
or either bursts sent with the BCH frequency.
This counter can only be strictly positive if the TRX is supported by a MC module
for which dynamic power allocation is applied.
This counter corresponds to the group 3 and group 4 (defense step) for the
power reduction algorithm of the dynamic power allocation handling in the BTS.
This counter will always be equal to 0 if the TRX is supported by a G3, G4
or G5 (twin) module.

Trigger condition A transmission power reduction of 2dB is applied by the BTS on the
downlink bursts (not already counted in the TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_2 and
TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_2 counters) of the TRX.

Sub Domain 1 Dynamic power allocation

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of Multi Carrier Modules

878 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.2.11 MC1218 - TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_3

Long Name TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_3

Definition Cumulated time during which a transmission power reduction of 3dB is applied
by the BTS on the downlink "control" bursts of the TRX due to dynamic power
allocation.
The only downlink bursts which are concerned are the ones not already counted
in the TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_3 and TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_3 counters
corresponding either to signalling non-BCCH bursts (SDCCH/FACCH/SACCH)
or either bursts sent with the BCH frequency.
This counter can only be strictly positive if the TRX is supported by a MC module
for which dynamic power allocation is applied.
This counter corresponds to the group 3 and group 4 (defense step) for the
power reduction algorithm of the dynamic power allocation handling in the BTS.
This counter will always be equal to 0 if the TRX is supported by a G3, G4
or G5 (twin) module.

Trigger condition A transmission power reduction of 3dB is applied by the BTS on the
downlink bursts (not already counted in the TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_3 and
TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_3 counters) of the TRX.

Sub Domain 1 Dynamic power allocation

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of Multi Carrier Modules

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 879 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.2.12 MC1219 - TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_4

Long Name TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_4

Definition Cumulated time during which a transmission power reduction strictly higher than
3dB is applied by the BTS on the downlink "control" bursts of the TRX due to
dynamic power allocation.
The only downlink bursts which are concerned are the ones not already counted
in the TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_4 and TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_4 counters
corresponding either to signalling non-BCCH bursts (SDCCH/FACCH/SACCH)
or either bursts sent with the BCH frequency.
This counter can only be strictly positive if the TRX is supported by a MC module
for which dynamic power allocation is applied.
This counter corresponds to the group 3 and group 4 (defense step) for the
power reduction algorithm of the dynamic power allocation handling in the BTS.
This counter will always be equal to 0 if the TRX is supported by a G3, G4
or G5 (twin) module.

Trigger condition A transmission power reduction strictly higher than 3dB is applied by the BTS on
the downlink bursts (not already counted in the TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_4 and
TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_4 counters) of the TRX.

Sub Domain 1 Dynamic power allocation

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of Multi Carrier Modules

880 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.2.13 MC1220 - TIME_8PSK_BURST_TRANSMISSION

Long Name TIME_8PSK_BURST_TRANSMISSION

Definition Cumulated time during which downlink 8-PSK bursts need to be transmitted on
the TRX. Only the bursts which are not transmitted on the BCCH frequency
of the cell are considered.This counter will always be equal to 0 if the TRX is
supported by a G3, G4 or G5 (twin) module.

Trigger condition Downlink 8-PSK burst is transmitted on the TRX.

Sub Domain 1 Dynamic power allocation

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of Multi Carrier Modules

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 881 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.2.14 MC1221 - TIME_GMSK_BURST_TRANSMISSION

Long Name TIME_GMSK_BURST_TRANSMISSION

Definition Cumulated time during which downlink power-controlled GMSK bursts need to
be transmitted on the TRX.
The only downlink bursts which are concerned are the ones linked to TCHs,
TBFs (in GMSK mode) which are not transmitted on the BCCH frequency of the
cell.This counter will always be equal to 0 if the TRX is supported by a G3, G4
or G5 (twin) module.

Trigger condition Downlink power-controlled GMSK burst linked to TCHs, TBFs (in GMSK mode)
is transmitted on the TRX.

Sub Domain 1 Dynamic power allocation

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of Multi Carrier Modules

882 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.2.15 MC1222 - TIME_DEFENSE_BURST_TRANSMISSION

Long Name TIME_DEFENSE_BURST_TRANSMISSION

Definition Cumulated time during which downlink "control" bursts need to be transmitted
on the TRX.
The only downlink bursts which are concerned are the ones not
already counted in the TIME_8PSK_BURST_TRANSMISSION and
TIME_GMSK_BURST_TRANSMISSION counters corresponding either to
signalling non-BCCH bursts (SDCCH/FACCH/SACCH) or either bursts sent
with the BCH frequency.This counter will always be equal to 0 if the TRX is
supported by a G3, G4 or G5 (twin) module.

Trigger condition Downlink burst not already counted in the

TIME_8PSK_BURST_TRANSMISSION and
TIME_GMSK_BURST_TRANSMISSION counters is transmitted
on the TRX.

Sub Domain 1 Dynamic power allocation

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of Multi Carrier Modules

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 883 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.3 Power saving

24.5.3.1 MC1201 - TIME_PA_BIAS_ON_TRX

Long Name TIME_PA_BIAS_ON_TRX

Definition Cumulated time during which the PA bias is "on" or partially "on" on a given TRX.

Trigger condition Sum of all periods during which the PA bias is "on" or partially "on" on a given
TRX, computed as follows:
[ 1.0 * number of bursts where the PA bias of the TRX is "on"
+ 0.1 * number of transitions "off -> on" for the PA bias of the TRX
+ 0.1 * number of transitions "on -> off -> on" for the PA bias of the TRX ] *
0.577ms.
The number of transitions "on -> off" for the PA bias of the TRX is not taken into
account in the above formula because the PA bias is switched off immediately
after an active TS (when possible) and because the time to switch off the PA
bias is nearly 0 TS (<< 0.1 TS).
The above formula is valid and applicable to all the TRE generations: G3, G4,
G5 and MC modules. On G3, G4 and G5 modules, this counter is valid whether
the "Dynamic power saving DPS" feature (cf. the EN_POWER_SAVING
parameter) is enabled or disabled. If it is disabled, then this counter will be
equal to the total reporting time (as if the PA bias was always "on" on the
concerned TRX). Because the "Dynamic power saving DPS" feature is not
directly applicable on MC modules, this counter will be set to its maximum value
when computed on TRXs belonging to MC modules (i.e. to the total reporting
time, as if the PA bias was
always "on" on the concerned TRX(s)).

Sub Domain 1 Power saving

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment The lower the counter value, the higher the power savings. However, that
counter does not allow to exactly derive the power savings in Watt.h brought
by the "TRX dynamic power save" feature: indeed, the actual power savings
brought by the feature depend on various and complex factors like temperature
effects, variation of component (transistor) properties, etc...
As there are times where the PA bias of a TRX is switched on (for a whole burst)
without DL transmission, the TIME_TS_BUSY counter (at cell level) cannot be
directly assimilated to the TIME_PA_BIAS_ON_TRX counter. For example, for
G4 and G5 TREs, the PA bias needs to be switched on from time to time during
idle timeslots in order to control the bias current.
However, TIME_TS_BUSY (at cell level) is obviously always less or equal to
TIME_PA_BIAS_ON_TRX, after having summed the TIME_PA_BIAS_ON_TRX
values for the TRXs of a given cell.

Feature Name TRX dynamic power save

884 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.3.2 MC957 - TIME_TS_BUSY

Long Name TIME_TS_BUSY

Definition Cumulated time during which TSs are "busy in DL" on the TRXs of the cell
(i.e. a DL transmission is needed on that TS, whatever the nature of the DL
transmission: useful or dummy bursts).

Trigger condition Sum of all TSs (1 TS is about 0.577 ms) which are "busy in DL" on the TRXs of
the cell, among all the successive TDMA frames associated to those TRXs.This
is applicable to all the TRE generations: G3, G4 ,G5 and MC modules.

Sub Domain 1 Power saving

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment As there are times where the PA bias of a TRX is switched on (for a whole
burst) without DL transmission, the TIME_TS_BUSY counter cannot be directly
assimilated to the TIME_PA_BIAS_ON counter. For example, for G4 and
G5 TREs, the PA bias needs to be switched on from time to time during idle
timeslots in order to control the bias current.
However, TIME_TS_BUSY is obviously always less or equal to
TIME_PA_BIAS_ON.

Feature Name TRX dynamic power save

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 885 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.3.3 MC958 - TIME_PA_BIAS_ON

Long Name TIME_PA_BIAS_ON

Definition Cumulated time during which the PA bias is "on" or partially "on" on the TRXs of
the cell.

Trigger condition Sum of all periods during which the PA bias is "on" or partially "on" on the TRXs
of the cell. For each TRX of the cell, the counter shall be incremented by:
[ 1.0 * number of bursts where the PA bias of the TRX is "on"
+ 0.1 * number of transitions "off -> on" for the PA bias of the TRX
+ 0.1 * number of transitions "on -> off -> on" for the PA bias of the TRX ] *
0.577ms.
The number of transitions "on -> off" for the PA bias of the TRX is not taken into
account in the above formula because the PA bias is switched off immediately
after an active TS (when possible) and because the time to switch off the PA
bias is nearly 0 TS (<< 0.1 TS).
The above formula is valid and applicable to all the TRE generations: G3, G4,
G5 and MC modules. On G3, G4 and G5 modules, this counter is valid whether
the "Dynamic power saving DPS" feature (cf. the EN_POWER_SAVING
parameter) is enabled or disabled. If it is disabled, then this counter will be equal
to the total reporting time (as if the PA bias was always "on" on the concerned
TRX(s)). Because the "Dynamic power saving DPS" feature is not directly
applicable on MC modules, this counter will be set to its maximum value when
computed on TRXs belonging to MC modules (i.e. to the total reporting time, as
if the PA bias was always "on" on the concerned TRX(s))

Sub Domain 1 Power saving

Sub Domain 2 TRX_TS

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment The lower the counter value, the higher the power savings. However, that
counter does not allow to exactly derive the power savings in Watt.h brought
by the "TRX dynamic power save" feature: indeed, the actual power savings
brought by the feature depend on various and complex factors like temperature
effects, variation of component (transistor) properties, etc...
As there are times where the PA bias of a TRX is switched on (for a whole
burst) without DL transmission, the TIME_TS_BUSY counter cannot be directly
assimilated to the TIME_PA_BIAS_ON counter. For example, for G4 and
G5 TREs, the PA bias needs to be switched on from time to time during idle
timeslots in order to control the bias current.
However, TIME_TS_BUSY is obviously always less or equal to
TIME_PA_BIAS_ON.

Feature Name TRX dynamic power save

886 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.5.4 Temperature logging

24.5.4.1 MC1200 - TRX_MAX_TEMPERATURE

Long Name TRX_MAX_TEMPERATURE

Definition Maximum temperature of the TRX during the accumulation period.

Trigger condition Reception of TRX_COUNTER_REPORT messages on RSL interface. If the

counter reported by the BTS is 0xFF, this value is ignored. If the message is
received out of delay, the counter value is ignored.

Sub Domain 1 Temperature logging

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment Counter coded in Celcius degrees, with an offset of +100, so that:
0 to 99 represent negative temperatures from -100C to -1C
100 represent 0C
101 to 254 represent positive temperatur from 1C to 154C
255 represent an invalid value (no measurement available over the whole
accumulation period)

Feature Name Temperature Logging at OMC-R

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 887 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6 Traffic Load

24.6.1 All Traffic Load
MC1060 - NB_GSL_MSG_SENT (Section 24.6.3.1 )
MC1061 - NB_GSL_MSG_DISCARDED (Section 24.6.3.2 )
MC1062 - NB_GSL_MSG_RESENT (Section 24.6.3.3 )
MC1063 - NB_GSL_MSG_RECEIVED (Section 24.6.3.4 )
MC1064 - NB_GSL_BYTES_SENT (Section 24.6.3.5 )
MC1065 - MAX_NB_GSL_BYTES_SENT (Section 24.6.3.6 )
MC1066 - MAX_NB_GSL_MSG_SENT (Section 24.6.3.7 )
MC1067 - AVERAGE_NB_MSG_IN_GSL_QUEUE (Section 24.6.3.8 )
MC1101 - NB_ASPUP_TX (Section 24.6.3.9 )
MC1102 - NB_ASPUP_RX (Section 24.6.3.10 )
MC1103 - NB_ASPDOWN_TX (Section 24.6.3.11 )
MC1104 - NB_ASPDOWN_RX (Section 24.6.3.12 )
MC1105 - NB_ASPACTIVE_TX (Section 24.6.3.13 )
MC1106 - NB_ASPACTIVE_RX (Section 24.6.3.14 )
MC1107 - NB_ASPINACTIVE_TX (Section 24.6.3.15 )
MC1108 - NB_ASPINACTIVE_RX (Section 24.6.3.16 )
MC1109 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.17 )
MC1110 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.18 )
MC1111 - NB_BSC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.19
)
MC1112 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN_Asig_IP (Section
24.6.3.20 )
MC1114 - NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_SENT_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.21 )
MC1115 - NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_REC_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.22 )
MC1116 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_SENT_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.23 )
MC1117 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_REC_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.24 )
MC1118 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_SENT_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.25 )
MC1119 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_REC_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.26 )
MC1120 - NB_N7_CON_REF_SENT_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.27 )
MC1121 - NB_N7_CON_REF_REC_Asig_IP (Section 24.6.3.28 )
MC13a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_QUEUED (Section 24.6.6.1 )
MC13b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_QUEUED (Section 24.6.6.2 )
MC144e - NB_OUT_IDR_REQ (Section 24.6.6.3 )
MC144f - NB_OUT_EDR_REQ (Section 24.6.6.4 )
MC147 - NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_ALLOC (Section 24.6.6.5 )
MC148 - NB_IMM_ASS_ALLOC (Section 24.6.6.6 )

888 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC15a - NB_INC_IDR_ALLOC (Section 24.6.6.7 )

MC15b - NB_INC_TCH_HO_ALLOC (Section 24.6.6.8 )
MC350 - NB_N7_CON_REQ (Section 24.6.3.29 )
MC351 - NB_N7_CON_CONF (Section 24.6.3.30 )
MC380a - TIME_TRX_FR_BUSY (Section 24.6.5.1 )
MC380b - TIME_TRX_HR_BUSY (Section 24.6.5.2 )
MC380c - TIME_TRX_GSM_FR_BUSY (Section 24.6.5.3 )
MC380d - TIME_TRX_GSM_HR_BUSY (Section 24.6.5.4 )
MC380e - TIME_TRX_DCS_FR_BUSY (Section 24.6.5.5 )
MC380f - TIME_TRX_DCS_HR_BUSY (Section 24.6.5.6 )
MC381 - TIME_TRX_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS (Section 24.6.5.7 )
MC400 - TIME_TRX_SDCCH_BUSY (Section 24.6.5.8 )
MC703 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ALLOC_TRX (Section 24.6.6.9 )
MC804a - NB_UL_SINGLE_BLOCK_SIG_RACH (Section 24.6.5.9 )
MC804b - NB_UL_ONE_PHASE_SIG_RACH (Section 24.6.5.10 )
MC805a - NB_CHANNEL_ASSIGN_DL_AGCH (Section 24.6.5.11 )
MC805b - NB_CHANNEL_ASSIGN_DL_PCH (Section 24.6.5.12 )
MC850 - NB_MULTIBAND_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU_CELL (Section
24.6.6.10 )
MC8a - NB_CELL_PAGING_CMD (Section 24.6.5.13 )
MC8b - NB_CELL_IMM_ASS_CMD (Section 24.6.5.14 )
MC8c - NB_CELL_CHAN_REQD (Section 24.6.5.15 )
MC8d - NB_CELL_IMM_ASS_REJ (Section 24.6.5.16 )
MC924a - TIME_SPDCH_LIMIT_HIGH_LOAD (Section 24.6.5.17 )
MC925a - NB_AGCH_USEFUL_BLOCKS_SENT (Section 24.6.5.18 )
MC925b - NB_PCH_USEFUL_BLOCKS_SENT (Section 24.6.5.19 )
MC925c - NB_BUSY_RACH_SLOTS (Section 24.6.5.20 )
MC925d - NB_CHANNEL_RQ_RADIO (Section 24.6.5.21 )
MC925e - NB_ASSIGN_CMD_RECEIVED_ABIS (Section 24.6.5.22 )
MC925f - NB_ASSIGN_CMD_DISCARDED (Section 24.6.5.23 )
MC925g - NB_PAGING_CMD_RECEIVED_ABIS (Section 24.6.5.24 )
MC925h - NB_PAGING_CMD_DISCARDED (Section 24.6.5.25 )
MC926 - TCH_BLOCKING_OCCURENCES_BSC (Section 24.6.2.1 )
MC930 - NB_ABIS_PAGING_MESSAGE_RECEIVED (Section 24.6.5.26 )
MC940 - NB_A_PAGING_MSG (Section 24.6.3.31 )
MC941 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_NRI_UNKNOWN (Section
24.6.4.1 )
MC961 - NB_CELL_CS_PAGING_WITH_IMSI (Section 24.6.5.27 )
MC980 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_PAGING_RESPONSE_NRI (Section 24.6.4.2 )
MC981 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_IMSI_DETACH_IND_NRI (Section 24.6.4.3 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 889 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

MC982 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_RE_ESTABL_REQ_NRI (Section 24.6.4.4 )

MC983 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_IMSI_ATTACH_NRI (Section 24.6.4.5 )
MC984 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_LOC_UPD_NRI (Section 24.6.4.6 )
MC985a - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_SMS_NRI (Section 24.6.4.7 )
MC985b - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_SUP_SERV_NRI (Section
24.6.4.8 )
MC985c - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_CALL_EST_NRI (Section
24.6.4.9 )
MC985d - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_LOC_SERV_NRI (Section
24.6.4.10 )
MC985e - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_OTHERS_NRI (Section
24.6.4.11 )

24.6.2 BSC
24.6.2.1 MC926 - TCH_BLOCKING_OCCURENCES_BSC

Long Name TCH_BLOCKING_OCCURENCES_BSC

Definition Number of TCH channel allocation rejected for cause : Maximum TCH
processing capacity of CCP reached

Trigger condition Whenever a TCH cannot be allocated due to the TCH processing capacity of
CCP reaches the limit defined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter.

Sub Domain 1 BSC

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name BSC Evolution capacity improvement

890 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3 Interface (Traffic Load)

24.6.3.1 MC1060 - NB_GSL_MSG_SENT

Long Name NB_GSL_MSG_SENT

Definition Number of GSL messages sent by the BSC to the MFS on one GSL link (this
could be BSCGP or BSCLP messages).

Trigger condition The counter is incremented by 1 each time a GSL message is sent by the BSC
to the MFS.
As this counter is at application (L3) level, L2 retry are not taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 GSL link (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object GSL link

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name New GSL counters

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 891 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.2 MC1061 - NB_GSL_MSG_DISCARDED

Long Name NB_GSL_MSG_DISCARDED

Definition Number of GSL messages discarded by the BSC (i.e not sent to the MFS) on
one GSL link (this could be BSCGP or BSCLP messages).

Trigger condition
The counter is incremented by 1 each time a GSL message (BSCGP or BSCLP)
is discarded by the BSC (i.e not sent to the MFS) in the following cases:
1. GPRS RESET is going on: any new BSCGP messages cannot be sent
2. GSL Connection is not working anymore, but the application modules are not
yet aware of it.
3. GPRSAP DTC is not working anymore.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 GSL link (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object GSL link

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name New GSL counters

892 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.3 MC1062 - NB_GSL_MSG_RESENT

Long Name NB_GSL_MSG_RESENT

Definition Number of GSL messages resent by the BSC to the MFS on one GSL link (this
could be BSCGP or BSCLP messages).

Trigger condition The counter is incremented each time a GSL message is resent by the BSC to
the MFS This counter does not take into account L2 or TCP retries, but only the
messages which need to be resent by the application modules (Layer 3).
Note: the initial sending is not taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 GSL link (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object GSL link

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name New GSL counters

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 893 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.4 MC1063 - NB_GSL_MSG_RECEIVED

Long Name NB_GSL_MSG_RECEIVED

Definition Number of BSCGP messages received by the BSC from the MFS on one GSL
link.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented by 1 each time a BSCGP message is received by
the BSC from the MFS.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 GSL link (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object GSL link

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name New GSL counters

894 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.5 MC1064 - NB_GSL_BYTES_SENT

Long Name NB_GSL_BYTES_SENT

Definition Number of bytes sent to the MFS on 1 GSL link.

Trigger condition For each message sent to the MFS on a GSL link, the counter is incremented by
the number of bytes of the message.
The resent messages are taken into account. L2 retry are not taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 GSL link (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object GSL link

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 895 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.6 MC1065 - MAX_NB_GSL_BYTES_SENT

Long Name MAX_NB_GSL_BYTES_SENT

Definition Counts the maximum number of bytes of the GSL flow sent by the BSC to a
given GPU in one minute during the granularity period of monitoring.

Trigger condition Every minute, the number of bytes sent in the GSL flow by the BSC to a
given GPU is counted. The maximum value obtained for 1 minute during the
granularity period of monitoring is reported.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 GSL link (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object GSL link

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

896 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.7 MC1066 - MAX_NB_GSL_MSG_SENT

Long Name MAX_NB_GSL_MSG_SENT

Definition Counts the maximum number of GSL messages (BSCGP or BSCLP) sent by
the BSC on a given GSL link to the MFS in one minute during the granularity
period of monitoring.

Trigger condition Every minute, the number of GSL messages sent on a given GSL link by the
BSC to the MFS is counted. The maximum value obtained for 1 minute during
the granularity period of monitoring is reported.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 GSL link (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object GSL link

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 897 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.8 MC1067 - AVERAGE_NB_MSG_IN_GSL_QUEUE

Long Name AVERAGE_NB_MSG_IN_GSL_QUEUE

Definition Average number of GSL messages (BSCGP or BSCLP) queued in the BSC
transmission buffer of one GSL link (at Layer 2 level).

Trigger condition At the end of the granularity period of monitoring, all observations of this counter
done at each polling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the
number of observations. In order to provide one decimal place, the averaged
value (real) is multiplied by ten and then rounded up or down to the nearest
integer value.
It must be noted that this counter is managed at Layer 2 level, contrary to the
other counters of this block which are at application/L3 level.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 GSL link (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object GSL link

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name New GSL counters

898 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.9 MC1101 - NB_ASPUP_TX

Long Name NB_ASPUP_TX

Definition Number of ASPUP messages sent by the BSC to any MSC

Trigger condition Each time the BSC application server (AS) sends an ASPUP to any MSC, this
counter is incremented by one.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 899 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.10 MC1102 - NB_ASPUP_RX

Long Name NB_ASPUP_RX

Definition Number of ASPUP messages received by the BSC from a given MSC

Trigger condition Each time the BSC application server (AS) receives an ASPUP from a given
MSC, this counter is incremented by one.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

900 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.11 MC1103 - NB_ASPDOWN_TX

Long Name NB_ASPDOWN_TX

Definition Number of ASPDOWN messages sent by the BSC to any MSC

Trigger condition Each time the BSC application server (AS) sends an ASPDOWN to any MSC,
this counter is incremented by one.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 901 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.12 MC1104 - NB_ASPDOWN_RX

Long Name NB_ASPDOWN_RX

Definition Number of ASPDOWN messages received by the BSC from a given MSC

Trigger condition Each time the BSC application server (AS) receives an ASPDOWN from a given
MSC, this counter is incremented by one.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

902 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.13 MC1105 - NB_ASPACTIVE_TX

Long Name NB_ASPACTIVE_TX

Definition Number of ASPACTIVE messages sent by the BSC to any MSC

Trigger condition Each time the BSC application server (AS) sends an ASPACTIVE to any MSC,
this counter is incremented by one.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 903 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.14 MC1106 - NB_ASPACTIVE_RX

Long Name NB_ASPACTIVE_RX

Definition Number of ASPACTIVE messages received by the BSC from a given MSC

Trigger condition Each time the BSC application server (AS) receives an ASPACTIVE from a
given MSC, this counter is incremented by one.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

904 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.15 MC1107 - NB_ASPINACTIVE_TX

Long Name NB_ASPINACTIVE_TX

Definition Number of ASPINACTIVE messages sent by the BSC to any MSC

Trigger condition Each time the BSC application server (AS) sends an ASPINACTIVE to any
MSC, this counter is incremented by one.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 905 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.16 MC1108 - NB_ASPINACTIVE_RX

Long Name NB_ASPINACTIVE_RX

Definition Number of ASPINACTIVE messages received by the BSC from a given MSC

Trigger condition Each time the BSC application server (AS) receives an ASPINACTIVE from a
given MSC, this counter is incremented by one.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

906 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.17 MC1109 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_Asig_IP

Long Name NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_Asig_IP

Definition Counts the number of bytes of the SS7 flow sent by a BSC to the MSC
(MSC-CS) when A signaling over IP is used.

Trigger condition Each time an SS7 message is sent by the BSC to the MSC on the A signaling
over IP interface, this counter is increased by the number of bytes of this
message.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 907 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.18 MC1110 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_Asig_IP

Long Name NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_Asig_IP

Definition Counts the number of SCTP packets sent by a BSC to a given MSC for the SS7
flow when A signaling over IP is used. It corresponds to is the number of SCTP
segments sent, counted by the SCTP stack.

Trigger condition Each time a SCTP segment containing a SS7 packet is sent by the BSC to the
MSC, this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

908 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.19 MC1111 - NB_BSC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_Asig_IP

Long Name NB_BSC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_Asig_IP

Definition Counts the number of SCTP packets resent by a BSC to a given MSC for the
SS7 flow, when A signaling over IP is used.

Trigger condition Each time a SCTP segment containing a SS7 packet is resent by the BSC to a
given MSC with A signaling interface over IP, this counter is increased by 1.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 909 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.20 MC1112 - NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN_Asig_IP

Long Name NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN_Asig_IP

Definition Counts the max number of bytes of the SS7 flow sent by a BSC to a given MSC
in one minute during the granularity period of monitoring, when A signaling
over IP is used.

Trigger condition Every minute, the number of bytes of each SS7 message sent by the BSC to a
given MSC over the A signaling interface over IP, is counted. The maximum value
obtained for 1 minute during the granularity period of monitoring is reported.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

910 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.21 MC1114 - NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_SENT_Asig_IP

Long Name NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_SENT_Asig_IP

Definition Number of connectionless Unit Data messages class 0 sent to the MSC, when
A signaling over IP is used.

Trigger condition Whenever a UNIT DATA message (with protocol class parameter equal to 0) is
sent from the BSC to the MSC, when A signaling over IP is used..

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 911 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.22 MC1115 - NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_REC_Asig_IP

Long Name NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_REC_Asig_IP

Definition Number of connectionless Unit Data messages class 0 received from the MSC,
when A signaling over IP is used.

Trigger condition Whenever a UNIT DATA message (with protocol class parameter equal to 0) is
received from the MSC, when A signaling over IP is used.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

912 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.23 MC1116 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_SENT_Asig_IP

Long Name NB_N7_CON_REQ_SENT_Asig_IP

Definition Number of CONNECTION REQUEST sent to the MSC by the BSC, when
A signaling over IP is used.

Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION REQUEST message is sent on A interface from the
BSC to the MSC, when A signaling over IP is used.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 913 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.24 MC1117 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_REC_Asig_IP

Long Name NB_N7_CON_REQ_REC_Asig_IP

Definition Number of CONNECTION REQUEST received from the MSC by the BSC, when
A signaling over IP is used.

Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION REQUEST message is received on A interface by

the BSC from the MSC, when A signaling over IP is used.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

914 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.25 MC1118 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_SENT_Asig_IP

Long Name NB_N7_CON_CONF_SENT_Asig_IP

Definition Number of CONNECTION CONFIRM sent to the MSC by the BSC, when
A signaling over Ip is used.

Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION CONFIRM message is sent by the BSC to the
MSC, when A interface over IP is used.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 915 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.26 MC1119 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_REC_Asig_IP

Long Name NB_N7_CON_CONF_REC_Asig_IP

Definition Number of CONNECTION CONFIRM sent from the MSC by the BSC, when
A signaling over Ip is used.

Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION CONFIRM message is received by the BSC from
the MSC, when A interface over IP is used.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

916 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.27 MC1120 - NB_N7_CON_REF_SENT_Asig_IP

Long Name NB_N7_CON_REF_SENT_Asig_IP

Definition Number of CONNECTION REFUSED sent to the MSC by the BSC, when
A signaling over IP is used.

Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION REFUSED message is sent on A interface from the
BSC to the MSC, when A signaling over IP is used.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 917 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.28 MC1121 - NB_N7_CON_REF_REC_Asig_IP

Long Name NB_N7_CON_REF_REC_Asig_IP

Definition Number of CONNECTION REFUSED received from the MSC by the BSC, when
A signaling over IP is used..

Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION REFUSED message is received on A interface by

the BSC from the MSC, when A signaling over IP is used.

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A signaling over IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object MSC_BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A signaling over IP

918 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.29 MC350 - NB_N7_CON_REQ

Long Name NB_N7_CON_REQ

Definition MC350=C253+C254

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 SCCP

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 919 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.30 MC351 - NB_N7_CON_CONF

Long Name NB_N7_CON_CONF

Definition MC351=C255+C256

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 SCCP

Measured Object N7 Signalling Link

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

920 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.3.31 MC940 - NB_A_PAGING_MSG

Long Name NB_A_PAGING_MSG

Definition Number of 48.008 PAGING messages received by the BSC from any MSC

Trigger condition Each time the BSC received a PAGING message from a MSC, this counter is
increased by one

Sub Domain 1 Interface (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 A

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name New counters of discarded messages (NE request)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 921 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.4 IP (Traffic Load)

24.6.4.1 MC941 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_NRI_UNKNOWN

Long Name NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_NRI_UNKNOWN

Definition Number of CM SERVICE REQUEST received with an unknown NRI

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message with "L3 Information"
OIE containing a 24.008 "CM SERVICE REQUEST" message and the "Mobile
Identity" MIE contains a TMSI with an unknown NRI (i.e. a not configured NRI).

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object BSC

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

922 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.4.2 MC980 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_PAGING_RESPONSE_NRI

Long Name NB_INIT_L3_MSG_PAGING_RESPONSE_NRI

Definition Number of 44.018 PAGING RESPONSE message

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message with "L3 Information"
OIE containing a 44.018 PAGING RESPONSE message and the "Mobile
Identity" MIE contains a TMSI with a known NRI (i.e. a configured NRI, including
the NULL NRI).

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object NRI

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 923 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.4.3 MC981 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_IMSI_DETACH_IND_NRI

Long Name NB_INIT_L3_MSG_IMSI_DETACH_IND_NRI

Definition Number of 24.008 IMSI DETACH INDICATION message

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message with "L3 Information"
OIE containing a 24.008 IMSI DETACH INDICATION message and the "Mobile
Identity" MIE contains a TMSI with a known NRI (i.e. a configured NRI, including
the NULL NRI).

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object NRI

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

924 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.4.4 MC982 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_RE_ESTABL_REQ_NRI

Long Name NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_RE_ESTABL_REQ_NRI

Definition Number of 24.008 CM RE-ESTABLISHMENT REQUEST message

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message with "L3 Informatio"
OIE containing a 24.008 CM RE-ESTABLISHMENT REQUEST message and
the "Mobile Identity" MIE contains a TMSI with a known NRI (i.e. a configured
NRI, including the NULL NRI).

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object NRI

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 925 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.4.5 MC983 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_IMSI_ATTACH_NRI

Long Name NB_INIT_L3_MSG_IMSI_ATTACH_NRI

Definition Number of IMSI attach

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message with "L3 Information"
OIE containing a 24.008 "LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST" message with
"Location updating type" MIE set to "IMSI attach" and the "Mobile Identity" MIE
contains a TMSI with a known NRI (i.e. a configured NRI, including the NULL
NRI).

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object NRI

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

926 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.4.6 MC984 - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_LOC_UPD_NRI

Long Name NB_INIT_L3_MSG_LOC_UPD_NRI

Definition Number of Location Updating

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message with "L3 Information"
OIE containing a 24.008 "LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST" message with
"Location updating type" MIE set to "Normal location updating" or "Periodic
updating" and the "Mobile Identity" MIE contains a TMSI with a known NRI (i.e.
a configured NRI, including the NULL NRI).

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object NRI

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 927 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.4.7 MC985a - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_SMS_NRI

Long Name NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_SMS_NRI

Definition Number of CM SERVICE REQUEST for "Short message service"

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message with "L3 Information"
OIE containing a 24.008 "CM SERVICE REQUEST" message with "CM service
type" MIE set to "Short message service" and the "Mobile Identity" MIE contains
a TMSI with a known NRI (i.e. a configured NRI, including the NULL NRI).

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object NRI

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

928 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.4.8 MC985b - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_SUP_SERV_NRI

Long Name NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_SUP_SERV_NRI

Definition Number of CM SERVICE REQUEST for "Supplementary service activation"

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message with "L3 Information"
OIE containing a 24.008 "CM SERVICE REQUEST" message with "CM service
type" MIE set to"Supplementary service activation" and the "Mobile Identity"
MIE contains a TMSI with a known NRI (i.e. a configured NRI, including the
NULL NRI).

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object NRI

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 929 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.4.9 MC985c - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_CALL_EST_NRI

Long Name NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_CALL_EST_NRI

Definition Number of CM SERVICE REQUEST for "Mobile originating call" or "packet

mode connection" or "Emergency call" establishment

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message with "L3 Information"
OIE containing a 24.008 "CM SERVICE REQUEST" message with "CM
service type" MIE set to "Mobile originating call establishment or packet mode
connection establishment" or "Emergency call establishment" and the "Mobile
Identity" MIE contains a TMSI with a known NRI (i.e. a configured NRI, including
the NULL NRI).

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object NRI

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

930 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.4.10 MC985d - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_LOC_SERV_NRI

Long Name NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_LOC_SERV_NRI

Definition Number of CM SERVICE REQUEST for "Location Services"

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message with "L3 Information"
OIE containing a 24.008 "CM SERVICE REQUEST" message with "CM service
type" MIE set to "Location Services" and the "Mobile Identity" MIE contains a
TMSI with a known NRI (i.e. a configured NRI, including the NULL NRI).

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object NRI

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 931 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.4.11 MC985e - NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_OTHERS_NRI

Long Name NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_OTHERS_NRI

Definition Number of CM SERVICE REQUEST for other services

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message with "L3 Information"
OIE containing a 24.008 "CM SERVICE REQUEST" message with "CM service
type" MIE set to none of "Short message service", "Supplementary service
activation", "Mobile originating call establishment or packet mode connection
establishment", "Emergency call establishment", "Location Services" and the
"Mobile Identity" MIE contains a TMSI with a known NRI (i.e. a configured NRI,
including the NULL NRI).

Sub Domain 1 IP (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Abis (Traffic Load IP)

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object NRI

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

932 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

24.6.5.1 MC380a - TIME_TRX_FR_BUSY

Long Name TIME_TRX_FR_BUSY

Definition Time (in seconds) during which the TCH radio timeslot in FR usage is busy

Trigger condition MC380A= SUM (all TRX_TS of the TRX) (C380A)

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 933 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.2 MC380b - TIME_TRX_HR_BUSY

Long Name TIME_TRX_HR_BUSY

Definition Time (in seconds) during which the TCH radio timeslot in HR usage is busy

Trigger condition MC380B= SUM (all TRX_TS of the TRX) (C380B)

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

934 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.3 MC380c - TIME_TRX_GSM_FR_BUSY

Long Name TIME_TRX_GSM_FR_BUSY

Definition Time (in seconds) during which the TCH radio timeslot or dynamic SDCCH/8
timeslot in the GSM frequency band is busy in FR usage. This counter takes
into account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition The counter cumulates over the Accumulation Period, per radio timeslot, all unit
times during which the TCH FR channel in the GSM frequency band is busy. For
each channel allocation: The counter starts being incremented after the sending
of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message to the cell concerning a full rate
TCH channel for the related TRX timeslot. The counter stops being incremented
after the reception of a 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE
message or the expiry of timer T_RCR_ACK twice (after the sending of the
48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message) concerning the TCH channel
previously activated on the related TRX timeslot.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 935 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.4 MC380d - TIME_TRX_GSM_HR_BUSY

Long Name TIME_TRX_GSM_HR_BUSY

Definition Time (in seconds) during which the TCH radio timeslot or dynamic SDCCH/8
timeslot in the GSM frequency band is busy in HR usage.

Trigger condition The counter cumulates over the Accumulation Period, per radio timeslot, all unit
times during which the TCH HR channel in the GSM frequency band is busy.
For each channel allocation: The counter starts being incremented after the
sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message to the cell concerning
a half rate TCH channel for the related TRX timeslot. The counter stops
being incremented after the reception of a 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE
ACKNOWLEDGE message or the expiry of timer T_RCR_ACK twice (after the
sending of the 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message) concerning the TCH
channel previously activated on the related TRX timeslot.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

936 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.5 MC380e - TIME_TRX_DCS_FR_BUSY

Long Name TIME_TRX_DCS_FR_BUSY

Definition Time (in seconds) during which the TCH radio timeslot or dynamic SDCCH/8
timeslot in the DCS/PCS frequency band is busy in FR usage. This counter
takes into account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.

Trigger condition The counter cumulates over the Accumulation Period, per radio timeslot, all
unit times during which the TCH FR channel in the DCS/PCS frequency band
is busy. For each channel allocation: The counter starts being incremented
after the sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message to the
cell concerning a full rate TCH channel for the related TRX timeslot. The
counter stops being incremented after the reception of a 48.058 RF CHANNEL
RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE message or the expiry of timer T_RCR_ACK twice
(after the sending of the 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message) concerning
the TCH channel previously activated on the related TRX timeslot.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 937 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.6 MC380f - TIME_TRX_DCS_HR_BUSY

Long Name TIME_TRX_DCS_HR_BUSY

Definition Time (in seconds) during which the TCH radio timeslot or dynamic SDCCH/8
timeslot in the DCS/PCS frequency band is busy in HR usage.

Trigger condition The counter cumulates over the Accumulation Period, per radio timeslot, all
unit times during which the TCH HR channel in the DCS/PCS frequency band
is busy. For each channel allocation: The counter starts being incremented
after the sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message to the
cell concerning a half rate TCH channel for the related TRX timeslot. The
counter stops being incremented after the reception of a 48.058 RF CHANNEL
RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE message or the expiry of timer T_RCR_ACK twice
(after the sending of the 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message) concerning
the TCH channel previously activated on the related TRX timeslot.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B8 BSC counters improvements

938 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.7 MC381 - TIME_TRX_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS

Long Name TIME_TRX_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS

Definition MC381= SUM (over all TRX_TS of the TRX) (C381A+C381B)

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 939 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.8 MC400 - TIME_TRX_SDCCH_BUSY

Long Name TIME_TRX_SDCCH_BUSY

Definition MC400= SUM (all TRX_TS of the TRX) C40

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 SDCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

940 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.9 MC804a - NB_UL_SINGLE_BLOCK_SIG_RACH

Long Name NB_UL_SINGLE_BLOCK_SIG_RACH

Definition Number of Channel Request messages with access cause "Single block packet
access" received by the BSS.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED message with access cause "Single
block packet access" is received on Abis interface.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 CCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Cell Re-selection (R97)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 941 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.10 MC804b - NB_UL_ONE_PHASE_SIG_RACH

Long Name NB_UL_ONE_PHASE_SIG_RACH

Definition Number of Channel Request messages with access cause "One phase packet
access with request for single timeslot uplink transmission" received by the BSS.

Trigger condition This counter is incremented whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED

message with access cause "One phase packet access with request for single
timeslot uplink transmission" is received on Abis interface.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 CCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Cell Re-selection (R97)

942 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.11 MC805a - NB_CHANNEL_ASSIGN_DL_AGCH

Long Name NB_CHANNEL_ASSIGN_DL_AGCH

Definition Number of Immediate Assignment messages sent on AGCH for GPRS traffic.

Trigger condition Whenever a BSCGP Channel Assignment Downlink message is received for
MS in non-DRX mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 CCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Cell Re-selection (R97)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 943 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.12 MC805b - NB_CHANNEL_ASSIGN_DL_PCH

Long Name NB_CHANNEL_ASSIGN_DL_PCH

Definition Number of Immediate Assignment messages sent on PCH for GPRS traffic.

Trigger condition Whenever a BSCGP Channel Assignment Downlink message is received for
MS in DRX mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 CCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Cell Re-selection (R97)

944 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.13 MC8a - NB_CELL_PAGING_CMD

Long Name NB_CELL_PAGING_CMD

Definition MC8A= SUM (all TRX_TS of the Cell) C8A

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 CCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 945 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.14 MC8b - NB_CELL_IMM_ASS_CMD

Long Name NB_CELL_IMM_ASS_CMD

Definition MC8B= SUM (all TRX_TS of the Cell) C8B

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 CCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

946 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.15 MC8c - NB_CELL_CHAN_REQD

Long Name NB_CELL_CHAN_REQD

Definition MC8C= SUM (all TRX_TS of the cell) C8C

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 CCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 947 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.16 MC8d - NB_CELL_IMM_ASS_REJ

Long Name NB_CELL_IMM_ASS_REJ

Definition MC8D= SUM (all TRX_TS of the cell) C8D

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 CCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

948 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.17 MC924a - TIME_SPDCH_LIMIT_HIGH_LOAD

Long Name TIME_SPDCH_LIMIT_HIGH_LOAD

Definition Time during which the cell is in high load situation for PS traffic. This situation
impacts the number of slave PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS.

Trigger condition The timer starts whenever MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT calculated by the BSC is equal
or below MAX_SPDCH_HIGH_LOAD. MAX_SPDCH_HIGH_LOAD is calculated
by the BSC based on MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD and NB_TS_MPDCH O&M
parameters.
The timer stops when MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT is greater than
MAX_SPDCH_HIGH_LOAD.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 TCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment This counter replaces the B8 MFS counter P1.

Feature Name Autonomous Packet Resource Allocation (RAE-4)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 949 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.18 MC925a - NB_AGCH_USEFUL_BLOCKS_SENT

Long Name NB_AGCH_USEFUL_BLOCKS_SENT

Definition Number of useful blocks sent on AGCH channel (The dummy blocks are not
counted).

Trigger condition This counter is increased each time an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT or

IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT EXTENDED or IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
REJECT or PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or PACKET DOWNLINK
ASSIGNMENT message is taken from one AGCH queue and put on AGCH
channel.
Note: for cells mapped on non-Evolium BTS, the value of this counter is set
to zero.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Multiple CCCH

950 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.19 MC925b - NB_PCH_USEFUL_BLOCKS_SENT

Long Name NB_PCH_USEFUL_BLOCKS_SENT

Definition Number of useful blocks sent on PCH channel (The dummy blocks are not
counted).

Trigger condition This counter is increased each time a PAGING REQUEST message is taken
from one Paging_Group FIFO and put on PCH channel.
Note: for cells mapped on non-Evolium BTS, the value of this counter is set
to zero.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Multiple CCCH

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 951 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.20 MC925c - NB_BUSY_RACH_SLOTS

Long Name NB_BUSY_RACH_SLOTS

Definition Number of busy RACH slots.

Trigger condition Each 51-multiframes the Layer 1 reports the load on the RACH via the
RACH_MEASUREMENTS_RESULTS message, which contains the following
information:
- N_VRACH: number of Access Bursts successfully decoded
- N_BUSY: number of RACH busy slots
On reception of this message, the following counters are updated:
- NB_BUSY_RACH_SLOTS = NB_BUSY_RACH_SLOTS + N_BUSY
Note: for cells mapped on non-Evolium BTS, the value of this counter is set
to zero.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Multiple CCCH

952 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.21 MC925d - NB_CHANNEL_RQ_RADIO

Long Name NB_CHANNEL_RQ_RADIO

Definition Number of channel request messages received on the radio interface or number
of access bursts successfully decoded.

Trigger condition Each 51-multiframes the Layer 1 reports the load on the RACH via the
RACH_MEASUREMENTS_RESULTS message, which contains the following
information:
- N_VRACH: number of Access Bursts successfully decoded
- N_BUSY: number of RACH busy slots
On reception of this message, the following counters are updated:
- NB_CHANNEL_RQ_RADIO = NB_CHANNEL_RQ_RADIO + N_VRACH
Note: for cells mapped on non-Evolium BTS, the value of this counter is set
to zero.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Multiple CCCH

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 953 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.22 MC925e - NB_ASSIGN_CMD_RECEIVED_ABIS

Long Name NB_ASSIGN_CMD_RECEIVED_ABIS

Definition Number of 48.058 IMMEDIATE ASSIGN COMMAND messages received by the

BTS on Abis and had to be sent for CS and PS traffic to the MS.
Note: This counter does not count what it is really sent on the interface radio
on the AGCH channel because some messages can be discarded due to
congestion some others can be merged in one message (Immediate assignment
extended) and some others sent in PCH channel when the AGCH is up to 100%.

Trigger condition This counter is increased each time an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND
message is received on Abis interface.
Note: for cells mapped on non-Evolium BTS, the value of this counter is set
to zero.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Multiple CCCH

954 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.23 MC925f - NB_ASSIGN_CMD_DISCARDED

Long Name NB_ASSIGN_CMD_DISCARDED

Definition Number of 48.058 IMMEDIATE ASSIGN COMMAND messages received by the

BTS on Abis and discarded due to congestion.

Trigger condition This counter is increased each time an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND
messages is discarded on detection of AGCH FIFO overload.
Note: for cells mapped on non-Evolium BTS, the value of this counter is set
to zero.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Multiple CCCH

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 955 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.24 MC925g - NB_PAGING_CMD_RECEIVED_ABIS

Long Name NB_PAGING_CMD_RECEIVED_ABIS

Definition Number of PAGING COMMAND received by the BTS on Abis and had to be
sent for CS and PS traffic to the MS.
Note: This counter does not count what it is really sent on the PCH channel of
radio interface because some messages can be discarded due to congestion
and some others can be merged in one

Trigger condition 1) Applicable to the legacy BSC only: this counter is increased by one each time
a PAGING COMMAND message is received on Abis interface.
2) Applicable to the BSC Evolution only:
a) This counter is increased by one each time a PAGING COMMAND message
is received on Abis interface.
b) This counter is increased by "n" each time a MULTIPLE PAGING COMMAND
message is received on Abis interface ("n" is the number of PAGING COMMAND
contained in the received MULTIPLE PAGING COMMAND message).
Note: for cells mapped on non-Evolium BTS, the value of this counter is set
to zero.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Multiple CCCH

956 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.25 MC925h - NB_PAGING_CMD_DISCARDED

Long Name NB_PAGING_CMD_DISCARDED

Definition Number of PAGING COMMAND received by the BTS on Abis and discarded
due to congestion.

Trigger condition 1) Applicable to the legacy BSC only: this counter is increased by one each
time a PAGING COMMAND is discarded on detection of Paging_Group FIFO
overload.
2) Applicable to the BSC Evolution only:
This counter is increased by one each time a PAGING COMMAND is discarded
on detection of Paging Group FIFO overloaded (Note 1).
Note 1: It does not matter whether the discarded (and counted) PAGING
COMMAND was received in an individual PAGING COMMAND message or if
it was received (as one of several PAGING COMMANDs) within a MULTIPLE
PAGING COMMAND message.
Note: for cells mapped on non-Evolium BTS, the value of this counter is set
to zero.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Multiple CCCH

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 957 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.26 MC930 - NB_ABIS_PAGING_MESSAGE_RECEIVED

Long Name NB_ABIS_PAGING_MESSAGE_RECEIVED

Definition Number of PAGING COMMAND / MULTIPLE PAGING COMMAND message

received by the BTS on Abis.

Trigger condition For legacy BSC, the value of this counter shall be set to "0".
For BSC EVOLUTION:
a) This counter is increased by one each time a PAGING COMMAND message
is received on Abis interface.
b) This counter is increased by one each time a MULTIPLE PAGING COMMAND
message is received on Abis interface.
Note: for cells mapped on non-Evolium BTS, the value of this counter is set
to zero.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name Multiple CCCH

958 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.5.27 MC961 - NB_CELL_CS_PAGING_WITH_IMSI

Long Name NB_CELL_CS_PAGING_WITH_IMSI

Definition Number of CS 48.058 PAGING COMMAND message with IMSI

Trigger condition Whenever, for CS traffic only, a 48.058 PAGING COMMAND message with
"Type of identity" of the "MS Identity" MIE set to "IMSI" is about to be sent on
the Abis interface to the related cell.

Sub Domain 1 Radio Channel (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 CCCH

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 959 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.6 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

24.6.6.1 MC13a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_QUEUED

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_QUEUED

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment requests that are
put in BSC queue.

Trigger condition Further to the receipt of a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message for TCH,
the counter is incremented:
i) upon the sending of a 48.008 QUEUING INDICATION message if the queuing
is authorised by the MSC, or,
ii) when the assignment request is queued in the cell if the queuing is not
authorised by the MSC and the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is set, or,
iii) when the assignment request is queued in the cell if the queuing is not
authorised by the MSC and the request has its pre-emption indicator set
(provided that the flag EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to ’Enable’).
Note 1: MC13a = C13a
Note 2: The HMI name of the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is
"FORCED_QUEUING".

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

960 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.6.2 MC13b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_QUEUED

Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_QUEUED

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) incoming external handover requests that
are put in BSC queue

Trigger condition Further to the receipt of a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST message for TCH,
the counter is incremented:
i) upon the sending of a 48.008 QUEUING INDICATION message if the queuing
is authorised by the MSC, or,
ii) when the handover request is queued in the cell if the queuing is not
authorised by the MSC and the request has its pre-emption indicator set
(provided that the flag EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to ’Enable’).
Note: MC13b = C13b
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Handover

Sub Domain 3 TCH

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 961 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.6.3 MC144e - NB_OUT_IDR_REQ

Long Name NB_OUT_IDR_REQ

Definition MC144e=C144a+C144c

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 3 Internal

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

962 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.6.4 MC144f - NB_OUT_EDR_REQ

Long Name NB_OUT_EDR_REQ

Definition MC144f=C144b+C144d

Trigger condition –

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 3 External

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 963 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.6.5 MC147 - NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_ALLOC

Long Name NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_ALLOC

Definition MC147=C147, Number of incoming internal or external SDCCH handovers

-whose target SDCCH channel is allocated by the BSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message is about to be sent on

Abis Interface to activate an SDCCH channel for any handover purposes.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Handover

Sub Domain 3 SDCCH

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

964 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.6.6 MC148 - NB_IMM_ASS_ALLOC

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_ALLOC

Definition Number of immediate assignment plus SDCCH normal assignments -whose

SDCCH channel is allocated by the BSC.

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message is about to be sent

on Abis Interface to activate an SDCCH channel for any purpose other than
handover.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 965 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.6.7 MC15a - NB_INC_IDR_ALLOC

Long Name NB_INC_IDR_ALLOC

Definition MC15a=C15a, Number of incoming internal directed retry (towards a TCH

channel in HR or FR usage) whose target channel is allocated by the BSC.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented on the target cell whenever the 48.058 CHANNEL
ACTIVATION message of a TCH channel is about to be sent during an internal
directed retry.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Directed Retry

Sub Domain 3 Internal

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

966 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.6.8 MC15b - NB_INC_TCH_HO_ALLOC

Long Name NB_INC_TCH_HO_ALLOC

Definition Number of incoming TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover (internal or external)

-whose target channel is allocated by the BSC.
Since there are no reliable means at the target BSC to distinguish external
directed retry from external handover, the external directed retries are counted
by this counter.

Trigger condition The counter is incremented on the target cell whenever the 48.058 CHANNEL
ACTIVATION message of a TCH channel is about to be sent during any
handover procedure.
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Handover

Sub Domain 3 TCH

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 967 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.6.9 MC703 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ALLOC_TRX

Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ALLOC_TRX

Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment whose RTCH channel
is allocated in the BSC, per TRX. This counter also takes into account normal
assignment whose RTCH channel is allocated in the BSC in signaling mode (FR
usage only), for DTM.
MC703 = C703

Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message is about to be sent on

Abis Interface to activate a TCH channel for normal assignment, or for DTM
assignment with a TCH in signaling mode.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object TRX

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

968 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

24.6.6.10 MC850 - NB_MULTIBAND_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU_CELL

Long Name NB_MULTIBAND_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU_CELL

Definition Number of initial accesses for call establishments (location update apart)
initiated by multiband mobile stations. The counter is defined on a per cell basis.
A MS is considered as multiband if it supports:
- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1800 bands if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800
bands", or,
- the GSM850 and the DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", or,
- the GSM850 and the DCS1900 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", or,
- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1900 bands if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900
bands".

Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 Classmark Change message in the context of any
establishment cause different from location update is received on Abis interface
from the MS with a "Mobile Station Classmark 3" Information Element specifying
that the MS supports:
- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1800 bands if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800
bands", or,
- the GSM850 and the DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", or,
- the GSM850 and the DCS1900 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", or,
- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1900 bands if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900
bands".
The counter is incremented only once per SCCP connection in the serving cell,
i.e. on receipt of the first 44.018 CLASSMARK CHANGE message.

Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)

Sub Domain 2 Multiband

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Common cell

Type Name Overview measurements

Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type

External Comment –

Feature Name B7.1 counters improvements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 969 / 1628

24 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements

970 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 25 BSC-TYPE 180 - 2G Traffic flow measurements

25 BSC-TYPE 180 - 2G Traffic flow measurements

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 971 / 1628

25 BSC-TYPE 180 - 2G Traffic flow measurements

25.1 All TYPE 180

C400 - NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_REQ (Section 25.2.2.1 )
C401 - NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_ATPT (Section 25.2.2.2 )
C402 - NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_SUCC (Section 25.2.2.3 )

25.2 Adjacency
25.2.1 All Adjacency
C400 - NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_REQ (Section 25.2.2.1 )
C401 - NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_ATPT (Section 25.2.2.2 )
C402 - NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_SUCC (Section 25.2.2.3 )

972 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 25 BSC-TYPE 180 - 2G Traffic flow measurements

25.2.2 BSC
25.2.2.1 C400 - NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_REQ

Long Name NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_REQ

Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external or internal inter-cell SDCCH or TCH (in

HR or FR usage) handover requests. The internal and external directed retries
are counted.

Trigger condition 1) Internal handover : whenever an internal inter-cell SDCCH or TCH handover
is initiated by the handover process within the BSC from the serving cell to the
target cell.
2) External handover : 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST received (including
the MIE "Cell identifier" of the serving cell) by the BSC for an SDCCH or TCH
external handover towards the target cell.
Only handovers from a 2G cell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell
Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008
HANDOVER REQUEST is set to ’0000’ or ’0001’).
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 BSC

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name 2G Traffic flow measurements

Type Definition Set of incoming external or internal inter-cell SDCCH or TCH (in HR or FR
usage) handover counters provided per adjacency: variable serving cell -
variable target cell. The internal and external directed retries are counted. Only
handovers / directed retries from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers
from 3G are not counted in type 180).

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 973 / 1628

25 BSC-TYPE 180 - 2G Traffic flow measurements

25.2.2.2 C401 - NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_ATPT

Long Name NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_ATPT

Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external or internal inter cell SDCCH or TCH (in
HR or FR usage) handover attempts. The internal and external directed retries
are counted.

Trigger condition 1) Internal handover : 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND sent to the MS via the
serving cell for an internal inter-cell SDCCH or TCH handover towards the target
cell.
2) External handover : 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST ACK sent to the MSC
from the target BSC for an external SDCCH or TCH handover from the serving
cell to the target cell. The MIE "Cell-Identifier" of the serving cell and target cell
are provided in 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST.
Only handovers from a 2G cell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell
Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008
HANDOVER REQUEST is set to ’0000’ or ’0001’).
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 BSC

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name 2G Traffic flow measurements

Type Definition Set of incoming external or internal inter-cell SDCCH or TCH (in HR or FR
usage) handover counters provided per adjacency: variable serving cell -
variable target cell. The internal and external directed retries are counted. Only
handovers / directed retries from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers
from 3G are not counted in type 180).

External Comment –

Feature Name –

974 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 25 BSC-TYPE 180 - 2G Traffic flow measurements

25.2.2.3 C402 - NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_SUCC

Long Name NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_SUCC

Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external or internal inter cell SDCCH or TCH

(in HR or FR usage) handover successes. The internal and external directed
retries are counted.

Trigger condition 44.018HANDOVER_COMPLETE message received from the MS via the target
cell for an external or internal inter-cell SDCCH or TCH handover from the
serving cell.
Only handovers from a 2G cell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell
Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008
HANDOVER REQUEST is set to ’0000’ or ’0001’).
Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.

Sub Domain 1 BSC

Sub Domain 2 –

Sub Domain 3 –

Measured Object Adjacency-CGI

Type Name 2G Traffic flow measurements

Type Definition Set of incoming external or internal inter-cell SDCCH or TCH (in HR or FR
usage) handover counters provided per adjacency: variable serving cell -
variable target cell. The internal and external directed retries are counted. Only
handovers / directed retries from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers
from 3G are not counted in type 180).

External Comment –

Feature Name –

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 975 / 1628

25 BSC-TYPE 180 - 2G Traffic flow measurements

976 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 977 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.1 All MFS-GPRS

P10 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_DISC_CONG (Section 26.4.5.1 )
P100c - CUMULATED_TIME_BUSY_GCH_CELL (Section 26.3.3.1 )
P100d - MAX_NB_BUSY_GCH_CELL (Section 26.3.3.2 )
P100e - MIN_NB_BUSY_GCH_CELL (Section 26.3.3.3 )
P100f - MAX_NB_GCH_BUSY_GPU (Section 26.3.3.4 )
P101 - CUMULATED_TIME_AVAIL_GCH_GPU (Section 26.3.3.5 )
P103 - NB_ERROR_UL_GCH_FRAME (Section 26.4.2.1 )
P104 - NB_LLC_PDU_GPU (Section 26.4.5.2 )
P105c - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_CONG (Section 26.2.5.1 )
P105d - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_CONG (Section 26.2.5.2 )
P105e - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CPU_GPU (Section 26.2.5.3 )
P105f - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CPU_GPU (Section 26.2.5.4 )
P105g - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ATER (Section 26.2.5.5 )
P105h - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ATER (Section 26.2.5.6 )
P105i - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ABIS (Section 26.2.5.7 )
P105j - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ABIS (Section 26.2.5.8 )
P105k - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_TOO_MANY_TBF (Section 26.2.5.9 )
P105l - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_TOO_MANY_TBF (Section 26.2.5.10 )
P105m - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_CONG (Section 26.2.5.11 )
P105n - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_CONG (Section 26.2.5.12 )
P105o - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_BUFFER_CONG (Section 26.2.5.13 )
P105p - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_BUFFER_CONG (Section 26.2.5.14 )
P106 - NB_TBF_EST_SUCC_GPU (Section 26.2.5.15 )
P107 - NB_TBF_EST_REQ_GPU (Section 26.2.5.16 )
P11 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_GB_PB_MStransDL (Section 26.2.5.17 )
P129a - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_GPRS_ACK
(Section 26.3.5.1 )
P129b - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_GPRS_NACK
(Section 26.3.5.2 )
P129c - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EGPRS_ACK
(Section 26.3.5.3 )
P129d - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EGPRS_NACK
(Section 26.3.5.4 )
P13 - TIME_DL_PDCH_CONG (Section 26.3.5.5 )
P14 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG (Section 26.2.5.18 )
P146 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_PREEMPTradio (Section 26.2.5.19 )
P147 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_PREEMPTradio (Section 26.2.5.20 )
P15 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_RADIO_PB (Section 26.2.5.21 )
P16 - CUMULATED_OVERALL_DL_CONNECTION_TIME (Section 26.3.5.6 )

978 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P160 - NB_DL_TBF_1_succ (Section 26.3.5.7 )

P161 - NB_UL_TBF_1_succ (Section 26.3.5.8 )
P162 - NB_DL_TBF_2_3_succ (Section 26.3.5.9 )
P163 - NB_UL_TBF_2_3_succ (Section 26.3.5.10 )
P164 - NB_DL_TBF_4_5_succ (Section 26.3.5.11 )
P165 - NB_UL_TBF_4_5_succ (Section 26.3.5.12 )
P180a - NB_SGSN_SELECTION_NSF (Section 26.4.3.1 )
P180b - NB_SGSN_SELECTION_NSF_RIM (Section 26.4.3.2 )
P181a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_SIG (Section 26.2.5.22 )
P181b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_SIG (Section 26.2.5.23 )
P182a - NB_SERVING_INTER_BSS_NACC (Section 26.2.5.24 )
P182b - NB_SERVING_INTER_RAT_NACC (Section 26.2.5.25 )
P182c - NB_CONTROLLING_INTER_BSS_NACC (Section 26.2.5.26 )
P182d - NB_RAN_INFO_REQ_INTER_BSS_NACC (Section 26.2.5.27 )
P182e - TIME_RIM_NACC_PROC_SUCC (Section 26.2.5.28 )
P182f - NB_SERVING_INTER_LTE_NACC (Section 26.2.5.29 )
P200 - NB_DOWNGRADED_MOVING_RT_PFC (Section 26.2.5.30 )
P201 - TIME_PTU_CPU_DSP_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.3 )
P201bis - TIME_SCP_CPU_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.4 )
P202 - TIME_PTU_CPU_DSP_OVERLOAD (Section 26.4.5.5 )
P202bis - TIME_SCP_CPU_OVERLOAD (Section 26.4.5.6 )
P203 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_LOAD (Section 26.2.5.31 )
P204 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_LOAD (Section 26.2.5.32 )
P207 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_DL_DELAYED (Section 26.2.5.33 )
P208 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXTENDED_UL (Section 26.2.5.34 )
P209 - TIME_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL (Section 26.2.5.35 )
P20a - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS1 (Section 26.4.5.7 )
P20b - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS2 (Section 26.4.5.8 )
P20c - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS3 (Section 26.4.5.9 )
P20d - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS4 (Section 26.4.5.10 )
P20f - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS1 (Section 26.4.5.11 )
P20g - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS2 (Section 26.4.5.12 )
P20h - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS3 (Section 26.4.5.13 )
P20i - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS4 (Section 26.4.5.14 )
P20j - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS5 (Section 26.4.5.15 )
P20k - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS6 (Section 26.4.5.16 )
P20l - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS7 (Section 26.4.5.17 )
P20m - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS8 (Section 26.4.5.18 )
P20n - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS9 (Section 26.4.5.19 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 979 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P210 - TIME_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL (Section 26.2.5.36 )

P211 - NB_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL (Section 26.2.5.37 )
P212 - TIME_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL (Section 26.2.5.38 )
P213 - NB_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL (Section 26.2.5.39 )
P214 - NB_UL_TBF_ENT_EXTENDED_UPLINK (Section 26.2.5.40 )
P215 - NB_UL_TBF_RESUME_IN_EXTENDED_UPLINK (Section 26.2.5.41 )
P21a - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS1 (Section 26.4.5.20 )
P21b - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS2 (Section 26.4.5.21 )
P21c - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS3 (Section 26.4.5.22 )
P21d - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS4 (Section 26.4.5.23 )
P21f - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS1 (Section 26.4.5.24 )
P21g - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS2 (Section 26.4.5.25 )
P21h - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS3 (Section 26.4.5.26 )
P21i - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS4 (Section 26.4.5.27 )
P21j - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS5 (Section 26.4.5.28 )
P21k - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS6 (Section 26.4.5.29 )
P21l - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS7 (Section 26.4.5.30 )
P21m - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS8 (Section 26.4.5.31 )
P21n - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS9 (Section 26.4.5.32 )
P22 - NB_UL_TBF_NORM_REL (Section 26.2.5.42 )
P220 - NB_MOVING_RT_PFC (Section 26.2.5.43 )
P221 - NB_PCCO_ACK_UL_NC2_CELL_RESEL (Section 26.2.5.44 )
P222 - NB_PCCO_ACK_DL_NC2_CELL_RESEL (Section 26.2.5.45 )
P223 - NB_PCCO_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.46 )
P224 - NB_FLUSH_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.47 )
P225 - NB_PCCF_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.48 )
P226 - NB_PCCO_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.49 )
P227 - NB_FLUSH_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.50 )
P228 - NB_PCCF_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.51 )
P229 - NB_RT_PFC_PREEMPTED (Section 26.2.5.52 )
P22a - NB_UL_TBF_NORM_REL_EGPRS (Section 26.2.5.53 )
P23 - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_DISC_CONG (Section 26.4.3.3 )
P231 - NB_DOWNGRADED_RT_PFC_DEFENCE (Section 26.2.5.54 )
P232 - NB_MOVING_RT_PFC_TARGET (Section 26.2.5.55 )
P24 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_GB_PB_MStransUL (Section 26.2.5.56 )
P26 - TIME_UL_PDCH_CONG (Section 26.3.5.13 )
P27 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG (Section 26.2.5.57 )
P28 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_RADIO_PB (Section 26.2.5.58 )
P2a - NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_RESENT (Section 26.2.2.1 )

980 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P2b - NB_LAPD_RNR_SENT (Section 26.2.2.2 )

P2c - NB_LAPD_RNR_REC (Section 26.2.2.3 )
P2d - NB_LAPD_EST (Section 26.2.2.4 )
P302b_1 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3105 (Section
26.2.5.59 )
P302b_2 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_TX_EFF (Section
26.2.5.60 )
P302c_1 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3101 (Section
26.2.5.61 )
P302c_2 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3103 (Section
26.2.5.62 )
P302c_3 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_TX_EFF (Section
26.2.5.63 )
P302c_4 -
NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N_POLLING_EUTM
(Section 26.2.5.64 )
P303a - NB_ABNORMAL_DL_TBF_REL (Section 26.2.5.65 )
P303b - NB_ABNORMAL_UL_TBF_REL (Section 26.2.5.66 )
P30a - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MSidle_MastChan (Section 26.2.5.67 )
P30b - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MStransDL (Section 26.2.5.68 )
P30c - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MSidle_NO_MastChan (Section 26.2.5.69 )
P30d - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_PIM (Section 26.3.5.14 )
P30e - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_MStransDL (Section 26.2.5.70 )
P310a - NB_STALL_IND_MS_GPRS (Section 26.4.5.33 )
P310b - NB_STALL_IND_MS_EGPRS (Section 26.4.5.34 )
P310c - NB_STALL_STATE_GPRS_DL_TBF (Section 26.4.5.35 )
P310d - NB_STALL_STATE_EGPRS_DL_TBF (Section 26.4.5.36 )
P32 - TIME_LAPD_NOT_AVAIL (Section 26.3.3.6 )
P33 - TIME_BEAR_CHAN_NOT_AVAIL (Section 26.3.4.1 )
P335 - AV_DL_TX_EFF_GPRS (Section 26.4.5.37 )
P336 - AV_UL_TX_EFF_GPRS (Section 26.4.5.38 )
P34 - TIME_PVC_NOT_AVAIL (Section 26.3.4.2 )
P34a - TIME_SGSN_IP_ENDPOINT_NOT_AVAIL_GBIP (Section 26.3.4.3 )
P35 - MAX_NB_DL_TBF_SIMUL_EST (Section 26.3.5.15 )
P350a - NB_DL_RADIO_BLOCK_PDTCH (Section 26.4.5.39 )
P350b - NB_UL_RADIO_BLOCK_PDTCH (Section 26.4.5.40 )
P351a - NB_DL_CS_ADAPT_INCREASE (Section 26.4.5.41 )
P351b - NB_DL_CS_ADAPT_DECREASE (Section 26.4.5.42 )
P352a - NB_UL_CS_ADAPT_INCREASE (Section 26.4.5.43 )
P352b - NB_UL_CS_ADAPT_DECREASE (Section 26.4.5.44 )
P36 - AV_NB_DL_TBF_SIMUL_EST (Section 26.3.5.16 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 981 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P383a - TIME_ATERMUX_CONG (Section 26.3.3.7 )

P383b - TIME_HIGH_ATER_USAGE (Section 26.3.3.8 )
P384 - Time_DSP_Cong (Section 26.4.5.45 )
P384bis - TIME_SCP_CONG (Section 26.4.5.46 )
P384ter - TIME_GPU_BUFFER_CONG (Section 26.4.5.47 )
P385a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_STAGWINDOW (Section 26.2.5.71 )
P385b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_STAGWINDOW (Section 26.2.5.72 )
P38b - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED (Section 26.3.5.17 )
P38c - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_EGPRS (Section 26.3.5.18 )
P38e - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_DL_CELL (Section 26.3.5.19 )
P38f - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_UL_CELL (Section 26.3.5.20 )
P39 - MAX_NB_UL_TBF_SIMUL_EST (Section 26.3.5.21 )
P390a - NB_BSS_CS_PAGING_REQ_GPU (Section 26.4.5.48 )
P390b - NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_PACCH (Section 26.4.5.49 )
P391a - NB_PS_PAGING_REQ_GPU (Section 26.4.5.50 )
P391b - NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_GPU (Section 26.4.5.51 )
P391c - NB_CS_PAGING_WITH_GLOBAL_CN_ID_GPU (Section 26.4.5.52 )
P392a - AV_NB_MS_CONTEXTS (Section 26.4.5.53 )
P392b - MAX_NB_MS_CONTEXTS (Section 26.4.5.54 )
P396a - NB_RLC_DL_TBF_RELEASE_REQ_FOR_CR (Section 26.2.5.73 )
P396b - NB_RLC_UL_TBF_RELEASE_REQ_FOR_CR (Section 26.2.5.74 )
P397 - NB_FLUSH_MESSAGES (Section 26.2.5.75 )
P399 - SIG_BLKS_PRACH_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.55 )
P3a - NB_BEAR_CHAN_FRAMES_DISC_INVALID_FCS (Section 26.2.3.1 )
P3b - NB_BEAR_CHAN_FRAMES_DISC_INVALID_ADDR (Section 26.2.3.2 )
P4 - TIME_PVC_CONG_FRAME_RELAY (Section 26.3.4.4 )
P40 - AV_NB_UL_TBF_SIMUL_EST (Section 26.3.5.22 )
P400 - SIG_BLKS_PAGCH_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.56 )
P401 - SIG_BLKS_PACCH_UL_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.57 )
P402 - TIME_PMU_OVERLOAD (Section 26.4.5.58 )
P403a - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T1 (Section 26.2.5.76 )
P403b - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T2 (Section 26.2.5.77 )
P403c - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T3 (Section 26.2.5.78 )
P403d - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T4 (Section 26.2.5.79 )
P404a - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T1 (Section 26.2.5.80 )
P404b - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T2 (Section 26.2.5.81 )
P404c - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T3 (Section 26.2.5.82 )
P404d - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T4 (Section 26.2.5.83 )
P405a - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T1 (Section 26.2.5.84 )

982 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P405b - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T2 (Section 26.2.5.85 )

P405c - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T3 (Section 26.2.5.86 )
P405d - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T4 (Section 26.2.5.87 )
P406a - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T1 (Section 26.2.5.88 )
P406b - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T2 (Section 26.2.5.89 )
P406c - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T3 (Section 26.2.5.90 )
P406d - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T4 (Section 26.2.5.91 )
P407a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T1 (Section
26.2.5.92 )
P407b - NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T2 (Section
26.2.5.93 )
P407c - NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T3 (Section
26.2.5.94 )
P407d - NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T4 (Section
26.2.5.95 )
P408a - NB_UL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T1 (Section
26.2.5.96 )
P408b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T2 (Section
26.2.5.97 )
P408c - NB_UL_TBF_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T3 (Section 26.2.5.98 )
P408d - NB_UL_TBF_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T4 (Section 26.2.5.99 )
P409 - CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED_AND_OPTIMAL_DL_ALLOCATION
(Section 26.3.5.23 )
P41 - NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_BSC (Section 26.4.2.2 )
P410 - CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED_AND_OPTIMAL_UL_ALLOCATION
(Section 26.3.5.24 )
P411 - CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED_DL_TBF (Section 26.3.5.25 )
P412 - CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED_UL_TBF (Section 26.3.5.26 )
P413 - NB_GPRS_SESSIONS (Section 26.4.5.59 )
P414bis - CUMULATED_TIME_ALLOCATED_SPDCH (Section 26.3.5.27 )
P415bis - MAX_OF_ALLOCATED_SPDCH (Section 26.3.5.28 )
P416bis - MIN_OF_ALLOCATED_SPDCH (Section 26.3.5.29 )
P417 - NB_PREEMPTED_PDCH (Section 26.3.5.30 )
P419 - CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED (Section 26.3.5.31 )
P42 - NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_BSC (Section 26.4.2.3 )
P420 - CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED (Section 26.3.5.32 )
P421 - NB_DUMMY_RLC_DATA_BLOCKS (Section 26.4.5.60 )
P422 - NB_DL_TBF_TRANSFER_RESUMPTION_IN_DELAYED_REL_STATE
(Section 26.2.5.100 )
P423a - NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T1 (Section
26.2.5.101 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 983 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P423b - NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T2 (Section

26.2.5.102 )
P423c - NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T3 (Section
26.2.5.103 )
P423d - NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T4 (Section
26.2.5.104 )
P424a - NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T1 (Section
26.2.5.105 )
P424b - NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T2 (Section
26.2.5.106 )
P424c - NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T3 (Section
26.2.5.107 )
P424d - NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T4 (Section
26.2.5.108 )
P425a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T1 (Section
26.2.5.109 )
P425b - NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T2 (Section
26.2.5.110 )
P425c - NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T3 (Section
26.2.5.111 )
P425d - NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T4 (Section
26.2.5.112 )
P426a - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T1 (Section
26.2.5.113 )
P426b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T2 (Section
26.2.5.114 )
P426c - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T3 (Section
26.2.5.115 )
P426d - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T4 (Section
26.2.5.116 )
P43 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES (Section 26.4.3.4 )
P431b - MAX_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME (Section 26.2.5.117 )
P431c - MIN_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME (Section 26.2.5.118 )
P432b - MAX_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME (Section 26.2.5.119 )
P432c - MIN_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME (Section 26.2.5.120 )
P433a - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT1 (Section 26.2.5.121 )
P433b - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT2 (Section 26.2.5.122 )
P433c - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT3 (Section 26.2.5.123 )
P433d - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT4 (Section 26.2.5.124 )
P434a - NB_NC2_UL_TBF_RELEASE (Section 26.2.5.125 )
P434b - NB_NC2_DL_TBF_RELEASE (Section 26.2.5.126 )
P434c - NB_NC0_UL_TBF_RELEASE (Section 26.2.5.127 )
P434d - NB_NC0_DL_TBF_RELEASE (Section 26.2.5.128 )
P435a - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT1 (Section 26.2.5.129 )

984 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P435b - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT2 (Section 26.2.5.130 )

P435c - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT3 (Section 26.2.5.131 )
P435d - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT4 (Section 26.2.5.132 )
P436 - NB_NC0_CELL_RESEL_Mstrans (Section 26.2.5.133 )
P437a - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_REJECT_CELL (Section 26.2.5.134 )
P437b - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_NO_REJECT_CELL (Section
26.2.5.135 )
P438a - SIG_BLKS_NC2_UL_PACCH_PTM_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.61 )
P438b - SIG_BLKS_NC2_DL_PACCH_PTM_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.62 )
P438c - SIG_BLKS_NC2_UL_PACCH_CCCH_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.63 )
P438d - SIG_BLKS_NC2_PRACH_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.64 )
P439 - SIG_BLKS_UL_PACCH_CCCH_PRR_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.65 )
P43a - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_ACK (Section 26.4.5.66 )
P43b - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_NACK (Section 26.4.5.67 )
P43c - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_ACK (Section 26.4.5.68 )
P43d - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_NACK (Section 26.4.5.69 )
P44 - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES (Section 26.4.3.5 )
P440a - NB_REROUTING_INTRA_NSE (Section 26.2.5.136 )
P440b - NB_REROUTING_INTER_NSE_INTRA_BSS (Section 26.2.5.137 )
P440c - NB_REROUTING_INTER_NSE_INTER_BSS (Section 26.2.5.138 )
P441a - NB_IMPOSSIBLE_OR_UNREQUESTED_REROUTING_INR (Section
26.2.5.139 )
P441b - NB_UNREQUESTED_REROUTING_NOT_INR (Section 26.2.5.140 )
P441c - NB_IMPOSSIBLE_REROUTING_NOT_INR (Section 26.2.5.141 )
P44a - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_ACK (Section 26.4.5.70 )
P44b - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_NACK (Section 26.4.5.71 )
P44c - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_ACK (Section 26.4.5.72 )
P44d - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_NACK (Section 26.4.5.73 )
P45 - NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_SGSN (Section 26.4.3.6 )
P450a - NB_R97_R98_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section 26.4.5.74 )
P450b - NB_GPRS_R99_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section 26.4.5.75 )
P450c - NB_EGPRS_R99_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section 26.4.5.76 )
P450d - NB_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section 26.4.5.77 )
P450e - NB_GERAN_FEATURE_PACK1_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section
26.4.5.78 )
P450f - NB_E_UTRA_FDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section
26.4.5.79 )
P450g - NB_UTRA_FDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section 26.4.5.80 )
P450h - NB_UTRA_TDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section 26.4.5.81 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 985 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P450i - NB_E_UTRA_TDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section

26.4.5.82 )
P451a - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_UL_TBF_CELL (Section 26.3.5.33 )
P451b - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_CELL (Section 26.3.5.34 )
P452 - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_GMM_SIG_CELL (Section
26.3.5.35 )
P453a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_1 (Section 26.3.5.36 )
P453a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_10 (Section 26.3.5.37 )
P453a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_2 (Section 26.3.5.38 )
P453a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_3 (Section 26.3.5.39 )
P453a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_4 (Section 26.3.5.40 )
P453a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_5 (Section 26.3.5.41 )
P453a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_6 (Section 26.3.5.42 )
P453a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_7 (Section 26.3.5.43 )
P453a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_8 (Section 26.3.5.44 )
P453a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_9 (Section 26.3.5.45 )
P453b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_1 (Section 26.3.5.46 )
P453b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_10 (Section 26.3.5.47 )
P453b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_2 (Section 26.3.5.48 )
P453b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_3 (Section 26.3.5.49 )
P453b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_4 (Section 26.3.5.50 )
P453b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_5 (Section 26.3.5.51 )
P453b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_6 (Section 26.3.5.52 )
P453b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_7 (Section 26.3.5.53 )
P453b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_8 (Section 26.3.5.54 )
P453b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_9 (Section 26.3.5.55 )
P454a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_1 (Section 26.3.5.56 )
P454a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_10 (Section 26.3.5.57 )
P454a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_2 (Section 26.3.5.58 )
P454a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_3 (Section 26.3.5.59 )
P454a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_4 (Section 26.3.5.60 )
P454a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_5 (Section 26.3.5.61 )
P454a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_6 (Section 26.3.5.62 )
P454a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_7 (Section 26.3.5.63 )
P454a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_8 (Section 26.3.5.64 )
P454a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_9 (Section 26.3.5.65 )
P454b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_1 (Section 26.3.5.66 )
P454b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_10 (Section 26.3.5.67 )
P454b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_2 (Section 26.3.5.68 )
P454b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_3 (Section 26.3.5.69 )

986 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P454b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_4 (Section 26.3.5.70 )

P454b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_5 (Section 26.3.5.71 )
P454b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_6 (Section 26.3.5.72 )
P454b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_7 (Section 26.3.5.73 )
P454b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_8 (Section 26.3.5.74 )
P454b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_9 (Section 26.3.5.75 )
P455a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_1 (Section 26.3.5.76 )
P455a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_10 (Section 26.3.5.77 )
P455a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_2 (Section 26.3.5.78 )
P455a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_3 (Section 26.3.5.79 )
P455a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_4 (Section 26.3.5.80 )
P455a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_5 (Section 26.3.5.81 )
P455a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_6 (Section 26.3.5.82 )
P455a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_7 (Section 26.3.5.83 )
P455a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_8 (Section 26.3.5.84 )
P455a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_9 (Section 26.3.5.85 )
P455b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_1 (Section 26.3.5.86 )
P455b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_10 (Section 26.3.5.87 )
P455b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_2 (Section 26.3.5.88 )
P455b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_3 (Section 26.3.5.89 )
P455b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_4 (Section 26.3.5.90 )
P455b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_5 (Section 26.3.5.91 )
P455b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_6 (Section 26.3.5.92 )
P455b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_7 (Section 26.3.5.93 )
P455b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_8 (Section 26.3.5.94 )
P455b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_9 (Section 26.3.5.95 )
P456 - NB_PSI_PROC (Section 26.2.5.142 )
P457 - NB_PSI_MES (Section 26.4.5.83 )
P458 - NB_NEIGH_PSI_PROC (Section 26.2.5.143 )
P459 - NB_NEIGH_PSI_MES (Section 26.4.5.84 )
P45a - NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_SGSN_GBIP (Section 26.4.3.7 )
P46 - NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_SGSN (Section 26.4.3.8 )
P460b - MAX_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIME (Section 26.2.5.144 )
P460c - MIN_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIME (Section 26.2.5.145 )
P461 - CUMULATED_ACT_EXT_UL_CONNECTION_TIME (Section 26.3.5.96
)
P462 - NB_DUMMY_UL_BLOCKS (Section 26.4.5.85 )
P463 - NB_PFC_DOWNLOAD (Section 26.2.5.146 )
P464 - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_LOAD (Section 26.2.5.147 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 987 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P465 - MAX_NB_USED_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES (Section 26.3.2.1 )

P466 - CUMULATED_TIME_USED_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES
(Section 26.3.2.2 )
P469 - MAX_NB_DEFICIT_GCH (Section 26.3.3.9 )
P46a - NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_SGSN_GBIP (Section 26.4.3.9 )
P470 - CUMULATED_TIME_DEFICIT_GCH (Section 26.3.3.10 )
P471 - CUMULATED_TIME_EXCESS_GCH (Section 26.3.3.11 )
P472 - CUMULATED_TIME_FREE_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES (Section
26.3.2.3 )
P474 - CUMULATED_TIME_FREE_ATER_NIBBLES (Section 26.3.3.12 )
P484 - MIN_NB_FREE_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLE (Section 26.3.2.4 )
P486 - MIN_NB_FREE_ATER_NIBBLE (Section 26.3.3.13 )
P488 - NB_RT_DL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.148 )
P489 - NB_RT_UL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.149 )
P49 - NB_IMM_ASS_AGCH (Section 26.4.5.86 )
P490 - NB_UNACK_NRT_PFC_CREATION (Section 26.2.5.150 )
P491 - NB_UNACK_RT_PFC_CREATION (Section 26.2.5.151 )
P492 - NB_DOWNGRADED_RT_PFC (Section 26.2.5.152 )
P493 - NB_PFC_REJECTED (Section 26.2.5.153 )
P494 - NB_PFC_DOWNLOAD_FAIL (Section 26.2.5.154 )
P495 - MAX_NB_USED_SPDCH_CELL (Section 26.3.5.97 )
P496 - MIN_NB_USED_SPDCH_CELL (Section 26.3.5.98 )
P497 - NB_RT_PFC_CREATION (Section 26.2.5.155 )
P498 - NB_NRT_PFC_CREATION (Section 26.2.5.156 )
P499 - NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_OK (Section 26.2.5.157 )
P5 - TIME_PVC_CONG_LEVEL1 (Section 26.3.4.5 )
P500 - NB_DTM_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section 26.2.5.158 )
P501 - NB_DTM_MS_CONTEXT_CELL (Section 26.2.5.159 )
P502 - CUMULATED_DTM_TIME (Section 26.2.5.160 )
P503 - CUMULATED_DTM_DEDICATED_TIME (Section 26.2.5.161 )
P504 - CUMULATED_DTM_PTM_TIME (Section 26.2.5.162 )
P505 - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_REQ (Section 26.2.5.163 )
P505a - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS (Section 26.2.5.164 )
P506 - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC (Section 26.2.5.165 )
P506a - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS (Section 26.2.5.166 )
P507 - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_REQ (Section 26.2.5.167 )
P507a - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS (Section 26.2.5.168 )
P508 - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC (Section 26.2.5.169 )
P508a - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS (Section 26.2.5.170 )
P509 - NB_DTM_CS_DL_TBF_RELEASE (Section 26.2.5.171 )

988 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P509a - NB_DTM_CS_DL_TBF_RELEASE_EGPRS (Section 26.2.5.172 )

P510 - NB_DTM_CS_UL_TBF_RELEASE (Section 26.2.5.173 )
P510a - NB_DTM_CS_UL_TBF_RELEASE_EGPRS (Section 26.2.5.174 )
P511 - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_FAIL_CONG (Section 26.2.5.175 )
P512 - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_FAIL_CONG (Section 26.2.5.176 )
P513 - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GTTP (Section 26.2.5.177 )
P514 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GTTP (Section 26.2.5.178 )
P515 - NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_DTM_DEDICATED (Section 26.2.5.179 )
P516 - NB_RT_PFC_DOWNGRADED_DTM_DEDICATED (Section 26.2.5.180
)
P518 - NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_DTM_MODE (Section 26.2.5.181 )
P519 - NB_RT_PFC_DOWNGRADED_DTM_MODE (Section 26.2.5.182 )
P520 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_DTM (Section 26.2.5.183 )
P521 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_DTM (Section 26.2.5.184 )
P52a - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_GPRS_ACK
(Section 26.3.5.99 )
P52b - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_GPRS_NACK
(Section 26.3.5.100 )
P52c - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_EGPRS_ACK
(Section 26.3.5.101 )
P52d - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_EGPRS_NACK
(Section 26.3.5.102 )
P530a_1 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_0_TO_10 (Section 26.4.5.87 )
P530a_2 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_11_TO_12 (Section 26.4.5.88 )
P530a_3 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_3X (Section 26.4.5.89 )
P530a_4 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_4X (Section 26.4.5.90 )
P530a_5 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_TO_34 (Section 26.4.5.91 )
P530b_5 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_31_TO_33 (Section 26.4.5.92 )
P531a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1 (Section
26.3.5.103 )
P531a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10 (Section
26.3.5.104 )
P531a_11 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_11 (Section
26.3.5.105 )
P531a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2 (Section
26.3.5.106 )
P531a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3 (Section
26.3.5.107 )
P531a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4 (Section
26.3.5.108 )
P531a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5 (Section
26.3.5.109 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 989 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P531a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6 (Section

26.3.5.110 )
P531a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7 (Section
26.3.5.111 )
P531a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8 (Section
26.3.5.112 )
P531a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9 (Section
26.3.5.113 )
P531b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1 (Section
26.3.5.114 )
P531b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10 (Section
26.3.5.115 )
P531b_11 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_11 (Section
26.3.5.116 )
P531b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2 (Section
26.3.5.117 )
P531b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3 (Section
26.3.5.118 )
P531b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4 (Section
26.3.5.119 )
P531b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5 (Section
26.3.5.120 )
P531b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6 (Section
26.3.5.121 )
P531b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7 (Section
26.3.5.122 )
P531b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8 (Section
26.3.5.123 )
P531b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9 (Section
26.3.5.124 )
P532a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1 (Section
26.3.5.125 )
P532a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10 (Section
26.3.5.126 )
P532a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2 (Section
26.3.5.127 )
P532a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3 (Section
26.3.5.128 )
P532a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4 (Section
26.3.5.129 )
P532a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5 (Section
26.3.5.130 )
P532a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6 (Section
26.3.5.131 )
P532a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7 (Section
26.3.5.132 )

990 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P532a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8 (Section

26.3.5.133 )
P532a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9 (Section
26.3.5.134 )
P532b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1 (Section
26.3.5.135 )
P532b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10 (Section
26.3.5.136 )
P532b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2 (Section
26.3.5.137 )
P532b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3 (Section
26.3.5.138 )
P532b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4 (Section
26.3.5.139 )
P532b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5 (Section
26.3.5.140 )
P532b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6 (Section
26.3.5.141 )
P532b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7 (Section
26.3.5.142 )
P532b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8 (Section
26.3.5.143 )
P532b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9 (Section
26.3.5.144 )
P53a - NB_PS_PAGING_REQ_PCH (Section 26.4.5.93 )
P53b - NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_PCH (Section 26.4.5.94 )
P53c - NB_IMM_ASS_PCH (Section 26.4.5.95 )
P53d - NB_CS_PAGING_WITH_GLOBAL_CN_ID_PCH (Section 26.4.5.96 )
P540b - NB_REFUSED_RT_PFC_LACK_BANDWIDTH (Section 26.2.5.185 )
P540c - NB_REFUSED_RT_PFC_LACK_RADIO (Section 26.2.5.186 )
P540d - MAX_DL_GBR_BW_GRANTED (Section 26.2.5.187 )
P540e - MAX_UL_GBR_BW_GRANTED (Section 26.2.5.188 )
P541a - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS (Section 26.4.4.1 )
P541b - NB_MFS_RESENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS (Section 26.4.4.2 )
P541d - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_BYTES (Section 26.4.4.3 )
P542a - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS (Section 26.4.4.4 )
P542b - NB_MFS_RESENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS (Section 26.4.4.5 )
P542d - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_BYTES (Section 26.4.4.6 )
P543a - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHC_IP_PACKETS (Section 26.4.4.7 )
P543d - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHC_IP_BYTES (Section 26.4.4.8 )
P549a - TIME_PS_DL_BE_CONGESTION (Section 26.4.4.9 )
P552 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_UL_LLC_PDU_SEQ_FLOW_PB (Section
26.2.5.189 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 991 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P55a - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS1 (Section 26.4.5.97 )

P55b - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS2 (Section 26.4.5.98 )
P55c - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS3 (Section 26.4.5.99 )
P55d - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS4 (Section 26.4.5.100 )
P55e - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS1 (Section 26.4.5.101 )
P55f - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS2 (Section 26.4.5.102 )
P55g - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS3 (Section 26.4.5.103 )
P55h - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS4 (Section 26.4.5.104 )
P55i - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS5 (Section 26.4.5.105 )
P55j - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS6 (Section 26.4.5.106 )
P55k - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS7 (Section 26.4.5.107 )
P55l - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS8 (Section 26.4.5.108 )
P55m - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS9 (Section 26.4.5.109 )
P57a - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS1 (Section 26.4.5.110 )
P57b - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS2 (Section 26.4.5.111 )
P57c - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS3 (Section 26.4.5.112 )
P57d - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS4 (Section 26.4.5.113 )
P57e - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS1 (Section 26.4.5.114 )
P57f - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS2 (Section 26.4.5.115 )
P57g - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS3 (Section 26.4.5.116 )
P57h - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS4 (Section 26.4.5.117 )
P57i - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS5 (Section 26.4.5.118 )
P57j - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS6 (Section 26.4.5.119 )
P57k - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS7 (Section 26.4.5.120 )
P57l - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS8 (Section 26.4.5.121 )
P57m - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS9 (Section 26.4.5.122 )
P59 - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PACCH (Section 26.4.5.123 )
P594 - NB_EDA_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section 26.2.5.190 )
P595 - CUMULATED_TIME_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EDA_MODE
(Section 26.2.5.191 )
P596 - NB_EDA_USED_UL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.192 )
P597 - NB_EDA_ALLOWED_UL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.193 )
P598 - NB_DA_EDA_REALLOC_UL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.194 )
P60 - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PACCH (Section 26.4.5.124 )
P61 - SIG_BLKS_PPCH_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.125 )
P61a - NB_PACK_PS_PAGING_REQ_PPCH (Section 26.4.5.126 )
P61b - NB_PACK_CS_PAGING_REQ_PPCH (Section 26.4.5.127 )
P62a - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MSidle_MastChan (Section 26.2.5.195 )
P62b - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MStransDL (Section 26.2.5.196 )

992 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P62c - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MSidle_NO_MastChan (Section 26.2.5.197 )

P62d - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_PIM (Section 26.3.5.145 )
P62e - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_MStransDL (Section 26.2.5.198 )
P65 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GB_PB (Section 26.2.5.199 )
P66 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GB_PB (Section 26.2.5.200 )
P67 - TIME_BVC_NOT_AVAIL (Section 26.3.4.6 )
P68 - NB_DL_LLC_COUNT_IM (Section 26.4.3.10 )
P69 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_IM (Section 26.4.3.11 )
P6a - NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_7_CONSEC_1 (Section 26.2.3.3 )
P6b - NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_ZERO_INSER (Section 26.2.3.4 )
P6c - NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_LENGTH_TOO_LARGE (Section 26.2.3.5 )
P6d - NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_LENGTH_TOO_SHORT (Section 26.2.3.6 )
P72c - NB_DL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_CS (Section 26.4.5.128 )
P72d - NB_DL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_MCS (Section 26.4.5.129 )
P73c - NB_UL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_CS (Section 26.4.5.130 )
P73d - NB_UL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_MCS (Section 26.4.5.131 )
P74 - NB_DL_PDU_TRANSMITTED (Section 26.4.5.132 )
P75 - NB_UL_PDU_TRANSMITTED (Section 26.4.5.133 )
P76a - AV_PMU_CPU_POWER_BUDGET (Section 26.4.5.134 )
P77a - MAX_PMU_CPU_POWER_BUDGET (Section 26.4.5.135 )
P7a - NB_BSCGP_MSG_SENT (Section 26.2.4.1 )
P7b - NB_BSCGP_MSG_DISCARDED (Section 26.2.4.2 )
P7c_1 - CUMULATED_TIME_ONGOING_QUEUE_A_FULL (Section 26.2.4.3 )
P7c_2 - CUMULATED_TIME_ONGOING_QUEUE_B_FULL (Section 26.2.4.4 )
P7d - NB_BSCGP_MSG_RESENT (Section 26.2.4.5 )
P7e - NB_BSCGP_MSG_RECEIVED (Section 26.2.4.6 )
P7f - NB_BSCGP_CHANNEL_REQ_RECEIVED (Section 26.2.4.7 )
P7g - NB_BSCGP_BYTES_SENT (Section 26.2.4.8 )
P7h - MAX_NB_BSCGP_BYTES_SENT (Section 26.2.4.9 )
P7i - MAX_NB_BSCGP_MSG_SENT (Section 26.2.4.10 )
P9 - NB_DL_TBF_NORM_REL (Section 26.2.5.201 )
P90a - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Idle_DRX_MPDCH (Section 26.2.5.202
)
P90b - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Transfer_UL (Section 26.2.5.203 )
P90c - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_IDLE_DRX_NO_MPDCH (Section
26.2.5.204 )
P90d - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Non_DRX_MPDCH (Section 26.2.5.205
)
P90e - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_T3192 (Section 26.2.5.206 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 993 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P90f - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Non_DRX_NO_MPDCH (Section

26.2.5.207 )
P90g - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_PIM (Section 26.3.5.146 )
P90h - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_MS_Transfer_UL (Section
26.2.5.208 )
P90i - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_T3192 (Section 26.2.5.209 )
P91a - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_IDLE_DRX_MPDCH (Section 26.2.5.210
)
P91b - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Transfer_UL (Section 26.2.5.211 )
P91c - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_IDLE_DRX_NO_MPDCH (Section
26.2.5.212 )
P91d - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Non_DRX_MPDCH (Section 26.2.5.213 )
P91e - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_T3192 (Section 26.2.5.214 )
P91f - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Non_DRX_NO_MPDCH (Section
26.2.5.215 )
P91g - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_PIM (Section 26.3.5.147 )
P91h - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_MS_Transfer_UL (Section 26.2.5.216
)
P91i - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_T3192 (Section 26.2.5.217 )
P95 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_REROUTED (Section 26.4.5.136 )
P96 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_NOT_REROUTED (Section 26.4.5.137 )
P97 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_REROUTED_RECEIVED (Section 26.4.5.138 )
P98a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_SUSP (Section 26.2.5.218 )
P98b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_SUSP (Section 26.2.5.219 )
P98c - NB_SUSPEND_REQ_FOR_DL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.220 )
P98d - NB_SUSPEND_REQ_FOR_UL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.221 )
P98e - NB_SUSP_DL_TBF_REL (Section 26.2.5.222 )
P98f - NB_SUSP_UL_TBF_REL (Section 26.2.5.223 )
P99 - NB_LLC_BYTES_DISC_SUSPEND (Section 26.4.5.139 )
P9a - NB_DL_TBF_NORM_REL_EGPRS (Section 26.2.5.224 )

26.2 Quality of service

26.2.1 All Quality of service
P105c - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_CONG (Section 26.2.5.1 )
P105d - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_CONG (Section 26.2.5.2 )
P105e - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CPU_GPU (Section 26.2.5.3 )
P105f - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CPU_GPU (Section 26.2.5.4 )
P105g - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ATER (Section 26.2.5.5 )
P105h - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ATER (Section 26.2.5.6 )
P105i - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ABIS (Section 26.2.5.7 )

994 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P105j - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ABIS (Section 26.2.5.8 )

P105k - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_TOO_MANY_TBF (Section 26.2.5.9 )
P105l - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_TOO_MANY_TBF (Section 26.2.5.10 )
P105m - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_CONG (Section 26.2.5.11 )
P105n - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_CONG (Section 26.2.5.12 )
P105o - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_BUFFER_CONG (Section 26.2.5.13 )
P105p - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_BUFFER_CONG (Section 26.2.5.14 )
P106 - NB_TBF_EST_SUCC_GPU (Section 26.2.5.15 )
P107 - NB_TBF_EST_REQ_GPU (Section 26.2.5.16 )
P11 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_GB_PB_MStransDL (Section 26.2.5.17 )
P14 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG (Section 26.2.5.18 )
P146 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_PREEMPTradio (Section 26.2.5.19 )
P147 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_PREEMPTradio (Section 26.2.5.20 )
P15 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_RADIO_PB (Section 26.2.5.21 )
P181a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_SIG (Section 26.2.5.22 )
P181b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_SIG (Section 26.2.5.23 )
P182a - NB_SERVING_INTER_BSS_NACC (Section 26.2.5.24 )
P182b - NB_SERVING_INTER_RAT_NACC (Section 26.2.5.25 )
P182c - NB_CONTROLLING_INTER_BSS_NACC (Section 26.2.5.26 )
P182d - NB_RAN_INFO_REQ_INTER_BSS_NACC (Section 26.2.5.27 )
P182e - TIME_RIM_NACC_PROC_SUCC (Section 26.2.5.28 )
P182f - NB_SERVING_INTER_LTE_NACC (Section 26.2.5.29 )
P200 - NB_DOWNGRADED_MOVING_RT_PFC (Section 26.2.5.30 )
P203 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_LOAD (Section 26.2.5.31 )
P204 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_LOAD (Section 26.2.5.32 )
P207 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_DL_DELAYED (Section 26.2.5.33 )
P208 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXTENDED_UL (Section 26.2.5.34 )
P209 - TIME_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL (Section 26.2.5.35 )
P210 - TIME_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL (Section 26.2.5.36 )
P211 - NB_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL (Section 26.2.5.37 )
P212 - TIME_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL (Section 26.2.5.38 )
P213 - NB_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL (Section 26.2.5.39 )
P214 - NB_UL_TBF_ENT_EXTENDED_UPLINK (Section 26.2.5.40 )
P215 - NB_UL_TBF_RESUME_IN_EXTENDED_UPLINK (Section 26.2.5.41 )
P22 - NB_UL_TBF_NORM_REL (Section 26.2.5.42 )
P220 - NB_MOVING_RT_PFC (Section 26.2.5.43 )
P221 - NB_PCCO_ACK_UL_NC2_CELL_RESEL (Section 26.2.5.44 )
P222 - NB_PCCO_ACK_DL_NC2_CELL_RESEL (Section 26.2.5.45 )
P223 - NB_PCCO_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.46 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 995 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P224 - NB_FLUSH_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.47 )

P225 - NB_PCCF_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.48 )
P226 - NB_PCCO_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.49 )
P227 - NB_FLUSH_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.50 )
P228 - NB_PCCF_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.51 )
P229 - NB_RT_PFC_PREEMPTED (Section 26.2.5.52 )
P22a - NB_UL_TBF_NORM_REL_EGPRS (Section 26.2.5.53 )
P231 - NB_DOWNGRADED_RT_PFC_DEFENCE (Section 26.2.5.54 )
P232 - NB_MOVING_RT_PFC_TARGET (Section 26.2.5.55 )
P24 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_GB_PB_MStransUL (Section 26.2.5.56 )
P27 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG (Section 26.2.5.57 )
P28 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_RADIO_PB (Section 26.2.5.58 )
P2a - NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_RESENT (Section 26.2.2.1 )
P2b - NB_LAPD_RNR_SENT (Section 26.2.2.2 )
P2c - NB_LAPD_RNR_REC (Section 26.2.2.3 )
P2d - NB_LAPD_EST (Section 26.2.2.4 )
P302b_1 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3105 (Section
26.2.5.59 )
P302b_2 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_TX_EFF (Section
26.2.5.60 )
P302c_1 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3101 (Section
26.2.5.61 )
P302c_2 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3103 (Section
26.2.5.62 )
P302c_3 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_TX_EFF (Section
26.2.5.63 )
P302c_4 -
NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N_POLLING_EUTM
(Section 26.2.5.64 )
P303a - NB_ABNORMAL_DL_TBF_REL (Section 26.2.5.65 )
P303b - NB_ABNORMAL_UL_TBF_REL (Section 26.2.5.66 )
P30a - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MSidle_MastChan (Section 26.2.5.67 )
P30b - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MStransDL (Section 26.2.5.68 )
P30c - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MSidle_NO_MastChan (Section 26.2.5.69 )
P30e - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_MStransDL (Section 26.2.5.70 )
P385a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_STAGWINDOW (Section 26.2.5.71 )
P385b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_STAGWINDOW (Section 26.2.5.72 )
P396a - NB_RLC_DL_TBF_RELEASE_REQ_FOR_CR (Section 26.2.5.73 )
P396b - NB_RLC_UL_TBF_RELEASE_REQ_FOR_CR (Section 26.2.5.74 )
P397 - NB_FLUSH_MESSAGES (Section 26.2.5.75 )
P3a - NB_BEAR_CHAN_FRAMES_DISC_INVALID_FCS (Section 26.2.3.1 )

996 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P3b - NB_BEAR_CHAN_FRAMES_DISC_INVALID_ADDR (Section 26.2.3.2 )

P403a - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T1 (Section 26.2.5.76 )
P403b - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T2 (Section 26.2.5.77 )
P403c - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T3 (Section 26.2.5.78 )
P403d - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T4 (Section 26.2.5.79 )
P404a - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T1 (Section 26.2.5.80 )
P404b - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T2 (Section 26.2.5.81 )
P404c - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T3 (Section 26.2.5.82 )
P404d - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T4 (Section 26.2.5.83 )
P405a - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T1 (Section 26.2.5.84 )
P405b - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T2 (Section 26.2.5.85 )
P405c - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T3 (Section 26.2.5.86 )
P405d - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T4 (Section 26.2.5.87 )
P406a - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T1 (Section 26.2.5.88 )
P406b - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T2 (Section 26.2.5.89 )
P406c - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T3 (Section 26.2.5.90 )
P406d - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T4 (Section 26.2.5.91 )
P407a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T1 (Section
26.2.5.92 )
P407b - NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T2 (Section
26.2.5.93 )
P407c - NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T3 (Section
26.2.5.94 )
P407d - NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T4 (Section
26.2.5.95 )
P408a - NB_UL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T1 (Section
26.2.5.96 )
P408b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T2 (Section
26.2.5.97 )
P408c - NB_UL_TBF_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T3 (Section 26.2.5.98 )
P408d - NB_UL_TBF_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T4 (Section 26.2.5.99 )
P422 - NB_DL_TBF_TRANSFER_RESUMPTION_IN_DELAYED_REL_STATE
(Section 26.2.5.100 )
P423a - NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T1 (Section
26.2.5.101 )
P423b - NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T2 (Section
26.2.5.102 )
P423c - NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T3 (Section
26.2.5.103 )
P423d - NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T4 (Section
26.2.5.104 )
P424a - NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T1 (Section
26.2.5.105 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 997 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P424b - NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T2 (Section

26.2.5.106 )
P424c - NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T3 (Section
26.2.5.107 )
P424d - NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T4 (Section
26.2.5.108 )
P425a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T1 (Section
26.2.5.109 )
P425b - NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T2 (Section
26.2.5.110 )
P425c - NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T3 (Section
26.2.5.111 )
P425d - NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T4 (Section
26.2.5.112 )
P426a - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T1 (Section
26.2.5.113 )
P426b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T2 (Section
26.2.5.114 )
P426c - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T3 (Section
26.2.5.115 )
P426d - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T4 (Section
26.2.5.116 )
P431b - MAX_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME (Section 26.2.5.117 )
P431c - MIN_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME (Section 26.2.5.118 )
P432b - MAX_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME (Section 26.2.5.119 )
P432c - MIN_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME (Section 26.2.5.120 )
P433a - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT1 (Section 26.2.5.121 )
P433b - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT2 (Section 26.2.5.122 )
P433c - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT3 (Section 26.2.5.123 )
P433d - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT4 (Section 26.2.5.124 )
P434a - NB_NC2_UL_TBF_RELEASE (Section 26.2.5.125 )
P434b - NB_NC2_DL_TBF_RELEASE (Section 26.2.5.126 )
P434c - NB_NC0_UL_TBF_RELEASE (Section 26.2.5.127 )
P434d - NB_NC0_DL_TBF_RELEASE (Section 26.2.5.128 )
P435a - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT1 (Section 26.2.5.129 )
P435b - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT2 (Section 26.2.5.130 )
P435c - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT3 (Section 26.2.5.131 )
P435d - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT4 (Section 26.2.5.132 )
P436 - NB_NC0_CELL_RESEL_Mstrans (Section 26.2.5.133 )
P437a - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_REJECT_CELL (Section 26.2.5.134 )
P437b - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_NO_REJECT_CELL (Section
26.2.5.135 )
P440a - NB_REROUTING_INTRA_NSE (Section 26.2.5.136 )

998 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P440b - NB_REROUTING_INTER_NSE_INTRA_BSS (Section 26.2.5.137 )

P440c - NB_REROUTING_INTER_NSE_INTER_BSS (Section 26.2.5.138 )
P441a - NB_IMPOSSIBLE_OR_UNREQUESTED_REROUTING_INR (Section
26.2.5.139 )
P441b - NB_UNREQUESTED_REROUTING_NOT_INR (Section 26.2.5.140 )
P441c - NB_IMPOSSIBLE_REROUTING_NOT_INR (Section 26.2.5.141 )
P456 - NB_PSI_PROC (Section 26.2.5.142 )
P458 - NB_NEIGH_PSI_PROC (Section 26.2.5.143 )
P460b - MAX_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIME (Section 26.2.5.144 )
P460c - MIN_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIME (Section 26.2.5.145 )
P463 - NB_PFC_DOWNLOAD (Section 26.2.5.146 )
P464 - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_LOAD (Section 26.2.5.147 )
P488 - NB_RT_DL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.148 )
P489 - NB_RT_UL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.149 )
P490 - NB_UNACK_NRT_PFC_CREATION (Section 26.2.5.150 )
P491 - NB_UNACK_RT_PFC_CREATION (Section 26.2.5.151 )
P492 - NB_DOWNGRADED_RT_PFC (Section 26.2.5.152 )
P493 - NB_PFC_REJECTED (Section 26.2.5.153 )
P494 - NB_PFC_DOWNLOAD_FAIL (Section 26.2.5.154 )
P497 - NB_RT_PFC_CREATION (Section 26.2.5.155 )
P498 - NB_NRT_PFC_CREATION (Section 26.2.5.156 )
P499 - NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_OK (Section 26.2.5.157 )
P500 - NB_DTM_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section 26.2.5.158 )
P501 - NB_DTM_MS_CONTEXT_CELL (Section 26.2.5.159 )
P502 - CUMULATED_DTM_TIME (Section 26.2.5.160 )
P503 - CUMULATED_DTM_DEDICATED_TIME (Section 26.2.5.161 )
P504 - CUMULATED_DTM_PTM_TIME (Section 26.2.5.162 )
P505 - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_REQ (Section 26.2.5.163 )
P505a - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS (Section 26.2.5.164 )
P506 - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC (Section 26.2.5.165 )
P506a - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS (Section 26.2.5.166 )
P507 - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_REQ (Section 26.2.5.167 )
P507a - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS (Section 26.2.5.168 )
P508 - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC (Section 26.2.5.169 )
P508a - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS (Section 26.2.5.170 )
P509 - NB_DTM_CS_DL_TBF_RELEASE (Section 26.2.5.171 )
P509a - NB_DTM_CS_DL_TBF_RELEASE_EGPRS (Section 26.2.5.172 )
P510 - NB_DTM_CS_UL_TBF_RELEASE (Section 26.2.5.173 )
P510a - NB_DTM_CS_UL_TBF_RELEASE_EGPRS (Section 26.2.5.174 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 999 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P511 - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_FAIL_CONG (Section 26.2.5.175 )

P512 - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_FAIL_CONG (Section 26.2.5.176 )
P513 - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GTTP (Section 26.2.5.177 )
P514 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GTTP (Section 26.2.5.178 )
P515 - NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_DTM_DEDICATED (Section 26.2.5.179 )
P516 - NB_RT_PFC_DOWNGRADED_DTM_DEDICATED (Section 26.2.5.180
)
P518 - NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_DTM_MODE (Section 26.2.5.181 )
P519 - NB_RT_PFC_DOWNGRADED_DTM_MODE (Section 26.2.5.182 )
P520 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_DTM (Section 26.2.5.183 )
P521 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_DTM (Section 26.2.5.184 )
P540b - NB_REFUSED_RT_PFC_LACK_BANDWIDTH (Section 26.2.5.185 )
P540c - NB_REFUSED_RT_PFC_LACK_RADIO (Section 26.2.5.186 )
P540d - MAX_DL_GBR_BW_GRANTED (Section 26.2.5.187 )
P540e - MAX_UL_GBR_BW_GRANTED (Section 26.2.5.188 )
P552 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_UL_LLC_PDU_SEQ_FLOW_PB (Section
26.2.5.189 )
P594 - NB_EDA_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section 26.2.5.190 )
P595 - CUMULATED_TIME_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EDA_MODE
(Section 26.2.5.191 )
P596 - NB_EDA_USED_UL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.192 )
P597 - NB_EDA_ALLOWED_UL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.193 )
P598 - NB_DA_EDA_REALLOC_UL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.194 )
P62a - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MSidle_MastChan (Section 26.2.5.195 )
P62b - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MStransDL (Section 26.2.5.196 )
P62c - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MSidle_NO_MastChan (Section 26.2.5.197 )
P62e - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_MStransDL (Section 26.2.5.198 )
P65 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GB_PB (Section 26.2.5.199 )
P66 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GB_PB (Section 26.2.5.200 )
P6a - NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_7_CONSEC_1 (Section 26.2.3.3 )
P6b - NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_ZERO_INSER (Section 26.2.3.4 )
P6c - NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_LENGTH_TOO_LARGE (Section 26.2.3.5 )
P6d - NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_LENGTH_TOO_SHORT (Section 26.2.3.6 )
P7a - NB_BSCGP_MSG_SENT (Section 26.2.4.1 )
P7b - NB_BSCGP_MSG_DISCARDED (Section 26.2.4.2 )
P7c_1 - CUMULATED_TIME_ONGOING_QUEUE_A_FULL (Section 26.2.4.3 )
P7c_2 - CUMULATED_TIME_ONGOING_QUEUE_B_FULL (Section 26.2.4.4 )
P7d - NB_BSCGP_MSG_RESENT (Section 26.2.4.5 )
P7e - NB_BSCGP_MSG_RECEIVED (Section 26.2.4.6 )
P7f - NB_BSCGP_CHANNEL_REQ_RECEIVED (Section 26.2.4.7 )

1000 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P7g - NB_BSCGP_BYTES_SENT (Section 26.2.4.8 )

P7h - MAX_NB_BSCGP_BYTES_SENT (Section 26.2.4.9 )
P7i - MAX_NB_BSCGP_MSG_SENT (Section 26.2.4.10 )
P9 - NB_DL_TBF_NORM_REL (Section 26.2.5.201 )
P90a - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Idle_DRX_MPDCH (Section 26.2.5.202
)
P90b - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Transfer_UL (Section 26.2.5.203 )
P90c - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_IDLE_DRX_NO_MPDCH (Section
26.2.5.204 )
P90d - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Non_DRX_MPDCH (Section 26.2.5.205
)
P90e - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_T3192 (Section 26.2.5.206 )
P90f - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Non_DRX_NO_MPDCH (Section
26.2.5.207 )
P90h - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_MS_Transfer_UL (Section
26.2.5.208 )
P90i - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_T3192 (Section 26.2.5.209 )
P91a - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_IDLE_DRX_MPDCH (Section 26.2.5.210
)
P91b - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Transfer_UL (Section 26.2.5.211 )
P91c - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_IDLE_DRX_NO_MPDCH (Section
26.2.5.212 )
P91d - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Non_DRX_MPDCH (Section 26.2.5.213 )
P91e - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_T3192 (Section 26.2.5.214 )
P91f - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Non_DRX_NO_MPDCH (Section
26.2.5.215 )
P91h - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_MS_Transfer_UL (Section 26.2.5.216
)
P91i - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_T3192 (Section 26.2.5.217 )
P98a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_SUSP (Section 26.2.5.218 )
P98b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_SUSP (Section 26.2.5.219 )
P98c - NB_SUSPEND_REQ_FOR_DL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.220 )
P98d - NB_SUSPEND_REQ_FOR_UL_TBF (Section 26.2.5.221 )
P98e - NB_SUSP_DL_TBF_REL (Section 26.2.5.222 )
P98f - NB_SUSP_UL_TBF_REL (Section 26.2.5.223 )
P9a - NB_DL_TBF_NORM_REL_EGPRS (Section 26.2.5.224 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1001 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.2 Ater interface

26.2.2.1 P2a - NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_RESENT

Long Name NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_RESENT

Definition Number of Info frames retransmitted on the logical LapD link.

Trigger Condition Whenever an Info frame is retransmitted on the logical LapD link.

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 LapD

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LapD

External Comment The (decimal) value 1 000 000 means Driver LAPD not available. LAPD not
established.
Note : P32 indicates the time the LAPD is not available

Feature Name /

1002 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.2.2 P2b - NB_LAPD_RNR_SENT

Long Name NB_LAPD_RNR_SENT

Definition Number of Receive Not Ready (RNR) frames sent on the LapD logical link.

Trigger Condition Whenever an RNR frame is sent on the LapD logical link.

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 LapD

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LapD

External Comment The (decimal) value 1 000 000 means Driver LAPD not available. LAPD not
established.
Note : P32 indicates the time the LAPD is not available

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1003 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.2.3 P2c - NB_LAPD_RNR_REC

Long Name NB_LAPD_RNR_REC

Definition Number of Receive Not Ready (RNR) frames received on the LapD logical link.

Trigger Condition Whenever an RNR frame is received on the LapD logical link.

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 LapD

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LapD

External Comment The (decimal) value 1 000 000 means Driver LAPD not available. LAPD not
established.
Note : P32 indicates the time the LAPD is not available

Feature Name /

1004 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.2.4 P2d - NB_LAPD_EST

Long Name NB_LAPD_EST

Definition Number of data link establishment, re-establishment and reset on the LapD logical
link.

Trigger Condition 1) Whenever the MFS receives SABME while the LapD is in established state.
2) Whenever the MFS receives the acknowledgment UA of SABME sent to the
BSC in LapD established state.

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 LapD

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LapD

External Comment The (decimal) value 1 000 000 means Driver LAPD not available. LAPD not
established.
Note : P32 indicates the time the LAPD is not available

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1005 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.3 Gb interface
26.2.3.1 P3a - NB_BEAR_CHAN_FRAMES_DISC_INVALID_FCS

Long Name NB_BEAR_CHAN_FRAMES_DISC_INVALID_FCS

Definition Number of frames discarded received on the Bearer Channel because of invalid
FCS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a frame received on the Bearer Channel is discarded due to invalid FCS.

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 Bearer Channel

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Bearer Channel

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1006 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.3.2 P3b - NB_BEAR_CHAN_FRAMES_DISC_INVALID_ADDR

Long Name NB_BEAR_CHAN_FRAMES_DISC_INVALID_ADDR

Definition Number of frames discarded received on the Bearer Channel because of invalid
address format.

Trigger Condition Whenever a frame received on the Bearer Channel is discarded due to invalid
address format.

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 Bearer Channel

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Bearer Channel

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1007 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.3.3 P6a - NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_7_CONSEC_1

Long Name NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_7_CONSEC_1

Definition Number of frames discarded received on the PVC because of seven consecutive
bits set to "1".

Trigger Condition Whenever a frame received on the PVC is discarded due to seven bits set to "1".

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 PVC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Bearer Channel

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1008 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.3.4 P6b - NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_ZERO_INSER

Long Name NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_ZERO_INSER

Definition Number of frames discarded received on the PVC because of a non integral
number of octetes (zero insertion failure).

Trigger Condition Whenever a frame received on the PVC is discarded due to a non integral number
of octets (zero insertion failure).

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 PVC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Bearer Channel

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1009 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.3.5 P6c - NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_LENGTH_TOO_LARGE

Long Name NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_LENGTH_TOO_LARGE

Definition Number of frames discarded received on the PVC because of length greater than
the maximum allowed (FR-INFO-SIZE.Max).

Trigger Condition Whenever a frame received on the PVC is discarded due to the length greater than
the maximum allowed.

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 PVC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object PVC

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1010 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.3.6 P6d - NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_LENGTH_TOO_SHORT

Long Name NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_LENGTH_TOO_SHORT

Definition Number of frames discarded received on the PVC because of length shorter than
the minimum allowed (FR-INFO-SIZE.Min).

Trigger Condition Whenever a frame received on the PVC is discarded due to the length lower than
the minimum allowed.

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 PVC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object PVC

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1011 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.4 GSL
26.2.4.1 P7a - NB_BSCGP_MSG_SENT

Long Name NB_BSCGP_MSG_SENT

Definition Number of BSCGP messages sent by the MFS to the BSC.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a BSCGP message sent by the MFS to
the BSC.

Sub Domain 1 GSL

Sub Domain 2 N/A

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1012 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.4.2 P7b - NB_BSCGP_MSG_DISCARDED

Long Name NB_BSCGP_MSG_DISCARDED

Definition Number of BSCGP messages sent by MFS that are discarded.

Trigger Condition Each time a BSCGP message sent by MFS is discarded, the counter is
incremented.

Sub Domain 1 GSL

Sub Domain 2 N/A

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1013 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.4.3 P7c_1 - CUMULATED_TIME_ONGOING_QUEUE_A_FULL

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_ONGOING_QUEUE_A_FULL

Definition This counter cumulates the time during which the on going QUEUE_A is full
during the GP.

Trigger Condition During the GP, the time during which the on going QUEUE_A is full, is cumulated.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 GSL

Sub Domain 2 N/A

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1014 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.4.4 P7c_2 - CUMULATED_TIME_ONGOING_QUEUE_B_FULL

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_ONGOING_QUEUE_B_FULL

Definition This counter cumulates the time during which the on going QUEUE_B is full
during the GP.

Trigger Condition During the GP, the time during which the on going QUEUE_B is full is cumulated.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 GSL

Sub Domain 2 N/A

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1015 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.4.5 P7d - NB_BSCGP_MSG_RESENT

Long Name NB_BSCGP_MSG_RESENT

Definition Number of BSCGP messages resent by the MFS to the BSC.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a BSCGP message is resent by the MFS to
the BSC.
Note:
- The initial sending is not taken into account.
- The BSCGP messages resent in infinite sending attempts are counted once.

Sub Domain 1 GSL

Sub Domain 2 GSL

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1016 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.4.6 P7e - NB_BSCGP_MSG_RECEIVED

Long Name NB_BSCGP_MSG_RECEIVED

Definition Number of BSCGP messages received by the MFS from the BSC.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a BSCGP message is received by the MFS
from the BSC.
Note: In case of RACH overflow on BSCGP, even the discarded BSCGP messages
are counted.

Sub Domain 1 GSL

Sub Domain 2 GSL

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1017 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.4.7 P7f - NB_BSCGP_CHANNEL_REQ_RECEIVED

Long Name NB_BSCGP_CHANNEL_REQ_RECEIVED

Definition Number of BSCGP CHANNEL REQUEST and DTM REQUEST messages

received by the MFS from the BSC.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a BSCGP CHANNEL REQUEST, DTM
REQUEST messages are received by the MFS from the BSC.

Sub Domain 1 GSL

Sub Domain 2 GSL

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1018 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.4.8 P7g - NB_BSCGP_BYTES_SENT

Long Name NB_BSCGP_BYTES_SENT

Definition Number of bytes of BSCGP messages sent by the MFS to the BSC.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented, each time a BSCGP message is sent by the MFS to
the BSC, with the amount of bytes of the message.

Sub Domain 1 GSL

Sub Domain 2 N/A

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1019 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.4.9 P7h - MAX_NB_BSCGP_BYTES_SENT

Long Name MAX_NB_BSCGP_BYTES_SENT

Definition Maximum number of bytes of BSCGP messages sent by the MFS to the BSC in
one minute.

Trigger Condition During each minute of the GP, the number of bytes of BSCGP messages sent by
the MFS is observed.
The counter reports the maximum of these values encountered during the GP.

Sub Domain 1 GSL

Sub Domain 2 N/A

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1020 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.4.10 P7i - MAX_NB_BSCGP_MSG_SENT

Long Name MAX_NB_BSCGP_MSG_SENT

Definition Maximum number of BSCGP messages sent by the MFS to the BSC in one minute.

Trigger Condition During each minute of the GP, the number of BSCGP messages sent by MFS is
observed.
The counter reports the maximum of these values encountered during the GP.

Sub Domain 1 GSL

Sub Domain 2 N/A

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1021 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5 Radio interface

26.2.5.1 P105c - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_CONG

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_CONG

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to GPU congestion.

Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition When a DL TBF cannot be established, due to GPU congestion (cause of the
failure of the last attempt before PDU life time expiry). GPU congestion means
that the maximum capacity of at least one DSP on the GPU is reached in terms of
resources GCH and/or PDCH.
Generally, for all counters related to TBF establishment failures, only the last
reported failure cause is taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

1022 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.2 P105d - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_CONG

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_CONG

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to GPU congestion.

Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition When an UL TBF cannot be established, due to GPU congestion. GPU congestion
means that the maximum capacity of at least one DSP on the GPU is reached in
terms of resources GCH and/or PDCH.
Generally, for all counters related to TBF establishment failures, only the last
reported failure cause is taken into account.
Note: This counter may also be incremented when the MS have requested a single
block access on CCCH to send a 04.60 PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT
message or a 04.60 PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1023 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.3 P105e - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CPU_GPU

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CPU_GPU

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to CPU processing power limitations
of the GPU.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL TBF cannot be established due to CPU processing power
limitations of the GPU.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1024 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.4 P105f - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CPU_GPU

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CPU_GPU

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to CPU processing power limitations
of the GPU.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a UL TBF cannot be established due to CPU processing power
limitations of the GPU.
Note: This counter may also be incremented when the MS have requested a single
block access on CCCH to send a 04.60 PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT
message or a 04.60 PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1025 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.5 P105g - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ATER

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ATER

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to a lack of Ater resources.

Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL TBF establishment fails due to a lack
of Ater resources.
A lack of Ater resources occurs when there is not enough GCH to serve the DL
TBF request.
For BTS evolium :
the number of GCH that can be established and/or redistributed is <
Nb_GCH_FOR_TBF_ESTAB and the number of free Ater nibbles is <
Nb_GCH_FOR_TBF_ESTAB.
The counter is incremented at the expiry of the PDU lifetime when the last attempt
fails to establish the DL TBF due to a lack of transmission resources.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

1026 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.6 P105h - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ATER

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ATER

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to a lack of Ater resources.

Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a UL TBF establishment fails due to a lack
of Ater resources.
A lack of Ater resources occurs when there is not enough Ater nibbles to serve the
UL TBF request.
For BTS evolium :
the number of GCH that can be established and/or redistributed is <
Nb_GCH_FOR_TBF_ESTAB and the number of free Ater nibbles is <
Nb_GCH_FOR_TBF_ESTAB.
The counter is incremented on receipt of an (EGPRS) PACKET
CHANNEL_REQUEST on (P)RACH, or on receipt of an (EGPRS) PACKET DL
ACK/NACK (with a Channel Request IE) on PACCH, or receipt of a CHANNEL
REQUEST on RACH when the UL TBF cannot be served due to a lack of
transmission resources.
Note: This counter may also be incremented when the MS have requested a single
block access on CCCH to send a 04.60 PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT
message or a 04.60 PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1027 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.7 P105i - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ABIS

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ABIS

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to a lack of Abis resources.

Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL TBF establishment fails due to a lack
of Abis resources.
A lack of Abis transmission resources occurs when there is not enough Abis
nibbles to serve the DL TBF request.
For BTS evolium :
the number of GCH that can be established and or redistributed is <
Nb_GCH_FOR_TBF_ESTAB and the number of free Abis nibbles is <
Nb_GCH_FOR_TBF_ESTAB.
The counter is incremented at the expiry of the PDU lifetime when the last attempt
fails to establish the DL TBF due to a lack of transmission resources.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

1028 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.8 P105j - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ABIS

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ABIS

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to a lack of Abis resources.

Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a UL TBF establishment fails due to a lack
of Abis resources.
A lack of Abis transmission resources occurs when there is not enough Abis
nibbles to serve the UL TBF request.
For BTS evolium only :
the number of GCH that can be established and or redistributed is <
Nb_GCH_FOR_TBF_ESTAB and the number of free Abis nibbles is <
Nb_GCH_FOR_TBF_ESTAB.
The counter is incremented at the expiry of the PDU lifetime when the last attempt
fails to establish the UL TBF due to a lack of transmission resources.
The counter is incremented on receipt of an (EGPRS) PACKET
CHANNEL_REQUEST on (P)RACH, or on
receipt of an (EGPRS) PACKET DL ACK/NACK (with a Channel Request IE) on
PACCH, or receipt of a
CHANNEL REQUEST on RACH when the UL TBF cannot be served due to a lack
of transmission resources.

Note: This counter may also be incremented when the MS have requested a
single block access on CCCH to send a
04.60 PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message or a 04.60 PACKET CELL
CHANGE FAILURE message.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1029 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.9 P105k - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_TOO_MANY_TBF

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_TOO_MANY_TBF

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to:

- a too low number of GCH to guarantee a minimum throughput for the DL TBF.
- This may happen when the number of TBFs is too high compared to the number
of available GCHs.
- or the MAX_TBF_TRX_DL_GP[U] constraint.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL TBF establishment fails due to:
1) a too low number of available GCH.
For BTS evolium :
The number of GCH available (excluding those currently reserved for
release) to serve the DL TBF is less than Min_Nb_GCH and less than
Nb_GCH_For_TBF_Estab.
2) or the MAX_TBF_TRX_DL_GP[U] constraint:
For BTS evolium :
The MAX_TBF_TRX_DL_GP[U] limit is reached on all the TRXs available for PS
traffic in the cell.
Note : This counter is not be incremented for RT PFCs.
The counter is incremented at the expiry of the PDU lifetime when the last attempt
to establish the DL TBF has failed due to too low number of available GCH (too
many TBF on the TRX compared to the number of available GCH) or due to the
MAX_TBF_TRX_DL_GP[U] constraint.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

1030 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.10 P105l - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_TOO_MANY_TBF

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_TOO_MANY_TBF

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to:

- a too low number of GCH to guarantee a minimum throughput for the UL TBF.
- This may happen when the number of TBFs is too high compared to the number
of available GCHs.
- or the MAX_TBF_TRX_UL_GP[U] constraint.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a UL TBF establishment fails due to:
1) a too low number of available GCH.
For BTS evolium :
The number of GCH available (excluding those currently reserved for
release) to serve the UL TBF is less than Min_Nb_GCH and less than
Nb_GCH_For_TBF_Estab.
2) or the MAX_TBF_TRX_UL_GP[U] constraint:
For BTS evolium :
The MAX_TBF_TRX_UL_GP[U] limit is reached on all the TRXs available for PS
traffic in the cell.
The counter is incremented at the expiry of the PDU lifetime (T_ul_access_max) or
when the attempt fails to establish the UL TBF due to too low number of available
GCH (too many TBFs on the TRX compared to the number of available GCHs)
or due to the MAX_TBF_TRX_UL_GP[U] constraint.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1031 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.11 P105m - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_CONG

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_CONG

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to PTU congestion.

Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition When a DL TBF cannot be established, due to PTU congestion. PTU congestion
means that the maximum capacity of one PTU is reached in terms of resources
TBF or memory.
Generally, for all counters related to TBF establishment failures, only the last
reported failure cause is taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

1032 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.12 P105n - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_CONG

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_CONG

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to PTU congestion.

Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition When an UL TBF cannot be established, due to PTU congestion. PTU congestion
means that the maximum capacity is reached in terms of resources TBF or
memory.
Generally, for all counters related to TBF establishment failures, only the last
reported failure cause is taken into account.
Note: This counter may also be incremented when the MS have requested a single
block access on CCCH to send a 04.60 PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT
message or a 04.60 PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1033 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.13 P105o - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_BUFFER_CONG

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_BUFFER_CONG

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to GPU buffer congestion.

Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition When a DL TBF cannot be established, due to GPU buffer congestion.
Generally, for all counters related to TBF establishment failures, only the last
reported failure cause is taken into account.
Note:
*) At 1st level of GPU buffer congestion, only DL LLC PDU for MS in PIM or in
dedicated mode are concerned.
**) At 2nd level of GPU buffer congestion, any DL LLC PDU is concerned.
***) P105o can be incremented only once during a buffer congestion period.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name MFS Defence and Investigation Facilities

1034 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.14 P105p - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_BUFFER_CONG

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_BUFFER_CONG

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to GPU buffer congestion.

Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition When an UL TBF cannot be established, due to GPU buffer congestion.
Generally, for all counters related to TBF establishment failures, only the last
reported failure cause is taken into account.
Note:
*) This counter may also be incremented when the MS have requested a single
block access on CCCH to send a 44.060 PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT
message or a 44.060 PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message.
**) This concerns MS in PIM or in dedicated mode. In case of MS in dedicated
mode, a DTM reject is sent.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name MFS Defence and Investigation Facilities

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1035 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.15 P106 - NB_TBF_EST_SUCC_GPU

Long Name NB_TBF_EST_SUCC_GPU

Definition Number of DL and UL establishments successes.

Sum of P90a,b,c,d,e,f and P30a,b,c (cell counters) for each cell mapped on GPU.

Trigger Condition –

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL/UL TBF monitoring per GPU

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1036 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.16 P107 - NB_TBF_EST_REQ_GPU

Long Name NB_TBF_EST_REQ_GPU

Definition Number of Dl and UL establishments requests

Sum of P91a,b,c,d,e,f and P62a,b,c (cell counter ) for each cell mapped on GPU.

Trigger Condition –

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL/UL TBF monitoring per GPU

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1037 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.17 P11 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_GB_PB_MStransDL

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_GB_PB_MStransDL

Definition Number of DL TBF release due to the unavailability of the BVC (Gb interface
problem) associated with the cell when the MS is in packet transfer mode DL
(the DL TBF is established).

Trigger Condition When the BVC associated with the cell is unavailable, the counter is incremented
by the number of DL TBF established on this cell. All pending LLC PDU in the
MFS are discarded.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1038 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.18 P14 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to a lack of radio resources.

Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL TBF establishment fails due to a lack
of radio resources. A lack of radio resource occurs:
i) if the maximum number of MSs per slave PDCH in downlink is reached for all the
slave PDCHs allocated to the MFS, or
ii) if there is no TAI or TFI left in the MFS.
or
iii) if no PDCH are granted to MFS due to a CS congestion and
max_pdch_high_load is null.

The counter is incremented at the expiry of the PDU lifetime when the last attempt
fails to establish the DL TBF due to a lack of radio resources.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1039 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.19 P146 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_PREEMPTradio

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_PREEMPTradio

Definition Number of DL TBF release due to fast preemption or due to too high number
of TBF on a TRX.

Trigger Condition i) Each time that upon T_PDCH pre-emption timer expiry for lack of resources (T1
TBF reallocation failure), a DL TBF is released.
ii) Each time that there are Nb_TBFs_To_Release_DL TBF to release. The
counter is incremented by the value of Nb_TBFs_To_Release_DL.
Note: ii) is not significant in IP transport.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1040 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.20 P147 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_PREEMPTradio

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_PREEMPTradio

Definition Number of UL TBF release due to fast preemption or due to too high number of
TBF on a TRX (according the number of GCHs that will remain on the TRX after
the CS preemption process).

Trigger Condition i)Each time that upon T_PDCH_pre-emption timer expiry for lack of resources (T1
TBF reallocation failure), an UL TBF is released.
ii)Each time that there are Nb_TBFs_To_Release_UL TBF to release. The counter
is incremented by the value of Nb_TBFs_To_Release_UL.
Note: ii) is not significant in IP transport.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1041 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.21 P15 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_RADIO_PB

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_RADIO_PB

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to radio problem.

The cell operational state is "enabled" and the GCHs carrying the TBF are
available for traffic.

Trigger Condition Whenever the 04.60 Packet CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGMENT message awaited
on PACCH from the mobile during a DL TBF establishment procedure is not
received on the scheduled block. The DL TBF establishment procedure may be
concurrent to an UL TBF reallocation procedure (trigger T2).
Generally, for all counters related to TBF establishment failures, only the last
reported failure cause is taken into account. That is the counter is incremented only
after Max_retrans_DL attempts to establish a DL TBF and no acknowledgement
is received from the Mobile Station. If the acknowledgement is received before
Max_retrans_DL retransmissions of the assignment message, then the counter is
not incremented at all.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1042 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.22 P181a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_SIG

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_SIG

Definition Number of DL TBF released which carries signalling data.

Trigger Condition Each time a DL TBF is released (normaly or abnormaly) and its traffic type is
signaling at release time, the counter is incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1043 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.23 P181b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_SIG

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_SIG

Definition Number of UL TBF released which carries signalling data.

Trigger Condition Each time an UL TBF is released (normaly or abnormaly) and its traffic type is
signaling at release time, the counter is incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1044 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.24 P182a - NB_SERVING_INTER_BSS_NACC

Long Name NB_SERVING_INTER_BSS_NACC

Definition Number of received RAN_Information_Req from a controlling BSS.

Trigger Condition Within the granularity period, this counter counts the number of
RAN_INFORMATION_REQUEST received from a BSS (both single and multiple
reports but not Stop).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections

Sub Domain 3 RIM-NACC

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Inter-BSS/Inter-RAT NACC

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1045 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.25 P182b - NB_SERVING_INTER_RAT_NACC

Long Name NB_SERVING_INTER_RAT_NACC

Definition Number of received RAN_Information_Req from a controlling RNC.

Trigger Condition Within the granularity period, this counter counts the number of
RAN_INFORMATION_REQUEST received from a RNC (both single and multiple
reports but not Stop).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections

Sub Domain 3 RIM-NACC

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Inter-BSS/Inter-RAT NACC

1046 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.26 P182c - NB_CONTROLLING_INTER_BSS_NACC

Long Name NB_CONTROLLING_INTER_BSS_NACC

Definition Number of successfull RAN-Information requests sent to an another BSS.

Trigger Condition Within the granularity period, this counter is incremented when a RAN-Information
Initial is received from an other BSS in response to RAN-information-request.
Note: This counter is per target cell.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections

Sub Domain 3 RIM-NACC

Measured Object ADJ_cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Inter-BSS/Inter-RAT NACC

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1047 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.27 P182d - NB_RAN_INFO_REQ_INTER_BSS_NACC

Long Name NB_RAN_INFO_REQ_INTER_BSS_NACC

Definition Number of RAN_Information_Req sent towards a BSS.

Trigger Condition Within the granularity period, each time a RAN_INFORMATION_REQUEST with
indication Single Report or Multiple Report is sent towards a BSS, the counter
is incremented. RAN_INFORMATION_REQUEST with indication Stop are not
counted.
The retries are taken into account.
Note: This counter is per target cell.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections

Sub Domain 3 RIM-NACC

Measured Object ADJ_cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Inter-BSS/Inter-RAT NACC

1048 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.28 P182e - TIME_RIM_NACC_PROC_SUCC

Long Name TIME_RIM_NACC_PROC_SUCC

Definition Time duration of succesfull RIM procedures.

Trigger Condition The counter cumulates , over the granularity period, the duration of each
successfull RIM procedure i.e. the time between RAN_Informatrion_Request and
the 1st received RAN_Information/Initial, Multiple report in response.
Note 1: This counter is per target cell
Note 2: The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma
(i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10): for example, if the time is 15.1 seconds, this duration of
time is provided with the number 151.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections

Sub Domain 3 RIM-NACC

Measured Object ADJ_cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Inter-BSS/Inter-RAT NACC

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1049 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.29 P182f - NB_SERVING_INTER_LTE_NACC

Long Name NB_SERVING_INTER_LTE_NACC

Definition Number of received RAN_Information_Req from a controlling eNodeB.

Trigger Condition Within the granularity period, this counter counts the number of
RAN_INFORMATION_REQUEST received from a eNodeB (both single and
multiple reports).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections

Sub Domain 3 RIM-NACC

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Inter-BSS/Inter-RAT NACC

1050 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.30 P200 - NB_DOWNGRADED_MOVING_RT_PFC

Long Name NB_DOWNGRADED_MOVING_RT_PFC

Definition Number of time a RT-PFC is downgraded because of the moving of a MS into

the cell.

Trigger Condition - Incremented, in the target cell, when PCC cannot accept a RT-PFC getting into
the cell because of lack of resource and downgrades
the RT-PFC to the Default Best Effort ABQP.
-Incremented when PCC cannot accept a RT-PFC getting into the cell because
the flag EN_STREAMING in the cell is set to OFF.
Note : MS in dedicated mode or in DTM mode are not taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1051 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.31 P203 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_LOAD

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_LOAD

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to PTUs that are in CPU load /
overload state.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented each time a DL TBF establishment fails due to PTU
in load/overload.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

1052 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.32 P204 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_LOAD

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_LOAD

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to PTUs that are in CPU load /
overload state.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented each time a UL TBF establishment fails due to PTU in
load/overload.

The counter is incremented on receipt of an (EGPRS) PACKET

CHANNEL_REQUEST on (P)RACH, or on
receipt of an (EGPRS) PACKET DL ACK/NACK (with a Channel Request IE) on
PACCH, or receipt of a
CHANNEL REQUEST on RACH when the UL TBF cannot be served due to DSP
CPU load / overload.
Note: This counter may also be incremented when the MS have requested a
single block access on CCCH to send a
04.60 PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message or a 04.60 PACKET CELL
CHANGE FAILURE message.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1053 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.33 P207 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_DL_DELAYED

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_DL_DELAYED

Definition Number of times a DL TBF is released because of a radio failure when the TBF
is in downlink delayed phase.

Trigger Condition Each time a DL TBF is released because of a radio failure when it is in downlink
delayed phase.
Considered radio failures are:
- a radio link lost due to N3105 (N3105 exceeds its limit)
- too low TX efficiency.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1054 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.34 P208 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXTENDED_UL

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXTENDED_UL

Definition Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio failure when it is in

extended uplink phase.

Trigger Condition Each time a UL TBF is released because of a radio failure when it is in extended
uplink phase.
Considered radio failures are:
- a radio link lost due to N3101 (N3101 exceeds its limit).
- N_POLLING_EUTM (N_POLLING_EUTM exceeds its limit).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1055 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.35 P209 - TIME_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL

Long Name TIME_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL

Definition Cumulated time duration of successful outgoing NC2 cell reselections (measured
in the source cell).

Trigger Condition Within the granularity period, the MFS cumulates the duration of each successful
outgoing NC2 cell reselections triggered by the BSS in the source cell.
The duration of a NC2 cell reselection is measured in the source cell between the
acknowledgement of the Packet
Cell Change Order message and the reception of the Flush-LL message. The
source cell is the cell where the NC cell reselections are outgoing.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment The MFS can measure the duration of a NC cell reselection provided that the
Flush-LL message is received while the timer T_WAIT_FLUSH is still running. This
means that NC cell reselection duration longer than the timer T_WAIT_FLUSH
cannot be measured by this counter.

Feature Name /

1056 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.36 P210 - TIME_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL

Long Name TIME_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL

Definition Cumulated time duration of successful incoming intra-RA intra-MFS NC2 cell
reselections (measured in the target cell).

Trigger Condition Within the granularity period, the MFS cumulates the duration of the successful
incoming intra-RA intra-MFS NC2 cell reselections triggered by the BSS in the
source cell.
The duration of a NC2 cell reselection is measured in the source cells between the
acknowledgement of the Packet
Cell Change Order message and the reception of the Flush-LL message. These
measures are forwarded to the target cell in the intra-MFS TLLI Rerouting Confirm
message and then cumulated in the target cell.
The source cells are the cells where the NC cell reselections are outgoing,
whereas the target cell is the cell where the NC cell reselections are incoming.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment 1) Only NC2 cell reselections involving a source cell which belongs to the same
routing area and same MFS as the target cell are taken into account in this
average.
2) The MFS can measure the duration of a NC cell reselection provided that the
Flush-LL message is received while the timer T_WAIT_FLUSH is still running. This
means that NC cell reselection duration longer than the timer T_WAIT_FLUSH
cannot be measured by this counter.

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1057 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.37 P211 - NB_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL

Long Name NB_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL

Definition Number of successful incoming intra-RA intra-MFS NC2 cell reselections

(measured in the target cell).

Trigger Condition Within the granularity period, the MFS counts the number of each successful
outgoing NC2 cell reselections
triggered by the BSS in the source cell.
A NC2 cell reselection is successful when in the source cells after the
acknowledgement of the Packet Cell Change Order message is received , the
Flush-LL message is received.
These measures are forwarded to the target cell in the intra-MFS TLLI Rerouting
Confirm message and then cumulated in the target cell.
The source cells are the cells where the NC cell reselections are outgoing,
whereas the target cell is the cell where the NC cell reselections are incoming.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment 1) Only NC2 cell reselections involving a source cell which belongs to the same
routing area and same MFS as the target cell are taken into account in this
average.
2) The MFS can measure the duration of a NC cell reselection provided that the
Flush-LL message is received while the timer T_WAIT_FLUSH is still running. This
means that NC cell reselection duration longer than the timer T_WAIT_FLUSH
cannot be measured by this counter.

Feature Name /

1058 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.38 P212 - TIME_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL

Long Name TIME_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL

Definition Cumulated time of the successful Network Assisted cell reselection duration in
NC0 mode.

Trigger Condition Within the granularity period, the MFS cumulates the duration of each successful
outgoing NACC cell reselections triggered by the BSS in the source cell.
The duration of a NACC cell reselection is measured in the source cell between
the start of emission of Packet
Neighbour Cell Data messages (following the reception of the Packet Cell Change
Notification message) and the
reception of the Flush-LL message. The source cell is the cell where the cell
reselections are outgoing.
Note: Intra-BSS NACC and Inter-BSS NACC are taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections

Sub Domain 3 NACC

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced packet cell reselection (NACC and Packet SI Status)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1059 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.39 P213 - NB_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL

Long Name NB_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL

Definition Number of successful Network Assisted cell reselection in the source cell in NC0
mode.

Trigger Condition Within the granularity period, the MFS counts the number of each successful
outgoing NACC cell reselections
triggered by the BSS in the source cell.
A NACC cell reselection is successful when in the source cell after the start of
emission of Packet Neighbour Cell Data messages (following the reception of the
Packet Cell Change Notification message) , the reception of the Flush-LL message
is received. The source cell is the cell where the cell reselections are outgoing.
Note: Intra-BSS NACC and Inter-BSS NACC are taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections

Sub Domain 3 NACC

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced packet cell reselection (NACC and Packet SI Status)

1060 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.40 P214 - NB_UL_TBF_ENT_EXTENDED_UPLINK

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_ENT_EXTENDED_UPLINK

Definition Number of established UL TBF entering the extended uplink state for the first time.

Trigger Condition Each time an active UL TBF enters for the first time the extended uplink state.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Extended UL TBF mode

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1061 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.41 P215 - NB_UL_TBF_RESUME_IN_EXTENDED_UPLINK

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_RESUME_IN_EXTENDED_UPLINK

Definition Number of UL TBF transfer resumptions in extended uplink state.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a UL TBF state changes from "extended
uplink" to "active".
It corresponds to the UL TBF becoming active again within the extended uplink
phase duration.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Extended UL TBF mode

1062 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.42 P22 - NB_UL_TBF_NORM_REL

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_NORM_REL

Definition Number of UL TBF normal release.

Trigger Condition Whenever the UL TBF is normally released by the MS: upon the receipt of the
reply to the 04.60 PACKET ACK/NACK (FINAL, polling) sent by the MFS on the
last received RLC block, with no UL retransmission required.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1063 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.43 P220 - NB_MOVING_RT_PFC

Long Name NB_MOVING_RT_PFC

Definition Number of RT-PFCs created by cell reselection.

Trigger Condition - incremented, in the target cell, when a RT-PFC is forwarded from another cell
following a cell reselection.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

1064 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.44 P221 - NB_PCCO_ACK_UL_NC2_CELL_RESEL

Long Name NB_PCCO_ACK_UL_NC2_CELL_RESEL

Definition Number of Packet Cell Change Order acknowledged by the MS while in UL

transfert.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a Packet Control Acknowledgement is
received in acknowledgement of a
Packet Cell Change Order while in UL transfert.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1065 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.45 P222 - NB_PCCO_ACK_DL_NC2_CELL_RESEL

Long Name NB_PCCO_ACK_DL_NC2_CELL_RESEL

Definition Number of Packet Cell Change Order acknowledged by the MS while in DL

transfert.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a Packet Control Acknowledgement is
received in acknowledgement of a
Packet Cell Change Order while in DL transfert.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1066 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.46 P223 - NB_PCCO_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF

Long Name NB_PCCO_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF

Definition Number of Packet Cell Change Order messages sent while in DL transfer.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS sends a Packet Cell Change Order
message to the MS while it has an ongoing DL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment If a PCCO is sent for a MS supporting a DL TBF and an UL TBF, then both P223
and P226 are incremented.

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1067 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.47 P224 - NB_FLUSH_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF

Long Name NB_FLUSH_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF

Definition Number of FLUSH-LL PDU received after a Packet Cell Change Order has been
sent to the MS while in DL transfer.

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS receives a FLUSH-LL PDU from the SGSN after a Packet
Cell Change Order message has been sent to the MS while it has an ongoing in
DL TBF .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment If a FLUSH is received for a MS supporting a DL TBF and an UL TBF, then both
P224 and P227 are incremented.

Feature Name /

1068 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.48 P225 - NB_PCCF_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF

Long Name NB_PCCF_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF

Definition Number of Packet Cell Change Failure received from the MS after a Packet Cell
Change Order has been sent to the MS while in DL transfer.

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS receives a Packet Cell Change Failure message from the MS
after a Packet Cell Change Order message has been sent to the MS while it has
an ongoing DL TBF .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment If a PCCF is received for a MS supporting a DL TBF and an UL TBF, then both
P225 and P228 are incremented

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1069 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.49 P226 - NB_PCCO_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF

Long Name NB_PCCO_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF

Definition Number of Packet Cell Change Order messages sent while in UL transfer.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS sends a Packet Cell Change Order
message to the MS while it has an ongoing UL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment If a PCCO is sent for a MS supporting a DL TBF and an UL TBF, then both P223
and P226 are incremented.

Feature Name /

1070 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.50 P227 - NB_FLUSH_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF

Long Name NB_FLUSH_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF

Definition Number of FLUSH-LL PDU received after a Packet Cell Change Order has been
sent to the MS while in UL transfer.

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS receives a FLUSH-LL PDU from the SGSN after a Packet Cell
Change Order message has been sent to the MS while it has an ongoing UL TBF .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment If a FLUSH is received for a MS supporting a DL TBF and an UL TBF, then both
P224 and P227 are incremented.

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1071 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.51 P228 - NB_PCCF_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF

Long Name NB_PCCF_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF

Definition Number of Packet Cell Change Failure received from the MS after a Packet Cell
Change Order has been sent to the MS while in UL transfer.

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS receives a Packet Cell Change Failure message from the MS
after a Packet Cell Change Order message has been sent to the MS while it has
an ongoing UL TBF .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment If a PCCF is received for a MS supporting a DL TBF and an UL TBF, then both
P225 and P228 are incremented.

Feature Name /

1072 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.52 P229 - NB_RT_PFC_PREEMPTED

Long Name NB_RT_PFC_PREEMPTED

Definition Number of time a RT-PFC is impacted by a CS pre-emption.

Trigger Condition When a CS pre-emption is detected, RRM-PCC increments the counter each
time a RT-PFC is impacted.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1073 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.53 P22a - NB_UL_TBF_NORM_REL_EGPRS

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_NORM_REL_EGPRS

Definition Number of UL TBFin EGPRS mode normal release.

Trigger Condition Whenever the UL TBF is normally released by the MS: upon the receipt of the
reply to the 04.60 PACKET ACK/NACK (FINAL, polling) sent by the MFS on the
last received RLC block, with no UL retransmission required.
Note: The counter only concerns TBF in EGPRS mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1074 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.54 P231 - NB_DOWNGRADED_RT_PFC_DEFENCE

Long Name NB_DOWNGRADED_RT_PFC_DEFENCE

Definition Number of time a RT-PFC is downgraded due to defense mechanism.

Trigger Condition Incremented, in the current cell, when MFS downgrades a RT-PFC to the Default
Best Effort ABQP due to defense mechanism (lack of resources) during its time life.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1075 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.55 P232 - NB_MOVING_RT_PFC_TARGET

Long Name NB_MOVING_RT_PFC_TARGET

Definition Number of RT-PFC that are successfully moved in another cell following a cell
reselection of the MS.

Trigger Condition Incremented, in the source cell, when a RT-PFC is successfully forwarded to
another cell following a cell reselection.
Note: This counter can be only incremented if the MFS manages the target cell.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

1076 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.56 P24 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_GB_PB_MStransUL

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_GB_PB_MStransUL

Definition Number of UL TBF release due to the unavailability of the BVC (Gb interface
problem) associated with the cell when the MS is in packet transfer mode UL
(the UL TBF is established).

Trigger Condition When the BVC associated with the cell is unavailable, the counter is incremented
by the number of UL TBF established in this cell.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1077 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.57 P27 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to a lack of radio resources.

Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever an UL TBF establishment fails due to a lack
of radio resources. A lack of radio resource occurs:
i) if the maximum number of MSs per slave PDCH in uplink is reached for all the
slave PDCHs allocated to the MFS, or
ii) if there is no TAI or TFI left in the MFS.
or
iii) if no PDCH are granted to MFS due to a CS congestion and
max_pdch_high_load is null.

The counter is incremented on receipt of an (EGPRS) PACKET

CHANNEL_REQUEST on (P)RACH, or on receipt of an (EGPRS) PACKET DL
ACK/NACK (with a Channel Request IE) on PACCH, or on receipt of a CHANNEL
REQUEST on RACH when the UL TBF cannot be served due to a lack of radio
resources.
Note: This counter may also be incremented when the MS have requested a
single block access on CCCH to send a
04.60 PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message or a 04.60 PACKET CELL
CHANGE FAILURE message.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1078 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.58 P28 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_RADIO_PB

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_RADIO_PB

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to radio problem.

The cell operational state is "enabled" and the GCHs carrying the TBF are
available for traffic.

Trigger Condition Either at expiry of the timer monitoring the beginning of the UL transfer.
- Or on reception of PCC-RLC-RELEASE-ind with Cause = "no transfer start"
- Or after Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS for
resource reallocation due to T2 for a downlink TBF (with uplink TBF establishment)
but it was never received.
Generally, for all counters related to TBF establishment failures, only the last
reported failure cause is taken into account

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1079 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.59 P302b_1 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3105

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3105

Definition Number of times a DL TBF is released because of a radio failure.

Considered radio failure is:
- a radio link lost due to N3105 (N3105 exceeds its limit)

Trigger Condition A DL TBF is released because of a radio failure.

Considered radio failure is:
- a radio link lost due to N3105 (N3105 exceeds its limit)

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1080 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.60 P302b_2 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_TX_EFF

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_TX_EFF

Definition Number of times a DL TBF is released because of a radio failure.

Considered radio failure is:
- too low TX efficiency.

Trigger Condition A DL TBF is released because of a radio failure.

Considered radio failure is:
- too low TX efficiency.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1081 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.61 P302c_1 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3101

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3101

Definition Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio failure.

Considered radio failure is:
- a radio link lost due to N3101 (N3101 exceeds its limit)

Trigger Condition A UL TBF is released because of a radio failure.

Considered radio failure is:
- a radio link lost due to N3101 (N3101 exceeds its limit)

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1082 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.62 P302c_2 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3103

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3103

Definition Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio failure.

Considered radio failure is:
- a radio link lost due to N3103 (N3103 exceeds its limit)

Trigger Condition A UL TBF is released because of a radio failure.

Considered radio failure is:
- a radio link lost due to N3103 (N3103 exceeds its limit)

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1083 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.63 P302c_3 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_TX_EFF

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_TX_EFF

Definition Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio failure.

Considered radio failure is:
- too low TX efficiency.

Trigger Condition A UL TBF is released because of a radio failure.

Considered radio failure is:
- Too low TX efficiency.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1084 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.64 P302c_4 -
NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N_POLLING_EUTM

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N_POLLING_EUTM

Definition Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio failure.

Considered radio failure is:
- a radio link lost due to N_POLLING_EUTM (N_POLLING_EUTM exceeds its
limit)

Trigger Condition A UL TBF is released because of a radio failure.

Considered radio failure is:
- a radio link lost due to N_POLLING_EUTM (N_POLLING_EUTM exceeds its
limit)

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1085 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.65 P303a - NB_ABNORMAL_DL_TBF_REL

Long Name NB_ABNORMAL_DL_TBF_REL

Definition Number of abnormal DL TBF releases due to the following reasons:

- because during the DL TBF no Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message is received
for too long a time, or,
- because at the end of the DL TBF established in RLC acknowledged mode no
final Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message in RLC acknowledged mode is received,
or,
- because at the end of the DL TBF established in RLC unacknowledged mode no
final Packet Control Acknowledgement message is received.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL TBF is released:

i) because the timer T_TBF_ACTIV has expired, or,
ii) because the timer T_TBF_BCK_REL has expired.
Note 1: The timer T_TBF_ACTIV is used to monitor the receipt of the first DL LLC
PDU after the TBF has been activated.
Note 2: The timer T_TBF_BCK_REL is used for three purposes:
- during a DL TBF to monitor the receipt of the Packet Downlink Ack/Nack
messages when the transmit window is stalled,
- at the end of a DL TBF to monitor the receipt of the final Packet Downlink
Ack/Nack message (in RLC acknowledged mode) or final Packet Control
Acknowledgement message (in RLC unacknowledged mode),
- at the end of an UL TBF to monitor the receipt of the Packet Control
Acknowledgement message acknowledging the final Packet Uplink Ack/Nack
message,

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1086 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.66 P303b - NB_ABNORMAL_UL_TBF_REL

Long Name NB_ABNORMAL_UL_TBF_REL

Definition Number of abnormal UL TBF releases due to the following reasons:

- because during the UL TBF no UL RLC blocks is received for too long a time, or
- because at the end of the UL TBF no answer to the final Packet Uplink Akc/Nack
message is received.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever an UL TBF is released:

i) because the RLC counter N_UL_DUMMY exceeds the system parameter
N_UL_DUMMY_LIMIT, or,
ii) because the timer T_TBF_BCK_REL has expired.
Note 1: The RLC counter N_UL_DUMMY is incremented whenever a dummy UL
RLC block is received from the MS.
Note 2: The timer T_TBF_BCK_REL is used for three purposes:
- during a DL TBF to monitor the receipt of the Packet Downlink Ack/Nack
messages when the transmit window is stalled,
- at the end of a DL TBF to monitor the receipt of the final Packet Downlink
Ack/Nack message (in RLC acknowledged mode) or final Packet Control
Acknowledgement message (in RLC unacknowledged mode),
- at the end of an UL TBF to monitor the receipt of the Packet Control
Acknowledgement message acknowledging the final Packet Uplink Ack/Nack
message,

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1087 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.67 P30a - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MSidle_MastChan

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MSidle_MastChan

Definition Number of UL TBFs successfully established on PCCCH when:

- the MS is in packet idle mode
- the MS have requested an uplink TBF establishment
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented

i) when the TLLI is received during a one phase access UL TBF establishment
triggered on PRACH, or
ii) when the TBF start indication is received during a two phase access UL TBF
establishment triggered on PRACH.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1088 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.68 P30b - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MStransDL

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MStransDL

Definition Number of UL TBFsuccesfully established when the MS is in downlink packet

transfer mode.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition When the TBF start indication is received during an UL TBF establishment on
PACCH.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1089 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.69 P30c - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MSidle_NO_MastChan

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MSidle_NO_MastChan

Definition Number of UL TBFs successfully established on CCCH when:

- the MS is in packet idle mode
- the MS have requested an uplink TBF establishment
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented

i) when the TLLI is received during a one phase access UL TBF establishment
triggered on RACH, or
ii) when the TBF start indication is received during a two phase access UL TBF
establishment triggered on RACH.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1090 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.70 P30e - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_MStransDL

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_MStransDL

Definition Number of UL TBFsuccesfully established in EGPRS mode when the MS is in

downlink packet transfer mode.

Trigger Condition When the TBF start indication is received during an UL TBF establishment in
EGPRS mode on PACCH.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1091 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.71 P385a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_STAGWINDOW

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_STAGWINDOW

Definition Number of DL TBF releases because the transmit window has been stagnating
for too long a time.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL TBF is released because

the RLC counter N_StagnatingWindowDL exceeds the system parameter
N_STAGNATING_WINDOW_DL_LIMIT.
In RLC acknowledged mode, the RLC counter N_StagnatingWindowDL is
incremented when the same oldest RLC data block in the transmit window is
not acknowledged by the received bitmap of the last (EGPRS) Packet Downlink
Ack/Nack message.
Note: The cases where a DL TBF is released because the transmit window has
been stagnating for too long a time should be due to MS errors.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1092 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.72 P385b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_STAGWINDOW

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_STAGWINDOW

Definition Number of UL TBF releases because the receive window has been stagnating
for too long a time.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever an UL TBF is released because

the RLC counter N_StagnatingWindowUL exceeds the system parameter
N_STAGNATING_WINDOW_UL_LIMIT.
The RLC counter N_StagnatingWindowUL is incremented provided that the
receive window is stalled whenever an UL RLC data block whose BSN is different
from the receive window state variable V(Q) and is received a round trip delay after
the previous sending of a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack message.
Note 1: The receive window state variable V(Q) denotes the lowest BSN not yet
received (modulo SNS). It corresponds to the oldest UL RLC data block in the
received window.
Note 2: The cases where an UL TBF is released because the receive window has
been stagnating for too long a time should be due to MS errors or radio problems
(due to the non-receipt of Packet UL Ack/Nack messages).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1093 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.73 P396a - NB_RLC_DL_TBF_RELEASE_REQ_FOR_CR

Long Name NB_RLC_DL_TBF_RELEASE_REQ_FOR_CR

Definition Number of downlink TBF releases requested by RRM to RLC upon receipt of
the Flush message.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL TBF (establishing or on-going) is released due to the receipt of a
Flush message. Note that if the downlink TBF has already been released by RLC
(before the receipt of the Flush message), the counter is not incremented. The
internal PCC-RLC-RELEASE-cnf primitive is used for incrementing the counter.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1094 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.74 P396b - NB_RLC_UL_TBF_RELEASE_REQ_FOR_CR

Long Name NB_RLC_UL_TBF_RELEASE_REQ_FOR_CR

Definition Number of uplink TBF releases requested by RRM to RLC upon receipt of the
Flush message.

Trigger Condition Whenever a UL TBF (establishing or on-going) is released due to the receipt of a
Flush message. Note that if the uplink TBF has already been released by RLC
(before the receipt of the Flush message), the counter is not incremented. The
internal PCC-RLC-RELEASE-cnf primitive is used for incrementing the counter.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1095 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.75 P397 - NB_FLUSH_MESSAGES

Long Name NB_FLUSH_MESSAGES

Definition Number of successful NC0 or NC2 cell reselections for MS in GMM Ready state
(either in packet idle mode or packet transfer mode)

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS receives a FLUSH-LL PDU from the SGSN.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC0

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment Note that NC2 cell reselections can only be triggered if the MS is in packet transfer
mode

Feature Name /

1096 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.76 P403a - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T1

Long Name NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T1

Definition Number of downlink TBFs for which the corresponding Mobile Station has at least
one of its TBFs impacted by a CS pre-emption process over the granularity period.
Resource reallocation will then be called for the impacted TBFs of those Mobile
Stations (thanks to trigger T1).

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by one each time a downlink TBF (or its concurrent
uplink TBF) is impacted by a CS pre-emption process.
Three cases are possible:
Case 1) a downlink TBF has its PACCH impacted by a soft PDCH pre-emption,
Case 2) the maximum allowed (M)CS of a downlink TBF will no longer be
possible to serve because of an M-EGCH link size reduction due to a soft PDCH
pre-emption. The M-EGCH link to consider is the one of the TRX currently
supporting the downlink TBF. That case is only valid for Evolium BTSs and
can only occur in case the basic Abis nibbles of some of the soft-pre-empted
PDCHs are currently being used by GCHs within the considered M-EGCH link.
Example: if a downlink EGPRS TBF has MCS-9 as its maximum allowed (M)CS
and is established on a TRX whose M-EGCH link owns 5 GCHs, then if the CS
pre-emption process leads to an M-EGCH link having only 4 GCHs left (because
one of the GCHs of the M-EGCH link is using a basic Abis nibble mapped to a
pre-empted PDCH), then the downlink TBF will be impacted, and the counter
incremented, see Note 1.
Case 3) In case where a downlink TBF is not impacted as described in Case 1
or Case 2, the counter is also incremented by one each time this non-impacted
downlink TBF has a concurrent uplink TBF impacted by the CS pre-emption
process (see the conditions to increment counter P404a).
In all above cases, the MFS will try to reallocate the impacted resources of the
MS, which will require reallocating the TBFs in one or in both directions.
Note 1: Case 2 is not significant in IP transport.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T1

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1097 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.77 P403b - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T2

Long Name NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T2

Definition Number of downlink TBFs which are candidate for resource reallocation upon
concurrent uplink TBF establishment.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by one each time a concurrent uplink TBF
establishment request is received and the
downlink TBF is candidate for resource reallocation.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T2

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1098 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.78 P403c - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T3

Long Name NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T3

Definition Number of downlink TBFs for which the corresponding Mobile Station was
candidate for resource reallocation upon T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC expiry
(due to trigger T3). Only candidate MSs for which the resource allocation algorithm
was called are taken into account.

Trigger Condition Upon each expiry of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, the counter is incremented

by the number of DL TBFs for
which the corresponding Mobile Station is candidate for resource reallocation and
for which the resource allocation
algorithm will be run to try and find a better allocation. This means that it is limited
to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T3 attempts upon each timer expiry.
Note 1: all downlink TBFs for which the resource allocation algorithm is run have
to be counted, even if the
corresponding Mobile Station has an uplink-biased transfer and therefore the MS
is registered in the uplink list.
Note 2: in case a given mobile station has got two TBF(s) on-going and its
resources are attempted to be reallocated, then both P403c and P404c shall
be incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T3

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1099 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.79 P403d - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T4

Long Name NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T4

Definition Number of downlink TBFs for which the corresponding Mobile Station was
candidate for resource reallocation upon T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC expiry
(due to Trigger T4). Only candidate MSs for which the resource allocation
algorithm was called are taken into account.

Trigger Condition Upon each expiry of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, the counter is incremented

by the number of DL TBFs which are candidate for resource reallocation and
for which the resource allocation algorithm will tend to free EGPRS radio
resources.This means that it is limited to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T4
attempts upon each timer expiry.
Note that in case a given mobile station has got an UL and DL TBFs on-going and
its resources are attempted to be reallocated due to Trigger T4, then both P403d
and P404d shall be incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T4

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1100 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.80 P404a - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T1

Long Name NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T1

Definition Number of uplink TBFs for which the corresponding Mobile Station has at least
one of its TBFs impacted by a CS pre-emption process over the granularity period.
Resource reallocation will then be called for the impacted TBFs of those Mobile
Stations (thanks to trigger T1).

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by one each time an uplink TBF (or its concurrent
downlink TBF) is impacted by a CS pre-emption process.
Three cases are possible:
Case 1) an uplink TBF has its PACCH impacted by a soft PDCH pre-emption,
Case 2) the maximum allowed (M)CS of an uplink TBF (taking into account the
number of GCHs and also the EGPRS capability of the MS (i.e. limitation to
MCS-4 for an UL EGPRS TBF if the MS is not 8-PSK capable)) will no longer
be possible to serve because of an M-EGCH link size reduction due to a soft
PDCH pre-emption. The M-EGCH link to consider is the one of the TRX currently
supporting the uplink TBF. That case is only valid for Evolium BTSs and can only
occur in case the basic Abis nibbles of some of the soft-preempted PDCHs are
currently being used by GCHs within the considered M-EGCH link. Example: if an
uplink EGPRS TBF has MCS-9 as its maximum allowed (M)CS and is established
on a TRX whose M-EGCH link owns 5 GCHs, then if the CS preemption process
leads to an M-EGCH link having only 4 GCHs left (because one of the GCHs of
the M-EGCH link is using a basic Abis nibble mapped to a pre-empted PDCH),
then the uplink TBF will be impacted, and the counter incremented, see Note 1.
Case 3) In case where an uplink TBF is not impacted as described in Case 1 or
Case 2, the counter is also incremented by one each time this non-impacted uplink
TBF has a concurrent downlink TBF impacted by the CS pre-emption process (see
the conditions to increment counter P403a).
In all above cases, the MFS will try to reallocate the impacted resources of the
MS, which will require reallocating the TBFs in one or in both directions.
Note 1: Case 2 is not significant in IP transport.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T1

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1101 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.81 P404b - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T2

Long Name NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T2

Definition Number of uplink TBFs which are candidate for resource reallocation upon
concurrent downlink TBF establishment.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by one each time a concurrent downlink TBF
establishment request is received and the
uplink TBF is candidate for resource reallocation.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T2

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1102 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.82 P404c - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T3

Long Name NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T3

Definition Number of uplink TBFs for which the corresponding Mobile Station was candidate
for resource reallocation upon T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC expiry (due to
trigger T3). Only candidate MSs for which the resource allocation algorithm was
called are taken into account.

Trigger Condition Upon each expiry of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, the counter is incremented

by the number of UL TBFs for
which the corresponding Mobile Station is candidate for resource reallocation and
for which the resource allocation
algorithm will be run to try and find a better allocation. This means that it is limited
to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T3 attempts upon each timer expiry.
Note 1: all uplink TBFs for which the resource allocation algorithm is run have to
be counted, even if the
corresponding Mobile Station has a downlink-biased transfer and therefore the MS
is registered in the downlink list.
Note 2: in case a given mobile station has got two TBF(s) on-going and its
resources are attempted to be reallocated,

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T3

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1103 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.83 P404d - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T4

Long Name NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T4

Definition Number of uplink TBFs for which the corresponding Mobile Station was candidate
for resource reallocation upon T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC expiry (due to
Trigger T4). Only candidate MSs for which the resource allocation algorithm was
called are taken into account.

Trigger Condition Upon each expiry of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, the counter is incremented

by the number of UL TBFs which are candidate for resource reallocation and
for which the resource allocation algorithm will tend to free EGPRS radio
resources.This means that it is limited to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T4
attempts upon each timer expiry.
Note that in case a given mobile station has got an UL and DL TBFs on-going and
its resources are attempted to be reallocated due to Trigger T4, then both P403d
and P404d shall be incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T4

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1104 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.84 P405a - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T1

Long Name NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T1

Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating successfully a

downlink TBF (due to trigger T1).

Trigger Condition A PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received following a resource

reallocation attempt for that downlink TBF due to T1. If the PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT acknowledges reallocation of both an uplink and a
downlink TBF, this counter shall be incremented as well as P406a.
If after the resource reallocation algorithm is run for a candidate Mobile Station
having two TBFs following T1, only the resources of the uplink TBF need to
be reallocated, the procedure shall be considered successful for the downlink
TBF, irrespective of the reallocation protocol outcome. Indeed, even if the
reallocation protocol fails for the uplink TBF, the downlink TBF will not be released
and therefore this can be considered as a success. This is another trigger for
incrementing this counter. This is required since P403a has been incremented.
Similarly, if after the resource reallocation algorithm is run for a candidate Mobile
Station having two TBFs following T1, there is a preparation failure but the PACCH
of the downlink TBF is not impacted by soft PDCH pre-emption, then the downlink
TBF will remain alive and this counter shall be incremented.
The counter can be used to compute the success rate of the reallocation execution
phase.
Note: this counter takes into account also the successful T1 reallocations where
the MAX_(M)CS of a DL TBF is decreased without any change of its radio
allocation.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T1

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1105 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.85 P405b - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T2

Long Name NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T2

Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating successfully a

downlink TBF (due to trigger T2).

Trigger Condition A PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received following a resource

reallocation attempt for that TBF due to T2, i.e. due to the establishment of a
concurrent uplink TBF. Note that this counter shall be incremented only once even
if two TBF establishments are actually acknowledged.
The counter can be used to compute the success rate of the reallocation execution
phase.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T2

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1106 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.86 P405c - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T3

Long Name NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T3

Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating successfully a

downlink TBF (due to trigger T3).

Trigger Condition A PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received following a resource

reallocation attempt for a downlink TBF due to T3. If the PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT acknowledges reallocation of both an uplink and a
downlink TBF, both P405c and P406c shall be incremented.
If after the resource reallocation algorithm is run for a candidate Mobile Station
having two TBFs following T3, only the resources of the uplink TBF need to
be reallocated, the procedure shall be considered successful for the downlink
TBF, irrespective of the reallocation protocol outcome. Indeed, even if the
reallocation protocol fails for the uplink TBF, the downlink TBF will not be released
and therefore this can be considered as a success. This is another trigger for
incrementing this counter. This is required since P403c has been incremented.
The counter can be used to compute the success rate of the reallocation execution
phase.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T3

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1107 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.87 P405d - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T4

Long Name NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T4

Definition Number of T4 resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating successfully

a downlink TBF.

Trigger Condition A Packet Control Acknowledgement message is received following a resource

reallocation attempt for a downlink TBF due to Trigger T4.
Note that if the Packet Control Acknowledgement message acknowledges
reallocation of both an uplink and a downlink TBF, both P405d and P406d shall be
incremented.
If after the resource reallocation algorithm is run for a candidate Mobile Station
having two TBFs following T4, only the resources of the uplink TBF need to
be reallocated, the procedure shall be considered successful for the downlink
TBF, irrespective of the reallocation protocol outcome. Indeed, even if the
reallocation protocol fails for the uplink TBF, the downlink TBF will not be released
and therefore this can be considered as a success. This is another trigger for
incrementing this counter. This is required since P403d has been incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T4

Measured Object Cell

External Comment The counter can be used to compute the success rate of the reallocation execution
phase.

Feature Name /

1108 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.88 P406a - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T1

Long Name NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T1

Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating successfully an

uplink TBF (due to trigger T1).

Trigger Condition A PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received following a resource

reallocation attempt for that uplink TBF due to T1. If the PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT acknowledges reallocation of both an uplink and a
downlink TBF, this counter shall be incremented as well as P405a.
If after the resource reallocation algorithm is run for a candidate Mobile Station
having two TBFs following T1, only the resources of the downlink TBF need
to be reallocated, the procedure shall be considered successful for the uplink
TBF, irrespective of the reallocation protocol outcome. Indeed, even if the
reallocation protocol fails for the downlink TBF, the uplink TBF will not be released
and therefore this can be considered as a success. This is another trigger for
incrementing this counter. This is required since P404a has been incremented.
Similarly, if after the resource reallocation algorithm is run for a candidate Mobile
Station having two TBFs following T1, there is a preparation failure but the PACCH
of the uplink TBF is not impacted by soft PDCH pre-emption, then the uplink TBF
will remain alive and this counter shall be incremented.
The counter can be used to compute the success rate of the reallocation execution
phase.
Note: this counter takes into account also the successful T1 reallocations where
the MAX_(M)CS of an UL TBF is decreased without any change of its radio
allocation.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T1

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1109 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.89 P406b - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T2

Long Name NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T2

Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating successfully an

uplink TBF (due to trigger T2).

Trigger Condition A PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received following a resource

reallocation attempt for that TBF due to T2, i.e. due to the establishment of a
concurrent downlink TBF. Note that this counter shall be incremented only once
even if two TBF establishments are actually acknowledged.
The counter can be used to compute the success rate of the reallocation execution
phase.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T2

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1110 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.90 P406c - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T3

Long Name NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T3

Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating successfully an

uplink TBF (due to trigger T3).

Trigger Condition A PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received following a resource

reallocation attempt for an uplink TBF due to T3. If the PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT acknowledges reallocation of both an uplink and a
downlink TBF, this counter shall be incremented as well as P405c.
If after the resource reallocation algorithm is run for a candidate Mobile Station
having two TBFs following T3, only the resources of the downlink TBF need
to be reallocated, the procedure shall be considered successful for the uplink
TBF, irrespective of the reallocation protocol outcome. Indeed, even if the
reallocation protocol fails for the downlink TBF, the uplink TBF will not be released
and therefore this can be considered as a success. This is another trigger for
incrementing this counter. This is required since P404c has been incremented.
The counter can be used to compute the success rate of the reallocation execution
phase.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T3

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1111 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.91 P406d - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T4

Long Name NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T4

Definition Number of T4 resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating successfully

an uplink TBF

Trigger Condition A Packet Control Acknowledgement message is received following a resource

reallocation attempt for an uplink TBF due to Trigger T4.

Note that if the Packet Control Acknowledgement message acknowledges

reallocation of both an uplink and a downlink TBFs, both P405d and P406d shall
be incremented.
If after the resource reallocation algorithm is run for a candidate Mobile Station
having two TBFs following T4, only the resources of the downlink TBF need
to be reallocated, the procedure shall be considered successful for the uplink
TBF, irrespective of the reallocation protocol outcome. Indeed, even if the
reallocation protocol fails for the downlink TBF, the uplink TBF will not be released
and therefore this can be considered as a success. This is another trigger for
incrementing this counter. This is required since P404d has been incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T4

Measured Object Cell

External Comment The counter can be used to compute the success rate of the reallocation execution
phase.

Feature Name /

1112 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.92 P407a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T1

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T1

Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating a downlink

TBF but the procedure failed due to radio problems and the TBF was released
(due to trigger T1).

Trigger Condition After Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS for
resource reallocation due to T1 for a downlink TBF but it was never received,
the TBF is released and this counter is incremented. Assuming that the MS
is not bugged, it means that the radio conditions were too poor for the MS to
either correctly receive the reassignment message or for the MFS to receive the
acknowledgement from the MS. If an MS for which the resource reallocation
protocol was attempted but failed had two TBFs and both were being reallocated,
then both counters P407a and P408a shall be incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T1

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1113 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.93 P407b - NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T2

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T2

Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating a downlink

TBF but the procedure failed due to radio problems and the TBF was released
(due to trigger T2).

Trigger Condition After Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS for
resource reallocation due to T2 for a downlink TBF but it was never received,
the TBF is released and this counter is incremented. Assuming that the MS
is not bugged, it means that the radio conditions were too poor for the MS to
either correctly receive the reassignment message or for the MFS to receive the
acknowledgement from the MS.
Note : because the corresponding uplink TBF could not be established too, then
P28 is also incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T2

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1114 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.94 P407c - NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T3

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T3

Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating a downlink

TBF but the procedure failed due to radio problems and the TBF was released
(due to trigger T3).

Trigger Condition After Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS for
resource reallocation due to T3 for a downlink TBF but it was never received,
the TBF is released and this counter is incremented. Assuming that the MS
is not bugged, it means that the radio conditions were too poor for the MS to
either correctly receive the reassignment message or for the MFS to receive the
acknowledgement from the MS. If an MS for which the resource reallocation was
attempted but failed had two TBFs and both were being reallocated, then both
counters P407c and P408c shall be incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T3

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1115 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.95 P407d - NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T4

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T4

Definition Number of T4 resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating a downlink

TBF but the procedure failed due to radio problems and the TBF was released.

Trigger Condition After Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS for
resource reallocation due to Trigger T4 for a downlink TBF but it was never
received, the TBF is released and this counter is incremented.
Assuming that the MS is not bugged, it means that the radio conditions were
too poor for the MS to either correctly receive the reassignment message or for
the MFS to receive the acknowledgement from the MS. If an MS for which the
resource reallocation was attempted but failed had two TBFs and both were being
reallocated, then both counters P407d and P408d shall be incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T4

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1116 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.96 P408a - NB_UL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T1

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T1

Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating an uplink TBF
but the procedure failed due to radio problems and the TBF was released (due
to trigger T1).

Trigger Condition After Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS for
resource reallocation due to T1 for an uplink TBF but it was never received,
the TBF is released and this counter is incremented. Assuming that the MS
is not bugged, it means that the radio conditions were too poor for the MS to
either correctly receive the reassignment message or for the MFS to receive the
acknowledgement from the MS. If an MS for which the resource reallocation
protocol was attempted but failed had two TBFs and both were being reallocated,
then both counters P407a and P408a shall be incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T1

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1117 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.97 P408b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T2

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T2

Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating an uplink TBF
but the procedure failed due to radio problems and the TBF was released (due
to trigger T2).

Trigger Condition After Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS for
resource reallocation due to T2 for an uplink TBF but it was never received,
the TBF is released and this counter is incremented. Assuming that the MS
is not bugged, it means that the radio conditions were too poor for the MS to
either correctly receive the reassignment message or for the MFS to receive the
acknowledgement from the MS.
Note :
because the corresponding downlink TBF could not be established, then P15 is
also incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T2

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1118 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.98 P408c - NB_UL_TBF_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T3

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T3

Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating an uplink TBF
but the procedure failed due to radio problems and the TBF was released (due
to trigger T3).

Trigger Condition After Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS for
resource reallocation due to T3 for an uplink TBF but it was never received,
the TBF is released and this counter is incremented. Assuming that the MS
is not bugged, it means that the radio conditions were too poor for the MS to
either correctly receive the reassignment message or for the MFS to receive the
acknowledgement from the MS. If an MS for which the resource reallocation was
attempted but failed had two TBFs and both were being reallocated, then both
counters P407c and P408c shall be incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T3

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1119 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.99 P408d - NB_UL_TBF_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T4

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T4

Definition Number of T4 resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating an uplink

TBF but the procedure failed due to radio problems and the TBF was released.

Trigger Condition After Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS for
resource reallocation due to Trigger T4 for an uplink TBF but it was never received,
the TBF is released and this counter is incremented.
Assuming that the MS is not bugged, it means that the radio conditions were
too poor for the MS to either correctly receive the reassignment message or for
the MFS to receive the acknowledgement from the MS. If an MS for which the
resource reallocation was attempted but failed had two TBFs and both were being
reallocated, then both counters P407d and P408d shall be incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T4

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1120 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.100 P422 - NB_DL_TBF_TRANSFER_RESUMPTION_IN_DELAYED_REL_STATE

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_TRANSFER_RESUMPTION_IN_DELAYED_REL_STATE

Definition Number of DL TBF transfer resumptions in delayed release state.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a DL TBF state changes from "delayed
release" to "active".
It corresponds to the TBF becoming active again after a certain duration of
delayed release state. This counter therefore provides the number of DL TBF
establishments which have been avoided by the delayed downlink TBF release
feature.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1121 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.101 P423a - NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T1

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T1

Definition Number of attempts for downlink TBFs impacted by a CS pre-emption process, T1

resource reallocation has been attempted but no candidate allocation could be
found. The TBF could therefore not be reallocated.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a downlink TBF is impacted by a CS
pre-emption process , the resource reallocation algorithm is run but no candidate
allocation can be found for the downlink TBF. As such, it corresponds to a resource
reallocation preparation failure.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T1

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

1122 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.102 P423b - NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T2

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T2

Definition Number of attempts for downlink TBFs which were candidate for T2 resource
reallocation upon concurrent uplink TBF establishment but for which no better
candidate allocation could be found. The downlink TBFs were therefore not
reallocated.

Trigger Condition Upon concurrent uplink TBF establishments, the counter is incremented when:
i) The uplink TBF cannot be served because the on-going donwlink TBF cannot be
re-allocated and concurrence
constraints make the uplink TBF establishment impossible on the on-going
downlink TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T2

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1123 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.103 P423c - NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T3

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T3

Definition Number of periodic attempts for downlink TBFs which were candidate for resource
reallocation due to T3 but for which no better candidate allocation could be found.
The downlink TBFs were therefore not reallocated.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a downlink TBF is candidate for resource
reallocation due to T3 but after the radio resource reallocation algorithm is run,
it is decided not to change its current allocation. As such, it corresponds to a
resource reallocation preparation failure.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T3

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

1124 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.104 P423d - NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T4

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T4

Definition Number of periodic attempts for downlink TBFs which were candidate for T4
resource reallocation but for which no suitable candidate allocation could be found.
The downlink TBFs were therefore not re-allocated.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a downlink TBF is candidate for resource
reallocation due to Trigger T4 but after the radio resource reallocation algorithm is
run, it is decided not to change its current allocation. As such, it corresponds to a
resource reallocation preparation failure.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T4

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1125 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.105 P424a - NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T1

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T1

Definition Number of attempts for uplink TBFs impacted by a CS pre-emption process, T1

resource reallocation has been attempted but no candidate allocation could be
found. The TBF could therefore not be reallocated.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a uplink TBF is impacted by a CS
pre-emption process , the resource reallocation algorithm is run but no candidate
allocation can be found for the uplink TBF. As such, it corresponds to a resource
reallocation preparation failure.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T1

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

1126 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.106 P424b - NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T2

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T2

Definition Number of attempts for uplink TBFs which were candidate for T2 resource
reallocation upon concurrent downlink TBF establishment but for which no
candidate allocation could be found apart from their current allocation. The uplink
TBFs were therefore not reallocated.

Trigger Condition Upon concurrent downlink TBF establishments, the counter is incremented when :
i) The downlink TBF cannot be served because the on-going uplink TBF cannot be
re-allocated and concurrence
constraints make the downlink TBF establishment impossible on the on-going
uplink TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T2

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1127 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.107 P424c - NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T3

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T3

Definition Number of periodic attempts for uplink TBFs which were candidate for resource
reallocation due to T3 but for which no candidate allocation could be found apart
from their current allocation. The uplink TBFs were therefore not reallocated.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time an uplink TBF is candidate for resource
reallocation due to T3 but after the radio resource reallocation algorithm is run,
it is decided not to change its current allocation. As such, it corresponds to a
resource reallocation preparation failure.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T3

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1128 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.108 P424d - NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T4

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T4

Definition Number of periodic attempts for uplink TBFs which were candidate for T4 resource
reallocation but for which no suitable candidate allocation could be found apart
from their current allocation. The uplink TBFs were therefore not re-allocated.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time an uplink TBF is candidate for resource
reallocation due to Trigger T4 but after the radio resource reallocation algorithm is
run, it is decided not to change its current allocation. As such, it corresponds to a
resource reallocation preparation failure.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T4

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1129 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.109 P425a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T1

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T1

Definition Number of downlink TBFs for which the resource reallocation protocol is running
following T1 and an external TBF release request is received which forces to
stop the on-going resource reallocation (FLUSH-LL from the SGSN or GPRS
SUSPENSION REQUEST from the BSC).

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time the resources of a downlink TBF are
being reallocated (ie either a PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT or a PACKET
TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE message has been sent to the MS to reallocate its
downlink resources) and:
- a FLUSH-LL is received from the SGSN, or
- a GPRS SUSPENSION REQUEST is received from the BSC
for that Mobile Station before the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is
received.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T1

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1130 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.110 P425b - NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T2

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T2

Definition Number of downlink TBFs for which the resource reallocation protocol is running
following T2 and an external TBF release request is received which forces to
stop the on-going resource reallocation (FLUSH-LL from the SGSN or GPRS
SUSPENSION REQUEST from the BSC).

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time the resources of a downlink TBF are
being reallocated (ie either a PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT or a PACKET
TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE message has been sent to the MS to reallocate its
downlink resources) and:
- a FLUSH-LL is received from the SGSN, or
- a GPRS SUSPENSION REQUEST is received from the BSC
for that Mobile Station before the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is
received.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T2

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1131 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.111 P425c - NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T3

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T3

Definition Number of downlink TBFs for which the resource reallocation protocol is running
following T3 and an external TBF release request is received which forces to
stop the on-going resource reallocation (FLUSH-LL from the SGSN or GPRS
SUSPENSION REQUEST from the BSC).

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time the resources of a downlink TBF are
being reallocated (ie either a PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT or a PACKET
TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE message has been sent to the MS to reallocate its
downlink resources) and:
- a FLUSH-LL is received from the SGSN, or
- a GPRS SUSPENSION REQUEST is received from the BSC
for that Mobile Station before the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is
received.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T3

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1132 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.112 P425d - NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T4

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T4

Definition Number of downlink TBFs for which the resource reallocation protocol is running
following T4 and an external TBF release request is received which forces to stop
the on-going resource reallocation (Flush-LL from the SGSN or GPRS suspension
request from the BSC)

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time the resources of a downlink TBF are being
reallocated due Trigger T4 (i.e. either a Packet Uplink Assignment or a Packet
Timeslot Reconfigure message has been sent to the MS to reallocate its uplink
resources) and:
- a FLUSH-LL is received from the SGSN, or
- a GPRS Suspension Request is received from the BSC
for that Mobile Station before the Packet Control Acknowledgement message is
received.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T4

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1133 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.113 P426a - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T1

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T1

Definition Number of uplink TBFs for which the resource reallocation protocol is running
following T1 and an external TBF release request is received which forces to
stop the on-going resource reallocation (FLUSH-LL from the SGSN or GPRS
SUSPENSION REQUEST from the BSC).

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time the resources of an uplink TBF are being
reallocated (ie either a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or a PACKET TIMESLOT
RECONFIGURE message has been sent to the MS to reallocate its uplink
resources) and:
- a FLUSH-LL is received from the SGSN, or
- a GPRS SUSPENSION REQUEST is received from the BSC
for that Mobile Station before the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is
received.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T1

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1134 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.114 P426b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T2

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T2

Definition Number of uplink TBFs for which the resource reallocation protocol is running
following T2 and an external TBF release request is received which forces to
stop the on-going resource reallocation (FLUSH-LL from the SGSN or GPRS
SUSPENSION REQUEST from the BSC).

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time the resources of an uplink TBF are being
reallocated (ie either a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or a PACKET TIMESLOT
RECONFIGURE message has been sent to the MS to reallocate its uplink
resources) and:
- a FLUSH-LL is received from the SGSN, or
- a GPRS SUSPENSION REQUEST is received from the BSC
for that Mobile Station before the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is
received.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T2

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1135 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.115 P426c - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T3

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T3

Definition Number of uplink TBFs for which the resource reallocation protocol is running
following T3 and an external TBF release request is received which forces to
stop the on-going resource reallocation (FLUSH-LL from the SGSN or GPRS
SUSPENSION REQUEST from the BSC).

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time the resources of an uplink TBF are being
reallocated (ie either a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or a PACKET TIMESLOT
RECONFIGURE message has been sent to the MS to reallocate its uplink
resources) and:
- a FLUSH-LL is received from the SGSN, or
- a GPRS SUSPENSION REQUEST is received from the BSC
for that Mobile Station before the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is
received.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T3

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1136 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.116 P426d - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T4

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T4

Definition Number of uplink TBFs for which the resource reallocation protocol is running
following T4 and an external TBF release request is received which forces to stop
the on-going resource reallocation (Flush-LL from the SGSN or GPRS suspension
request from the BSC).

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time the resources of an uplink TBF are being
reallocated due Trigger T4 (i.e. either a Packet Uplink Assignment or a Packet
Timeslot Reconfigure message has been sent to the MS to reallocate its uplink
resources) and:
- a FLUSH-LL is received from the SGSN, or
- a GPRS Suspension Request is received from the BSC
for that Mobile Station before the Packet Control Acknowledgement message is
received.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations

Sub Domain 3 T4

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1137 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.117 P431b - MAX_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME

Long Name MAX_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME

Definition Maximum duration of successful outgoing NC2 cell reselections (measured in

the source cell)

Trigger Condition Tide mark recording the maximum value of Counter P209

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1138 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.118 P431c - MIN_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME

Long Name MIN_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME

Definition Minimum duration of successful outgoing NC2 cell reselections (measured in

the source cell)

Trigger Condition Tide mark recording the minimum value of Counter P209

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1139 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.119 P432b - MAX_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME

Long Name MAX_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME

Definition Maximum duration of successful incoming intra-RA intra-MFS NC2 cell

reselections (measured in the target cell).

Trigger Condition Tide mark recording the maximum value of Counter P210

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1140 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.120 P432c - MIN_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME

Long Name MIN_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME

Definition Minimum duration of successful incoming intra-RA intra-MFS NC2 cell reselections
(measured in the target cell).

Trigger Condition Tide mark recording the minimum value of Counter P210

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1141 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.121 P433a - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT1

Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT1

Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection requests for a MS in packet transfer mode due
to a "too low downlink received signal" (Cause PT1)

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the RRM layer sends to the MS a Packet
Cell Change Order message for a NC2 cell reselection triggered due a "too low
downlink received signal" (Cause PT1).
The repetitions of the Packet Cell Change Order message for a given NC2 cell
reselection alarm are not counted.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1142 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.122 P433b - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT2

Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT2

Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection requests for a MS in packet transfer mode due to
a "detection of a better neighbour cell" (Cause PT2)

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the RRM layer sends to the MS a Packet
Cell Change Order message for a NC2 cell reselection triggered due the "detection
of a better neighbour cell" (Cause PT2).
The repetitions of the Packet Cell Change Order message for a given NC2 cell
reselection alarm are not counted.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1143 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.123 P433c - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT3

Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT3

Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection requests for a MS in packet transfer mode due to
a "too bad downlink radio quality" (Cause PT3)

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the RRM layer sends to the MS a Packet
Cell Change Order message for a NC2 cell reselection triggered due a "too bad
downlink radio quality" (Cause PT3).
The repetitions of the Packet Cell Change Order message for a given NC2 cell
reselection alarm are not counted.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1144 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.124 P433d - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT4

Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT4

Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection requests for a MS in packet transfer mode due to
a "too bad uplink radio quality" (Cause PT4)

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the RRM layer sends to the MS a Packet
Cell Change Order message for a NC2 cell reselection triggered due a "too bad
uplink radio quality" (Cause PT4).
The repetitions of the Packet Cell Change Order message for a given NC2 cell
reselection alarm are not counted.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1145 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.125 P434a - NB_NC2_UL_TBF_RELEASE

Long Name NB_NC2_UL_TBF_RELEASE

Definition Number of UL TBF releases due to NC2 cell reselections

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS detects an abnormal transition
from packet uplink transfer mode to packet idle mode further to the sending of
the first Packet Cell Change Order message. The counter is then incremented
whenever one of the following events occurs after the sending of the Packet Cell
Change Order message:
i) an TBF-RELEASE-ind message with an abnormal cause is received from RLC
layer (for the UL TBF) while the MFS is waiting for the acknowledgement of the
Packet Cell Change Order message or while the MFS is waiting for the FLUSH-LL
message, or,
ii) an TBF-RELEASE-cnf message is sent to RLC layer (for the UL TBF) further to
the receipt of the acknowledgement of the Packet Cell Change Order message or
further to the receipt of the Flush-LL message.
The counter is incremented only once per NC cell reselection execution.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1146 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.126 P434b - NB_NC2_DL_TBF_RELEASE

Long Name NB_NC2_DL_TBF_RELEASE

Definition Number of DL TBF releases due to NC2 cell reselections

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS detects an abnormal transition
from packet downlink transfer mode to packet idle mode further to the sending of
the first Packet Cell Change Order message. The counter is then incremented
whenever one of the following events occurs after the sending of the Packet Cell
Change Order message:
i) an TBF-RELEASE-ind message with an abnormal cause is received from RLC
layer (for the DL TBF) while the MFS is waiting for the acknowledgement of the
Packet Cell Change Order message or while the MFS is waiting for the FLUSH-LL
message, or,
ii) an TBF-RELEASE-cnf message is sent to RLC layer (for the DL TBF) further to
the receipt of the acknowledgement of the Packet Cell Change Order message or
further to the receipt of the Flush-LL message.
The counter is incremented only once per NC cell reselection execution.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1147 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.127 P434c - NB_NC0_UL_TBF_RELEASE

Long Name NB_NC0_UL_TBF_RELEASE

Definition Number of UL TBF releases due to NC0 cell reselections

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a NC0 cell reselection leads to the release
of an UL TBF. The counter is then incremented for MS operating in NC0 mode
whenever one of the following events occurs:
i) a Flush-LL message is received from the SGSN and this Flush-LL message
concerns an UL TBF which is still on-going,
ii) a Flush-LL message is received from the SGSN and this Flush-LL message
concerns an UL TBF which has been abnormally released in the previous
T_WAIT_FLUSH seconds.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1148 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.128 P434d - NB_NC0_DL_TBF_RELEASE

Long Name NB_NC0_DL_TBF_RELEASE

Definition Number of DL TBF releases due to NC0 cell reselections

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a NC0 cell reselection leads to the release
of a DL TBF. The counter is then incremented for MS operating in NC0 mode
whenever one of the following events occurs:
i) a Flush-LL message is received from the SGSN and this Flush-LL message
concerns a DL TBF which is still on-going,
ii) a Flush-LL message is received from the SGSN and this Flush-LL message
concerns a DL TBF which has been abnormally released in the previous
T_WAIT_FLUSH seconds.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1149 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.129 P435a - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT1

Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT1

Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection successes for a MS in packet transfer mode due
to a "too low downlink received signal" (Cause PT1)

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented upon receipt of a Flush-LL message corresponding
to a NC2 cell reselection triggered due to a "too low downlink received signal"
(Cause PT1).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1150 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.130 P435b - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT2

Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT2

Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection successes for a MS in packet transfer mode due
to a "detection of a better neighbour cell" (Cause PT2)

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented upon receipt of a Flush-LL message corresponding
to a NC2 cell reselection triggered due to a "detection of a better neighbour cell"
(Cause PT2).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1151 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.131 P435c - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT3

Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT3

Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection successes for a MS in packet transfer mode due
to a "too bad downlink radio quality" (Cause PT3)

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented upon receipt of a Flush-LL message corresponding
to a NC2 cell reselection triggered due to a "too bad downlink radio quality"
(Cause PT3).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1152 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.132 P435d - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT4

Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT4

Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection successes for a MS in packet transfer mode due
to a "too bad uplink radio quality" (Cause PT4)

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented upon receipt of a Flush-LL message corresponding
to a NC2 cell reselection triggered due to a "too bad uplink radio quality" (Cause
PT4).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1153 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.133 P436 - NB_NC0_CELL_RESEL_Mstrans

Long Name NB_NC0_CELL_RESEL_Mstrans

Definition Number of successful NC0 cell reselections (for MS in packet transfer mode)

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented upon receipt of a Flush-LL message corresponding to
a NC0 cell reselection triggered while the MS was in packet transfer mode in the
old cell in the previous T_WAIT_FLUSH seconds.
The counter is then incremented for MS operating in NC0 mode whenever one of
the following events occurs:
i) a Flush-LL message is received from the SGSN and this Flush-LL message
concerns a DL or UL TBF which is(are) still on-going(s),
ii) a Flush-LL message is received from the SGSN and this Flush-LL message
concerns a DL or UL TBF which has(have) been abnormally released in the
previous T_WAIT_FLUSH seconds.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC0

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1154 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.134 P437a - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_REJECT_CELL

Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_REJECT_CELL

Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection failures reported by the MS which leads to reject
the target cell for a while.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented upon receipt of a 3GPP TS 04.60 Packet Cell Change
Failure message with Causes "Frequency not implemented", "No response on
target cell", or "Immediate Assign Reject or Packet Access Reject on target cell".

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1155 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.135 P437b - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_NO_REJECT_CELL

Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_NO_REJECT_CELL

Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection failures reported by the MS which does not lead to
reject the target cell for a while.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented upon receipt of a 3GPP TS 04.60 Packet Cell Change
Failure message with Causes "On going CS connection", "MS in GMM Standby
state", or "Forced to the Standby state".

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1156 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.136 P440a - NB_REROUTING_INTRA_NSE

Long Name NB_REROUTING_INTRA_NSE

Definition Within the granularity period, the MFS counts the number of times it receives an
order from the SGSN to reroute DL LLC PDUs to another cell belonging to the
same NSE (even if there is actually no PDU to reroute).

Trigger Condition Receipt of a FLUSH-LL message containing the new BVCI and, if the SGSN
supports the INR option, not the new NSEI

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Inter-NSE DL LLC PDU re-routing

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1157 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.137 P440b - NB_REROUTING_INTER_NSE_INTRA_BSS

Long Name NB_REROUTING_INTER_NSE_INTRA_BSS

Definition Within the granularity period, the MFS counts the number of times conditions are
fulfilled to reroute DL LLC PDUs to another cell belonging to another NSE but to
the same BSS (even if there is actually no PDU to reroute).

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented in the two following cases:

i) either the SGSN supports the Inter-NSE Rerouting feature and the MFS receives
a FLUSH-LL message containing the new BVCI and the new NSEI and the new
NSEI is part of the serving BSS,
ii) or the SGSN does not support the Inter-NSE Rerouting feature and the
autonomous rerouting is enabled (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING set to
enabled) and the MFS receives a FLUSH-LL message following a cell change
occuring between two NSEs within the same BSS and within the same routing
area.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Inter-NSE DL LLC PDU re-routing

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1158 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.138 P440c - NB_REROUTING_INTER_NSE_INTER_BSS

Long Name NB_REROUTING_INTER_NSE_INTER_BSS

Definition Within the granularity period, the MFS counts the number of times conditions are
fulfilled to reroute DL LLC PDUs to another cell belonging to another NSE and to
another BSS (even if there is actually no PDU to reroute).

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented in the two following cases:

i) either the SGSN supports the Inter-NSE Rerouting feature and the MFS receives
a FLUSH-LL message containing the new BVCI and the new NSEI and the new
NSEI is part of a different BSS than the BSS of the source cell
ii) or the SGSN does not support the Inter-NSE Rerouting feature and the
autonomous rerouting is enabled (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING set to
enabled) and the MFS receives a FLUSH-LL message following a cell change
occuring between two NSEs and between two different BSS, within the same
routing area.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Inter-NSE DL LLC PDU re-routing

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1159 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.139 P441a - NB_IMPOSSIBLE_OR_UNREQUESTED_REROUTING_INR

Long Name NB_IMPOSSIBLE_OR_UNREQUESTED_REROUTING_INR

Definition Within the granularity period,

if the SGSN supports the Inter-NSE Rerouting feature, the MFS counts the
number of times the SGSN does not request rerouting.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented in the following case:

- the SGSN supports the Inter-NSE Rerouting feature and the MFS receives a
FLUSH-LL message not containing the new BVCI

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Inter-NSE DL LLC PDU re-routing

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1160 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.140 P441b - NB_UNREQUESTED_REROUTING_NOT_INR

Long Name NB_UNREQUESTED_REROUTING_NOT_INR

Definition Within the granularity period, if the SGSN does not support the Inter-NSE Rerouting
feature and autonomous rerouting is enabled (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING
set to enabled), the MFS counts the number of times the MFS receives an order
(in the FLUSH-LL message) from the SGSN not to reroute DL LLC PDUs following
a cell change occuring within the same routing area and within the same NSE.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented in the following case:

- the SGSN does not support the Inter-NSE Rerouting feature and autonomous
rerouting is enabled (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING set to enabled) and the
MFS receives a FLUSH-LL message not containing the new BVCI following a cell
change occuring within the same routing area and within the same NSE.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Inter-NSE DL LLC PDU re-routing

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1161 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.141 P441c - NB_IMPOSSIBLE_REROUTING_NOT_INR

Long Name NB_IMPOSSIBLE_REROUTING_NOT_INR

Definition Within the granularity period,

if the SGSN does not support the Inter-NSE Rerouting feature and autonomous
rerouting is enabled (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING set to enabled), the MFS
counts the number of times the MFS receives a FLUSH-LL message following a
cell change occuring between two different routing areas.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented in the following case:

the SGSN does not support the Inter-NSE Rerouting feature and autonomous
rerouting is enabled (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING set to enabled) and the
MFS receives a FLUSH-LL message following a cell change occuring between
two different routing areas.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Inter-NSE DL LLC PDU re-routing

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1162 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.142 P456 - NB_PSI_PROC

Long Name NB_PSI_PROC

Definition Number of times the procedure of broadcast of serving cell PSI for Packet PSI
Status or the procedure of sending of Packet Serving Cell Data for Packet SI
Status is invoked.

Trigger Condition Whenever RRM sends a request to PTU to send serving cell (P)SI to the MS for
Packet (P)SI Status procedure.
The primitive used as trigger is PCC-PSCD-REQ.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections

Sub Domain 3 Packet (P)SI status

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced packet cell reselection (NACC and Packet SI Status)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1163 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.143 P458 - NB_NEIGH_PSI_PROC

Long Name NB_NEIGH_PSI_PROC

Definition Nb of times the procedure of broadcast of neighbour (P)SI messages is invoked

Trigger Condition In NC0 mode : Whenever neighbour (P)SI messages are sent by RRM to RLC
following a reception of PACKET CELL CHANGE

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections

Sub Domain 3 NACC

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced packet cell reselection (NACC and Packet SI Status)

1164 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.144 P460b - MAX_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIME

Long Name MAX_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIME

Definition Maximum Network Assisted cell reselection duration in NC0 mode.

Trigger Condition Tide mark recording the maximum value of Counter P212.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections

Sub Domain 3 NACC

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced packet cell reselection (NACC and Packet SI Status)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1165 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.145 P460c - MIN_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIME

Long Name MIN_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIME

Definition Minimum Network Assisted cell reselection duration in NC0 mode.

Trigger Condition Tide mark recording the minimum value of Counter P212.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections

Sub Domain 3 NACC

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced packet cell reselection (NACC and Packet SI Status)

1166 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.146 P463 - NB_PFC_DOWNLOAD

Long Name NB_PFC_DOWNLOAD

Definition Number of time RRM-PCC initiates a PFC-DOWNLOAD towards SGSN.

Trigger Condition Incremented by RRM-PCC each time a PFM-DOWNLOAD-BSS-PFC.req is sent

to BSSGP.

Note : Repetitions of PFC-DOWNLOAD performed by BSSGP are not taken into

account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1167 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.147 P464 - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_LOAD

Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_LOAD

Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection failures reported by the MS due to load (cause :
"immediate assign reject" or "packet access reject on target cell")

Trigger Condition Whenever a Packet Cell Change Failure is received with a cause "immediate
assign reject" or "packet access rejact on target cell".

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced packet cell reselection (NACC and Packet SI Status)

1168 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.148 P488 - NB_RT_DL_TBF

Long Name NB_RT_DL_TBF

Definition Number of time the established DL TBF is in RT mode.

Trigger Condition - Incremented by RRM-PCC each time a DL TBF is established in RT mode.

- Incremented by RRM-PCC each time an established NRT DL TBF passes
to RT mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1169 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.149 P489 - NB_RT_UL_TBF

Long Name NB_RT_UL_TBF

Definition Number of time the established UL TBF is in RT mode.

Trigger Condition - Incremented by RRM-PCC each time a UL TBF is established in RT mode.

- Incremented by RRM-PCC each time an established NRT UL TBF passes
to RT mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

1170 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.150 P490 - NB_UNACK_NRT_PFC_CREATION

Long Name NB_UNACK_NRT_PFC_CREATION

Definition Number of time a NRT-PFC-CREATION of mode RLC unacknowledged is

received by RRM-PCC.

Trigger Condition Incremented by RRM-PCC each time a PFC-CREATION is received with the 2
following characteristics :
- The received PFC indicates either a background or an interactive,
- The received PFC indicates an unacknowledged RLC mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1171 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.151 P491 - NB_UNACK_RT_PFC_CREATION

Long Name NB_UNACK_RT_PFC_CREATION

Definition Number of time a RT-PFC-CREATION of mode RLC unacknowledged is received

by RRM-PCC.

Trigger Condition Incremented by RRM-PCC each time a PFC-CREATION is received with the 2
following characteristics :
- The received PFC indicates a streaming ,
- The received PFC indicates an unacknowledged RLC mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

1172 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.152 P492 - NB_DOWNGRADED_RT_PFC

Long Name NB_DOWNGRADED_RT_PFC

Definition Number of time a RT-PFC is downgraded, whatever the cause listed below.

Trigger Condition - Incremented when PCC proposes a Default Best Effort ABQP in response to a
RT-PFC creation received in the cell.
- Incremented when PCC downgrades a RT-PFC to the Default Best Effort ABQP
by defense mechanism.
- Incremented when the received RT-PFC creation indicates streaming and
EN_STREAMING is false.
- Incremented when the received PFC creation contains an inconsistent ABQP
content.
- The MS RA capability cannot be retrieved from SGSN.
Note : MS in dedicated mode or in DTM mode are not taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1173 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.153 P493 - NB_PFC_REJECTED

Long Name NB_PFC_REJECTED

Definition Number of time a PFC is rejected.

Trigger Condition Incremented when a PFC is rejected because the received PFI is not correct, or
because it is a RT-PFC with RLC unacknowledged mode.
Incremented when the maximum number of PFC per MS is reached.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

1174 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.154 P494 - NB_PFC_DOWNLOAD_FAIL

Long Name NB_PFC_DOWNLOAD_FAIL

Definition Number of time the BSS cannot get the PFC characteristics from SGSN

Trigger Condition Incremented by RRM-PCC when a PFM-DOWNLOAD-BSS-PFC-failure.ind is

received from BSSGP.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1175 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.155 P497 - NB_RT_PFC_CREATION

Long Name NB_RT_PFC_CREATION

Definition Number of time a RT-PFC-CREATION is received by RRM-PCC.

Trigger Condition Incremented by RRM-PCC each time a PFC-CREATION is received and the PFC
is either a streaming or a conversational.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

1176 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.156 P498 - NB_NRT_PFC_CREATION

Long Name NB_NRT_PFC_CREATION

Definition Number of time a NRT-PFC-CREATION is received by RRM-PCC.

Trigger Condition Incremented by RRM-PCC each time a PFC-CREATION is received and the PFC
is either a background or an interactive.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1177 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.157 P499 - NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_OK

Long Name NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_OK

Definition Number of time a RT-PFC-CREATION is received and proceeded successfully

by RRM-PCC.

Trigger Condition Incremented by RRM-PCC each time a streaming PFC-CREATION is received

and the PFC is created successfully without any downgrading.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

1178 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.158 P500 - NB_DTM_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Long Name NB_DTM_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Definition Number of MS contexts created for DTM capable mobile stations.

Trigger Condition When in a MS context , the MS radio access capabilities indicating that the MS is
DTM capable are available.
Note: To be able to compare this counter with e.g. P450b, it shall be incremented
only on reception of Radio Access Capabilities of the MS i.e. independently of
information received from the BSC.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1179 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.159 P501 - NB_DTM_MS_CONTEXT_CELL

Long Name NB_DTM_MS_CONTEXT_CELL

Definition Number of DTM contexts created.

Trigger Condition Incremented each time a DTM context is created following:

- the reception of BSC Shared DTM Info Indication with CS flag = 1
or
- at reception of BSCGP DTM REQUEST when no BSC Shared DTM Info
Indication with CS flag had been received previously for this MS
or
- at reception of BSCGP DTM GPRS information carying an UL LLC PDU .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

1180 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.160 P502 - CUMULATED_DTM_TIME

Long Name CUMULATED_DTM_TIME

Definition Cumulated time during which a DTM capable MS is operating in DTM mode.

Trigger Condition Starting: when in dedicated mode on the establishment of the first UL or DL TBF .
(the first UL RLC data Blocks are received from the MS (case of UL TBF) or the
first Packet downlink Ack/Nack
message is received from the MS (case of DL TBF)).
Stopping : when in DTM mode the CS session or PS session are , normally or
abnormally , released.
Note: The common duration during which a UL and a DL are established is
counted as one duration (UL and DL common time durations are not cumulated).
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).
Note 1: The time duration of all periods (active and delayed/extended) is taken
into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1181 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.161 P503 - CUMULATED_DTM_DEDICATED_TIME

Long Name CUMULATED_DTM_DEDICATED_TIME

Definition Cumulated time during which a DTM capable MS is operating in dedicated mode.

Trigger Condition The timer is the sum of all the unit times
-Starting :
When the indication of start of a CS session is received (first BSCGP BSC Shared
DTM Info Indication with CS=1 received) or when , in DTM mode , PS session is ,
normally or abnormally , released.
-Stopping :
When in dedicated mode, the first UL RLC data Blocks are received from the MS
(case of UL TBF) or the first Packet downlink Ack/Nack message is received from
the MS (case of DL TBF) or when in dedicated mode , an indication of stop of CS
session is received (BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Info Indication with CS=0 received)
or when in dedicated mode , an indication of stop of CS session is received.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

1182 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.162 P504 - CUMULATED_DTM_PTM_TIME

Long Name CUMULATED_DTM_PTM_TIME

Definition Cumulated time during which a DTM capable MS is operating in packet transfer
mode.

Trigger Condition Cumulated time duration of all UL / DL TBFs established over the Granularity
period.
Note : DTM capability of the MS is given in RA capabilities, which are known only :
- in case a DL LLC PDU has been received for this MS
- in case only an UL TBF exists, once the procedure for RA capability update is
finished (provided EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE = 1)

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1183 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.163 P505 - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_REQ

Long Name NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_REQ

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests on DCCH for MS operating in DTM.

Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when the MFS receives the first DL LLC PDU for a
MS in dedicated mode (and in GMM ready state).
Note :
- This counter applies only to DTM capable mobiles.
- DL LLC PDU sent with BSCGP DTM GPRS information are not taken into
account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

1184 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.164 P505a - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS

Long Name NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests on DCCH for EGPRS capable MS

operating in DTM

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when the MFS receives the first DL LLC PDU for a
MS in dedicated mode (and in GMM ready state).
Note:
*) This counter applies only to DTM capable mobiles.
*) DL LLC PDU sent with BSCGP DTM GPRS information are not taken into
account.
*) This counter only applies in an EGPRS cell.
*) In case of GPRS-only cell, this counter is not incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1185 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.165 P506 - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC

Long Name NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment successes on DCCH for MS operating in DTM.

Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when the MFS receives the first Packet Downlink ack
(following the reception of a DL
LLC PDU for a MS in dedicated mode).
Note 1 : This counter applies only to DTM capable mobiles.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

1186 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.166 P506a - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS

Long Name NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment successes on DCCH successfully served in

EGPRS mode for EGPRS capable MS operating in DTM.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when the MFS receives the first Packet Downlink ack
(following the reception of a DL LLC PDU for a MS in dedicated mode).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1187 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.167 P507 - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_REQ

Long Name NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_REQ

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment requests on DCCH for MS operating in DTM.

Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when MFS receives the BSCGP DTM Request
message.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

1188 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.168 P507a - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS

Long Name NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment requests on DCCH for EGPRS capable MS

operating in DTM.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when MFS receives the BSCGP DTM Request
message from an EGPRS capable MS.
Note:
*) This counter only applies in an EGPRS cell.
*) In case of GPRS-only cell, this counter is not incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1189 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.169 P508 - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC

Long Name NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment successes on DCCH for MS operating in DTM.

Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when the MFS receives the first UL RLC data block
for a MS in dedicated mode.
Note 1 : This counter applies only to DTM capable mobiles.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

1190 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.170 P508a - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS

Long Name NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment successes on DCCH successfully served in

EGPRS mode for MS operating in DTM.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when the MFS receives the first UL RLC data block
for a MS in dedicated mode.
Note 1 : This counter applies only to DTM capable mobiles.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1191 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.171 P509 - NB_DTM_CS_DL_TBF_RELEASE

Long Name NB_DTM_CS_DL_TBF_RELEASE

Definition Number of DL TBF releases due to the release of the CS connection when the
MS leaves the dual transfer mode or due to the establishment of a CS connection
when the MS enters the dual transfer mode.
This counter also counts the
DL TBF release due to a handover.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented for DTM capable MS with ongoing DL TBF established
, when an abnormal DL TBF
release, occurs :
- when the DTM mode is leaved ( release of the CS connection in DTM mode).
- when in DTM mode an intercell or an intracell handover occurs.
- when in PTM the dedicated mode is entered.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

1192 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.172 P509a - NB_DTM_CS_DL_TBF_RELEASE_EGPRS

Long Name NB_DTM_CS_DL_TBF_RELEASE_EGPRS

Definition Number of DL TBF established in EGPRS mode releases due to the release of
the CS connection when the MS leaves the dual transfer mode or due to the
establishment of a CS connection when the MS enters the dual transfer mode.
This counter also counts the DL TBF release due to a handover.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented for DTM capable MS with ongoing DL TBF established
, when an abnormal DL EGPRS TBF release, occurs:
*) when the DTM mode is leaved ( release of the CS connection in DTM mode).
*) when in DTM mode an intercell or an intracell handover occurs.
*) when in PTM the dedicated mode is entered.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1193 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.173 P510 - NB_DTM_CS_UL_TBF_RELEASE

Long Name NB_DTM_CS_UL_TBF_RELEASE

Definition Number of UL TBF releases due to the release of the CS connection when the
MS leaves the dual transfer mode or due to the establishment of a CS connection
when the MS enters the dual transfer mode.
This counter also counts the UL TBF release due to an handover.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented for DTM capable MS with ongoing UL TBFs
established , when an abnormal UL TBF
release, occurs :
- when the DTM mode is leaved ( release of the CS connection in DTM mode)
- when in DTM mode an intercell or an intracell handover occurs
- when in PTM the dedicated mode is entered.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

1194 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.174 P510a - NB_DTM_CS_UL_TBF_RELEASE_EGPRS

Long Name NB_DTM_CS_UL_TBF_RELEASE_EGPRS

Definition Number of UL TBF established in EGPRS mode releases due to the release of
the CS connection when the MS leaves the dual transfer mode or due to the
establishment of a CS connection when the MS enters the dual transfer mode.
This counter also counts the UL TBF release due to an handover.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented for DTM capable MS with ongoing UL TBFs
established , when an abnormal UL EGPRS TBF release, occurs:
*) when the DTM mode is leaved ( release of the CS connection in DTM mode)
*) when in DTM mode an intercell or an intracell handover occurs
*) when in PTM the dedicated mode is entered.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1195 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.175 P511 - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_FAIL_CONG

Long Name NB_DTM_DL_TBF_FAIL_CONG

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures on DCCH for MS operating in DTM due
to a lack of radio resources.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when MFS has no suitable radio resources to enter in
DTM mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

1196 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.176 P512 - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_FAIL_CONG

Long Name NB_DTM_UL_TBF_FAIL_CONG

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures on DCCH for MS operating in DTM due
to a lack of radio resources.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when the MFS sends the BSCGP DTM reject
message in case of lack of radio resources available.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1197 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.177 P513 - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GTTP

Long Name NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GTTP

Definition Number of bytes received from the MS with the GTTP protocol.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the UL LLC PDU carried in
the BSCGP DTM GPRS information messages received in MFS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

1198 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.178 P514 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GTTP

Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GTTP

Definition Number of bytes sent to the MS with the GTTP protocol.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the DL LLC PDU carried in
the BSCGP DTM GPRS information messages sent by MFS.
Note : Possible repetitions of the messages are not taken into account i.e only the
DL_LLC_PDU acknowledged by BSCGP DTM GPRS information ack message
are take into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1199 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.179 P515 - NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_DTM_DEDICATED

Long Name NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_DTM_DEDICATED

Definition Number of RT PFC creation request for a DTM MS in dedicated mode.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented for a DTM MS in dedicated mode , each time a
PFC-CREATION is received and the PFC indicates streaming or conversational.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

1200 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.180 P516 - NB_RT_PFC_DOWNGRADED_DTM_DEDICATED

Long Name NB_RT_PFC_DOWNGRADED_DTM_DEDICATED

Definition Number of RT PFC downgraded to Best Effort for a DTM MS in dedicated mode.

Trigger Condition For a DTM MS in dedicated mode, this counter is

- Incremented when MFS proposes a Default Best Effort ABQP in response to a
RT-PFC creation received in the cell.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1201 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.181 P518 - NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_DTM_MODE

Long Name NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_DTM_MODE

Definition Number of RT PFC creation request for a MS in DTM mode.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented for a DTM MS in DTM mode , each time a
PFC-CREATION is received and the PFC indicates streaming or conversational.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

1202 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.182 P519 - NB_RT_PFC_DOWNGRADED_DTM_MODE

Long Name NB_RT_PFC_DOWNGRADED_DTM_MODE

Definition Number of RT PFC downgraded to Best Effort for a DTM MS in DTM mode.

Trigger Condition For a DTM MS in DTM mode, this counter is

- Incremented when MFS proposes a Default Best Effort ABQP in response to a
RT-PFC creation received in the cell.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1203 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.183 P520 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_DTM

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_DTM

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to DTM.

This counter also counts the DTM DL TBF that fail to establish.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented for DTM capable MS with establishing DL TBF, when
an abnormal DL TBF release, occurs:
- when the dedicated mode is entered;
- when an UL DTM TBF establishment is detected;
- when on a DL DTM TBF establishment, an intercell or an intracell handover
occurs;
- when a DTM DL TBF fails to establish.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

1204 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.184 P521 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_DTM

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_DTM

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failure due to DTM.

This counter also counts the DTM UL TBF that fail to establish.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented for DTM capable MS with establishing UL TBF, when
an abnormal UL TBF release, occurs:
- when the dedicated mode is entered;
- when an DL DTM TBF establishment is detected;
- when on a UL DTM TBF establishment, an intercell or an intracell handover
occurs;
- when a DTM UL TBF fails to establish.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DTM

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1205 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.185 P540b - NB_REFUSED_RT_PFC_LACK_BANDWIDTH

Long Name NB_REFUSED_RT_PFC_LACK_BANDWIDTH

Definition Number of RT PFC creation refused due to lack of bandwidth reserved for GBR
PFC.

Trigger Condition Each time a DL or UL RT PFC is refused due to a lack of reserved bandwidth
for GBR , this counter is incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

1206 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.186 P540c - NB_REFUSED_RT_PFC_LACK_RADIO

Long Name NB_REFUSED_RT_PFC_LACK_RADIO

Definition Number of RT PFC creation refused due to lack of radio ressource.

Trigger Condition Each time a DL or UL RT PFC is refused due to a lack of radio resource , this
counter is incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1207 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.187 P540d - MAX_DL_GBR_BW_GRANTED

Long Name MAX_DL_GBR_BW_GRANTED

Definition Maximum of the DL BW granted for DL GBRs.

Trigger Condition This counter provides the maximum value of the bandwidth consumed by DL
GBRs.
Each time a DL RT PFC creation is accepted, a DL RT PFC deletion occurs or
a DL RT PFC time life expires or a DL RT PFC is downgraded or DL RT PFC is
refused, the total bandwidth granted to the DL GBRs is computed.
The counter stores the maximum of the values encountered during the GP.
Note : The value is provided in Kbits per second.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

1208 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.188 P540e - MAX_UL_GBR_BW_GRANTED

Long Name MAX_UL_GBR_BW_GRANTED

Definition Maximum of the UL BW granted for UL GBRs.

Trigger Condition This counter provides the maximum value of the bandwidth consumed by UL
GBRs.
Each time a UL RT PFC creation is accepted, a UL RT PFC deletion occurs or
a UL RT PFC time life expires or a UL RT PFC is downgraded or UL RT PFC is
refused, the total bandwidth granted to the UL GBRs is computed.
The counter stores the maximum of the values encountered during the GP.
Note : The value is provided in Kbits per second .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PFC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1209 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.189 P552 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_UL_LLC_PDU_SEQ_FLOW_PB

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_UL_LLC_PDU_SEQ_FLOW_PB

Definition Number of UL TBF releases due to discrepancies in the reception of UL_LLC_PDU

sequence flow.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented each time an UL TBF is released when
- UL_LLC_PDU reception buffer overflows (PCC_T_MAX_UL_BUFFERING is
overpassed).
- Timer PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER elapses.
- The maximum number of TBF signature is reached.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

1210 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.190 P594 - NB_EDA_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Long Name NB_EDA_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Definition Number of EDA-capable GPRS and EGPRS MS contexts.

Trigger Condition For a MS context, the MS Radio Access Capability indicates the support of EDA
either in GPRS mode or in EGPRS mode or in both modes.
If EDA is supported in both modes, the counter shall be incremented only by one.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 EDA

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name Extended Dynamic Allocation

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1211 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.191 P595 - CUMULATED_TIME_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EDA_MODE

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EDA_MODE

Definition Cumulated overall time of UL TBF in active state operating in EDA mode .

Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all UL TBFs connections
in active phase and operating in EDA mode , whatever the UL pdch EDA
configuration used, in the cell over the granularity period.

The counter starts :

when an UL TBF in active phase and in DA mode is reallocated in EDA mode,
or when an UL TBF in EDA mode and in Extended Uplink TBF Mode wakes up
or when an UL TBF is established directly in EDA mode (in this case the start of
active phase is taken into account).
The counter stops:
when an UL TBF in EDA mode goes to delay final PUAN or Extended Uplink TBF
Mode, or when an UL TBF in active phase and in EDA mode is reallocated in DA
mode, or when an UL TBF in EDA mode ends (normally or not).
Note1 : This counter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs and to both
acknowledge or unacknowledge mode.
Note 2 :The case the UL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed
as an abnormal UL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 EDA

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Extended Dynamic Allocation

1212 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.192 P596 - NB_EDA_USED_UL_TBF

Long Name NB_EDA_USED_UL_TBF

Definition Number of UL TBF that have used at least one time the EDA mode during their
lifetime.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when an UL TBF is directly allocated in EDA mode or
is reallocated in EDA mode at least one time during its lifetime.
Note: The counter shall be incremented at most by one per uplink TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 EDA

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Extended Dynamic Allocation

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1213 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.193 P597 - NB_EDA_ALLOWED_UL_TBF

Long Name NB_EDA_ALLOWED_UL_TBF

Definition Number of UL TBF belonging to mobile stations allowed using the EDA mode but
that did not necessarily use it (due to all conditions not fulfilled).

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when

- At UL TBF establishment, the bias is known to be uplink and the mobile station is
allowed to use the EDA mode.
- The bias is computed and equal to uplink and the mobile station is allowed to use
the EDA mode.
Notes:
- A mobile station is known here as allowed to use the EDA mode if it supports
EDA and if the OMC setting allows it using EDA.
Note:
- This means the N_UL_BIAS_FOR_EDA (when superior to 1) and
BIAS_LIMIT_EDA (when superior to 1) conditions are not taken into account for
this counter.
-The counter shall be incremented at most by one per uplink TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 EDA

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Extended Dynamic Allocation

1214 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.194 P598 - NB_DA_EDA_REALLOC_UL_TBF

Long Name NB_DA_EDA_REALLOC_UL_TBF

Definition Number of reallocations between DA and EDA modes for UL TBF.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented each time an UL TBF is re-allocated from DA mode to
EDA mode or from EDA mode to DA mode.

Note : Such TBF have necessarily used at least one time the EDA mode during
their lifetime.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 EDA

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Extended Dynamic Allocation

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1215 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.195 P62a - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MSidle_MastChan

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MSidle_MastChan

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment requests on PCCCH when :

- the MS is in packet idle mode
- the MS requests an uplink TBF establishment
Note 1: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Note 2: The access cause "Single Block without TBF establishment" is not
taken into account in this counter, as this access cause does not lead to the
establishment of an uplink TBF.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a 04.60 (EGPRS) PACKET CHANNEL
REQUEST is received on PRACH from the MS requesting an uplink TBF
establishment (i.e. all access causes except the access cause "Single block
without TBF establishment").
Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only take into
account the first attempt, i.e. no
network repetitions are counted. (Repetitions from the MS are counted.)

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1216 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.196 P62b - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MStransDL

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MStransDL

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment requests when the MS is in downlink packet

transfer mode.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a 04.60 (EGPRS) PACKET DL ACK/NACK [with Channel Request IE] is
received on PACCH channel from the MS.
Note that the counter is incremented whether the request is served with a PACKET
UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or a PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE (which
means that the DL TBF resources are re-assigned upon concurrent UL TBF
establishment).
Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only take into
account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1217 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.197 P62c - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MSidle_NO_MastChan

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MSidle_NO_MastChan

Definition Number of UL access requests on CCCH when the MS is in packet idle mode.
Note 1: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Note 2: This counter takes into account requests leading to both an uplink TBF
establishment or a single block allocation used to carry a 44.060 PACKET
MEASUREMENT REPORT message or a 44.060 PACKET CELL CHANGE
FAILURE message (when the NC2 feature is activated).

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a 44.018 CHANNEL REQUEST message
with access cause "One phase packet access" or "Single block packet access", or
a 44.018 EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST is received on RACH from the
MS.
Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only take into
account the first attempt, i.e. no network repetitions are counted. (Repetitions
from the MS are counted.)

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1218 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.198 P62e - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_MStransDL

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_MStransDL

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment requests when the EGPRS MS is in downlink

packet transfer mode.
Note: This counter applies to EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a 04.60 (EGPRS) PACKET DL ACK/NACK [with Channel Request IE] is
received on PACCH channel from the MS.
Note that the counter is incremented whether the request is served with a PACKET
UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or a PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE (which
means that the DL TBF resources are re-assigned upon concurrent UL TBF
establishment).
Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only take into
account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.
Note:
- The counter applies only to EGPRS capable MS.
- This counter only applies in an EGPRS cell.
In case of GPRS-only cell, this counter is not incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1219 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.199 P65 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GB_PB

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GB_PB

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to the unavailability of the BVC (Gb
interface problem) associated with the cell.

Trigger Condition Whenever the BVC associated with the cell is unavailable (which implies: cell
operational state "disabled"), the counter is incremented with the number of DL
TBF in establishment phase.
All pending LLC PDUs in the MFS are discarded for the cell.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1220 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.200 P66 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GB_PB

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GB_PB

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to the unavailability of the BVC (Gb
interface problem) associated with the cell.

Trigger Condition Whenever the BVC associated with the cell is unavailable (which implies: cell
operational state "disabled"), the counter is incremented with the nb of UL TBF in
establishment phase.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1221 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.201 P9 - NB_DL_TBF_NORM_REL

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_NORM_REL

Definition Number of DL TBF normal release.

Trigger Condition Whenever the DL TBF normally released by the MFS: upon receipt of the reply to
the 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (FBI=1, polling) sent by the MFS for the last RLC
block to send, ie 04.60 (EGPRS) PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK from the
mobile, with no DL retransmision required.
This counter is also incremented in case of DL TBF release due to concurrent
establisment (UL + DL) i.e when the MS is accessing the network via a Channel
Request. (crossing cases DL data and Channel Request from the MS).
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1222 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.202 P90a - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Idle_DRX_MPDCH

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Idle_DRX_MPDCH

Definition Number of DL TBF successfully established on PCCCH when the MS is in packet

idle mode and DRX mode.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a PACKET CONTROL

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message is received on PACCH subsequent to a DL TBF
establishment performed on PCCCH for a MS in packet idle mode and DRX mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1223 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.203 P90b - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Transfer_UL

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Transfer_UL

Definition Number of DL TBF successfully established when MS is in uplink packet transfer

mode.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a PACKET CONTROL

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message is received on PACCH subsequent to a DL TBF
establishment performed on PACCH for a MS in packet transfer mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1224 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.204 P90c - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_IDLE_DRX_NO_MPDCH

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_IDLE_DRX_NO_MPDCH

Definition Number of DL TBF successfully established on CCCH when the MS is in packet

idle mode and DRX mode.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a PACKET CONTROL

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message is received on PACCH subsequent to a DL TBF
establishment performed on CCCH for a MS in packet idle mode and DRX mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1225 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.205 P90d - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Non_DRX_MPDCH

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Non_DRX_MPDCH

Definition Number of DL TBF successfully established on PCCCH when the MS is in packet

idle mode and non-DRX mode.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a PACKET CONTROL

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message is received on PACCH subsequent to a DL
TBF establishment performed on PCCCH for a MS in packet idle mode and
non-DRX mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1226 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.206 P90e - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_T3192

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_T3192

Definition Number of DL TBF successfully established on PACCH while the timer T3192 is
running at BSS side.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a PACKET CONTROL

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message is received on PACCH subsequent to a DL TBF
establishment triggered while the timer T3192n was running.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1227 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.207 P90f - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Non_DRX_NO_MPDCH

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Non_DRX_NO_MPDCH

Definition Number of DL TBF successfully established on CCCH when the MS is in packet

idle mode and non-DRX mode.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a PACKET CONTROL

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message is received on PACCH subsequent to a DL TBF
establishment performed on CCCH for a MS in packet idle mode and non-DRX
mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1228 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.208 P90h - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_MS_Transfer_UL

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_MS_Transfer_UL

Definition Number of DL TBF successfully established in EGPRS mode when MS is in uplink

packet transfer mode.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a PACKET CONTROL

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message is received on PACCH subsequent to a DL
TBF establishment in EGPRS mode performed on PACCH for a MS in packet
transfer mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1229 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.209 P90i - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_T3192

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_T3192

Definition Number of DL TBF successfully established in EGPRS mode on PACCH while the
timer T3192 is running at BSS side.
Note: This counter applies to EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a PACKET CONTROL

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message is received on PACCH subsequent to a DL TBF
establishment in EGPRS mode triggered while the timer T3192n was running.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1230 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.210 P91a - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_IDLE_DRX_MPDCH

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_IDLE_DRX_MPDCH

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests when the MS is in packet idle mode
and DRX mode in case there is at least one PCCCH established in the cell.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives a DL LLC PDU for a
MS in packet idle mode and in DRX mode in case there is at least one PCCCH
established in the cell.
Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only take into
account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1231 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.211 P91b - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Transfer_UL

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Transfer_UL

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests when MS is in uplink packet transfer

mode.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a DL LLC PDU is received for an MS in
uplink packet transfer mode.
Note that the counter is incremented whether the request is served with a
(EGPRS) PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT or a PACKET TIMESLOT
RECONFIGURE (which means that the UL TBF resources are re-assigned upon
concurrent DL TBF establishment).
Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only take into
account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1232 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.212 P91c - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_IDLE_DRX_NO_MPDCH

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_IDLE_DRX_NO_MPDCH

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests when the MS is in packet idle mode
and DRX mode in case there is no PCCCH established in the cell.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives a DL LLC PDU for a MS
in packet idle mode and in DRX mode in case there is no PCCCH established in
the cell.
Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only take into
account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1233 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.213 P91d - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Non_DRX_MPDCH

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Non_DRX_MPDCH

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests when the MS is in packet idle mode
and non-DRX mode in case there is at least one PCCCH established in the cell.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives a DL LLC PDU for a MS
in packet idle mode and in non-DRX mode in case there is at least one PCCCH
established in the cell.
Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only take into
account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1234 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.214 P91e - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_T3192

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_T3192

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests received while the timer T3192 is
running at BSS side.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL LLC PDU is received while the timer
T3192n is running.
Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only take into
account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1235 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.215 P91f - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Non_DRX_NO_MPDCH

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Non_DRX_NO_MPDCH

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests when the MS is in packet idle mode
and non-DRX mode , in case there is no PCCCH established in the cell.
Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives a DL LLC PDU for a MS
in packet idle mode and in non-DRX mode in case there is no PCCCH established
in the cell.
Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only take into
account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1236 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.216 P91h - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_MS_Transfer_UL

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_MS_Transfer_UL

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests when MS is in uplink packet transfer

mode.
Note: This counter applies to EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a DL LLC PDU is received for an MS in
uplink packet transfer mode.
Note that the counter is incremented whether the request is served with a
(EGPRS) PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT or a PACKET TIMESLOT
RECONFIGURE (which means that the UL TBF resources are re-assigned upon
concurrent DL TBF establishment).
Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only take into
account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.
Note: This counter only applies in an EGPRS cell.
In case of GPRS-only cell, this counter is not incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1237 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.217 P91i - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_T3192

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_T3192

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests received while the timer T3192 is
running at BSS side.
Note: This counter applies to EGPRS MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL LLC PDU is received while the timer
T3192n is running.
Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only take into
account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.
Note: This counter only applies in an EGPRS cell.
In case of GPRS-only cell, this counter is not incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1238 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.218 P98a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_SUSP

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_SUSP

Definition Number of DL TBF release due to a suspension from MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever MFS receives a suspend message from BSC when the MS is in DL
packet transfer, the counter is incremented at each released TBF.
When the TBF is released due to a radio link failure linked to suspension, this
counter is not incremented (P302b is incremented in this case).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1239 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.219 P98b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_SUSP

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_SUSP

Definition Number of UL TBF release due to a suspension from MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever MFS receives a suspend message from BSC when the MS is in UL
packet transfer, the counter is incremented at each released TBF.
When the TBF is released due to a radio link failure linked to suspension, this
counter is not incremented (P302c is incremented in this case).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1240 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.220 P98c - NB_SUSPEND_REQ_FOR_DL_TBF

Long Name NB_SUSPEND_REQ_FOR_DL_TBF

Definition Number of suspend messages for a DL TBF received from MS (via BSC).

Trigger Condition Whenever MFS receives a suspend message from BSC for a DL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Suspend / Resume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1241 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.221 P98d - NB_SUSPEND_REQ_FOR_UL_TBF

Long Name NB_SUSPEND_REQ_FOR_UL_TBF

Definition Number of suspend messages for a UL TBF received from MS (via BSC).

Trigger Condition Whenever MFS receives a suspend message from BSC for an UL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Suspend / Resume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1242 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.222 P98e - NB_SUSP_DL_TBF_REL

Long Name NB_SUSP_DL_TBF_REL

Definition Number of DL TBF releases due to the suspend procedure

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever :

1) a Suspend message is received from BSC and the suspend procedure
concerns a DL TBF which is still on-going
2) a Suspend message is received from BSC and the suspend procedure concerns
a DL TBF which has been abnormally released in the previous T_WAIT_FLUSH
seconds.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1243 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.223 P98f - NB_SUSP_UL_TBF_REL

Long Name NB_SUSP_UL_TBF_REL

Definition Number of UL TBF releases due to the suspend procedure.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever :

1) a Suspend message is received from BSC and the suspend procedure
concerns an UL TBF which is still on-going
2) a Suspend message is received from BSC and the suspend procedure
concerns an UL TBF which has been abnormally released in the previous
T_WAIT_FLUSH seconds.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1244 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.2.5.224 P9a - NB_DL_TBF_NORM_REL_EGPRS

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_NORM_REL_EGPRS

Definition Number of DL TBF in EGPRS mode normal release .

Trigger Condition Whenever the DL TBF normally released by the MFS: upon receipt of the reply to
the 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (FBI=1, polling) sent by the MFS for the last RLC
block to send, ie 04.60 (EGPRS) PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK from the
mobile, with no DL retransmision required.
This counter is also incremented in case of DL TBF release due to concurrent
establisment (UL + DL) i.e when the MS is accessing the network via a Channel
Request. (crossing cases DL data and Channel Request from the MS).
Note: The counter only concerns TBF in EGPRS mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1245 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3 Resource availability and usage

26.3.1 All Resource availability and usage
P100c - CUMULATED_TIME_BUSY_GCH_CELL (Section 26.3.3.1 )
P100d - MAX_NB_BUSY_GCH_CELL (Section 26.3.3.2 )
P100e - MIN_NB_BUSY_GCH_CELL (Section 26.3.3.3 )
P100f - MAX_NB_GCH_BUSY_GPU (Section 26.3.3.4 )
P101 - CUMULATED_TIME_AVAIL_GCH_GPU (Section 26.3.3.5 )
P129a - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_GPRS_ACK
(Section 26.3.5.1 )
P129b - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_GPRS_NACK
(Section 26.3.5.2 )
P129c - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EGPRS_ACK
(Section 26.3.5.3 )
P129d - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EGPRS_NACK
(Section 26.3.5.4 )
P13 - TIME_DL_PDCH_CONG (Section 26.3.5.5 )
P16 - CUMULATED_OVERALL_DL_CONNECTION_TIME (Section 26.3.5.6 )
P160 - NB_DL_TBF_1_succ (Section 26.3.5.7 )
P161 - NB_UL_TBF_1_succ (Section 26.3.5.8 )
P162 - NB_DL_TBF_2_3_succ (Section 26.3.5.9 )
P163 - NB_UL_TBF_2_3_succ (Section 26.3.5.10 )
P164 - NB_DL_TBF_4_5_succ (Section 26.3.5.11 )
P165 - NB_UL_TBF_4_5_succ (Section 26.3.5.12 )
P26 - TIME_UL_PDCH_CONG (Section 26.3.5.13 )
P30d - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_PIM (Section 26.3.5.14 )
P32 - TIME_LAPD_NOT_AVAIL (Section 26.3.3.6 )
P33 - TIME_BEAR_CHAN_NOT_AVAIL (Section 26.3.4.1 )
P34 - TIME_PVC_NOT_AVAIL (Section 26.3.4.2 )
P34a - TIME_SGSN_IP_ENDPOINT_NOT_AVAIL_GBIP (Section 26.3.4.3 )
P35 - MAX_NB_DL_TBF_SIMUL_EST (Section 26.3.5.15 )
P36 - AV_NB_DL_TBF_SIMUL_EST (Section 26.3.5.16 )
P383a - TIME_ATERMUX_CONG (Section 26.3.3.7 )
P383b - TIME_HIGH_ATER_USAGE (Section 26.3.3.8 )
P38b - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED (Section 26.3.5.17 )
P38c - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_EGPRS (Section 26.3.5.18 )
P38e - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_DL_CELL (Section 26.3.5.19 )
P38f - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_UL_CELL (Section 26.3.5.20 )
P39 - MAX_NB_UL_TBF_SIMUL_EST (Section 26.3.5.21 )
P4 - TIME_PVC_CONG_FRAME_RELAY (Section 26.3.4.4 )

1246 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P40 - AV_NB_UL_TBF_SIMUL_EST (Section 26.3.5.22 )

P409 - CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED_AND_OPTIMAL_DL_ALLOCATION
(Section 26.3.5.23 )
P410 - CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED_AND_OPTIMAL_UL_ALLOCATION
(Section 26.3.5.24 )
P411 - CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED_DL_TBF (Section 26.3.5.25 )
P412 - CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED_UL_TBF (Section 26.3.5.26 )
P414bis - CUMULATED_TIME_ALLOCATED_SPDCH (Section 26.3.5.27 )
P415bis - MAX_OF_ALLOCATED_SPDCH (Section 26.3.5.28 )
P416bis - MIN_OF_ALLOCATED_SPDCH (Section 26.3.5.29 )
P417 - NB_PREEMPTED_PDCH (Section 26.3.5.30 )
P419 - CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED (Section 26.3.5.31 )
P420 - CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED (Section 26.3.5.32 )
P451a - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_UL_TBF_CELL (Section 26.3.5.33 )
P451b - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_CELL (Section 26.3.5.34 )
P452 - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_GMM_SIG_CELL (Section
26.3.5.35 )
P453a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_1 (Section 26.3.5.36 )
P453a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_10 (Section 26.3.5.37 )
P453a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_2 (Section 26.3.5.38 )
P453a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_3 (Section 26.3.5.39 )
P453a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_4 (Section 26.3.5.40 )
P453a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_5 (Section 26.3.5.41 )
P453a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_6 (Section 26.3.5.42 )
P453a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_7 (Section 26.3.5.43 )
P453a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_8 (Section 26.3.5.44 )
P453a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_9 (Section 26.3.5.45 )
P453b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_1 (Section 26.3.5.46 )
P453b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_10 (Section 26.3.5.47 )
P453b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_2 (Section 26.3.5.48 )
P453b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_3 (Section 26.3.5.49 )
P453b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_4 (Section 26.3.5.50 )
P453b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_5 (Section 26.3.5.51 )
P453b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_6 (Section 26.3.5.52 )
P453b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_7 (Section 26.3.5.53 )
P453b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_8 (Section 26.3.5.54 )
P453b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_9 (Section 26.3.5.55 )
P454a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_1 (Section 26.3.5.56 )
P454a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_10 (Section 26.3.5.57 )
P454a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_2 (Section 26.3.5.58 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1247 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P454a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_3 (Section 26.3.5.59 )

P454a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_4 (Section 26.3.5.60 )
P454a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_5 (Section 26.3.5.61 )
P454a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_6 (Section 26.3.5.62 )
P454a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_7 (Section 26.3.5.63 )
P454a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_8 (Section 26.3.5.64 )
P454a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_9 (Section 26.3.5.65 )
P454b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_1 (Section 26.3.5.66 )
P454b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_10 (Section 26.3.5.67 )
P454b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_2 (Section 26.3.5.68 )
P454b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_3 (Section 26.3.5.69 )
P454b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_4 (Section 26.3.5.70 )
P454b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_5 (Section 26.3.5.71 )
P454b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_6 (Section 26.3.5.72 )
P454b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_7 (Section 26.3.5.73 )
P454b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_8 (Section 26.3.5.74 )
P454b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_9 (Section 26.3.5.75 )
P455a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_1 (Section 26.3.5.76 )
P455a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_10 (Section 26.3.5.77 )
P455a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_2 (Section 26.3.5.78 )
P455a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_3 (Section 26.3.5.79 )
P455a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_4 (Section 26.3.5.80 )
P455a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_5 (Section 26.3.5.81 )
P455a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_6 (Section 26.3.5.82 )
P455a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_7 (Section 26.3.5.83 )
P455a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_8 (Section 26.3.5.84 )
P455a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_9 (Section 26.3.5.85 )
P455b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_1 (Section 26.3.5.86 )
P455b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_10 (Section 26.3.5.87 )
P455b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_2 (Section 26.3.5.88 )
P455b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_3 (Section 26.3.5.89 )
P455b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_4 (Section 26.3.5.90 )
P455b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_5 (Section 26.3.5.91 )
P455b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_6 (Section 26.3.5.92 )
P455b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_7 (Section 26.3.5.93 )
P455b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_8 (Section 26.3.5.94 )
P455b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_9 (Section 26.3.5.95 )
P461 - CUMULATED_ACT_EXT_UL_CONNECTION_TIME (Section 26.3.5.96
)

1248 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P465 - MAX_NB_USED_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES (Section 26.3.2.1 )

P466 - CUMULATED_TIME_USED_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES
(Section 26.3.2.2 )
P469 - MAX_NB_DEFICIT_GCH (Section 26.3.3.9 )
P470 - CUMULATED_TIME_DEFICIT_GCH (Section 26.3.3.10 )
P471 - CUMULATED_TIME_EXCESS_GCH (Section 26.3.3.11 )
P472 - CUMULATED_TIME_FREE_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES (Section
26.3.2.3 )
P474 - CUMULATED_TIME_FREE_ATER_NIBBLES (Section 26.3.3.12 )
P484 - MIN_NB_FREE_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLE (Section 26.3.2.4 )
P486 - MIN_NB_FREE_ATER_NIBBLE (Section 26.3.3.13 )
P495 - MAX_NB_USED_SPDCH_CELL (Section 26.3.5.97 )
P496 - MIN_NB_USED_SPDCH_CELL (Section 26.3.5.98 )
P5 - TIME_PVC_CONG_LEVEL1 (Section 26.3.4.5 )
P52a - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_GPRS_ACK
(Section 26.3.5.99 )
P52b - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_GPRS_NACK
(Section 26.3.5.100 )
P52c - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_EGPRS_ACK
(Section 26.3.5.101 )
P52d - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_EGPRS_NACK
(Section 26.3.5.102 )
P531a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1 (Section
26.3.5.103 )
P531a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10 (Section
26.3.5.104 )
P531a_11 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_11 (Section
26.3.5.105 )
P531a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2 (Section
26.3.5.106 )
P531a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3 (Section
26.3.5.107 )
P531a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4 (Section
26.3.5.108 )
P531a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5 (Section
26.3.5.109 )
P531a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6 (Section
26.3.5.110 )
P531a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7 (Section
26.3.5.111 )
P531a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8 (Section
26.3.5.112 )
P531a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9 (Section
26.3.5.113 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1249 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P531b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1 (Section

26.3.5.114 )
P531b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10 (Section
26.3.5.115 )
P531b_11 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_11 (Section
26.3.5.116 )
P531b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2 (Section
26.3.5.117 )
P531b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3 (Section
26.3.5.118 )
P531b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4 (Section
26.3.5.119 )
P531b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5 (Section
26.3.5.120 )
P531b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6 (Section
26.3.5.121 )
P531b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7 (Section
26.3.5.122 )
P531b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8 (Section
26.3.5.123 )
P531b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9 (Section
26.3.5.124 )
P532a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1 (Section
26.3.5.125 )
P532a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10 (Section
26.3.5.126 )
P532a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2 (Section
26.3.5.127 )
P532a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3 (Section
26.3.5.128 )
P532a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4 (Section
26.3.5.129 )
P532a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5 (Section
26.3.5.130 )
P532a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6 (Section
26.3.5.131 )
P532a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7 (Section
26.3.5.132 )
P532a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8 (Section
26.3.5.133 )
P532a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9 (Section
26.3.5.134 )
P532b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1 (Section
26.3.5.135 )
P532b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10 (Section
26.3.5.136 )

1250 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P532b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2 (Section

26.3.5.137 )
P532b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3 (Section
26.3.5.138 )
P532b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4 (Section
26.3.5.139 )
P532b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5 (Section
26.3.5.140 )
P532b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6 (Section
26.3.5.141 )
P532b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7 (Section
26.3.5.142 )
P532b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8 (Section
26.3.5.143 )
P532b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9 (Section
26.3.5.144 )
P62d - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_PIM (Section 26.3.5.145 )
P67 - TIME_BVC_NOT_AVAIL (Section 26.3.4.6 )
P90g - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_PIM (Section 26.3.5.146 )
P91g - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_PIM (Section 26.3.5.147 )

26.3.2 Abis interface

26.3.2.1 P465 - MAX_NB_USED_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES

Long Name MAX_NB_USED_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES

Definition Maximum number of extra and bonus Abis nibbles currently used in the cell (by
a GCH channel).

Trigger Condition An internal counter tracks the current number of extra and bonus Abis nibbles
used in the cell.
An Abis nibble is said used when it is either reserved for establishment or used by
a GCH.
Whenever this internal counter is incremented, its new value is compared with the
stored maximum number of extra and bonus nibbles in the cell. If this value is
higher than the stored maximum value, the value becomes the new maximum.
In the particular case of a cell shared over two BTSs, the number is computed in
the BTS sector which contains the PS-capable TRXs of the cell.

Sub Domain 1 Abis interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1251 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.2.2 P466 - CUMULATED_TIME_USED_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_USED_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES

Definition Cumulated time during which extra and bonus Abis nibbles are used in the cell,
cumulated over all extra and bonus Abis nibbles.

Trigger Condition The counter cumulates over the reporting period the time during which an extra or
a bonus Abis nibble is used in the cell.
An Abis nibble is said used when it is either reserved for establishment or used by
a GCH.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Abis interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

1252 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.2.3 P472 - CUMULATED_TIME_FREE_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_FREE_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES

Definition Cumulative time (in seconds), per BTS ,during which there are free extra and
bonus Abis nibbles available.
Free extra and bonus nibbles are extra and bonus nibbles not currently used in a
GCH

Notes:

1) This only concerns Evolium BTS.

Trigger Condition Within the Granularity period, the number of free extra and bonus Abis nibbles is
observed .
For each free bonus or extra Abis nibble, the counter cumulates over the reporting
period the time during which this nibble is free.
An Abis nibble is said free when it is neither reserved for establishment nor used
by a GCH.

Sub Domain 1 Abis interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object BTS

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1253 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.2.4 P484 - MIN_NB_FREE_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLE

Long Name MIN_NB_FREE_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLE

Definition Minimum number of free extra and bonus Abis nibbles.

Free extra and bonus nibbles are extra and bonus nibbles not currently used in
a GCH.

Trigger Condition This counter gives the lowest value (not null) of the number of free extra and bonus
Abis nibbles among all the values of free extra and bonus Abis nibbles obtained
over the granularity period.
An Abis nibble is said free when it is neither reserved for establishment nor used
by a GCH.
At the beginning of each granularity period, the counter is initialized with the
number of extra and bonus abis nibbles granted to the MFS for the concerned BTS.

Sub Domain 1 Abis interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object BTS

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

1254 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.3 Ater interface

26.3.3.1 P100c - CUMULATED_TIME_BUSY_GCH_CELL

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_BUSY_GCH_CELL

Definition Cumulative time (in seconds) during which a GCH (16k channel) is busy in the
cell. The counter is integrated over all the GCH available in the cell.
For an Evolium BTS, a GCH is said busy when it is connected to a given TRX (as
part as an M-EGCH).

Trigger Condition The counter cumulates over the reporting period the time during which a GCH is
busy in the cell.
For a given GCH, the counter starts when the associated Ater nibble becomes
busy and stops on the sending of BSCGP ABIS-NIBBLES-ALLOCATION message
indicating the GCH deallocation.
An Ater nibble is said busy when it is either reserved for establishment or used by
a GCH.
The transmission resources connected to carry master PDCHs are included in
this counter.

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment This counter shall be aggegrated at GPU level by NPA.

It is the equivalent of P100a (B8), at cell level.

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1255 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.3.2 P100d - MAX_NB_BUSY_GCH_CELL

Long Name MAX_NB_BUSY_GCH_CELL

Definition Maximum number of busy GCH (16k channel) in the cell.

For an Evolium BTS, a GCH is said busy when it is connected to a given TRX (as
part as an M-EGCH).

Trigger Condition An internal counter tracks the current number of busy GCH in the cell. This internal
counter is incremented when the associated Ater nibble of a GCH becomes busy
or decremented on sending of a BSCGP ABIS-NIBBLES-ALLOCATION message
indicating the GCH deallocation.
An Ater nibble is said busy when it is either reserved for establishment or used by
a GCH.
Whenever this internal counter is incremented, its new value is compared with the
stored maximum number of busy GCH in the cell. If this value is higher than the
stored maximum value, the value becomes the new maximum.
At the begining of each granularity period , the counter is initialized with the
current number of busy GCH.

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment This counter shall be aggregated by NPA at cell level.

It is the equivalent of P100b (B8) at cell level.

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

1256 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.3.3 P100e - MIN_NB_BUSY_GCH_CELL

Long Name MIN_NB_BUSY_GCH_CELL

Definition Minimum number of busy GCH (16k channel) in the GPU.

For an Evolium BTS, a GCH is said busy when it is connected to a given TRX (as
part as an M-EGCH).

Trigger Condition An internal counter tracks the current number of busy GCH in the cell. This
internal counter is incremented when
the associated Ater nibble of a GCH becomes busy or decremented on sending
of a BSCGP ABIS-NIBBLES-ALLOCATION message indicating the GCH
deallocation.
An Ater nibble is said busy when it is either reserved for establishment or used by
a GCH.

Whenever this internal counter is incremented, its new value is compared with the
stored minimum number of busy
GCH in the cell. If this value is lower than the stored minimum value, the value
becomes the new minimum.
At the begining of each granularity period , the counter is initialised with the
current number of busy GCH.

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment This counter shall be aggregated by NPA at cell level.

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1257 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.3.4 P100f - MAX_NB_GCH_BUSY_GPU

Long Name MAX_NB_GCH_BUSY_GPU

Definition Maximum number of busy GCH (16k channel) in the GPU.

For an Evolium BTS, a GCH is said busy when it is connected to a given TRX (as
part as an M-EGCH).

Trigger Condition An internal counter tracks the current number of busy GCH in the GPU. This
internal counter is incremented when the associated Ater nibble of a GCH becomes
busy or decremented on sending of a BSCGP ABIS-NIBBLES-ALLOCATION
message indicating the GCH deallocation.
An Ater nibble is said busy when it is either reserved for establishment or used by
a GCH.
Whenever this internal counter is incremented, its new value is compared with the
stored maximum number of busy GCH in the GPU. If this value is higher than the
stored maximum value, the value becomes the new maximum.
At the begining of each granularity period , the counter is initialized with the
current number of busy GCH.

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment It is the equivalent of P100b (B8) at GPU level.

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

1258 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.3.5 P101 - CUMULATED_TIME_AVAIL_GCH_GPU

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_AVAIL_GCH_GPU

Definition Cumulative time (in seconds) during which a GCH resource (16k channel) is
available in the GPU. The counter is integrated over all the GCH resources
configured in the GPU.
Notes:
1) The term "available" refers to the operational state of the GCH resource. A GCH
resource is available if it is able to carry PS traffic. A GCH resource is unavailable
if it is not able to carry PS traffic, for instance further to a PCM alarm or BSC
indicates a GCH not-available.
2) A GCH corresponds here to an Ater nibble.

Trigger Condition The counter cumulates over the reporting period and over all the GCH resources
defined in the GPU the time during which a GCH resource is available in the GPU.
For a given GCH resource, the counter starts when the resource becomes
available and stops when the resource becomes unavailable.

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1259 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.3.6 P32 - TIME_LAPD_NOT_AVAIL

Long Name TIME_LAPD_NOT_AVAIL

Definition Time during which the LapD is not available.

Trigger Condition The time starts whenever the LapD operational state is "disabled" or the
administrative state "locked", and stops whenever the LapD operational state is
"enabled" and the administrative state "unlocked".
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (ie
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 LapD

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LapD

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1260 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.3.7 P383a - TIME_ATERMUX_CONG

Long Name TIME_ATERMUX_CONG

Definition Atermux congestion duration (in seconds) due to a lack of Ater nibbles on the
Atermux interface.

Trigger Condition The counter is:

- Started: when a GPU enters the Atermux congestion state (i.e. when the number
of free Ater TS on the GPU is strictly less than N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU),
- Stopped: when a GPU leaves the Atermux congestion state (i.e. when there is at
least N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU free Ater TS on the GPU).

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1261 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.3.8 P383b - TIME_HIGH_ATER_USAGE

Long Name TIME_HIGH_ATER_USAGE

Definition Time (cumulated over a granularity period) during which the GPU remains in
"high" Ater usage

Trigger Condition - started: when the percentage of used Ater nibbles, in the GPU, reaches
Ater_Usage_Threshold
- stopped: when the percentage of used Ater nibbles, in the GPU, drops below
Ater_Usage_Threshold

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1262 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.3.9 P469 - MAX_NB_DEFICIT_GCH

Long Name MAX_NB_DEFICIT_GCH

Definition Maximum number of GCH in deficit reached in the cell.

Trigger Condition This counter gives the greatest value of the number of GCH in deficit among all
the values of GCH in deficit obtained over the granularity period.
1) For Evolium BTS:
value = greatest value of the (Max(0,sum over all TRX in the cell of
Average_Target_Nb_GCH - Current_Nb_GCH)) values encountered in the
granularity period.
Average_Target_Nb_GCH shall be computed like Target_Nb_GCH but by
replacing:
- Nb_GCH(MAX_GPRS_CS) by Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_GPRS)
- and Nb_GCH(MAX_EGPRS_MCS) by Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS).
The computing of Average_Target_Nb_GCH will only differ from the one of
Target_Nb_GCH for the long data MS transfers. To simplify, it is considered
that all the GCHs established for the short data MS transfers on a TRX
are necessary. Hence, for the short data MS transfers, the computing of
Average_Target_Nb_GCH will be similar to the one of Target_Nb_GCH
(Nb_GCH(MAX_(E)GPRS_(M)CS_SHORT_DATA) shall not be replaced by
Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_(E)GPRS) in the formulas).
Note: Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_(E)GPRS) shall be computed in incremental steps:
- if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is < 11,2 kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) =
Nb_GCH(MCS-1) as defined in RRM-PRH,
- if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in the range [11,2;14,8[ kbps, then
Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-2) as defined in RRM-PRH,
- if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in the range [44,8;54,4[ kbps, then
Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-7) as defined in RRM-PRH,
- if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in the range [54,4;59,2[ kbps, then
Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-8) as defined in RRM-PRH,
- if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is >= 59,2 kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS)
= Nb_GCH(MCS-9) as defined in RRM-PRH.

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1263 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.3.10 P470 - CUMULATED_TIME_DEFICIT_GCH

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_DEFICIT_GCH

Definition Cumulative time (in seconds), per cell , during which there is a deficit of GCH
resources (16k channel).
Note : GCH resources cover the established and the reserved GCH.

Trigger Condition The counter cumulates over the Granularity period and over all TRX of the cell the
time during which the GCH resources are in deficit.
Deficit is computed as follow :
For Evolium BTS:
Deficit value = Max(0,sum over all TRX in the cell of Average_Target_Nb_GCH -
Current_Nb_GCH).
Average_Target_Nb_GCH shall be computed like Target_Nb_GCH but by
replacing:
- Nb_GCH(MAX_GPRS_CS) by Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_GPRS)
- and Nb_GCH(MAX_EGPRS_MCS) by Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS).
The computing of Average_Target_Nb_GCH will only differ from the one of
Target_Nb_GCH for the long data MS transfers. To simplify, it is considered
that all the GCHs established for the short data MS transfers on a TRX
are necessary. Hence, for the short data MS transfers, the computing of
Average_Target_Nb_GCH will be similar to the one of Target_Nb_GCH
(Nb_GCH(MAX_(E)GPRS_(M)CS_SHORT_DATA) shall not be replaced by
Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_(E)GPRS) in the formulas).
Note: Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_(E)GPRS) shall be computed in incremental steps:
- if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is < 11,2 kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) =
Nb_GCH(MCS-1) as defined in RRM-PRH,
- if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in the range [11,2;14,8[ kbps, then
Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-2) as defined in RRM-PRH,
- if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in the range [44,8;54,4[ kbps, then
Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-7) as defined in RRM-PRH,
- if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in the range [54,4;59,2[ kbps, then
Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-8) as defined in RRM-PRH,
- if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is >= 59,2 kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS)
= Nb_GCH(MCS-9) as defined in RRM-PRH.
Within the Granularity period, the deficit of GCH is observed. At each change
of value of the deficit (increase or decrease) the previous value of the deficit is
multiplied its time duration and summed with the cumulated time.

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

1264 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.3.11 P471 - CUMULATED_TIME_EXCESS_GCH

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_EXCESS_GCH

Definition Cumulative time (in seconds), per cell ,during which there is a excess of GCH
resources (16k channel).
Note : GCH resources cover the established and the reserved GCH.

Trigger Condition The counter cumulates over the Granularity period and over all TRX of the cell the
time during which the GCH resources are in excess .
Excess is computed as follow :
For Evolium BTS:
Excess value = Max(0,sum over all TRX in the cell of Current_Nb_GCH -
Average_Target_Nb_GCH).
Average_Target_Nb_GCH shall be computed like Target_Nb_GCH but by
replacing:
- Nb_GCH(MAX_GPRS_CS) by Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_GPRS)
- and Nb_GCH(MAX_EGPRS_MCS) by Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS).
The computing of Average_Target_Nb_GCH will only differ from the one of
Target_Nb_GCH for the long data MS transfers. To simplify, it is considered
that all the GCHs established for the short data MS transfers on a TRX
are necessary. Hence, for the short data MS transfers, the computing of
Average_Target_Nb_GCH will be similar to the one of Target_Nb_GCH
(Nb_GCH(MAX_(E)GPRS_(M)CS_SHORT_DATA) shall not be replaced by
Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_(E)GPRS) in the formulas).
Note: Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_(E)GPRS) shall be computed in incremental steps:
- if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is < 11,2 kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) =
Nb_GCH(MCS-1) as defined in RRM-PRH,
- if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in the range [11,2;14,8[ kbps, then
Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-2) as defined in RRM-PRH,
- if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in the range [44,8;54,4[ kbps, then
Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-7) as defined in RRM-PRH,
- if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in the range [54,4;59,2[ kbps, then
Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-8) as defined in RRM-PRH,
- if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is >= 59,2 kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS)
= Nb_GCH(MCS-9) as defined in RRM-PRH.

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1265 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.3.12 P474 - CUMULATED_TIME_FREE_ATER_NIBBLES

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_FREE_ATER_NIBBLES

Definition Cumulative time (in seconds), per GPU ,during which there are free Ater nibbles.
A free Ater nibble is an Ater nibble which is neither reserved for establishment
nor currently used by a GCH.

Trigger Condition This counter can be computed by the difference between the counter P101 and
the sum over all the cells of P100c.

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

1266 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.3.13 P486 - MIN_NB_FREE_ATER_NIBBLE

Long Name MIN_NB_FREE_ATER_NIBBLE

Definition Minimum number of free Ater nibbles.

A free Ater nibble is an Ater nibble which is neither reserved for establishment
nor currently used by a GCH.

Trigger Condition This counter gives the lowest value (not null) of the number of free Ater nibbles
among all the values of free Ater nibbles obtained over the granularity period.
At the beginning of each granularity period, the counter is initialized with the
current number of free Ater nibbles.

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1267 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.4 Gb interface
26.3.4.1 P33 - TIME_BEAR_CHAN_NOT_AVAIL

Long Name TIME_BEAR_CHAN_NOT_AVAIL

Definition Time during which the Bearer Channel is not available.

Trigger Condition The time starts whenever the Bearer Channel operational state is "disabled" (LM
link integrity procedure failure as described in Q933 annex A), and stops whenever
the Bearer Channel operational state is "enabled" (LM link integrity procedure
recovery).
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (ie
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 Bearer Channel

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Bearer Channel

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1268 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.4.2 P34 - TIME_PVC_NOT_AVAIL

Long Name TIME_PVC_NOT_AVAIL

Definition Time during which the PVC is not available.

Trigger Condition The time starts whenever the PVC operational state is "disabled", and stops
whenever the PVC operational state is "enabled".
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (ie
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 PVC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object PVC

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1269 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.4.3 P34a - TIME_SGSN_IP_ENDPOINT_NOT_AVAIL_GBIP

Long Name TIME_SGSN_IP_ENDPOINT_NOT_AVAIL_GBIP

Definition Time during which the SGSN IP endpoint is not available.

Trigger Condition The time starts whenever the SGSN IP endpoint operational state is "disabled",
and stops whenever the SGSN IP endpoint operational state is "enabled".

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 SGSN_IP_NSVC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object SGSN_IP_NSVC

External Comment –

Feature Name Gb over IP

1270 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.4.4 P4 - TIME_PVC_CONG_FRAME_RELAY

Long Name TIME_PVC_CONG_FRAME_RELAY

Definition Time during which the PVC is congested in uplink because of Frame Relay
network.

Trigger Condition The time starts whenever S consecutive frames are received from the Frame
Relay with the BECN bit set while the PVC is not already in congestion state. The
MFS stops the transmission towards the SGSN on this PVC during a fixed delay,
after which the time is stopped.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (ie
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 PVC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object PVC

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1271 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.4.5 P5 - TIME_PVC_CONG_LEVEL1

Long Name TIME_PVC_CONG_LEVEL1

Definition Time during which the PVC is congested at level1 in uplink.

The PVC congestion is managed by an hysteresis mechanism with two thresholds.
The PVC enters the congestion-level1 state whenever its occupation queue
exceeds PVC-LEVEL1-UP while the PVC was not congested.
The PVC exits the congestion-level1 state whenever its occupation queue is
smaller than PVC-LEVEL1-DOWN.

Trigger Condition The time starts whenever the PVC enters the congestion-level1 state, and stops
whenever the PVC exits this state.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (ie
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 PVC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object PVC

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1272 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.4.6 P67 - TIME_BVC_NOT_AVAIL

Long Name TIME_BVC_NOT_AVAIL

Definition Time during which the BVC (associated with one cell) is not available.

Trigger Condition The time starts whenever the PTP BVC status is NOT "Operational, started", and
stops whenever the PTP BVC status is "Operational, started".
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 BVC (Cell)

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1273 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5 Radio interface

26.3.5.1 P129a - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_GPRS_ACK

Long Name CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_GPRS_ACK

Definition Cumulated time duration of all active UL TBFs established in GPRS mode and
RLC acknowledged mode.
Note: An active UL TBF connection is an UL TBF not in extended phase.

Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all UL TBFs established in
GPRS mode and RLC
acknowledged Mode in the cell over the granularity period.

Note 1 : The time during which the emission of the final Packet Uplink Ack/Nack
message is delayed and the time during which the UL is in extended phase are not
taken into account
Note 2 : In case of abnormal UL TBF releases, the counter stops at the time when
the RRM layer has received the
last UL LLC PDU.
Note 3 : The case the UL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed
as an abnormal UL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10): for example, if the time is 15.1 seconds, this duration of time is
provided with the number 151.
The UL TBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity period are not
taken into account in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only
when the UL TBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very
long" TBF, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated)
cumulated value.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Extended UL TBF mode

1274 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.2 P129b - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_GPRS_NACK

Long Name CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_GPRS_NACK

Definition Cumulated time duration of all active UL TBFs established in GPRS mode and
RLC unacknowledged mode.
Note: An active UL TBF connection is an UL TBF not in extended phase.

Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all UL TBFs established in
GPRS mode and RLC
unacknowledged mode in the cell over the granularity period.
Note1 : The time during which the emission of the final Packet Uplink Ack/Nack
message is delayed and the time during which the UL is in extended phase not
taken into
account.
Note 2 :In case of abnormal UL TBF releases, the counter stops at the time when
the RRM layer has received the
last UL LLC PDU.
Note 3 :The case the UL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed
as an abnormal UL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).
The UL TBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity period are not
taken into account in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only
when the UL TBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very
long" TBF, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated)
cumulated value.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Extended UL TBF mode

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1275 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.3 P129c - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EGPRS_ACK

Long Name CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EGPRS_ACK

Definition Cumulated time duration of all active UL TBFs established in EGPRS mode and
RLC acknowledged mode.
Note: An active UL TBF connection is an UL TBF not in extended phase.

Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all UL TBFs established in
EGPRS mode and RLC
acknowledged Mode in the cell over the granularity period.
Note 1 : The time during which the emission of the final Packet Uplink Ack/Nack
message and the time during which the UL is in extended phase delayed is not
taken
into account.
Note 2 : In case of abnormal UL TBF releases, the counter stops at the time when
the RRM layer has received the
last UL LLC PDU.
Note 3 : The case the UL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed
as an abnormal UL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).
The UL TBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity period are not
taken into account in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only
when the UL TBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very
long" TBF, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated)
cumulated value.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Extended UL TBF mode

1276 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.4 P129d - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EGPRS_NACK

Long Name CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EGPRS_NACK

Definition Cumulated time duration of all active UL TBFs established in EGPRS mode and
RLC unacknowledged mode.
Note: An active UL TBF connection is an UL TBF not in extended phase.

Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all UL TBFs established in
EGPRS mode and RLC
unacknowledged mode in the cell over the granularity period.
Note1 : The time during which the emission of the final Packet Uplink Ack/Nack
message and the time during which the UL is in extended phase delayed is not
taken into
account.
Note 2 :In case of abnormal UL TBF releases, the counter stops at the time when
the RRM layer has received the
last UL LLC PDU.
Note 3 :The case the UL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed
as an abnormal UL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).
The UL TBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity period are not
taken into account in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only
when the UL TBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very
long" TBF, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated)
cumulated value.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Extended UL TBF mode

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1277 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.5 P13 - TIME_DL_PDCH_CONG

Long Name TIME_DL_PDCH_CONG

Definition Time during which the DL TBF establishment is impossible due to congestion
(no radio resource in the MFS).

Trigger Condition The time starts whenever:

1) No slave PDCH resource is available in the MFS, ie:
- the maximum number of MSs per PDCH in downlink (set by
MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH) is reached for all the slave PDCHs of the cell, and
- all MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT PDCHs granted by the BSC are used.
OR
2) no resources (TAI, TFI, PDCH) are available at MFS side to serve the mobile.
The time stops as soon as the above conditions are false.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Autonomous Packet Resource Allocation (RAE-4)

1278 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.6 P16 - CUMULATED_OVERALL_DL_CONNECTION_TIME

Long Name CUMULATED_OVERALL_DL_CONNECTION_TIME

Definition Cumulated overall time (i.e. active and delayed) of DL TBF connections.

Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all DL TBF connections in
the cell over the Granularity period.
Active as well as delayed release periods are taken into account.
Each time duration starts upon reception from the Mobile Station of 04.60 PACKET
CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGMENT on PACCH/U during the DL TBF establishment
procedure (either in response to a PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT or
PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE, whichever is applicable).
In case of normal DL TBF releases, the counter stops for a given DL TBF upon
reception of the reply to the 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (FBI=1, polling) sent by the
MFS for the last RLC block to send, i.e. 04.60 (EGPRS) PACKET DOWNLINK
ACK/NACK from the MS and there is no retransmission required, if the TBF was in
RLC acknowledged mode or 04.60 PACKET CONTROL ACK if the TBF was in
RLC unacknowledged mode. This last RLC data block is the last actual data block
of the TBF, i.e. the last useful RLC data block for a TBF in normal release mode,
or the last dummy RLC data block for a TBF in delayed release mode.
In case of abnormal DL TBF releases during active phase (i.e. not delayed phase),
the counter stops for a given DL TBF:
- at the time when the RRM layer has received the acknowledgment of the last DL
LLC PDU (in case of RLC acknowledged mode), or,
- at the time when the RRM layer has sent the last DL LLC PDU to the RLC layer
(in case of RLC unacknowledged mode).
In case of abnormal DL TBF releases during delayed phase, the counter stops for
a given DL TBF at the time when the RRM layer has been informed that the DL
TBF has entered the delayed phase.
The case the DL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed as an
abnormal DL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (I.e.
ROUND(10x)/10).

The DL TBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity period are not
taken into account in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only
when the DL TBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very
long" TBF, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated)
cumulated value.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1279 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.7 P160 - NB_DL_TBF_1_succ

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_1_succ

Definition Number of downlink TBF establishment requests ( 1 slot allocated) which are
satisfied at once by the initial allocation.

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS allocates 1 PDCH for a DL TBF in case of an MS requesting 1
(or several) slot DL.
When determining the number of timeslots requested by the mobile station for the
DL TBF, the MFS takes into account:
i) The MS multislot class. The GPRS or EGPRS multislot class is used depending
on the DL TBF establishment mode (in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).
ii) The bias of the transfer.
iii) The value of the T-bit indicated in the DL LLC PDU triggering the DL TBF
establishment. If the T-bit is set to signalling, only one PDCH is required.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

1280 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.8 P161 - NB_UL_TBF_1_succ

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_1_succ

Definition Number of uplink TBF establishment requests (1 slot allocated) which are satisfied
at once by the initial allocation..

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS allocates 1 PDCH for an UL TBF in case of an MS requesting
1 (or several) slot UL.
When determining the number of timeslots requested by the mobile station for the
UL TBF, the MFS takes into account:
i) The MS multislot class. The GPRS or EGPRS multislot class is used depending
on the UL TBF establishment mode (in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).
ii) The bias of the transfer. For instance, for an MS belonging to multislot class
6, for which the transfer is deemed downlink-biased, the requested number of
timeslots in uplink is 1 and not 2.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1281 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.9 P162 - NB_DL_TBF_2_3_succ

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_2_3_succ

Definition Number of downlink TBF establishment requests requesting 2 or 3 slots which

are totally satisfied at once by the initial allocation.

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS allocates exactly 2 PDCHs (or 3 PDCHs) for a DL TBF in case
of an MS requesting 2 slots DL (or 3 slots DL).
When determining the number of timeslots requested by the mobile station for the
DL TBF, the MFS takes into account:
i) The MS multislot class. The GPRS or EGPRS multislot class is used depending
on the DL TBF establishment mode (in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).
ii) The bias of the transfer. For instance, for an MS belonging to multislot class 10,
for which the transfer is deemed uplink-biased, the requested number of timeslots
in downlink is 3 and not 4.
iii) The value of the T-bit indicated in the DL LLC PDU triggering the DL TBF
establishment. If the T-bit is set to signalling, only one PDCH is required.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

1282 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.10 P163 - NB_UL_TBF_2_3_succ

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_2_3_succ

Definition Number of uplink TBF establishment requests requesting 2 or 3 slots which are
totally satisfied at once by the initial allocation..

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS allocates exactly 2 PDCHs (or 3 PDCHs) for an UL TBF in
case of an MS requesting 2 slots UL (or 3 slots UL).
When determining the number of timeslots requested by the mobile station for the
UL TBF, the MFS takes into account:
i) The MS multislot class. The GPRS or EGPRS multislot class is used depending
on the UL TBF establishment mode (in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).
ii) The bias of the transfer. For instance, for an MS belonging to multislot class 6,
for which the transfer is deemed uplink-biased, the requested number of timeslots
in uplink is 2 and not 1.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1283 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.11 P164 - NB_DL_TBF_4_5_succ

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_4_5_succ

Definition Number of downlink TBF establishment requests requesting 4 or 5 slots which

are totally satisfied at once by the initial allocation.

Trigger Condition Whenever the system MFS allocates exactly 4 PDCHs (or 5 PDCHs) for a DL TBF
in case of an MS requesting 4 slots DL (or 5 slots DL).
When determining the number of timeslots requested by the mobile station for the
DL TBF, the MFS takes into account:
i) The MS multislot class (or the MS high multislot class if allowed in the cell). The
GPRS or EGPRS (possibly high) multislot class is used depending on the DL TBF
establishment mode (in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).
ii) The bias of the transfer. For instance, for an MS belonging to multislot class
12, for which the transfer is deemed downlink-biased, the requested number of
timeslots in downlink is 4 and not 1.
iii) The value of the T-bit indicated in the DL LLC PDU triggering the DL TBF
establishment. If the T-bit is set to signalling, only one PDCH is required.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Support of GPRS QoS

1284 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.12 P165 - NB_UL_TBF_4_5_succ

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_4_5_succ

Definition Number of uplink TBF establishment requests requesting 4 or 5 slots which are
totally satisfied at once by the initial allocation.

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS allocates exactly 4 PDCHs (or 5 PDCHs) for an UL TBF in
case of an MS requesting 4 slots UL (or 5 slots UL).
When determining the number of timeslots requested by the mobile station for the
UL TBF, the MFS takes into account:
i) The MS multislot class. The GPRS or EGPRS multislot class is used depending
on the UL TBF establishment mode (in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).
ii) The bias of the transfer. For instance, for an MS belonging to multislot class 12,
for which the transfer is deemed uplink-biased, the requested number of timeslots
in uplink is 4 and not 1.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1285 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.13 P26 - TIME_UL_PDCH_CONG

Long Name TIME_UL_PDCH_CONG

Definition Time during which the UL TBF establishment is impossible due to congestion
(no radio resource in the MFS).

Trigger Condition The time starts whenever:

1) No slave PDCH resource are available in the BSC, i.e.:
- the maximum number of MSs per PDCH in uplink (set by MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH)
is reached for all the slave PDCHs of the cell, and
- all MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT PDCHs granted by the BSC are used.
OR
2) no resources (TAI, TFI, PDCH) are available at MFS side to serve the mobile.
The time stops as soon as the above conditions are false.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Autonomous Packet Resource Allocation (RAE-4)

1286 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.14 P30d - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_PIM

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_PIM

Definition Number of UL TBF establishments on (P)CCCH for EGPRS MS in packet idle

mode successfully served in EGPRS mode.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented in one of the following conditions:

- whenever the TLLI is received during a one phase access EGPRS UL TBF
establishment, or
- whenever the TBF start indication is received during a two-phase access EGPRS
UL TBF establishment.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1287 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.15 P35 - MAX_NB_DL_TBF_SIMUL_EST

Long Name MAX_NB_DL_TBF_SIMUL_EST

Definition Maximum number of DL TBF simultaneously established over the Granularity

period.

Trigger Condition Within the Granularity period, the number of established DL TBF is observed at
each GAUGE-POLLING value; the maximum value is kept for the counter.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1288 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.16 P36 - AV_NB_DL_TBF_SIMUL_EST

Long Name AV_NB_DL_TBF_SIMUL_EST

Definition Average number of DL TBF simulataneously established over the Granularity

period.

Trigger Condition Within the Granularity period, the number of established DL TBF is observed at
each GAUGE-POLLING value. At Granularity period expiry, these observations
are averaged, ie summed and divided by the number of observations. The
averaged value (real) is multiplied by 10 and then rounded up or down to the
nearest interger value (ie ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1289 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.17 P38b - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED

Definition Cumulated time during which the slave PDCHs carry at least one UL or DL TBF
(TBF established in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).

Trigger Condition The timer is the sum of all unit times per slave PDCH during which the a slave
PDCH supported carries at least one UL or DL TBF (TBF established in GPRS
mode or EGPRS mode).
Note 1: For downlink TBF, active , delayed phases are taken into account.
Note 2: The time is provided in seconds with one significant digit after the comma
(i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).
Note 3 : For uplink TBF, active , delayed final PUAN , extended phases are taken
into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1290 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.18 P38c - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_EGPRS

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_EGPRS

Definition Cumulated time during which the slave PDCHs carry at least one UL or DL TBF
established in EGPRS mode.

Trigger Condition The timer is the sum of all unit times per slave PDCH during which the slave
PDCH supported at least one UL or DL TBF established in EGPRS mode.

The time is provided in seconds with one significant digit after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1291 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.19 P38e - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_DL_CELL

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_DL_CELL

Definition Cumulated time during which a PDCH is used by at least one DL TBF (in GPRS or
EGPRS mode), cumulated over all the PDCHs of the cell.

Trigger Condition The timer is the sum of all unit times per slave PDCH during which the slave PDCH
supported at least one DL TBF (established in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).
Note: Only Active, delayed, extended phases of the TBF are taken into account.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1292 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.20 P38f - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_UL_CELL

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_UL_CELL

Definition Cumulated time during which a PDCH is used by at least one UL TBF (in GPRS or
EGPRS mode), cumulated over all the PDCHs of the cell.

Trigger Condition The timer is the sum of all unit times per slave PDCH during which the slave PDCH
supported at least one UL TBF (established in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).
Note: Only Active, delayed, extended phases of the TBF are taken into account.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1293 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.21 P39 - MAX_NB_UL_TBF_SIMUL_EST

Long Name MAX_NB_UL_TBF_SIMUL_EST

Definition Maximum number of UL TBF simultaneously established over the Granularity

period.

Trigger Condition Within the Granularity period, the number of established UL TBF is observed at
each GAUGE-POLLING value; the maximum value is kept for the counter.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1294 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.22 P40 - AV_NB_UL_TBF_SIMUL_EST

Long Name AV_NB_UL_TBF_SIMUL_EST

Definition Average number of UL TBF simutaneously established over the Granularity period.

Trigger Condition Within the Granularity period, the number of established UL TBF is observed at
each GAUGE-POLLING value. At Granularity period expiry, these observations
are averaged, ie summed and divided by the number of observations. The
averaged value (real) is multiplied by 10 and then rounded up or down to the
nearest interger value (ie ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1295 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.23 P409 - CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED_AND_OPTIMAL_DL_ALLOCATION

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED_AND_OPTIMAL_DL_ALLOCATION

Definition Cumulated time during which downlink TBFs are granted the maximum number of
PDCHs they need and the corresponding MSs are engaged in downlink-biased
transfers.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by the duration during which all downlink TBFs of a
cell which serve a downlink-biased transfer are granted as many timeslots as
needed. The results are cumulated over the granularity period.
When determining the number of timeslots needed by the mobile station for the DL
TBF, the MFS takes into account:
i) The MS multislot class (or the MS high multislot class if allowed in the cell). The
GPRS or EGPRS (possibly high) multislot class is used depending on the DL TBF
establishment mode (in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).
ii) The bias of the transfer. For instance, for an MS belonging to multislot class
6, for which the transfer is deemed downlink-biased, the requested number of
timeslots in downlink is 3 and not 2.
iii) The value of the "traffic type" (signalling or data) of this MS. If the traffic type is
signalling, only one PDCH is required.
However, the "optimality" may change during the life of the TBF, due to change in
the traffic type from signalling to data.

In case of abnormal DL TBF releases during active phase (i.e. not delayed phase),
the counter stops for a given DL TBF:
- at the time when the RRM layer has received the acknowledgment of the last DL
LLC PDU (in case of RLC acknowledged mode), or,
- at the time when the RRM layer has sent the last DL LLC PDU to the RLC layer
(in case of RLC unacknowledged mode).
In case of abnormal DL TBF releases during delayed phase, the counter stops for
a given DL TBF at the time when the RRM layer has been informed that the DL
TBF has entered the delayed phase.
The case the DL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed as an
abnormal DL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).
The DL TBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity period are not
taken into account in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only
when the DL TBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very
long" TBF, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated)
cumulated value.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment - when the traffic type changes from "signalling" to "data" , the optimality is
re-assessed.
- Once the traffic type is set to data, it can not be changed to signalling, whatever
the T-bit value.

Feature Name /

1296 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.24 P410 - CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED_AND_OPTIMAL_UL_ALLOCATION

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED_AND_OPTIMAL_UL_ALLOCATION

Definition Cumulated time during which uplink TBFs are granted the maximum number
of PDCHs they need and the corresponding MSs are engaged in uplink-biased
transfers.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by the duration during which all uplink TBFs of a cell
which serve an uplink-biased transfer are granted as many timeslots as needed.
The results are cumulated over the granularity period.
When determining the number of timeslots needed by the mobile station for the UL
TBF, the MFS takes into account:
i) The MS multislot class. The GPRS or EGPRS multislot class is used depending
on the UL TBF establishment mode (in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).
ii) The bias of the transfer. For instance, for an MS belonging to multislot class 6,
for which the transfer is deemed uplink-biased, the requested number of timeslots
in uplink is 2 and not 1.
iii) The value of the "traffic type" (signalling or data) of this MS. If the traffic type is
signalling, only one PDCH is required.
However, the "optimality" may change during the life of the TBF, due to change in
the traffic type from signalling to data.
In case of abnormal UL TBF releases, the counter stops at the time when the
RRM layer has received the last UL LLC PDU. The case the UL TBF is released
due to a NC cell reselection is managed as an abnormal UL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).
The optimal UL biaised TBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity
period are not taken into account in the cumulated value. They are taken into
account only when the UL TBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including
a lot of "very long" TBF, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated (then
over-estimated) cumulated value.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment - when the traffic type changes from "signalling" to "data", the optimality is
re-assessed.
- Once the traffic type is set to data, it can not be changed to signalling, whatever
the T-bit value.

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1297 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.25 P411 - CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED_DL_TBF

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED_DL_TBF

Definition Cumulated time during which MSs are engaged in downlink-biased transfers and
there is a DL TBF serving the MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by the duration during which MSs are deemed in a
downlink-biased transfer. Only the time during which there is a DL TBF serving
the MS is taken into account.
In case of abnormal DL TBF releases during active phase (i.e. not delayed phase),
the counter stops for a given DL TBF:
- at the time when the RRM layer has received the acknowledgment of the last DL
LLC PDU (in case of RLC acknowledged mode), or,
- at the time when the RRM layer has sent the last DL LLC PDU to the RLC layer
(in case of RLC unacknowledged mode).
In case of abnormal DL TBF releases during delayed phase, the counter stops for
a given DL TBF at the time when the RRM layer has been informed that the DL
TBF has entered the delayed phase.
The case the DL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed as an
abnormal DL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).
The DL biased TBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity period are
not taken into account in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only
when the DL TBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very
long" TBF, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated)
cumulated value.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1298 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.26 P412 - CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED_UL_TBF

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED_UL_TBF

Definition Cumulated time during which MSs are engaged in uplink-biased transfers and
there is an UL TBF serving the MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by the duration during which MSs are deemed in an
uplink-biased transfer. Only the time during which there is an UL TBF serving the
MS is taken into account.
In case of abnormal UL TBF releases, the counter stops at the time when the
RRM layer has received the last UL LLC PDU. The case the UL TBF is released
due to a NC cell reselection is managed as an abnormal UL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

The UL TBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity period are not
taken into account in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only
when the UL TBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very
long" TBF, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated)
cumulated value.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1299 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.27 P414bis - CUMULATED_TIME_ALLOCATED_SPDCH

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_ALLOCATED_SPDCH

Definition This counter integrates over time the values of the allocated SPDCH during the
whole granularity period.

Trigger Condition When the granularity period starts, the counter is reset to 0.
The current value of SPDCHs allocated to the MFS by the BSC is multiplied by
the duration until the next allocated SPDCH update is received from the BSC
(I.e. reception of a (BSCGP) RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION INDICATION
indicating a new number of SPDCHs allocated to the MFS). Then the new value
of allocated SPDCH is multiplied by the duration until the next allocated SPDCH
update , and so on.
The counter is the sum of all the computed values.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment Replaces P414 (B8 counter).

Feature Name Autonomous Packet Resource Allocation (RAE-4)

1300 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.28 P415bis - MAX_OF_ALLOCATED_SPDCH

Long Name MAX_OF_ALLOCATED_SPDCH

Definition This counter gives the maximum value of allocated SPDCH during the whole
granularity period.

Trigger Condition During the granularity period , at each receipt of the RADIO RESOURCE
ALLOCATION INDICATION

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment Replaces P415 (B8 counter).

Feature Name Autonomous Packet Resource Allocation (RAE-4)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1301 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.29 P416bis - MIN_OF_ALLOCATED_SPDCH

Long Name MIN_OF_ALLOCATED_SPDCH

Definition This counter gives the minimum value of allocated SPDCH during the whole
granularity period.

Trigger Condition During the granularity period , at each receipt of the RADIO RESOURCE
ALLOCATION INDICATION
the value of allocated SPDCH is stored.
At the end of the granularity period, the minimum value of all the stored values
is used to update the counter.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment Replaces P416 (B8 counter).

Feature Name Autonomous Packet Resource Allocation (RAE-4)

1302 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.30 P417 - NB_PREEMPTED_PDCH

Long Name NB_PREEMPTED_PDCH

Definition This counter measures the overall number of slave PDCHs which have been
released after having been marked by the soft pre-emption procedure in the cell
over the granularity period.

Trigger Condition Each time the MFS receives a BSCGP RR ALLOCATION INDICATION message
from the BSC with a SPDCHs Allocation bitmap containing less PDCHs than
the current number of allocated slave PDCHs, the MFS has to mark the slave
PDCHs in excess as soft pre-empted. The counter is incremented by one each
time a slave PDCH is released due to pre-emption (i.e. it is incremented also
when a non-marked PDCH gets released and allows unmarking another PDCH).
Note that even if a slave PDCH has no TBF at the time of soft pre-emption and
therefore the PDCH is given back immediately to the BSC, it shall be considered
in the calculation.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1303 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.31 P419 - CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED

Definition Cumulated time during which MSs are engaged in downlink-biased transfers.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by the duration during which MSs are deemed in a
downlink-biased transfer.
When an MS context is created :
If it is downlink-biased, then the timer is started for that MS. When the bias
changes to uplink, then the timer is stopped. When it changes back to downlink,
the timer is restarted.
If it is uplink-biased, then the timer is started for that MS when the bias changes to
downlink. When it changes back to uplink, then the timer is stopped.
When the session ends, the timer for the MS is cumulated to P419.
Note that when the MS context is deemed downlink-biased and T3192 is running,
even if there is no on-going TBF, that duration shall be taken into account in this
timer.
In case the MS has no on-going UL TBF and an abnormal DL TBF release is
detected during active phase (i.e. not delayed phase), the counter stops for the
given MS:
- at the time when the RRM layer has received the acknowledgment of the last DL
LLC PDU (in case of RLC acknowledged mode), or,
- at the time when the RRM layer has sent the last DL LLC PDU to the RLC layer
(in case of RLC unacknowledged mode).
In case the MS has no on-going UL TBF and an abnormal DL TBF release is
detected during delayed phase, the counter stops for the given MS at the time
when the RRM layer has been informed that the DL TBF has entered the delayed
phase.
In case the MS has no on-going DL TBF and an abnormal UL TBF release is
detected, the counter stops for the given MS at the time when the RRM layer has
received the last UL LLC PDU.
The case the DL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed as an
abnormal DL TBF release. Similarly, the case the UL TBF is released due to a NC
cell reselection is managed as an abnormal UL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).
The MSs still DL biased at the expiration of the granularity period are not taken
into account in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only when
the biais change to UL. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very long"
TBF with no bias changes, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated (then
over-estimated) cumulated value.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1304 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.32 P420 - CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED

Definition Cumulated time during which MSs are engaged in uplink-biased transfers.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by the duration during which MSs are deemed in an
uplink-biased transfer.
When an MS context is created :
If it is uplink-biased, then the timer is started for that MS. When the bias changes
to downlink, then the timer is stopped. When it changes back to uplink, the timer is
restarted.
If it is downlink-biased, then the timer is started for that MS when the bias changes
to uplink. When it changes back to downlink, then the timer is stopped.
When the session ends, the timer for the MS is cumulated to P420.
Note that when the MS context is deemed uplink-biased and T3192 is running,
even if there is no on-going TBF, that duration shall be taken into account in this
timer.
In case the MS has no on-going UL TBF and an abnormal DL TBF release is
detected during active phase (i.e. not delayed phase), the counter stops for the
given MS:
- at the time when the RRM layer has received the acknowledgment of the last DL
LLC PDU (in case of RLC acknowledged mode), or,
- at the time when the RRM layer has sent the last DL LLC PDU to the RLC layer
(in case of RLC unacknowledged mode).
In case the MS has no on-going UL TBF and an abnormal DL TBF release is
detected during delayed phase, the counter stops for the given MS at the time
when the RRM layer has been informed that the DL TBF has entered the delayed
phase.
In case the MS has no on-going DL TBF and an abnormal UL TBF release is
detected, the counter stops for the given MS at the time when the RRM layer has
received the last UL LLC PDU.
The case the DL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed as an
abnormal DL TBF release. Similarly, the case the UL TBF is released due to a NC
cell reselection is managed as an abnormal UL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).
The MSs still UL biaised at the expiration of the granularity period are not taken
into account in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only when
the biais change to DL. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very long"
TBF with no bias changes, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated (then
over-estimated) cumulated value.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1305 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.33 P451a - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_UL_TBF_CELL

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_UL_TBF_CELL

Definition Cumulated time during which an UL TBF uses one PDCH, for all PDCHs of the
TBF, and for all TBFs of the cell (in GPRS or EGPRS mode).

Trigger Condition The counter shall consider the resource allocation changes that occur further to a
UL TBF re-allocation.
Note: Active , delayed, extended phases of the TBF are taken into account (only).
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1306 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.34 P451b - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_CELL

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_CELL

Definition Cumulated time during which an DL TBF uses one PDCH, for all PDCHs of the
TBF, and for all TBFs of the cell (in GPRS or EGPRS mode).

Trigger Condition The counter shall consider the resource allocation changes that occur further to a
DL TBF re-allocation.
Note: Active , delayed, extended phases of the TBF are taken into account (only).
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1307 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.35 P452 - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_GMM_SIG_CELL

Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_GMM_SIG_CELL

Definition Cumulated time during which a DL TBF established for GMM signalling purposes
uses a PDCH (in GPRS or EGPRS mode), for all TBFs of the cell.

Trigger Condition For a given DL TBF, this counter is started at the establishment of the DL TBFs
established to carry GMM signalling traffic to the MS. It is stopped at the end of the
active phase of the DL TBF or on receipt of a DL LLC PDU without the T-bit set.
Note : such TBFs only have one PDCH allocated.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1308 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.36 P453a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_1

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_1

Definition First cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 1
Duration band 1 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_0<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_0 = 0 sec.

Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.

Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1309 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.37 P453a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_10

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_10

Definition Tenth cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 10
Duration band 10 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9<= duration <
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 = 16384

Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.
Whenever a TBF duration exceeds PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10, then it is
not taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1310 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.38 P453a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_2

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_2

Definition Second cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 2
Duration band 2 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2

Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.

Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1311 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.39 P453a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_3

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_3

Definition Third cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 3
Duration band 3 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3

Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1312 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.40 P453a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_4

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_4

Definition Fourth cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 4
Duration band 4 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4

Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1313 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.41 P453a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_5

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_5

Definition Fifth cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 5
Duration band 5 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5

Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1314 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.42 P453a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_6

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_6

Definition Sixth cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 6
Duration band 6 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6

Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1315 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.43 P453a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_7

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_7

Definition Seventh cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 7
Duration band 7 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7

Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1316 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.44 P453a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_8

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_8

Definition Eighth cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 8
Duration band 8 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8

Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1317 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.45 P453a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_9

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_9

Definition Nineth cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 9
Duration band 9 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9

Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1318 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.46 P453b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_1

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_1

Definition First cell of the distribution on DL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 1
Duration band 1 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_0<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_0 = 0 sec

Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1319 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.47 P453b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_10

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_10

Definition Tenth cell of the distribution on DL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 10
Duration band 10 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9<= duration <
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 = 16384

Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.
Whenever a TBF duration exceeds PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10, then it is
not taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1320 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.48 P453b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_2

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_2

Definition Second cell of the distribution on DL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 2
Duration band 2 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2

Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1321 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.49 P453b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_3

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_3

Definition Third cell of the distribution on DL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 3
Duration band 3 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3

Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1322 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.50 P453b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_4

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_4

Definition Fourth cell of the distribution on DL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 4
Duration band 4 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4

Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1323 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.51 P453b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_5

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_5

Definition Fifth cell of the distribution on DL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 5
Duration band 5 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5

Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1324 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.52 P453b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_6

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_6

Definition Sixth cell of the distribution on DL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 6
Duration band 6 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6

Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1325 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.53 P453b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_7

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_7

Definition Seventh cell of the distribution on DL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 7.
Duration band 7 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7

Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1326 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.54 P453b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_8

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_8

Definition Eighth cell of the distribution on DL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 8
Duration band 8 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8

Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1327 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.55 P453b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_9

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_9

Definition Ninth cell of the distribution on DL TBF duration.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 9
Duration band 9 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9

Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC
unacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBF
is taken into account.
The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1328 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.56 P454a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_1

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_1

Definition First cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of UL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 1.
LLC volume band 1 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_0<= LLC volume < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_0 = 0 byte

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P44.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1329 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.57 P454a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_10

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_10

Definition Tenth cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of UL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 10.
LLC volume band 10 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9<= LLC volume <
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 = 100 000 000 bytes

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P44.
Whenever a TBF volume exceeds PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10, then it is
not taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1330 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.58 P454a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_2

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_2

Definition Second cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of UL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 2.
LLC volume band 2 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1<= LLC volume < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P44.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1331 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.59 P454a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_3

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_3

Definition Third cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of UL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 3.
LLC volume band 1 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2<= LLC volume < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P44.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1332 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.60 P454a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_4

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_4

Definition Fourth cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of UL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 4.
LLC volume band 1 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3<= LLC volume < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P44.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1333 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.61 P454a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_5

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_5

Definition Fifth cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of UL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 5.
LLC volume band 5 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4<= LLC volume < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P44.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1334 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.62 P454a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_6

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_6

Definition Sixth cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of UL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 6.
LLC volume band 1 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5<= LLC volume < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P44.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1335 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.63 P454a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_7

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_7

Definition Seventh cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of UL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 7.
LLC volume band 7 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6<= LLC volume < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P44.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1336 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.64 P454a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_8

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_8

Definition Eighth cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of UL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 81.
LLC volume band 8 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7<= LLC volume < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P44.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1337 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.65 P454a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_9

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_9

Definition Ninth cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of UL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 9.
LLC volume band 9 is defined by :
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8<= LLC volume < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P44.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1338 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.66 P454b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_1

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_1

Definition First cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of DL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 1.
LLC volume band 1 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_0<= LLC volume < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_0 = 0 byte

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P43.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1339 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.67 P454b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_10

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_10

Definition Tenth cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of DL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 10.
LLC volume band 1 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9<= LLC volume <
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 = 100 000 000 bytes

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P43.
Whenever a TBF volume exceeds PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10, then it is
not taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1340 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.68 P454b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_2

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_2

Definition Second cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of DL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 2.
LLC volume band 2 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1<= LLC volume < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P43.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1341 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.69 P454b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_3

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_3

Definition Third cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of DL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 3.
LLC volume band 3 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2<= LLC volume < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P43.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1342 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.70 P454b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_4

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_4

Definition Fourth cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of DL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 4.
LLC volume band 4 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3<= LLC volume < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P43.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1343 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.71 P454b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_5

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_5

Definition Fifth cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of DL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 5.
LLC volume band 5 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4<= LLC volume < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P43.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1344 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.72 P454b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_6

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_6

Definition Sixth cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of DL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 6.
LLC volume band 6 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5<= LLC volume < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P43.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1345 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.73 P454b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_7

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_7

Definition Seventh cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of DL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 7.
LLC volume band 7 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6<= LLC volume < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P43.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1346 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.74 P454b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_8

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_8

Definition Eighth cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of DL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 8.
LLC volume band 1 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7<= LLC volume < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P43.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1347 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.75 P454b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_9

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_9

Definition Ninth cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.

It contains:
1) number of DL TBFs whose LLC volume is in LLC volume band 9.
LLC volume band 9 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8<= LLC volume < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9

Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged
mode are taken into account.
The volume is calculated as in P43.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1348 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.76 P455a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_1

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_1

Definition First cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 1.
PDCH units band 1 is defined by :
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_0<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_0 = 0.

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in UL at
the release of the UL TBF.
An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned UL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of
reception of acknowledgement of final PUAN).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in UL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1349 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.77 P455a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_10

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_10

Definition Tenth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 10.
PDCH units band 10 is defined by :
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10 = 5.

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in UL at
the release of the UL TBF.
An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned UL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of
reception of acknowledgement of final PUAN).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in UL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1350 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.78 P455a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_2

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_2

Definition Second cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 2.
PDCH units band 2 is defined by :
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in UL at
the release of the UL TBF.
An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned UL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of
reception of acknowledgement of final PUAN).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in UL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1351 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.79 P455a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_3

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_3

Definition Third cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 3.
PDCH units band 3 is defined by :
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in UL at
the release of the UL TBF.
An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned UL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of
reception of acknowledgement of final PUAN).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in UL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1352 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.80 P455a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_4

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_4

Definition Fourth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 4.
PDCH units band 4 is defined by :
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in UL at
the release of the UL TBF.
An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned UL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of
reception of acknowledgement of final PUAN).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in UL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1353 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.81 P455a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_5

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_5

Definition Fifth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 5.
PDCH units band 5 is defined by :
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in UL at
the release of the UL TBF.
An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned UL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of
reception of acknowledgement of final PUAN).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in UL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1354 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.82 P455a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_6

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_6

Definition Sixth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 6.
PDCH units band 6 is defined by :
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in UL at
the release of the UL TBF.
An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned UL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of
reception of acknowledgement of final PUAN).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in UL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1355 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.83 P455a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_7

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_7

Definition Seventh cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 7.
PDCH units band 7 is defined by :
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in UL at
the release of the UL TBF.
An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned UL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of
reception of acknowledgement of final PUAN).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in UL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1356 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.84 P455a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_8

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_8

Definition Eighth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 8.
PDCH units band 8 is defined by :
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in UL at
the release of the UL TBF.
An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned UL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of
reception of acknowledgement of final PUAN).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in UL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1357 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.85 P455a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_9

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_9

Definition Ninth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 9.
PDCH units band 9 is defined by :
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in UL at
the release of the UL TBF.
An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned UL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of
reception of acknowledgement of final PUAN).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in UL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1358 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.86 P455b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_1

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_1

Definition First cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 1.
PDCH units band 1 is defined by :
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_0<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_0 = 0.

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DL at
the release of the DL TBF.
A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned DL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of
timer T3192).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in DL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1359 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.87 P455b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_10

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_10

Definition Tenth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 10.
PDCH units band 10 is defined by :
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10 = 5.

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DL at
the release of the DL TBF.
A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned DL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of
timer T3192).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in DL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1360 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.88 P455b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_2

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_2

Definition Second cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 2.
PDCH units band 2 is defined by :
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DL at
the release of the DL TBF.
A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned DL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of
timer T3192).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in DL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1361 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.89 P455b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_3

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_3

Definition Third cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 3.
PDCH units band 3 is defined by :
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DL at
the release of the DL TBF.
A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned DL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of
timer T3192).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in DL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1362 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.90 P455b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_4

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_4

Definition Fourth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 4.
PDCH units band 4 is defined by :
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DL at
the release of the DL TBF.
A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned DL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of
timer T3192).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in DL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1363 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.91 P455b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_5

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_5

Definition Fifth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 5.
PDCH units band 5 is defined by :
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DL at
the release of the DL TBF.
A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned DL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of
timer T3192).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in DL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1364 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.92 P455b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_6

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_6

Definition Sixth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 6.
PDCH units band 6 is defined by :
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DL at
the release of the DL TBF.
A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned DL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of
timer T3192).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in DL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1365 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.93 P455b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_7

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_7

Definition Seventh cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 7.
PDCH units band 7 is defined by :
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DL at
the release of the DL TBF.
A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned DL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of
timer T3192).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in DL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1366 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.94 P455b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_8

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_8

Definition Eighth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 8.
PDCH units band 8 is defined by :
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DL at
the release of the DL TBF.
A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned DL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of
timer T3192).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in DL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1367 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.95 P455b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_9

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_9

Definition Ninth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.

It contains :
1) number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units
band 9.
PDCH units band 9 is defined by :
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8<= allocated PDCH units <
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9

Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DL at
the release of the DL TBF.
A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the
assigned DL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of
timer T3192).
The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :
1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units
allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)
The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units
allocated in DL.
2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared
by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated
to this TBF is :

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object DistCell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1368 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.96 P461 - CUMULATED_ACT_EXT_UL_CONNECTION_TIME

Long Name CUMULATED_ACT_EXT_UL_CONNECTION_TIME

Definition Cumulated overall time of UL TBF connections (in active state or extended phase).

Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all UL TBFs connections in
active or extended phase in the cell over the granularity period.
The counter starts :
For a given UL TBF, at the establishment of the UL TBF in (E)GPRS mode (the
first UL RLC data block has been received).
The counter stops :
For a given UL TBF, at the release of the UL TBF in (E)GPRS mode.
Note : This counter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs and to both
acknowledge or unacknowledge mode.
Note1 : The time during which the emission of the final Packet Uplink Ack/Nack
message is delayed and the time during which the UL is in extended phase are
taken into account.
Note 2 :In case of abnormal UL TBF releases, the counter stops at the time when
the RRM layer has received the
last UL LLC PDU.
Note 3 :The case the UL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed
as an abnormal UL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Extended UL TBF mode

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1369 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.97 P495 - MAX_NB_USED_SPDCH_CELL

Long Name MAX_NB_USED_SPDCH_CELL

Definition Maximum number of used slave PDCHs in the cell.

Note: An used PDCH is a PDCH that carries at least one UL or DL TBF.

Trigger Condition An internal counter tracks the current number of used slave PDCH in the cell. This
internal counter is
- Incremented when one UL or DL TBF is carried by a salve PDCH.
- Decremented when no UL or DL TBF is carried by a slave PDCH.
Whenever this internal counter is incremented, its new value is compared with the
stored maximum number of
used PDCHs in the cell. If this value is higher than the stored maximum value, the
value becomes the new maximum.
The master PDCHs are excluded from this counter.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1370 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.98 P496 - MIN_NB_USED_SPDCH_CELL

Long Name MIN_NB_USED_SPDCH_CELL

Definition Minimum number of used slave PDCHs in the

Note: An used PDCH is a PDCH that carries at least one UL or DL TBF.

Trigger Condition An internal counter tracks the current number of used slave PDCH in the cell. This
internal counter is
- Incremented when one UL or DL TBF is carried by a salve PDCH.
- Decremented when no UL or DL TBF is carried by a slave PDCH.
Whenever this internal counter is decremented, its new value is compared with the
stored minimum number of
used PDCHs in the cell. If this value is lower than the stored minimum value,
the value becomes the new minimum.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PDCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1371 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.99 P52a - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_GPRS_ACK

Long Name CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_GPRS_ACK

Definition Cumulated time duration of all active DL TBFs established in GPRS mode and
RLC acknowledged mode
Note: An active DL TBF connection is a DL TBF not in delayed release state.

Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all active DL TBFs
established in GPRS mode and in RLC acknowledged mode in the cell over the
granularity period.
For a given DL TBF, the counter starts at the establishment of the DL TBF in
GPRS mode and RLC acknowledged mode upon the receipt from the Mobile
Station of 04.60 a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message on
PACCH/U during the DL TBF establishment procedure.
Once the DL TBF enters the delayed release state, the counter is suspended upon
the receipt from the mobile station of an 04.60 PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK
message acknowledging the correct reception of all the useful LLC PDUs. The
counter is resumed once the TBF becomes active again, i.e. when a new downlink
LLC PDU is sent to the Mobile Station.
In case of normal DL TBF releases, the counter stops for a given DL TBF
upon the receipt of the RLC indication indicating that the TBF has entered the
delayed phase. The DL TBF enters the delayed phase upon the receipt of the
acknowledgment of the last useful RLC data block with (FBI = 0 and a polling
indication).
In case of abnormal DL TBF releases, the counter stops for a given DL TBF at the
time when the RRM layer has received the acknowledgment of the last DL LLC
PDU. The case the DL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed as
an abnormal DL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x)/10).
The DL TBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity period are not
taken into account in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only
when the DL TBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very
long" TBF, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated)
cumulated value.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1372 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.100 P52b - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_GPRS_NACK

Long Name CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_GPRS_NACK

Definition Cumulated time duration of all active DL TBFs established in GPRS mode and
RLC unacknowledged mode
Note: An active DL TBF connection is a DL TBF not in delayed release state.

Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all active DL TBFs
established in GPRS mode and in RLC unacknowledged mode in the cell over the
granularity period.
For a given DL TBF, the counter starts at the establishment of the DL TBF in
GPRS mode and RLC unacknowledged mode upon the receipt from the Mobile
Station of 04.60 a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message on
PACCH/U during the DL TBF establishment procedure.
Once the DL TBF enters the delayed release state, the counter is suspended upon
reception from the mobile station of an 04.60 PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK
message acknowledging the reception of the first RLC data block of the last useful
DL LLC PDUs. The counter is resumed once the TBF becomes active again, i.e.
when a new downlink LLC PDU is sent to the Mobile Station.
In case of normal DL TBF releases, the counter stops for a given TBF upon the
receipt of the RLC indication indicating that the TBF has entered the delayed
phase. The DL TBF enters the delayed phase at the sending of the last useful
RLC data block with (FBI = 0 and a polling indication).
In case of abnormal DL TBF releases, the counter stops for a given DL TBF at
the time when the RRM layer has sent the last DL LLC PDU to the RLC layer.
The case the DL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed as an
abnormal DL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x)/10).
The DL TBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity period are not
taken into account in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only
when the DL TBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very
long" TBF, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated)
cumulated value.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1373 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.101 P52c - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_EGPRS_ACK

Long Name CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_EGPRS_ACK

Definition Cumulated time duration of all active DL TBFs established in EGPRS mode and
RLC acknowledged mode.
Note: An active DL TBF connection is a DL TBF not in delayed release state.

Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all active DL TBFs
established in EGPRS mode and in RLC acknowledged mode in the cell over the
granularity period.
For a given DL TBF, the counter starts at the establishment of the DL TBF in
EGPRS mode and RLC acknowledged mode upon the receipt from the Mobile
Station of 04.60 a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message on
PACCH/U during the DL TBF establishment procedure.
Once the DL TBF enters the delayed release state, the counter is suspended upon
the receipt from the mobile station of an 04.60 EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK
ACK/NACK message acknowledging the receipt of first DL RLC data block of the
last DL LLC PDU. The counter is resumed once the TBF becomes active again,
i.e. when a new downlink LLC PDU is sent to the Mobile Station.
In case of normal DL TBF releases, the counter stops for a given DL TBF
upon the receipt of the RLC indication indicating that the TBF has entered the
delayed phase. The DL TBF enters the delayed phase upon the receipt of the
acknowledgment of the last useful RLC data block with (FBI = 0 and a polling
indication).
In case of abnormal DL TBF releases, the counter stops for a given DL TBF at the
time when the RRM layer has received the acknowledgment of the last DL LLC
PDU. The case the DL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed as
an abnormal DL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x)/10).
The DL TBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity period are not
taken into account in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only
when the DL TBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very
long" TBF, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated)
cumulated value.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1374 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.102 P52d - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_EGPRS_NACK

Long Name CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_EGPRS_NACK

Definition Cumulated time duration of all active DL TBFs established in EGPRS mode and
RLC unacknowledged mode.
Note: An active DL TBF connection is a DL TBF not in delayed release state.

Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all active DL TBFs
established in EGPRS mode and in RLC unacknowledged mode in the cell over
the granularity period.
For a given DL TBF, the counter starts at the establishment of the DL TBF in
EGPRS mode and RLC unacknowledged mode upon the receipt from the Mobile
Station of 04.60 a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message on
PACCH/U during the DL TBF establishment procedure.
Once the DL TBF enters the delayed release state, the counter is suspended upon
the receipt from the mobile station of an 04.60 EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK
ACK/NACK message acknowledging the reception of the first RLC data block of
the last useful DL LLC PDUs. The counter is resumed once the TBF becomes
active again, i.e. when a new downlink LLC PDU is sent to the Mobile Station.
In case of normal DL TBF releases, the counter stops for a given TBF upon the
receipt of the RLC indication indicating that the TBF has entered the delayed
phase. The DL TBF enters the delayed phase at the sending of the last useful
RLC data block with (FBI = 0 and a polling indication).
In case of abnormal DL TBF releases, the counter stops for a given DL TBF at
the time when the RRM layer has sent the last DL LLC PDU to the RLC layer.
The case the DL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed as an
abnormal DL TBF release.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x)/10).
The DL TBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity period are not
taken into account in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only
when the DL TBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very
long" TBF, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated)
cumulated value.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1375 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.103 P531a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1

Definition First class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 1.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 1 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_0<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_1
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_0 = 0 kbit/s

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1376 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.104 P531a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10

Definition Tenth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 10.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 10 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_10

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1377 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.105 P531a_11 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_11

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_11

Definition Eleventh class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 11.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 11 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_10<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_11

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1378 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.106 P531a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2

Definition Second class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 2.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 2 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_1<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_2

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1379 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.107 P531a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3

Definition Third class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 3.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 3 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_2<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_3

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1380 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.108 P531a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4

Definition Fourth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 4.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 4 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_3<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_4

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1381 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.109 P531a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5

Definition Fifth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 5.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 5 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_4<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_5

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1382 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.110 P531a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6

Definition Sixth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 6.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 6 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_5<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_6

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1383 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.111 P531a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7

Definition Seventh class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 7.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 7 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_6<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_7

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1384 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.112 P531a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8

Definition Eighth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 8.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 8 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_7<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_8

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1385 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.113 P531a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9

Definition Ninth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 9.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 9 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_8<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1386 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.114 P531b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1

Definition First class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 1.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 1 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_0<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_1
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_0 = 0 kbit/s

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
EGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1387 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.115 P531b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10

Definition Tenth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 10.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 10 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_10

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
EGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1388 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.116 P531b_11 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_11

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_11

Definition Eleventh class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 11.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 11 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_10 <= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_11

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
EGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1389 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.117 P531b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2

Definition Second class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 2.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 2 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_1<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_2

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
EGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1390 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.118 P531b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3

Definition Third class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class3.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 3 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_2<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_3

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
EGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1391 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.119 P531b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4

Definition Fourth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 4.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 4 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_3<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_4

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
EGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1392 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.120 P531b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5

Definition Fifth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 5.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 5 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_4<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_5

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
EGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1393 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.121 P531b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6

Definition Sixth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 6.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 6 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_5<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_6

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
EGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1394 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.122 P531b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7

Definition Seventh class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 7.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 7 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_6<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_7

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
EGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1395 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.123 P531b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8

Definition Eighth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 8.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 8 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_7<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_8

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
EGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1396 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.124 P531b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9

Definition Ninth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC
throughput class 9.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 9 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_8<= LLC throughput <
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
EGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1397 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.125 P532a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1

Definition First class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 1.
GPRS LLC throughput class 1 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_0<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_1
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_0 = 0 kbit/s

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
– The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a
UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1398 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.126 P532a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10

Definition Tenth class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 10.
GPRS LLC throughput class 10 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_10

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1399 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.127 P532a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2

Definition Second class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 2.
GPRS LLC throughput class 2 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_1<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_2

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is provided by RLC to RRM
when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1400 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.128 P532a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3

Definition Third class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 3.
GPRS LLC throughput class 3 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_2<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_3

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1401 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.129 P532a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4

Definition Fourth class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 4.
GPRS LLC throughput class 4 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_3<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_4

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1402 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.130 P532a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5

Definition Fifth class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 5.
GPRS LLC throughput class 5 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_4<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_5

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1403 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.131 P532a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6

Definition Sixth class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 6.
GPRS LLC throughput class 6 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_5<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_6

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1404 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.132 P532a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7

Definition Seventh class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 7.
GPRS LLC throughput class 7 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_6<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_7

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1405 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.133 P532a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8

Definition Eighth class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 8.
GPRS LLC throughput class 8 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_7<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_8

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1406 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.134 P532a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9

Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9

Definition Ninth class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 9.
GPRS LLC throughput class 9 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_8<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBF
established in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDU
size/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution
is incremented by one.
Note :
-Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimated by RRM when a UL
LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1407 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.135 P532b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1

Definition First class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 1.
GPRS LLC throughput class 1 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_0<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_1
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_0 = 0 kbit/s

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
GPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1408 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.136 P532b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10

Definition Tenth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 10.
GPRS LLC throughput class 10 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_10

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
GPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1409 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.137 P532b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2

Definition Second class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 2.
GPRS LLC throughput class 2 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_1<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_2

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
GPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1410 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.138 P532b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3

Definition Third class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 3.
GPRS LLC throughput class 3 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_2<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_3

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
GPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1411 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.139 P532b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4

Definition Fourth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 4.
GPRS LLC throughput class 4 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_3<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_4

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
GPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1412 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.140 P532b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5

Definition Fifth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 5.
GPRS LLC throughput class 5 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_4<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_5

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
GPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1413 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.141 P532b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6

Definition Sixth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 6.
GPRS LLC throughput class 6 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_5<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_6

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
GPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1414 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.142 P532b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7

Definition Seventh class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 7.
GPRS LLC throughput class 7 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_6<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_7

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
GPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1415 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.143 P532b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8

Definition Eighth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 8.
GPRS LLC throughput class 8 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_7<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_8

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
GPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1416 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.144 P532b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9

Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9

Definition Ninth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.

It contains :
1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughput is in GPRS LLC
throughput class 9.
GPRS LLC throughput class 9 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_8<= LLC throughput <
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9

Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established in
GPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.
When the MS context is deleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC
PDU size/cumulated transfer duration) is estimated and the suitable class of the
distribution is incremented by one.
Note :
- Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.
- The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM when
a LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1417 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.145 P62d - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_PIM

Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_PIM

Definition Number of UL TBF establishment requests on (P)CCCH for EGPRS capable

MS in packet idle mode.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by one whenever the MFS receives:
- An 44.018 EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message on RACH, or
- An 44.060 EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message on PRACH, or
- An 44.060 PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message from an EGPRS capable
MS.
Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only take into
account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1418 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.146 P90g - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_PIM

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_PIM

Definition Number of DL TBF establishments on (P)CCCH for EGPRS capable MS in packet

idle mode successfully served in EGPRS mode.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives a PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message indicating that the DL TBF has been
successfully established on (P)CCCH in EGPRS mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1419 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.3.5.147 P91g - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_PIM

Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_PIM

Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests for EGPRS capable MS in packet

idle mode

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by one whenever the MFS receives a DL LLC PDU for
an EGPRS capable MS in packet idle mode.
Note: If transmission resources are available, this event will trigger a DL TBF
establishment on (P)CCCH (in GPRS mode or in EGPRS mode).
Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only take into
account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.
Note: This counter only applies in an EGPRS cell.
In case of GPRS-only cell, this counter is not incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1420 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4 Traffic load

26.4.1 All Traffic load
P10 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_DISC_CONG (Section 26.4.5.1 )
P103 - NB_ERROR_UL_GCH_FRAME (Section 26.4.2.1 )
P104 - NB_LLC_PDU_GPU (Section 26.4.5.2 )
P180a - NB_SGSN_SELECTION_NSF (Section 26.4.3.1 )
P180b - NB_SGSN_SELECTION_NSF_RIM (Section 26.4.3.2 )
P201 - TIME_PTU_CPU_DSP_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.3 )
P201bis - TIME_SCP_CPU_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.4 )
P202 - TIME_PTU_CPU_DSP_OVERLOAD (Section 26.4.5.5 )
P202bis - TIME_SCP_CPU_OVERLOAD (Section 26.4.5.6 )
P20a - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS1 (Section 26.4.5.7 )
P20b - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS2 (Section 26.4.5.8 )
P20c - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS3 (Section 26.4.5.9 )
P20d - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS4 (Section 26.4.5.10 )
P20f - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS1 (Section 26.4.5.11 )
P20g - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS2 (Section 26.4.5.12 )
P20h - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS3 (Section 26.4.5.13 )
P20i - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS4 (Section 26.4.5.14 )
P20j - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS5 (Section 26.4.5.15 )
P20k - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS6 (Section 26.4.5.16 )
P20l - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS7 (Section 26.4.5.17 )
P20m - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS8 (Section 26.4.5.18 )
P20n - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS9 (Section 26.4.5.19 )
P21a - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS1 (Section 26.4.5.20 )
P21b - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS2 (Section 26.4.5.21 )
P21c - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS3 (Section 26.4.5.22 )
P21d - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS4 (Section 26.4.5.23 )
P21f - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS1 (Section 26.4.5.24 )
P21g - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS2 (Section 26.4.5.25 )
P21h - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS3 (Section 26.4.5.26 )
P21i - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS4 (Section 26.4.5.27 )
P21j - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS5 (Section 26.4.5.28 )
P21k - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS6 (Section 26.4.5.29 )
P21l - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS7 (Section 26.4.5.30 )
P21m - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS8 (Section 26.4.5.31 )
P21n - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS9 (Section 26.4.5.32 )
P23 - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_DISC_CONG (Section 26.4.3.3 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1421 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P310a - NB_STALL_IND_MS_GPRS (Section 26.4.5.33 )

P310b - NB_STALL_IND_MS_EGPRS (Section 26.4.5.34 )
P310c - NB_STALL_STATE_GPRS_DL_TBF (Section 26.4.5.35 )
P310d - NB_STALL_STATE_EGPRS_DL_TBF (Section 26.4.5.36 )
P335 - AV_DL_TX_EFF_GPRS (Section 26.4.5.37 )
P336 - AV_UL_TX_EFF_GPRS (Section 26.4.5.38 )
P350a - NB_DL_RADIO_BLOCK_PDTCH (Section 26.4.5.39 )
P350b - NB_UL_RADIO_BLOCK_PDTCH (Section 26.4.5.40 )
P351a - NB_DL_CS_ADAPT_INCREASE (Section 26.4.5.41 )
P351b - NB_DL_CS_ADAPT_DECREASE (Section 26.4.5.42 )
P352a - NB_UL_CS_ADAPT_INCREASE (Section 26.4.5.43 )
P352b - NB_UL_CS_ADAPT_DECREASE (Section 26.4.5.44 )
P384 - Time_DSP_Cong (Section 26.4.5.45 )
P384bis - TIME_SCP_CONG (Section 26.4.5.46 )
P384ter - TIME_GPU_BUFFER_CONG (Section 26.4.5.47 )
P390a - NB_BSS_CS_PAGING_REQ_GPU (Section 26.4.5.48 )
P390b - NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_PACCH (Section 26.4.5.49 )
P391a - NB_PS_PAGING_REQ_GPU (Section 26.4.5.50 )
P391b - NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_GPU (Section 26.4.5.51 )
P391c - NB_CS_PAGING_WITH_GLOBAL_CN_ID_GPU (Section 26.4.5.52 )
P392a - AV_NB_MS_CONTEXTS (Section 26.4.5.53 )
P392b - MAX_NB_MS_CONTEXTS (Section 26.4.5.54 )
P399 - SIG_BLKS_PRACH_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.55 )
P400 - SIG_BLKS_PAGCH_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.56 )
P401 - SIG_BLKS_PACCH_UL_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.57 )
P402 - TIME_PMU_OVERLOAD (Section 26.4.5.58 )
P41 - NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_BSC (Section 26.4.2.2 )
P413 - NB_GPRS_SESSIONS (Section 26.4.5.59 )
P42 - NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_BSC (Section 26.4.2.3 )
P421 - NB_DUMMY_RLC_DATA_BLOCKS (Section 26.4.5.60 )
P43 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES (Section 26.4.3.4 )
P438a - SIG_BLKS_NC2_UL_PACCH_PTM_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.61 )
P438b - SIG_BLKS_NC2_DL_PACCH_PTM_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.62 )
P438c - SIG_BLKS_NC2_UL_PACCH_CCCH_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.63 )
P438d - SIG_BLKS_NC2_PRACH_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.64 )
P439 - SIG_BLKS_UL_PACCH_CCCH_PRR_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.65 )
P43a - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_ACK (Section 26.4.5.66 )
P43b - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_NACK (Section 26.4.5.67 )
P43c - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_ACK (Section 26.4.5.68 )

1422 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P43d - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_NACK (Section 26.4.5.69 )

P44 - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES (Section 26.4.3.5 )
P44a - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_ACK (Section 26.4.5.70 )
P44b - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_NACK (Section 26.4.5.71 )
P44c - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_ACK (Section 26.4.5.72 )
P44d - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_NACK (Section 26.4.5.73 )
P45 - NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_SGSN (Section 26.4.3.6 )
P450a - NB_R97_R98_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section 26.4.5.74 )
P450b - NB_GPRS_R99_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section 26.4.5.75 )
P450c - NB_EGPRS_R99_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section 26.4.5.76 )
P450d - NB_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section 26.4.5.77 )
P450e - NB_GERAN_FEATURE_PACK1_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section
26.4.5.78 )
P450f - NB_E_UTRA_FDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section
26.4.5.79 )
P450g - NB_UTRA_FDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section 26.4.5.80 )
P450h - NB_UTRA_TDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section 26.4.5.81 )
P450i - NB_E_UTRA_TDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU (Section
26.4.5.82 )
P457 - NB_PSI_MES (Section 26.4.5.83 )
P459 - NB_NEIGH_PSI_MES (Section 26.4.5.84 )
P45a - NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_SGSN_GBIP (Section 26.4.3.7 )
P46 - NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_SGSN (Section 26.4.3.8 )
P462 - NB_DUMMY_UL_BLOCKS (Section 26.4.5.85 )
P46a - NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_SGSN_GBIP (Section 26.4.3.9 )
P49 - NB_IMM_ASS_AGCH (Section 26.4.5.86 )
P530a_1 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_0_TO_10 (Section 26.4.5.87 )
P530a_2 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_11_TO_12 (Section 26.4.5.88 )
P530a_3 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_3X (Section 26.4.5.89 )
P530a_4 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_4X (Section 26.4.5.90 )
P530a_5 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_TO_34 (Section 26.4.5.91 )
P530b_5 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_31_TO_33 (Section 26.4.5.92 )
P53a - NB_PS_PAGING_REQ_PCH (Section 26.4.5.93 )
P53b - NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_PCH (Section 26.4.5.94 )
P53c - NB_IMM_ASS_PCH (Section 26.4.5.95 )
P53d - NB_CS_PAGING_WITH_GLOBAL_CN_ID_PCH (Section 26.4.5.96 )
P541a - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS (Section 26.4.4.1 )
P541b - NB_MFS_RESENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS (Section 26.4.4.2 )
P541d - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_BYTES (Section 26.4.4.3 )
P542a - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS (Section 26.4.4.4 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1423 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P542b - NB_MFS_RESENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS (Section 26.4.4.5 )

P542d - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_BYTES (Section 26.4.4.6 )
P543a - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHC_IP_PACKETS (Section 26.4.4.7 )
P543d - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHC_IP_BYTES (Section 26.4.4.8 )
P549a - TIME_PS_DL_BE_CONGESTION (Section 26.4.4.9 )
P55a - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS1 (Section 26.4.5.97 )
P55b - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS2 (Section 26.4.5.98 )
P55c - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS3 (Section 26.4.5.99 )
P55d - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS4 (Section 26.4.5.100 )
P55e - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS1 (Section 26.4.5.101 )
P55f - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS2 (Section 26.4.5.102 )
P55g - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS3 (Section 26.4.5.103 )
P55h - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS4 (Section 26.4.5.104 )
P55i - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS5 (Section 26.4.5.105 )
P55j - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS6 (Section 26.4.5.106 )
P55k - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS7 (Section 26.4.5.107 )
P55l - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS8 (Section 26.4.5.108 )
P55m - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS9 (Section 26.4.5.109 )
P57a - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS1 (Section 26.4.5.110 )
P57b - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS2 (Section 26.4.5.111 )
P57c - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS3 (Section 26.4.5.112 )
P57d - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS4 (Section 26.4.5.113 )
P57e - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS1 (Section 26.4.5.114 )
P57f - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS2 (Section 26.4.5.115 )
P57g - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS3 (Section 26.4.5.116 )
P57h - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS4 (Section 26.4.5.117 )
P57i - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS5 (Section 26.4.5.118 )
P57j - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS6 (Section 26.4.5.119 )
P57k - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS7 (Section 26.4.5.120 )
P57l - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS8 (Section 26.4.5.121 )
P57m - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS9 (Section 26.4.5.122 )
P59 - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PACCH (Section 26.4.5.123 )
P60 - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PACCH (Section 26.4.5.124 )
P61 - SIG_BLKS_PPCH_LOAD (Section 26.4.5.125 )
P61a - NB_PACK_PS_PAGING_REQ_PPCH (Section 26.4.5.126 )
P61b - NB_PACK_CS_PAGING_REQ_PPCH (Section 26.4.5.127 )
P68 - NB_DL_LLC_COUNT_IM (Section 26.4.3.10 )
P69 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_IM (Section 26.4.3.11 )
P72c - NB_DL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_CS (Section 26.4.5.128 )

1424 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

P72d - NB_DL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_MCS (Section 26.4.5.129 )

P73c - NB_UL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_CS (Section 26.4.5.130 )
P73d - NB_UL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_MCS (Section 26.4.5.131 )
P74 - NB_DL_PDU_TRANSMITTED (Section 26.4.5.132 )
P75 - NB_UL_PDU_TRANSMITTED (Section 26.4.5.133 )
P76a - AV_PMU_CPU_POWER_BUDGET (Section 26.4.5.134 )
P77a - MAX_PMU_CPU_POWER_BUDGET (Section 26.4.5.135 )
P95 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_REROUTED (Section 26.4.5.136 )
P96 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_NOT_REROUTED (Section 26.4.5.137 )
P97 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_REROUTED_RECEIVED (Section 26.4.5.138 )
P99 - NB_LLC_BYTES_DISC_SUSPEND (Section 26.4.5.139 )

26.4.2 Ater interface

26.4.2.1 P103 - NB_ERROR_UL_GCH_FRAME

Long Name NB_ERROR_UL_GCH_FRAME

Definition Number of GCH frames badly received by the MFS (due to a bad CRC).

Trigger Condition Whenever the EGCH layer detects that a GCH frame has not been correctly
decoded in the MFS (due a bad CRC).

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1425 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.2.2 P41 - NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_BSC

Long Name NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_BSC

Definition Number of kilo bytes sent to the BSC on the LapD link.

Trigger Condition For each message sent to the BSC on the LapD link, the counter is incremented
by the number of bytes of the message. The result is expressed in kilo bytes.

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 LapD

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LapD

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1426 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.2.3 P42 - NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_BSC

Long Name NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_BSC

Definition Number of kilo bytes received from the BSC on the LapD link.

Trigger Condition For each message received from the BSC on the LapD link, the counter is
incremented by the number of bytes of the message. The result is expressed
in kilo bytes.

Sub Domain 1 Ater interface

Sub Domain 2 LapD

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LapD

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1427 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.3 Gb interface
26.4.3.1 P180a - NB_SGSN_SELECTION_NSF

Long Name NB_SGSN_SELECTION_NSF

Definition Number of time a SGSN is selected by the Node Selection Function.

Trigger Condition Each time a SGSN is selected by the Node Selection Function and whatever the
cause of the selection, this counter is incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 Gbflex

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object SGSN_ID

External Comment –

Feature Name Gb-Flex

1428 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.3.2 P180b - NB_SGSN_SELECTION_NSF_RIM

Long Name NB_SGSN_SELECTION_NSF_RIM

Definition Number of time a SGSN is selected by the Node Selection Function for
RIM_NACC.

Trigger Condition Each time a SGSN is selected by the Node Selection Function and the selection is
for RIM_NACC, this counter is incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 Gbflex

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object SGSN_ID

External Comment –

Feature Name Gb-Flex

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1429 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.3.3 P23 - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_DISC_CONG

Long Name NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_DISC_CONG

Definition Number of UL LLC bytes discarded due to congestion in the SNS sublayer (the
MS is obviously in packet transfer mode UL).

Trigger Condition Whenever an UL LLC PDU is discarded by the SNS sublayer due to congestion
situation on the Frame Relay.

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object PVC

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1430 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.3.4 P43 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES

Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES

Definition Number of DL LLC bytes received from the SGSN at BSSGP level per cell.

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS receives a DL 08.18 UNITDATA from the SGSN to transmit to
the cell, the counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the LLC PDU(s).

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 BVC (Cell)

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1431 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.3.5 P44 - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES

Long Name NB_UL_LLC_BYTES

Definition Number of UL LLC bytes received from the MS at BSSGP (08.18) sublayer per cell.

Trigger Condition Whenever the BSSGP sublayer receives an UL 08.18 UNITDATA from the
MAC/RLC sublayer to transmit to the SGSN, the counter is incremented by the
number of bytes of the LLC PDU(s).

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 BVC (Cell)

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1432 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.3.6 P45 - NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_SGSN

Long Name NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_SGSN

Definition Number of kilo bytes received from the SGSN at SNS sublayer.

Trigger Condition For each message received from the SGSN, the counter is incremented by the
number of bytes of the message. The result is expressed in kilo bytes.

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 PVC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object PVC

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1433 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.3.7 P45a - NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_SGSN_GBIP

Long Name NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_SGSN_GBIP

Definition Number of kilo bytes received from one IpEndPoint.

Trigger Condition For each message received from one IpEndPoint, the counter is incremented by
the number of bytes of the message. The result is expressed in kilo bytes.

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 SGSN_IP_NSVC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object SGSN_IP_NSVC

External Comment –

Feature Name Gb over IP

1434 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.3.8 P46 - NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_SGSN

Long Name NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_SGSN

Definition Number of kilo bytes sent to the SGSN.

Trigger Condition For each message sent to the SGSN, the counter is incremented by the number of
bytes of the message. The result is expressed in kilo bytes.

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 PVC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object PVC

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1435 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.3.9 P46a - NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_SGSN_GBIP

Long Name NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_SGSN_GBIP

Definition Number of kilo bytes sent to one IpEndPoint.

Trigger Condition For each message sent to one IpEndPoint, the counter is incremented by the
number of bytes of the message. The result is expressed in kilo bytes.

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 SGSN_IP_NSVC

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object SGSN_IP_NSVC

External Comment –

Feature Name Gb over IP

1436 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.3.10 P68 - NB_DL_LLC_COUNT_IM

Long Name NB_DL_LLC_COUNT_IM

Definition Number of DL LLC-PDU received from the SGSN at BSSGP level per cell coming
from Instant Message Service such as QQ.

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS receives a DL UNITDATA from the SGSN to transmit to the cell
with its Service Class Indicator (SCI) corresponding to Instant Message Service
(x11 in hexadecimal), the counter is incremented by 1.

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 BVC (Cell)

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1437 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.3.11 P69 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_IM

Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_IM

Definition Number of DL LLC-PDU bytes received from the SGSN at BSSGP level per cell
coming from Instant Message Service such as QQ.

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS receives a DL UNITDATA from the SGSN to transmit to the cell
with its Service Class Indicator (SCI) corresponding to Instant Message Service
(x11 in hexadecimal), the counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the
LLC PDU(s).

Sub Domain 1 Gb interface

Sub Domain 2 BVC (Cell)

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1438 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.4 IP interface
26.4.4.1 P541a - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS

Definition This counter counts the number of IPGCHU segments sent to a BTS by MFS on
the GBR flow during the GP.

Trigger Condition Each time a IPGCHU segments is sent to a BTS by MFS in a GBR flow, the
counter is incremented.
Note:
Retransmitted IPGCHU IP segments are not taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 IP interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH IP

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object BTS

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1439 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.4.2 P541b - NB_MFS_RESENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_MFS_RESENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS

Definition This counter counts the number of IPGCHU segments resent to a BTS by MFS on
the GBR flow during the GP.

Trigger Condition Each time a IPGCHU segments is resent to a BTS by MFS in a GBR flow, the
counter is incremented.
Note:
Only Retransmitted IPGCHU segments are taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 IP interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH IP

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object BTS

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

1440 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.4.3 P541d - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_BYTES

Long Name NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_BYTES

Definition This counter counts the number of bytes of IPGCHU segments sent to a BTS by
the MFS on the GBR flow during the GP.

Trigger Condition Each time a IPGCHU segments is sent in a GBR flow, the counter is incremented
by the amount of bytes of IPGCHU segments.
Note:
- IPGCHU headers are taken into account
- Retransmitted segments are not taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 IP interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH IP

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object BTS

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1441 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.4.4 P542a - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS

Definition This counter counts the number of IPGCHU segments sent to a BTS by MFS
on the BE flow during the GP.

Trigger Condition Each time a IPGCHU segment is sent to a BTS by MFS in a BE flow, the counter
is incremented.
Note:
Retransmitted IPGCHU segments are not taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 IP interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH IP

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object BTS

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

1442 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.4.5 P542b - NB_MFS_RESENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_MFS_RESENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS

Definition This counter counts the number of IPGCHU segments resent to a BTS by MFS
on the BE flow during the GP.

Trigger Condition Each time a IPGCHU segment is resent to a BTS by MFS in a BE flow, the counter
is incremented.
Note:
Only Retransmitted IPGCHU segments are taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 IP interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH IP

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object BTS

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1443 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.4.6 P542d - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_BYTES

Long Name NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_BYTES

Definition This counter counts the number of bytes of IPGCHU segments sent to a BTS by
the MFS on the BE flow during the GP.

Trigger Condition Each time a IPGCHU segment is sent in a BE flow, the counter is incremented by
the amount of bytes of IPGCHU IP packets.
Note:
- IPGCHU headers are taken into account
-Retransmitted IPGCHU segments are not taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 IP interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH IP

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object BTS

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

1444 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.4.7 P543a - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHC_IP_PACKETS

Long Name NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHC_IP_PACKETS

Definition This counter counts the number of IPGCHC control messages sent to a BTS by
the MFS on the control flow during the GP.

Trigger Condition Each time a IPGCHU control message is sent in a control flow, the counter is
incremented.

Sub Domain 1 IP interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH IP

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object BTS

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1445 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.4.8 P543d - NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHC_IP_BYTES

Long Name NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHC_IP_BYTES

Definition This counter counts the number of bytes of IPGCHC control messages sent to a
BTS by MFS on the control flow during the GP.

Trigger Condition Each time a IPGCHC control message is sent to a BTS by the MFS in a control
flow, the counter is incremented by the amount of bytes of the messages.

Sub Domain 1 IP interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH IP

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object BTS

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

1446 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.4.9 P549a - TIME_PS_DL_BE_CONGESTION

Long Name TIME_PS_DL_BE_CONGESTION

Definition Time during which the Abis bandwidth in DL is in congestion.

Trigger Condition Each time a delay measurement is received in the MFS, the MFS cumulates the
time the Abis bandwidth in DL is in congestion.
The Abis bandwidth in DL is in congestion when measured delay =>
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Sub Domain 1 IP interface

Sub Domain 2 GCH IP

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Abis_BTS_Group

External Comment –

Feature Name IP transport in the BSS

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1447 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5 Radio interface

26.4.5.1 P10 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_DISC_CONG

Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_DISC_CONG

Definition Number of DL LLC bytes discarded due to congestion.

Trigger Condition 1) Whenever the PDU life time of a DL LLC PDU expires, the counter is
incremented by the number of bytes of the LLC PDU.
2) Whenever the MFS receives a DL LLC PDU and the buffer in reception on the
Gb interface is full, the counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the LLC
PDU to discard.
3) Whenever the MFS receives a DL LLC PDU that needs to be discarded due
to 1st or 2nd level of GPU buffer congestion, the counter is incremented by the
number of bytes of the LLC PDU to discard.
4) When the number of DL PDU in the queue is higher than
PDU_REORDER_INHIBIT_THRES_GP(U) (BTP parameter) during a TBF
re-establishment following an abnormal TBF release, the remaining DL PDU are
discarded and the counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the LLC
PDU to discard.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1448 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.2 P104 - NB_LLC_PDU_GPU

Long Name NB_LLC_PDU_GPU

Definition Number of LLC PDU transferred (UL+ DL), Sum of P74 and P75 (cell counters) for
each cells mapped on GPU.

Trigger Condition –

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1449 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.3 P201 - TIME_PTU_CPU_DSP_LOAD

Long Name TIME_PTU_CPU_DSP_LOAD

Definition This counter cumulates the time during which at least a DSP is in CPU load state.

Trigger Condition During the granularity period, the cumulated time during which at least a DSP is
loaded is computed.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Note :
A DSP is said loaded when its CPU load is > =DSP_LOAD_THR1 and <
DSP_LOAD_THR2.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

1450 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.4 P201bis - TIME_SCP_CPU_LOAD

Long Name TIME_SCP_CPU_LOAD

Definition This counter cumulates the time during which at least a BTS module (SCP) is
in CPU load state.

Trigger Condition During the granularity period, the cumulated time during which at least a BTS
module (SCP) is loaded is computed.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).

Note :
A SCP is said loaded when its CPU load is >= IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_1 and <
IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object BTS

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1451 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.5 P202 - TIME_PTU_CPU_DSP_OVERLOAD

Long Name TIME_PTU_CPU_DSP_OVERLOAD

Definition This counter cumulates the time during which at least a DSP is in CPU overload
state.

Trigger Condition During the granularity period, the cumulated time during which at least a DSP is
overloaded is computed.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).
Note :
A DSP is said overloaded when its CPU load is > =DSP_LOAD_THR2.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

1452 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.6 P202bis - TIME_SCP_CPU_OVERLOAD

Long Name TIME_SCP_CPU_OVERLOAD

Definition This counter cumulates the time during which at least a BTS module (SCP) is
in CPU overload state.

Trigger Condition During the granularity period, the cumulated time during which at least a BTS
module (SCP) is overloaded is computed.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.
ROUND(10x) / 10).
Note :
A SCP is said overloaded when its CPU load is >= IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object BTS

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1453 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.7 P20a - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS1

Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS1

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC blocks (except RLC blocks containing
LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in CS-1 retransmitted due
to unacknowledgement of the MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emission
window) on PDTCH encoded in CS-1 is retransmitted to the MS. The
retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the emission
window are not counted (these blocks may be re-transmitted at the end of a TBF
to speed up the release).
In unacknowledged mode, P20a is equal to 0 (no retransmission). Note that RLC
blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only and that can be inserted by
RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF are not taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1454 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.8 P20b - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS2

Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS2

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC blocks (except RLC blocks containing
LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in CS-2 retransmitted due
to unacknowledgement of the MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emission
window) on PDTCH encoded in CS-2 is retransmitted to the MS. The
retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the emission
window are not counted (these blocks may be re-transmitted at the end of a TBF
to speed up the release).
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission). Note that
RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only and that can be inserted
by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF are not taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1455 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.9 P20c - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS3

Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS3

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC blocks (except RLC blocks containing
LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in CS-3 retransmitted due
to unacknowledgement of the MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emission
window) on PDTCH encoded in CS-3 is retransmitted to the MS. The
retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the transmit
window are not counted (these blocks may be re-transmitted at the end of a TBF
to speed up the release).
In unacknowledged mode, P20c is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
Note 1: This counter does not count the blocks re-transmitted at the end of a TBF
to speed up the release or when the RLC transmit window is stalled.
Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI
Commands that can be inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1456 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.10 P20d - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS4

Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS4

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC blocks (except RLC blocks containing
LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in CS-4 retransmitted due
to unacknowledgement of the MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emission
window) on PDTCH encoded in CS-4 is retransmitted to the MS. The
retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the transmit
window are not counted (these blocks may be re-transmitted at the end of a TBF
to speed up the release).
In unacknowledged mode, P20d is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
Note 1: This counter does not count the blocks re-transmitted at the end of a TBF
to speed up the release or when the RLC transmit window is stalled.
Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI
Commands that can be inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1457 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.11 P20f - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS1

Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS1

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blocks
containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-1
retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emission
window) on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-1 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter is incremented .
The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the
transmit window are not counted.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
Note 1: This counter does not count the RLC blocks re-transmitted at the end of a
TBF to speed up the release
or when the RLC transmit window is stalled.
Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI
Commands that can be
inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1458 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.12 P20g - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS2

Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS2

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blocks
containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-2
retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emission
window) on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-2 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter is incremented .
The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the
transmit window are not counted.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
Note 1: This counter does not count the RLC blocks re-transmitted at the end of a
TBF to speed up the release
or when the RLC transmit window is stalled.
Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI
Commands that can be
inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1459 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.13 P20h - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS3

Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS3

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blocks
containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-3
retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emission
window) on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-3 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter is incremented .
The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the
transmit window are not counted.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
Note 1: This counter does not count the RLC blocks re-transmitted at the end of a
TBF to speed up the release
or when the RLC transmit window is stalled.
Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI
Commands that can be
inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1460 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.14 P20i - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS4

Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS4

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blocks
containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-4
retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emission
window) on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-4 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter is incremented .
The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the
transmit window are not counted.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
Note 1: This counter does not count the RLC blocks re-transmitted at the end of a
TBF to speed up the release
or when the RLC transmit window is stalled.
Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI
Commands that can be
inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1461 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.15 P20j - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS5

Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS5

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blocks
containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-5
retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emission
window) on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-5 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter is incremented .
The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the
transmit window are not counted.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
Note 1: This counter does not count the RLC blocks re-transmitted at the end of a
TBF to speed up the release
or when the RLC transmit window is stalled.
Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI
Commands that can be
inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1462 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.16 P20k - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS6

Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS6

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blocks
containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-6
retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emission
window) on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-6 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter is incremented .
The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the
transmit window are not counted.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
Note 1: This counter does not count the RLC blocks re-transmitted at the end of a
TBF to speed up the release
or when the RLC transmit window is stalled.
Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI
Commands that can be
inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1463 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.17 P20l - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS7

Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS7

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blocks
containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-7
retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emission
window) on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-7 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter is incremented .
The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the
transmit window are not counted.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
Note 1: This counter does not count the RLC blocks re-transmitted at the end of a
TBF to speed up the release
or when the RLC transmit window is stalled.
Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI
Commands that can be
inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1464 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.18 P20m - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS8

Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS8

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blocks
containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-8
retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emission
window) on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-8 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter is incremented .
The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the
transmit window are not counted.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
Note 1: This counter does not count the RLC blocks re-transmitted at the end of a
TBF to speed up the release
or when the RLC transmit window is stalled.
Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI
Commands that can be
inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1465 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.19 P20n - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS9

Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS9

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blocks
containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-9
retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emission
window) on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-9 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter is incremented .
The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the
transmit window are not counted.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
Note 1: This counter does not count the RLC blocks re-transmitted at the end of a
TBF to speed up the release
or when the RLC transmit window is stalled.
Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI
Commands that can be
inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1466 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.20 P21a - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS1

Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS1

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC blocks on PDTCH encoded in CS-1

retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in
CS-1 is correctly received by the MFS. In unacknowledged mode, the counter is
equal to 0 (no retransmission).
The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature
shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1467 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.21 P21b - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS2

Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS2

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC blocks on PDTCH encoded in CS-2

retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in
CS-2 is correctly received by the MFS. In unacknowledged mode, the counter is
equal to 0 (no retransmission).
The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature
shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1468 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.22 P21c - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS3

Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS3

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC blocks on PDTCH encoded in CS-3

retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in
CS-3 is correctly received by the MFS.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature
shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1469 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.23 P21d - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS4

Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS4

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC blocks on PDTCH encoded in CS-4

retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in
CS-4 is correctly received by the MFS.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature
shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1470 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.24 P21f - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS1

Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS1

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCH

encoded in MCS-1 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-1 is correctly received by
the MFS, the counter is incremented.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature
shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1471 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.25 P21g - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS2

Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS2

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCH

encoded in MCS-2 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-2 is correctly received by
the MFS, the counter is incremented.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature
shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1472 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.26 P21h - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS3

Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS3

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCH

encoded in MCS-3 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-3 is correctly received by
the MFS, the counter is incremented.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature
shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1473 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.27 P21i - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS4

Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS4

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCH

encoded in MCS-4 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-4 is correctly received by
the MFS, the counter is incremented.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature
shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1474 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.28 P21j - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS5

Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS5

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCH

encoded in MCS-5 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-5 is correctly received by
the MFS, the counter is incremented.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature
shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1475 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.29 P21k - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS6

Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS6

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCH

encoded in MCS-6 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-6 is correctly received by
the MFS, the counter is incremented.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature
shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1476 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.30 P21l - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS7

Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS7

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCH

encoded in MCS-7 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-7 is correctly received by
the MFS, the counter is incremented.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature
shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1477 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.31 P21m - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS8

Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS8

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCH

encoded in MCS-8 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-8 is correctly received by
the MFS, the counter is incremented.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature
shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1478 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.32 P21n - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS9

Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS9

Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCH

encoded in MCS-9 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in
MCS-9 is correctly received by
the MFS, the counter is incremented.
In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).
The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature
shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1479 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.33 P310a - NB_STALL_IND_MS_GPRS

Long Name NB_STALL_IND_MS_GPRS

Definition Number of stall indications from the MS for an GPRS uplink TBF.

Trigger Condition Detected transitions from SI=0 to SI=1 for an GPRS uplink TBF (stall indications
from the MS).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1480 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.34 P310b - NB_STALL_IND_MS_EGPRS

Long Name NB_STALL_IND_MS_EGPRS

Definition Number of stall indications from MS for an EGPRS uplink TBF.

Trigger Condition Detected transitions from SI=0 to SI=1 for an EGPRS uplink TBF (stall indications
from the MS).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1481 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.35 P310c - NB_STALL_STATE_GPRS_DL_TBF

Long Name NB_STALL_STATE_GPRS_DL_TBF

Definition Number of times the MFS RLC transmit window enters the stall state for a GPRS
DL TBF.

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS RLC transmit window enters the stall state for a GPRS DL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1482 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.36 P310d - NB_STALL_STATE_EGPRS_DL_TBF

Long Name NB_STALL_STATE_EGPRS_DL_TBF

Definition Number of times the MFS RLC transmit window enters the stall state for an
EGPRS DL TBF.

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS RLC transmit window enters the stall state for an EGPRS
DL TBF.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1483 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.37 P335 - AV_DL_TX_EFF_GPRS

Long Name AV_DL_TX_EFF_GPRS

Definition Average TX_EFFICIENCY computed on DL TBFs established in GPRS mode.

Trigger Condition Each time TX_EFFICIENCY is tested on a DL TBF established in GPRS mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1484 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.38 P336 - AV_UL_TX_EFF_GPRS

Long Name AV_UL_TX_EFF_GPRS

Definition Average TX_EFFICIENCY computed on UL TBFs established in GPRS mode.

Trigger Condition Each time TX_EFFICIENCY is tested on an UL TBF established in GPRS mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1485 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.39 P350a - NB_DL_RADIO_BLOCK_PDTCH

Long Name NB_DL_RADIO_BLOCK_PDTCH

Definition Number of DL RLC/MAC data blocks sent on PDTCH. The retransmitted radio
blocks are counted.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the MFS sends a DL RLC/MAC data block
on PDTCH. Note that the RLC/MAC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands
are also counted.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1486 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.40 P350b - NB_UL_RADIO_BLOCK_PDTCH

Long Name NB_UL_RADIO_BLOCK_PDTCH

Definition Number of UL RLC/MAC data blocks received on PDTCH. The retransmitted

radio blocks are counted.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives an UL RLC/MAC data
block on PDTCH.
Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1487 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.41 P351a - NB_DL_CS_ADAPT_INCREASE

Long Name NB_DL_CS_ADAPT_INCREASE

Definition Number of coding scheme adaptations from a given coding scheme to a less
robust coding scheme in the downlink direction for GPRS TBFs.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the RLC layer triggers a change of coding
scheme towards a less robust coding scheme in the downlink direction for a GPRS
TBF.
Note 1: This counter is never incremented when the data transfer is resumed while
the DL TBF is in DL TBF delayed.
Note 2: This counter does not apply to EGPRS TBFs.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1488 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.42 P351b - NB_DL_CS_ADAPT_DECREASE

Long Name NB_DL_CS_ADAPT_DECREASE

Definition Number of coding scheme adaptations from a given coding scheme to a more
robust coding scheme in the downlink direction for GPRS TBFs.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the RLC layer triggers a change of coding
scheme towards a more robust coding scheme in the downlink direction (with the
exception below) for a GPRS TBF.
Although the coding scheme may be changed to become more robust, this counter
is not incremented in the following situations:
- When entering the delayed DL TBF release state to send Dummy UI Command,
- When ordered by the RRM layer (e.g. in reallocation when old and new TRX
having different radio configuration),
- When a consecutive lost of 04.60 PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK messages is
detected,
- When the data transfer is resumed while the DL TBF is in DL TBF delayed state.
Note: This counter does not apply to EGPRS TBFs.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1489 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.43 P352a - NB_UL_CS_ADAPT_INCREASE

Long Name NB_UL_CS_ADAPT_INCREASE

Definition Number of coding scheme adaptations from a given coding scheme to a less
robust coding scheme in the uplink direction for GPRS TBFs.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the RLC layer triggers a change of coding
scheme towards a less robust coding scheme in the uplink direction for a GPRS
TBF.
Note: This counter does not apply to EGPRS TBFs.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1490 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.44 P352b - NB_UL_CS_ADAPT_DECREASE

Long Name NB_UL_CS_ADAPT_DECREASE

Definition Number of coding scheme adaptations from a given coding scheme to a more
robust coding scheme in the uplink direction for GPRS TBFs.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the RLC layer triggers a change of coding
scheme towards a more robust coding scheme in the uplink direction for a GPRS
TBF.
Although the coding scheme may be changed to become more robust, this counter
is not incremented in the following situations:
- When ordered by the RRM layer (e.g. in reallocation when old and new TRX
having different radio configuration),
- When the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS
a certain number of times.
Note: This counter does not apply to EGPRS TBFs.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1491 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.45 P384 - Time_DSP_Cong

Long Name Time_DSP_Cong

Definition DSP congestion duration (in seconds).

Trigger Condition The counter is started when a DSP of a GPU enters the congestion state because
one of the following conditions is met:
i) the maximum number of GCHs that can be handled by a DSP is reached
(MAX_GCH_DSP value - N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU value) ,
ii) the maximum number of TRXs that can be handled by a DSP is reached
(MAX_TRX_DSP value) ,
iii) the maximum number of TBFs that can be handled by a DSP is reached
(MAX_TBF_DSP value) ,
iv) the maximum number of PDCHs that can be handled by a DSP is reached
(MAX_PDCH_DSP value) ,
v) the percentage of RLC memory resources used within a DSP does not allow to
serve new TBF (on this DSP) (current DSP memory congestion state is different
from NO_CONGESTION).
The counter is stopped: when all the DSP have left the congestion state.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

1492 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.46 P384bis - TIME_SCP_CONG

Long Name TIME_SCP_CONG

Definition BTS module (SCP) congestion duration (in seconds).

Trigger Condition The counter is started when a BTS module (SCP) enters the congestion state
because one of the following conditions is met:
i) the maximum number of TBFs that can be handled by a PTU is reached
(MAX_TBF_PTU_XX_IP value) ,
ii) the percentage of RLC and/or IPGCH memory resources used within a SCP
does not allow to serve new TBF (on this SCP) (current RLC and/or IPGCH
memory congestion state is different from NO_CONGESTION).
The counter is stopped: when all the SCP of a BTS have left the congestion state.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object BTS

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced Transmission Resource Management

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1493 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.47 P384ter - TIME_GPU_BUFFER_CONG

Long Name TIME_GPU_BUFFER_CONG

Definition GPU buffer congestion duration.

Trigger Condition The counter cumulates the time when a GPU has stepped into the first level of
buffer congestion.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name MFS Defence and Investigation Facilities

1494 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.48 P390a - NB_BSS_CS_PAGING_REQ_GPU

Long Name NB_BSS_CS_PAGING_REQ_GPU

Definition Number of CS paging requests coming from the BSC received by the GPU.

Trigger Condition Whenever a PAGING COORDINATION REQUEST message is received from the
BSC the counter is incremented by the number of valid CS Paging IEs contained
within the message.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced DTM and Paging Coordination

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1495 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.49 P390b - NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_PACCH

Long Name NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_PACCH

Definition Number of CS Paging messages sent on PACCH.

Trigger Condition Whenever a CS Paging message is sent on (DL) PACCH the counter is
incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL PACCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced DTM and Paging Coordination

1496 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.50 P391a - NB_PS_PAGING_REQ_GPU

Long Name NB_PS_PAGING_REQ_GPU

Definition Number of PS paging requests processed by the GPU.

Trigger Condition Whenever a PS paging request is received from the SGSN.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1497 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.51 P391b - NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_GPU

Long Name NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_GPU

Definition Number of CS paging requests processed by the GPU.

Trigger Condition Whenever a CS paging request is received from the SGSN.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1498 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.52 P391c - NB_CS_PAGING_WITH_GLOBAL_CN_ID_GPU

Long Name NB_CS_PAGING_WITH_GLOBAL_CN_ID_GPU

Definition Number of CS paging requests with GLOBAL_CN_ID IE processed by the GPU.

Trigger Condition Whenever a CS paging request with GLOBAL_CN_ID IE is received from the
SGSN.
Note: P391b is also incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1499 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.53 P392a - AV_NB_MS_CONTEXTS

Long Name AV_NB_MS_CONTEXTS

Definition Average number of contexts of MS (in RRM) observed during the granularity
period.

Trigger Condition The number of contexts of MS (in RRM) is observed at each GAUGE polling value.
At the end of the granularity period, the value is averaged.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1500 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.54 P392b - MAX_NB_MS_CONTEXTS

Long Name MAX_NB_MS_CONTEXTS

Definition Maximum number of active contexts of MS (in RRM) observed during the
granularity period.

Trigger Condition Tide mark of counter P392a.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1501 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.55 P399 - SIG_BLKS_PRACH_LOAD

Long Name SIG_BLKS_PRACH_LOAD

Definition PRACH signalling load (expressed in blocks) on all the existing MPDCHs.
The PRACH signalling load is the weighted sum of the used PRACH bursts over
the granularity period. A weight of 0.25 (4 bursts per block) is given to a PRACH
burst occurrence carrying a (EGPRS) Packet Channel Request, whereas a weight
of 0.5 (1 collision = 2 MS attempts) is given to a PRACH burst occurrence on
which a collision has been detected.

Trigger Condition The counter is updated whenever RRM receives from MAC the internal primitive
PRH-PRACH-COLLISION-REPORT-cnf indicating the number of PRACH burst
occurrences carrying a (EGPRS) Packet Channel Request message, and the
number of PRACH occurrences on which a collision has been detected.
Remark: The primitive PRH-PRACH-COLLISION-REPORT-cnf is regularly sent
by the PTU (on PMU demand).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PRACH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1502 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.56 P400 - SIG_BLKS_PAGCH_LOAD

Long Name SIG_BLKS_PAGCH_LOAD

Definition Dedicated PAGCH signalling load on all the existing MPDCHs.

The dedicated PAGCH signalling load represents the number of blocks dedicated
to Packet Uplink Assignment and Packet Access Reject messages over the
granularity period. It evaluated as the weighted sum of these messages sent over
the granularity period.
A weight of 1 is given to the Packet UL Assignment messages sent on PAGCH or
PPCH.
A weight of 0.5 (assuming that 2 access rejects are gathered in one single block)
is given to a Packet Access Reject sent either on PAGCH or PPCH.
Note that the Packet UL Assignment and Packet Access Reject messages sent on
PPCH are counted with P400.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by 1 whenever a Packet UL Assignment is sent on

PAGCH or PPCH.
The counter is incremented by 0.5 whenever a Packet Access reject message
is sent on PAGCH or PPCH.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PAGCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1503 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.57 P401 - SIG_BLKS_PACCH_UL_LOAD

Long Name SIG_BLKS_PACCH_UL_LOAD

Definition UL PACCH signalling load on all the existing PCCCHs.

The UL PACCH signalling load counts the number of PACCH/UL blocks used
on PCCCHs over the granularity period. The following messages are taken into
account:
- Packet Control Ack reported on UL path sent in answer to Packet DL Assignment
sent on PCCCH;
- Packet Resource Request reported on UL path sent in answer to Packet UL
Assignment sent on PCCCH;
- Packet Cell Change Failure sent in an UL RLC control block on PCCCH;
- Packet Measurement Report sent in an UL RLC control block on PCCCH.
The messages sent on PACCH/UL of an on-going TBF are not counted (Packet
DL Ack/Nack, Packet Resource Request, Packet Control Ack).

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by 1 whenever:

- a Packet DL Assignment (with polling) is sent on PCCCH, or;
- a Packet Resource Request is received in answer to a Packet UL Assignment
sent on PCCCH;
- a Packet Cell Change Failure or a Packet Measurement Report message is
received in an UL RLC control block on PCCCH.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL PACCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1504 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.58 P402 - TIME_PMU_OVERLOAD

Long Name TIME_PMU_OVERLOAD

Definition Cumulative time during which the GPU stays in the PPC CPU overload state due
to PPC CPU power limitations.

Trigger Condition The counter is:

- Starts when the GPU enters the PPC CPU overload state, i.e. when the PPC
CPU power budget is strictly higher than the threshold PMU_CPU_Overload.
- Stops when the GPU leaves the PPC CPU overload state, i.e. when the PPC
CPU power budget is below or equal to the threshold PMU_CPU_Overload

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1505 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.59 P413 - NB_GPRS_SESSIONS

Long Name NB_GPRS_SESSIONS

Definition Number of (E)GPRS sessions. A session corresponds to a mobile station and the
BSS exchanging packet data using downlink TBFs, uplink TBFs or both. There is
always at least one TBF active across the whole duration of a session or T3192 is
running.

Trigger Condition A (E)GPRS session starts when for one mobile station, there was no on-going
TBF and one TBF is established. It ends when for that mobile station, there was
one (or two) on-going TBF(s) and one (or both) is (are) released and T3192 is no
longer running. During a session, TBFs may be established and released in both
directions provided there is always at least one direction for which there is an
on-going TBF or T3192 is running.
The detailed triggers are described below:
1) if an MS has got no TBF established and a DL or UL TBF is established then
the session starts when the first RLC data block is sent or received on that TBF;
2) in case an MS has got an UL TBF only, the current session ends when the
last UL RLC data block is received (and no retransmission is required in RLC
acknowledged mode);
3) in case an MS has got a DL TBF only, the current session ends when the final
(EGPRS) PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK is received and no retransmission is
required in RLC acknowledged mode, if T3192 is not started (i.e. T3192 = 0);
4) in case an MS has got a DL TBF only, the final (EGPS) PACKET DOWNLINK
ACK/NACK is received and no retransmission is required in RLC acknowledged
mode, if T3192 is started, the session continues;
5) in case an MS has got a DL (resp UL) TBF on-going and an UL (resp DL) TBF
is established, then the session continues;
6) in case an MS has got both a DL and an UL TBFs on-going and one of the
TBFs gets released, then the session continues;
7) in case an MS has got both a DL and an UL TBFs on-going and both TBFs
are released at the same time, but the timer T3192 is started, then the session
continues (otherwise if T3192=0, then the session ends);
8) in case an MS has got no TBF established, T3192 is running and reaches its
expiry value, the session ends.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1506 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.60 P421 - NB_DUMMY_RLC_DATA_BLOCKS

Long Name NB_DUMMY_RLC_DATA_BLOCKS

Definition Number of RLC data blocks containing only Dummy LLC UI Command PDUs that
have been sent on the radio interface.
Note: This counter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs.

Trigger Condition Each time one RLC data block is sent, if this RLC data block contains only Dummy
LLC UI Command PDUs, this counter is incremented.
Note that both initial transmissions and retransmissions are counted.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1507 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.61 P438a - SIG_BLKS_NC2_UL_PACCH_PTM_LOAD

Long Name SIG_BLKS_NC2_UL_PACCH_PTM_LOAD

Definition Number of UL RLC control blocks received on PACCH/U for MS in packet transfer
mode and used to carry NC2 signalling messages.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives an UL RLC control block
on PACCH/U due to the NC2 mode of operation for MS in packet transfer mode.
Therefore, this counter shall count the following uplink messages:
- Packet Measurement Report
- Packet Cell Change Failure
- Acknowledgement (valid or not) of a Packet Cell Change Order message.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL PACCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1508 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.62 P438b - SIG_BLKS_NC2_DL_PACCH_PTM_LOAD

Long Name SIG_BLKS_NC2_DL_PACCH_PTM_LOAD

Definition Number of DL RLC control blocks sent on PACCH/D for MS in packet transfer
mode and used to carry NC2 signalling messages.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the MFS sends a DL RLC control block on
PACCH/D due to the NC2 mode of operation for MS in packet transfer mode.
Therefore, this counter shall count the following downlink messages:
- Packet Measurement Order
- Packet Cell Change Order.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL PACCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1509 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.63 P438c - SIG_BLKS_NC2_UL_PACCH_CCCH_LOAD

Long Name SIG_BLKS_NC2_UL_PACCH_CCCH_LOAD

Definition Number of UL RLC control blocks received on PACCH/U for MS in packet

idle mode and used to carry NC2 signalling messages (when no PCCCH is
established in the cell)

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives a Packet Measurement
Report or a Packet Cell Change Failure message on a non-PCCCH from a MS in
packet idle mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL PACCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1510 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.64 P438d - SIG_BLKS_NC2_PRACH_LOAD

Long Name SIG_BLKS_NC2_PRACH_LOAD

Definition Number of Packet Channel Request messages with cause "Single block access
without TBF establishment".

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives a Packet Channel
Request messages with cause "Single block access without TBF establishment".

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PRACH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1511 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.65 P439 - SIG_BLKS_UL_PACCH_CCCH_PRR_LOAD

Long Name SIG_BLKS_UL_PACCH_CCCH_PRR_LOAD

Definition Number of Packet Resource Request messages received on PACCH/U for MS in

packet idle mode (when no PCCCH is established in the cell).

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives a Packet Resource
Request message on a slave PDCH (i.e. on a PDCH not carrying any PCCCH)
from a MS in packet idle mode.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL PACCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1512 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.66 P43a - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_ACK

Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_ACK

Definition Number of DL LLC bytes that have been transmitted and acknowledged by the
RLC layer on DL TBFs established in GPRS mode and RLC acknowledged mode.

Trigger Condition Whenever the RRM layer is informed that an DL LLC PDU has been correctly
received by the MS on a DL TBF established in GPRS mode and RLC
acknowledged mode, the counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the
corresponding DL LLC PDU.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1513 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.67 P43b - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_NACK

Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_NACK

Definition Number of DL LLC bytes that have been transmitted by the RLC layer on DL TBFs
established in GPRS mode and RLC unacknowledged mode.

Trigger Condition Whenever the RRM layer is informed that an DL LLC PDU has been correctly
transmitted to the MS on a DL TBF established in GPRS mode and RLC
unacknowledged mode, the counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the
corresponding DL LLC PDU.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1514 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.68 P43c - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_ACK

Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_ACK

Definition Number of DL LLC bytes that have been transmitted and acknowledged by the RLC
layer on DL TBFs established in EGPRS mode and RLC acknowledged mode.

Trigger Condition Whenever the RRM layer is informed that an DL LLC PDU has been correctly
received by the MS on a DL TBF established in EGPRS mode and RLC
acknowledged mode, the counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the
corresponding DL LLC PDU.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1515 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.69 P43d - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_NACK

Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_NACK

Definition Number of DL LLC bytes that have been transmitted by the RLC layer on DL TBFs
established in EGPRS mode and RLC unacknowledged mode.

Trigger Condition Whenever the RRM layer is informed that a DL LLC PDU has been correctly
transmitted to the MS on a DL TBF established in GPRS mode and RLC
unacknowledged mode, the counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the
corresponding DL LLC PDU.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1516 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.70 P44a - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_ACK

Long Name NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_ACK

Definition Number of UL LLC bytes received at RRM layer on UL TBFs established in GPRS
mode and RLC acknowledged mode.

Trigger Condition Whenever the RRM layer receives an UL LLC PDU from the RLC layer on an UL
TBF established in GPRS mode and RLC acknowledged mode, the counter is
incremented by the number of bytes of the received UL LLC PDU.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1517 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.71 P44b - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_NACK

Long Name NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_NACK

Definition Number of UL LLC bytes received at RRM layer on UL TBFs established in GPRS
mode and RLC unacknowledged mode.

Trigger Condition Whenever the RRM layer receives an UL LLC PDU from the RLC layer on an UL
TBF established in GPRS mode and RLC unacknowledged mode, the counter is
incremented by the number of bytes of the received UL LLC PDU.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1518 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.72 P44c - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_ACK

Long Name NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_ACK

Definition Number of UL LLC bytes received at RRM layer on UL TBFs established in

EGPRS mode and RLC acknowledged mode.

Trigger Condition Whenever the RRM layer receives an UL LLC PDU from the RLC layer on an UL
TBF established in EGPRS mode and RLC acknowledged mode, the counter is
incremented by the number of bytes of the received UL LLC PDU.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1519 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.73 P44d - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_NACK

Long Name NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_NACK

Definition Number of UL LLC bytes received at RRM layer on UL TBFs established in

EGPRS mode and RLC unacknowledged mode.

Trigger Condition Whenever the RRM layer receives an UL LLC PDU from the RLC layer on an UL
TBF established in EGPRS mode and RLC unacknowledged mode, the counter is
incremented by the number of bytes of the received UL LLC PDU.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1520 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.74 P450a - NB_R97_R98_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Long Name NB_R97_R98_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Definition Number of MS contexts created for Releases 1997 or 1998 mobile stations.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is received
for a given MS context in the GPU and indicates that the MS is compliant to the
3GPP standard Releases 1997 or 1998.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 MS capability

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1521 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.75 P450b - NB_GPRS_R99_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Long Name NB_GPRS_R99_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Definition Number of MS contexts created for non-EGPRS capable Release 1999 onwards
mobile stations.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is received
for a given MS context in the GPU and indicates that the MS is non-EGPRS
capable and compliant to the 3GPP standard Release 1999 onwards.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 MS capability

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1522 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.76 P450c - NB_EGPRS_R99_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Long Name NB_EGPRS_R99_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Definition Number of MS contexts created for EGPRS capable Release 1999 onwards
mobile stations.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is received
for a given MS context in the GPU and indicates that the MS is EGPRS capable
and compliant to the 3GPP standard Release 1999 onwards.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 MS capability

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1523 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.77 P450d - NB_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Long Name NB_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Definition Number of MS contexts created.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS Radio Access Capability is
received for a given MS context
Note : This counter is incremented whatever the MS release or feature supported
by the MS.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 MS capability

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1524 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.78 P450e - NB_GERAN_FEATURE_PACK1_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Long Name NB_GERAN_FEATURE_PACK1_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Definition Number of MS contexts created for MS supporting the Geran feature package 1.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is
received for a given MS context and indicates that the MS supports the Geran
feature package 1.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 MS capability

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1525 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.79 P450f - NB_E_UTRA_FDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Long Name NB_E_UTRA_FDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Definition Number of MS contexts created for the E-UTRA FDD capable MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is received
for a given MS context and indicates that the MS supports E-UTRA FDD.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 MS capability

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name Inter-BSS/Inter-RAT NACC

1526 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.80 P450g - NB_UTRA_FDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Long Name NB_UTRA_FDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Definition Number of MS contexts created for the UTRA FDD capable MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is received
for a given MS context and indicates that the MS supports UTRA FDD.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 MS capability

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1527 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.81 P450h - NB_UTRA_TDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Long Name NB_UTRA_TDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Definition Number of MS contexts created for the UTRA TDD capable MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is received
for a given MS context and indicates that the MS supports UTRA TDD.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 MS capability

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1528 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.82 P450i - NB_E_UTRA_TDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Long Name NB_E_UTRA_TDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

Definition Number of MS contexts created for the E-UTRA TDD capable MS.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is received
for a given MS context and indicates that the MS supports E-UTRA TDD.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 MS capability

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name Inter-BSS/Inter-RAT NACC

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1529 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.83 P457 - NB_PSI_MES

Long Name NB_PSI_MES

Definition Signalling load induced in the cell by the procedure of broadcast of (P)SI messages

Trigger Condition Number of RLC blocks used :

1) To broadcast a PSI message for Packet PSI Status feature
2) To send a PACKET SERVING CELL DATA message for Packet SI Status feature.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL PACCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced packet cell reselection (NACC and Packet SI Status)

1530 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.84 P459 - NB_NEIGH_PSI_MES

Long Name NB_NEIGH_PSI_MES

Definition Signalling load induced in the cell by the procedure of broadcast of neighbour
(P)SI messages

Trigger Condition Whenever a RLC block sent to the MS contains a PACKET NEIGHBOUR CELL
DATA message for NACC feature.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL PACCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced packet cell reselection (NACC and Packet SI Status)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1531 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.85 P462 - NB_DUMMY_UL_BLOCKS

Long Name NB_DUMMY_UL_BLOCKS

Definition Number of Packet Uplink Dummy Control blocks received on the radio interface.
Note: This counter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs.

Trigger Condition This counter is incremented at each reception of Packet Uplink Dummy Control
block.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Extended UL TBF mode

1532 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.86 P49 - NB_IMM_ASS_AGCH

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_AGCH

Definition Number of (BSCGP) IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT sent to the MS (through the BSC
which manages the AGCH resource)
- for an UL TBF establisment,
- for a DL TBF establishment when the MS is in non-DRX mode,
- for the allocation of an UL block.
This counter gives an indication of the AGCH load used for GPRS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a (BSCGP) IMMEDIATE_ASSIGNMENT is sent to the MS on AGCH.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 AGCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1533 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.87 P530a_1 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_0_TO_10

Long Name NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_0_TO_10

Definition Number of MS contexts created for MS whose multislot class belongs to the set of
multislot classes 0 to 10.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is received
for a given MS context and indicates that the MS multislot class belongs to the set
of multislot classes 0 to 10.
Note :
- In the MS Radio Access Capability parameter, only the GPRS multislot class,
EGPRS multislot class , and High Multislot Capability fields are taken into account
if available.
-If several multislot class are available for the same MS (e-g GPRS MS class,
EDGE MS class), then only one will be taken into consideration to increment the
proper counter, based on the following priorities in decreasing order:
0-> EGPRS high multislot class,
1-> EGPRS multislot class,
2-> GPRS high multislot class,
3-> GPRS multislot class.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 MS capability

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1534 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.88 P530a_2 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_11_TO_12

Long Name NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_11_TO_12

Definition Number of MS contexts created for MS whose multislot class belongs to the set
of multislot classes 11 to 12.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is received
for a given MS context and indicates that the MS multislot class belongs to the set
of multislot classes 11 to 12.
Note :
- In the MS Radio Access Capability parameter, only the GPRS multislot class,
EGPRS multislot class , and High Multislot Capability fields are taken into account
if available.
-If several multislot class are available for the same MS (e-g GPRS MS class,
EDGE MS class), then only one will be taken into consideration to increment the
proper counter, based on the following priorities in decreasing order:
0-> EGPRS high multislot class,
1-> EGPRS multislot class,
2-> GPRS high multislot class,
3-> GPRS multislot class.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 MS capability

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1535 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.89 P530a_3 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_3X

Long Name NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_3X

Definition Number of MS contexts created for MS whose multislot class belongs to the set of
multislot classes of type 3X .

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is received
for a given MS context and indicates that the MS multislot class belongs to the set
of multislot classes of type 3X.
Note :
- In the MS Radio Access Capability parameter, only the GPRS multislot class,
EGPRS multislot class , and High Multislot Capability fields are taken into account
if available.
-If several multislot class are available for the same MS (e-g GPRS MS class,
EDGE MS class), then only one will be taken into consideration to increment the
proper counter, based on the following priorities in decreasing order:
0-> EGPRS high multislot class,
1-> EGPRS multislot class,
2-> GPRS high multislot class,
3-> GPRS multislot class.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 MS capability

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1536 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.90 P530a_4 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_4X

Long Name NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_4X

Definition Number of MS contexts created for MS whose multislot class belongs to the set of
multislot classes of type 4X .

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is received
for a given MS context and indicates that the MS multislot class belongs to the set
of multislot classes of type 4X.
Note :
- In the MS Radio Access Capability parameter, only the GPRS multislot class,
EGPRS multislot class , and High Multislot Capability fields are taken into account
if available.
-If several multislot class are available for the same MS (e-g GPRS MS class,
EDGE MS class), then only one will be taken into consideration to increment the
proper counter, based on the following priorities in decreasing order:
0-> EGPRS high multislot class,
1-> EGPRS multislot class,
2-> GPRS high multislot class,
3-> GPRS multislot class.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 MS capability

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1537 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.91 P530a_5 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_TO_34

Long Name NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_TO_34

Definition Number of MS contexts created for MS whose (PTM) high multislot class belongs
to 30-34.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is received
for a given MS context and
indicates that the MS (PTM) high multislot class belongs to 30-34.
Note :
- In the MS Radio Access Capability parameter, only the GPRS multislot class,
EGPRS multislot class, and High Multislot Capability fields are taken into account
if available.
-If several multislot classes are available for the same MS, then only one will be
taken into consideration to increment the proper counter, based on the following
priorities in decreasing order:
0-> EGPRS high multislot class,
1-> EGPRS multislot class,
2-> GPRS high multislot class,
3-> GPRS multislot class.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 MS capability

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1538 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.92 P530b_5 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_31_TO_33

Long Name NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_31_TO_33

Definition Number of MS contexts created for MS whose DTM high multislot class belongs
to 31-33.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is received
for a given MS context and
indicates that the MS DTM high multislot class belongs to 31-33.
Note :
- In the MS Radio Access Capability parameter, only the DTM GPRS high multislot
class and DTM EGPRS high multislot class fields are taken into account if
available.
-If DTM GPRS and EGPRS high multislot classes are available for the same MS,
then only one will be taken into consideration, based on the following priorities in
decreasing order:
0-> DTM EGPRS high multislot class,
1-> DTM GPRS high multislot class,

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 MS capability

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1539 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.93 P53a - NB_PS_PAGING_REQ_PCH

Long Name NB_PS_PAGING_REQ_PCH

Definition Number of (BSCGP) PAGING REQUEST for PS paging sent to the MS (through
the BSC which manages the PCH resource).
This counter gives an indication of the PCH load used for GPRS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a (BSCGP) PAGING REQUEST is sent to the MS for PS paging
whatever may be the paging area (RA, LA, ...)

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1540 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.94 P53b - NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_PCH

Long Name NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_PCH

Definition Number of (BSCGP) PAGING REQUEST for CS paging sent to the MS (through
the BSC which manages the PCH resource).
This counter gives an indication of the PCH load used for GPRS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a (BSCGP) PAGING REQUEST is sent to the MS for CS paging
whatever may be the paging area (RA, LA, ...)

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1541 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.95 P53c - NB_IMM_ASS_PCH

Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_PCH

Definition Number of (BSCGP) IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT sent to the MS (through the

BSC which manages the PCH resource) for a DL TBF establisment when the MS
is in DRX mode.

Trigger Condition Whenever a (BSCGP) IMMEDIATE_ASSIGNMENT is sent to the MS on PCH.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1542 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.96 P53d - NB_CS_PAGING_WITH_GLOBAL_CN_ID_PCH

Long Name NB_CS_PAGING_WITH_GLOBAL_CN_ID_PCH

Definition Number of (BSCGP) PAGING REQUEST for CS paging with GLOBAL_CN_ID IE

sent to the MS (through the BSC which manages the PCH resource).
This counter gives an indication of the PCH load used for GPRS.

Trigger Condition Whenever a (BSCGP) PAGING REQUEST with GLOBAL_CN_ID IE is sent to the
MS for CS paging whatever may be the paging area (RA, LA, ...).
Note: P53b is also incremented.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name A-Flex

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1543 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.97 P55a - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS1

Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS1

Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in CS-1. The retransmitted blocks and RLC blocks containing LLC
Dummy UI Commands only are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in CS-1 is
acknowledged by the MS for the first time (previously in PENDING or UNACK
state within the emission window).
Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only and that have
been inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF are not taken into
account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1544 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.98 P55b - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS2

Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS2

Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in CS-2. The retransmitted blocks and RLC blocks containing LLC
Dummy UI Commands only are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in CS-2 is
acknowledged by the MS for the first time (previously in PENDING or UNACK
state within the emission window).
Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only and that have
been inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF are not taken into
account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1545 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.99 P55c - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS3

Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS3

Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in CS-3. The retransmitted blocks and RLC blocks containing LLC
Dummy UI Commands only are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in CS-3 is
acknowledged by the MS for the first time (previously in PENDING or UNACK
state within the emission window).
Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only and that have
been inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF are not taken into
account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1546 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.100 P55d - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS4

Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS4

Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in CS-4. The retransmitted blocks and RLC blocks containing LLC
Dummy UI Commands only are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in CS-4 is
acknowledged by the MS for the first time (previously in PENDING or UNACK
state within the emission window).
Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only and that have
been inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF are not taken into
account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1547 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.101 P55e - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS1

Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS1

Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-1.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-1 is
acknowledged by the MS for the first time.
If a DL RLC data block needs to be re-transmitted using a more robust MCS,
the counter is incremented on receipt of the first acknowledgement of the
corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In this case, only the counter corresponding
to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) is incremented.
Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are counted and these
blocks are counted only once.
Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only and that have
been inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF are not taken into
account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1548 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.102 P55f - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS2

Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS2

Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-2.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-2 is
acknowledged by the MS for the first time.
If a DL RLC data block needs to be re-transmitted using a more robust MCS,
the counter is incremented on receipt of the first acknowledgement of the
corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In this case, only the counter corresponding
to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) is incremented.
Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are counted and these
blocks are counted only once.
Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only and that have
been inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF are not taken into
account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1549 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.103 P55g - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS3

Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS3

Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-3.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-3 is
acknowledged by the MS for the first time.
If a DL RLC data block needs to be re-transmitted using a more robust MCS,
the counter is incremented on receipt of the first acknowledgement of the
corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In this case, only the counter corresponding
to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) is incremented.
Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are counted and these
blocks are counted only once.
Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only and that have
been inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF are not taken into
account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1550 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.104 P55h - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS4

Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS4

Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-4

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-4 is
acknowledged by the MS for the first time.
If a DL RLC data block needs to be re-transmitted using a more robust MCS,
the counter is incremented on receipt of the first acknowledgement of the
corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In this case, only the counter corresponding
to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) is incremented.
Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are counted and these
blocks are counted only once.
Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only and that have
been inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF are not taken into
account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1551 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.105 P55i - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS5

Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS5

Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-5.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-5 is
acknowledged by the MS for the first time.
If a DL RLC data block needs to be re-transmitted using a more robust MCS,
the counter is incremented on receipt of the first acknowledgement of the
corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In this case, only the counter corresponding
to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) is incremented.
Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are counted and these
blocks are counted only once.
Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only and that have
been inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF are not taken into
account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1552 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.106 P55j - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS6

Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS6

Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-6

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-6 is
acknowledged by the MS for the first time.
If a DL RLC data block needs to be re-transmitted using a more robust MCS,
the counter is incremented on receipt of the first acknowledgement of the
corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In this case, only the counter corresponding
to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) is incremented.
Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are counted and these
blocks are counted only once.
Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only and that have
been inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF are not taken into
account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1553 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.107 P55k - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS7

Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS7

Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-7.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-7 is
acknowledged by the MS for the first time.
If a DL RLC data block needs to be re-transmitted using a more robust MCS,
the counter is incremented on receipt of the first acknowledgement of the
corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In this case, only the counter corresponding
to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) is incremented.
Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are counted and these
blocks are counted only once.
Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only and that have
been inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF are not taken into
account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1554 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.108 P55l - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS8

Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS8

Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-8.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-8 is
acknowledged by the MS for the first time.
If a DL RLC data block needs to be re-transmitted using a more robust MCS,
the counter is incremented on receipt of the first acknowledgement of the
corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In this case, only the counter corresponding
to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) is incremented.
Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are counted and these
blocks are counted only once.
Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only and that have
been inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF are not taken into
account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1555 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.109 P55m - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS9

Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS9

Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-9.

Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-9 is
acknowledged by the MS for the first time.
If a DL RLC data block needs to be re-transmitted using a more robust MCS,
the counter is incremented on receipt of the first acknowledgement of the
corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In this case, only the counter corresponding
to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) is incremented.
Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are counted and these
blocks are counted only once.
Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only and that have
been inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF are not taken into
account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1556 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.110 P57a - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS1

Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS1

Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in CS-1. The retransmitted blocks are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in CS-1 is
received by the MFS for the first time.
Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1557 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.111 P57b - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS2

Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS2

Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in CS-2. The retransmitted blocks are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in CS-2 is
received by the MFS for the first time.
Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1558 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.112 P57c - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS3

Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS3

Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in CS-3. The retransmitted blocks are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in CS-3/4 is
received by the MFS for the first time.
Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1559 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.113 P57d - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS4

Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS4

Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in CS-4. The retransmitted blocks are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in CS-4 is
received by the MFS for the first time.
Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1560 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.114 P57e - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS1

Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS1

Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-1.
The retransmitted blocks are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-1 is
received by the MFS for the first time.
Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1561 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.115 P57f - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS2

Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS2

Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-2.
The retransmitted blocks are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-2 is
received by the MFS for the first time.
Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1562 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.116 P57g - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS3

Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS3

Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-3.
The retransmitted blocks are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-3 is
received by the MFS for the first time.
Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1563 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.117 P57h - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS4

Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS4

Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-4.
The retransmitted blocks are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-4 is
received by the MFS for the first time.
Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1564 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.118 P57i - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS5

Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS5

Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-5.
The retransmitted blocks are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-5 is
received by the MFS for the first time.
Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced support of E-GPRS in uplink

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1565 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.119 P57j - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS6

Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS6

Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-6.
The retransmitted blocks are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-6 is
received by the MFS for the first time.
Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced support of E-GPRS in uplink

1566 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.120 P57k - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS7

Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS7

Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-7.
The retransmitted blocks are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-7 is
received by the MFS for the first time.
Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced support of E-GPRS in uplink

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1567 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.121 P57l - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS8

Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS8

Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-8.
The retransmitted blocks are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-8 is
received by the MFS for the first time.
Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced support of E-GPRS in uplink

1568 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.122 P57m - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS9

Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS9

Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-9.
The retransmitted blocks are not counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-9 is
received by the MFS for the first time.
Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name Enhanced support of E-GPRS in uplink

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1569 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.123 P59 - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PACCH

Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PACCH

Definition Number of DL RLC blocks sent on PACCH (excluding the dummy blocks). The
retransmitted blocks are counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS sends a DL RLC Block (different from a dummy block) on
PACCH (RLC/MAC control messages).
Note : PSCD/PNCD blocks are not taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL PACCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1570 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.124 P60 - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PACCH

Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PACCH

Definition Number of UL RLC blocks received on PACCH (excluding the dummy blocks).
The retransmitted blocks are counted.

Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS receives an UL RLC Block (different from a dummy block) on
PACCH (RLC/MAC control message in normal burst format) whatever the mode of
the MS is (packet transfer or packet idle mode).
On slave PDCHs, the counter is incremented on receipt of one of the following
messages:
- a 04.60 PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message,
- a 04.60 (EGPRS) PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message,
- a 04.60 PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message,
- a 04.60 PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message.
- a 04.60 PACKET CELL CHANGE NOTIFICATION message.
- a 04.60 PACKET PSI STATUS message.
- a 04.60 PACKET SI STATUS message.
- a 04 60 PACKET MOBILE TBF STATUS message.
On master PDCHs, the counter is incremented on receipt of one of the following
messages:
- a 04.60 PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message,
- a 04.60 PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message,
- a 04.60 PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL PACCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1571 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.125 P61 - SIG_BLKS_PPCH_LOAD

Long Name SIG_BLKS_PPCH_LOAD

Definition Dedicated PPCH signalling load on all the existing MPDCHs.

The dedicated PPCH signalling load represents the number of PPCH blocks
dedicated to CS/PS Paging requests and Packet Downlink Assignment messages
over the granularity period. It is evaluated as the weighted sum of these messages
sent over the granularity period. A weight of 0.5 (assuming that 2 paging requests
are gathered in one single block) is given to a CS and PS paging sent on PPCH.
A weight of 1 is given to the Packet DL Assignment messages sent on PPCH (in
DRX and non DRX mode).
Note that the Packet UL Assignment and Packet Access Reject messages sent
on PPCH are not counted with P61, but with P400.

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by 0.5 whenever a CS or PS paging is sent on PPCH.
The counter is incremented by 1 whenever a Packet DL Assignment is sent on
PPCH.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PPCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1572 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.126 P61a - NB_PACK_PS_PAGING_REQ_PPCH

Long Name NB_PACK_PS_PAGING_REQ_PPCH

Definition Number of 04.06 PACKET PAGING REQUEST for PS paging sent to the MS on
PPCH.
This counter gives an indication of the PPCH load.

Trigger Condition Whenever a 04.06 PACKET PAGING REQUEST is sent to the MS for PS paging.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PPCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1573 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.127 P61b - NB_PACK_CS_PAGING_REQ_PPCH

Long Name NB_PACK_CS_PAGING_REQ_PPCH

Definition Number of 04.06 PACKET PAGING REQUEST for CS paging sent to the MS on
PPCH.
This counter gives an indication of the PPCH load.

Trigger Condition Whenever a 04.06 PACKET PAGING REQUEST is sent to the MS for CS paging.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 PPCH

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1574 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.128 P72c - NB_DL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_CS

Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_CS

Definition In unacknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data bytes (except RLC blocks
containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in CS-x (with x
= 1 to 4) that are lost.

Trigger Condition In unacknowledged mode, the counter is incremented at reception of 04.60

PACKET DL ACK/NACK by the number of DL RLC data bytes of the DL 04.60 RLC
DATA BLOCK sent on PDTCH (encoded in CS-x with x = 1 to 4) since the previous
04.60 PACKET DL ACK/NACK that are unacknowledged (NACK status in the RBB
bitmap).
In acknowledged mode, the value of the counter is equal to 0.
Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only are not taken
into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1575 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.129 P72d - NB_DL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_MCS

Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_MCS

Definition In unacknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data bytes (except RLC blocks
containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-x (with x
= 1 to 9) that are lost.

Trigger Condition In unacknowledged mode, the counter is incremented at reception of 04.60

EGPRS PACKET DL ACK/NACK by the number of DL RLC data bytes of the DL
04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK sent on PDTCH (encoded in MCS-x with x = 1 to 9) since
the previous 04.60 EGPRS PACKET DL ACK/NACK that are unacknowledged
(NACK status in the RBB bitmap).
In acknowledged mode, the value of the counter is equal to 0.
Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only are not taken
into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1576 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.130 P73c - NB_UL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_CS

Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_CS

Definition In unacknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data bytes on PDTCH encoded

in CS-x (with x = 1 to 4) lost.

Trigger Condition In unacknowledged mode, whenever a UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH
encoded in CS-x (with x = 1 to 4) is not received (the awaited block defined to the
MS by the USF is not received), the counter is incremented by the DL RLC data
bytes expected in the UL RLC data block.
In acknowledged mode, the value of the counter is equal to 0.
Lost RLC data block corresponding to the USFs scheduled during the UL
extension phase shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1577 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.131 P73d - NB_UL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_MCS

Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_MCS

Definition In unacknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data bytes on PDTCH encoded in

MCS-x (with x = 1 to 9) lost.

Trigger Condition In unacknowledged mode, whenever a UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH
encoded in MCS-x (with x = 1 to 9) is not received (the awaited block defined to
the MS by the USF is not received), the counter is incremented by the DL RLC
data bytes expected in the UL RLC data block.
In acknowledged mode, the value of the counter is equal to 0.
Lost RLC data block corresponding to the USFs scheduled during the UL
extension phase shall not be taken into account.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1578 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.132 P74 - NB_DL_PDU_TRANSMITTED

Long Name NB_DL_PDU_TRANSMITTED

Definition Number of DL LLC PDUs transmitted to the RLC layer

Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL LLC PDU is transmitted to PTU.
Note: An DL LLC PDU may have been transmitted to the RLC layer and then may
be discarded by the RRM layer (e.g. when a transmission problem is encountered
on the radio interface) without having been sent on the radio interface.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1579 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.133 P75 - NB_UL_PDU_TRANSMITTED

Long Name NB_UL_PDU_TRANSMITTED

Definition Number of LLC PDUs transmitted in UL during one granularity period.

Trigger Condition Whenever a LLC PDU is transmitted to SGSN.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1580 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.134 P76a - AV_PMU_CPU_POWER_BUDGET

Long Name AV_PMU_CPU_POWER_BUDGET

Definition Average PMU CPU power budget observed during the granularity period.

Trigger Condition The counter is the average value of all the samples of the PMU CPU power budget
over the granularity period.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1581 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.135 P77a - MAX_PMU_CPU_POWER_BUDGET

Long Name MAX_PMU_CPU_POWER_BUDGET

Definition Maximum value of the PMU CPU power budget observed during the granularity
period.

Trigger Condition Tidemark of the counter P76a.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 GPU load

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1582 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.136 P95 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_REROUTED

Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_REROUTED

Definition Number of DL LLC bytes rerouted (i.e. sent) from cell to another one.

Trigger Condition Flush message received in the serving cell with rerouting conditions fulfilled.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1583 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.137 P96 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_NOT_REROUTED

Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_NOT_REROUTED

Definition Number of DL LLC bytes discarded during a cell change.

Trigger Condition Flush message received in the serving cell with rerouting conditions not fulfilled.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1584 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.138 P97 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_REROUTED_RECEIVED

Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_REROUTED_RECEIVED

Definition Number of DL LLC bytes rerouted (i.e. received) from another cell.

Trigger Condition Receipt of rerouted data from another cell.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1585 / 1628

26 MFS-GPRS Counters

26.4.5.139 P99 - NB_LLC_BYTES_DISC_SUSPEND

Long Name NB_LLC_BYTES_DISC_SUSPEND

Definition Number of LLC bytes discarded due to the suspend procedure.

Trigger Condition Suspend message received from BSC while DL PDUs are stored by RRM for this
mobile.
Queued PDUs or incoming PDUs received until suspend ack reception from
SGSN are deleted. The counter is expressed in "bytes".

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object Cell

External Comment –

Feature Name /

1586 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27 MFS-LCS Counters

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1587 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.1 All MFS-LCS

P800 - NB_LOC_REQ (Section 27.2.2.1 )
P801 - NB_ASSIST_DATA_REQ (Section 27.2.2.2 )
P802 - NB_ASSIST_DATA_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.3 )
P803 - NB_LOC_TA_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.4 )
P804 - NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.5 )
P805 - NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.6 )
P806 - NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.7 )
P807 - NB_LOC_TA_PCF_REQ (Section 27.2.2.8 )
P808 - NB_LOC_TA_PCF_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.9 )
P809 - NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_PCF_REQ (Section 27.2.2.10 )
P810 - NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_PCF_REQ (Section 27.2.2.11 )
P811 - NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_PCF_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.12 )
P812 - NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_PCF_REQ (Section 27.2.2.13 )
P813 - NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_PCF_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.14 )
P814 - NB_LCS_PROTOCOL_ERROR (Section 27.2.2.15 )
P815 - NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTRA_BSC_HO (Section 27.2.2.16 )
P816 - NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTER_BSC_HO (Section 27.2.2.17 )
P817 - NB_LCS_FAILURE_RRLP (Section 27.2.2.18 )
P818 - NB_LCS_FAILURE_TIMER_EXPIRY (Section 27.2.2.19 )
P819 - NB_LCS_FAILURE_INTERNAL (Section 27.2.2.20 )
P820 - NB_UNKNOWN_LCS_REQ (Section 27.2.2.21 )
P821 - NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_PCF_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.22 )
P822 - AV_TA_LAT (Section 27.3.2.1 )
P823 - AV_TA_LONG (Section 27.3.2.2 )
P824 - AV_CONV_GPS_LAT (Section 27.3.2.3 )
P825 - AV_CONV_GPS_LONG (Section 27.3.2.4 )
P826 - AV_MA_AGPS_LAT (Section 27.3.2.5 )
P827 - AV_MA_AGPS_LONG (Section 27.3.2.6 )
P828 - AV_MB_AGPS_LAT (Section 27.3.2.7 )
P829 - AV_MB_AGPS_LONG (Section 27.3.2.8 )
P830 - ST_DEV_TA_LAT (Section 27.3.2.9 )
P831 - ST_DEV_TA_LONG (Section 27.3.2.10 )
P832 - ST_DEV_CONV_GPS_LAT (Section 27.3.2.11 )
P833 - ST_DEV_CONV_GPS_LONG (Section 27.3.2.12 )
P834 - ST_DEV_MA_AGPS_LAT (Section 27.3.2.13 )
P835 - ST_DEV_MA_AGPS_LONG (Section 27.3.2.14 )
P836 - ST_DEV_MB_AGPS_LAT (Section 27.3.2.15 )

1588 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

P837 - ST_DEV_MB_AGPS_LONG (Section 27.3.2.16 )

27.2 Quality of service

27.2.1 All Quality of service
P800 - NB_LOC_REQ (Section 27.2.2.1 )
P801 - NB_ASSIST_DATA_REQ (Section 27.2.2.2 )
P802 - NB_ASSIST_DATA_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.3 )
P803 - NB_LOC_TA_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.4 )
P804 - NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.5 )
P805 - NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.6 )
P806 - NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.7 )
P807 - NB_LOC_TA_PCF_REQ (Section 27.2.2.8 )
P808 - NB_LOC_TA_PCF_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.9 )
P809 - NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_PCF_REQ (Section 27.2.2.10 )
P810 - NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_PCF_REQ (Section 27.2.2.11 )
P811 - NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_PCF_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.12 )
P812 - NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_PCF_REQ (Section 27.2.2.13 )
P813 - NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_PCF_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.14 )
P814 - NB_LCS_PROTOCOL_ERROR (Section 27.2.2.15 )
P815 - NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTRA_BSC_HO (Section 27.2.2.16 )
P816 - NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTER_BSC_HO (Section 27.2.2.17 )
P817 - NB_LCS_FAILURE_RRLP (Section 27.2.2.18 )
P818 - NB_LCS_FAILURE_TIMER_EXPIRY (Section 27.2.2.19 )
P819 - NB_LCS_FAILURE_INTERNAL (Section 27.2.2.20 )
P820 - NB_UNKNOWN_LCS_REQ (Section 27.2.2.21 )
P821 - NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_PCF_SUCC (Section 27.2.2.22 )

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1589 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2 Radio interface

27.2.2.1 P800 - NB_LOC_REQ

Long Name NB_LOC_REQ

Definition Number of received LCS requests for MS positioning received from the BSC.

Trigger Condition Incremented whenever the SMLC receives a BSCLP PERFORM LOCATION
REQUEST from BSC with MIE Location Type set to "current geographic location"

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Location estimate

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1590 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.2 P801 - NB_ASSIST_DATA_REQ

Long Name NB_ASSIST_DATA_REQ

Definition Number of received LCS requests for GPS assistance data (initially requested by
the MS) received from the BSC.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times the SMLC receives a BSCLP PERFORM LOCATION
REQUEST from the BSC with MIE Location Type set to "location assistance
information for the target MS" and CIE "GPS Assistance Data" is present.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Assistance data for MS

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1591 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.3 P802 - NB_ASSIST_DATA_SUCC

Long Name NB_ASSIST_DATA_SUCC

Definition Number of successful GPS assistance data delivery (initially requested by the
MS) responses sent to the BSC.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times the SMLC sends a BSCLP PERFORM LOCATION
RESPONSE to the BSC without containing neither the OIE Location estimate nor
the OIE LCS cause (response in case of successful assistance data delivery).

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Assistance data for MS

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1592 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.4 P803 - NB_LOC_TA_SUCC

Long Name NB_LOC_TA_SUCC

Definition Number of successful location responses sent to the BSC using TA positioning
method.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times the SMLC sends to the BSC a BSCLP PERFORM
LOCATION RESPONSE message with the OIE Location Estimate and the OIE
Positioning Data containing field Positioning Method set to "Timing Advance", and
the associated field "usage" set to "Results used to generate location".

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Location estimate

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1593 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.5 P804 - NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_SUCC

Long Name NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_SUCC

Definition Number of successful location response sent to the BSC using Conventional
GPS positioning method.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times the SMLC sends to the BSC a BSCLP PERFORM
LOCATION RESPONSE message with the OIE Location Estimate and the OIE
Positioning Data containing field Positioning Method set to "Conventional GPS",
and the associated field "usage" set to "Results used to generate location".

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Location estimate

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1594 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.6 P805 - NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_SUCC

Long Name NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_SUCC

Definition Number of successful location responses sent to the BSC using MS Assisted
A-GPS positioning method.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times the SMLC sends to the BSC a BSCLP PERFORM
LOCATION RESPONSE message with the OIE Location Estimate and the OIE
Positioning Data containing field Positioning Method set to "Mobile assisted GPS",
and the associated field "usage" set to "Results used to generate location".

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Location estimate

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1595 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.7 P806 - NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_SUCC

Long Name NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_SUCC

Definition Number of successful location response sent to the BSC using MS Based A-GPS
positioning method.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times the SMLC sends to the BSC a BSCLP PERFORM
LOCATION RESPONSE message with the OIE Location Estimate and the OIE
Positioning Data containing field Positioning Method set to "Mobile based GPS",
and the associated field "usage" set to "results used to generate location".

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Location estimate

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1596 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.8 P807 - NB_LOC_TA_PCF_REQ

Long Name NB_LOC_TA_PCF_REQ

Definition Number of location calculation attempts with TA positioning PCF.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times a geographical location is processed using PCF "CI+TA"

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning method

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1597 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.9 P808 - NB_LOC_TA_PCF_SUCC

Long Name NB_LOC_TA_PCF_SUCC

Definition Number of location calculations successfully performed with TA positioning PCF.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times "CI+TA" PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation
without error indications.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning method

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1598 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.10 P809 - NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_PCF_REQ

Long Name NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_PCF_REQ

Definition Number of location calculation attempts with Conventional GPS PCF.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times a location estimate is performed in the SMLC using PCF
"Conventional GPS".

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning method

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1599 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.11 P810 - NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_PCF_REQ

Long Name NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_PCF_REQ

Definition Number of location calculation attempts with MS Assisted A-GPS PCF.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times a location estimate is performed in the SMLC using PCF
"MS assisted GPS".

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning method

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1600 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.12 P811 - NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_PCF_SUCC

Long Name NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_PCF_SUCC

Definition Number of location calculations successfully performed with MS Assisted A-GPS

PCF.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times the PCF "MS-assisted A-GPS" returns a position estimate
without error indications.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning method

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1601 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.13 P812 - NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_PCF_REQ

Long Name NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_PCF_REQ

Definition Number of location calculation attempts with MS Based A-GPS PCF.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times a location estimate is performed in the SMLC using PCF
"MS-based A-GPS".

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning method

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1602 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.14 P813 - NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_PCF_SUCC

Long Name NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_PCF_SUCC

Definition Number of location calculations successfully performed with MS Based A-GPS.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times PCF "MS-based A-GPS" returns a position estimate
with no error indication.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning method

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1603 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.15 P814 - NB_LCS_PROTOCOL_ERROR

Long Name NB_LCS_PROTOCOL_ERROR

Definition Number of failed LCS procedures (considering LCS requests for MS positioning
and LCS requests for GPS assistance data) due to LCS protocol error.

Trigger Condition Incremented whenever the SMLC sends to the BSC a BSCLP PERFORM
LOCATION RESPONSE with LCS cause IEset to:
- Unspecified
- protocol error
- Data missing in position request
- Unexpected data value in position request
- Target MS Unreachable
- Location request aborted

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Location estimate / Assistance data for MS

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1604 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.16 P815 - NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTRA_BSC_HO

Long Name NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTRA_BSC_HO

Definition Number of failed LCS procedures (considering LCS requests for MS positioning
and LCS requests for GPS assistance data) due to intra-BSC handover.

Trigger Condition Incremented whenever the SMLC receives a BSCLP

PERFORM_LOCATION_ABORT with cause "Intra-BSC hand-over complete"
or when it receives either a BSCLP COI RESET or a BSCLP COI ABORT
with cause "intra-BSS hand-over".

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Location estimate / Assistance data for MS

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1605 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.17 P816 - NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTER_BSC_HO

Long Name NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTER_BSC_HO

Definition Number of failed LCS procedures (considering LCS requests for MS positioning
and LCS requests for GPS assistance data) due to inter-BSC hand-over.

Trigger Condition Incremented whenever the SMLC receives a BSCLP

PERFORM_LOCATION_ABORT with cause "Inter-BSC hand-over on-going" or
when it receives a BSCLP COI ABORT with cause "inter-BSS hand-over".

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Location estimate / Assistance data for MS

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1606 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.18 P817 - NB_LCS_FAILURE_RRLP

Long Name NB_LCS_FAILURE_RRLP

Definition Number of failed LCS procedures (considering LCS requests for MS positioning
and LCS requests for GPS assistance data) due to RRLP problem.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times the SMLC receives a 04.31 RRLP (Protocol error)
from the MS, or each times any 04.31 RRLP message from the MS is not
complete/understandable.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Location estimate / Assistance data for MS

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1607 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.19 P818 - NB_LCS_FAILURE_TIMER_EXPIRY

Long Name NB_LCS_FAILURE_TIMER_EXPIRY

Definition Number of failed LCS procedures (considering LCS requests for MS positioning
and LCS requests for GPS assistance data) due to LCS guard timer expiry.

Trigger Condition Incremented whenever one of the timer set to control the location process
expires in the SMLC (Timer currently defined are: T_LCS_LowDelay,
T_LCS_DelayTolerent, T_RRLP_LowDelay, T_RRLP_DelayTolerent)

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Location estimate / Assistance data for MS

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1608 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.20 P819 - NB_LCS_FAILURE_INTERNAL

Long Name NB_LCS_FAILURE_INTERNAL

Definition Number of failed LCS procedures (considering LCS requests for MS positioning
and LCS requests for GPS assistance data) due internal problem detected by the
MFS/SMLC.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times PRCF or PCF returns an error which is not linked to timer
expiry or to BSCLP/RRLP protocol error.
and/or
Incremented whenever the SMLC sends to the BSC a BSCLP PERFORM
LOCATION RESPONSE with LCS cause IE set to:
- System Failure
- Congestion

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Location estimate / Assistance data for MS

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1609 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.21 P820 - NB_UNKNOWN_LCS_REQ

Long Name NB_UNKNOWN_LCS_REQ

Definition Number of LCS requests rejected because not supported by the SMLC.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times the SMLC receives a BSCLP PERFORM LOCATION
REQUEST from BSC:
- with MIE Location Type neither set to "Current geographic location", nor to
"Location assistance information for the target MS"
- or with MIE Location Type set to "Location assistance information for the target
MS" but CIE "GPS Assistance Data" is not present.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Location estimate / Assistance data for MS

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1610 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.2.2.22 P821 - NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_PCF_SUCC

Long Name NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_PCF_SUCC

Definition Number of location calculations successfully performed with Conventional GPS

PCF.

Trigger Condition Incremented each times "Conventional GPS" PCF returns a position estimation
without error indication.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning method

Sub Domain 3 N/A

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1611 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.3 Traffic load

27.3.1 All Traffic load
P822 - AV_TA_LAT (Section 27.3.2.1 )
P823 - AV_TA_LONG (Section 27.3.2.2 )
P824 - AV_CONV_GPS_LAT (Section 27.3.2.3 )
P825 - AV_CONV_GPS_LONG (Section 27.3.2.4 )
P826 - AV_MA_AGPS_LAT (Section 27.3.2.5 )
P827 - AV_MA_AGPS_LONG (Section 27.3.2.6 )
P828 - AV_MB_AGPS_LAT (Section 27.3.2.7 )
P829 - AV_MB_AGPS_LONG (Section 27.3.2.8 )
P830 - ST_DEV_TA_LAT (Section 27.3.2.9 )
P831 - ST_DEV_TA_LONG (Section 27.3.2.10 )
P832 - ST_DEV_CONV_GPS_LAT (Section 27.3.2.11 )
P833 - ST_DEV_CONV_GPS_LONG (Section 27.3.2.12 )
P834 - ST_DEV_MA_AGPS_LAT (Section 27.3.2.13 )
P835 - ST_DEV_MA_AGPS_LONG (Section 27.3.2.14 )
P836 - ST_DEV_MB_AGPS_LAT (Section 27.3.2.15 )
P837 - ST_DEV_MB_AGPS_LONG (Section 27.3.2.16 )

27.3.2 Radio interface

27.3.2.1 P822 - AV_TA_LAT

Long Name AV_TA_LAT

Definition Averaged latitude of the mobile stations obtained with TA positioning PCF

Trigger Condition The MFS maintains a sum of the latitudes obtained with TA positioning PCF as
well as the number of latitude measurements obtained with TA positioning PCF.
Whenever "CI+TA" PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation without error
indications,
- the sum is incremented by the latitude of the mobile station.
- the number of latitude measurements is incremented by one.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the average by dividing
the obtained sum by the obtained number of measurements.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics

Sub Domain 3 TA positioning

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1612 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.3.2.2 P823 - AV_TA_LONG

Long Name AV_TA_LONG

Definition Averaged longitude of the mobile stations obtained with TA positioning PCF

Trigger Condition The MFS maintains a sum of the longitudes obtained with TA positioning PCF as
well as the number of longitude measurements obtained with TA positioning PCF.
Whenever "CI+TA" PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation without error
indications,
- the sum is incremented by the longitude of the mobile station.
- the number of longitude measurements is incremented by one.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the average by dividing
the obtained sum by the obtained number of measurements.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics

Sub Domain 3 TA positioning

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1613 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.3.2.3 P824 - AV_CONV_GPS_LAT

Long Name AV_CONV_GPS_LAT

Definition Averaged latitude of the mobile stations obtained with Conventional GPS PCF

Trigger Condition The MFS maintains a sum of the latitudes obtained with Conventional GPS PCF
as well as the number of latitude measurements obtained with Conventional GPS
PCF. Whenever Conventional GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation
without error indications,
- the sum is incremented by the latitude of the mobile station.
- the number of latitude measurements is incremented by one.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the average by dividing
the obtained sum by the obtained number of measurements.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics

Sub Domain 3 Conventional GPS

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1614 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.3.2.4 P825 - AV_CONV_GPS_LONG

Long Name AV_CONV_GPS_LONG

Definition Averaged longitude of the mobile stations obtained with Conventional GPS PCF

Trigger Condition The MFS maintains a sum of the longitudes obtained with Conventional GPS PCF
as well as the number of longitude measurements obtained with Conventional
GPS PCF. Whenever Conventional GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning
estimation without error indications,
- the sum is incremented by the longitude of the mobile station.
- the number of longitude measurements is incremented by one.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the average by dividing
the obtained sum by the obtained number of measurements.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics

Sub Domain 3 Conventional GPS

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1615 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.3.2.5 P826 - AV_MA_AGPS_LAT

Long Name AV_MA_AGPS_LAT

Definition Averaged latitude of the mobile stations obtained with MS Assisted A-GPS PCF

Trigger Condition The MFS maintains a sum of the latitudes obtained with MS Assisted A-GPS
PCF as well as the number of latitude measurements obtained with MS Assisted
A-GPS PCF. Whenever MS Assisted A-GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning
estimation without error indications,
- the sum is incremented by the latitude of the mobile station.
- the number of latitude measurements is incremented by one.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the average by dividing
the obtained sum by the obtained number of measurements.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics

Sub Domain 3 MS assisted A-GPS

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1616 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.3.2.6 P827 - AV_MA_AGPS_LONG

Long Name AV_MA_AGPS_LONG

Definition Averaged longitude of the mobile stations obtained with MS Assisted A-GPS PCF

Trigger Condition The MFS maintains a sum of the longitudes obtained with MS Assisted A-GPS
PCF as well as the number of longitude measurements obtained with MS Assisted
A-GPS PCF. Whenever MS Assisted A-GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning
estimation without error indications,
- the sum is incremented by the longitude of the mobile station.
- the number of longitude measurements is incremented by one.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the average by dividing
the obtained sum by the obtained number of measurements.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics

Sub Domain 3 MS assisted A-GPS

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1617 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.3.2.7 P828 - AV_MB_AGPS_LAT

Long Name AV_MB_AGPS_LAT

Definition Averaged latitude of the mobile stations obtained with MS Based A-GPS PCF

Trigger Condition The MFS maintains a sum of the latitudes obtained with MS Based A-GPS PCF
as well as the number of latitude measurements obtained with MS Based A-GPS
PCF. Whenever MS Based A-GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation
without error indications,
- the sum is incremented by the latitude of the mobile station.
- the number of latitude measurements is incremented by one.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the average by dividing
the obtained sum by the obtained number of measurements.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics

Sub Domain 3 MS based A-GPS

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1618 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.3.2.8 P829 - AV_MB_AGPS_LONG

Long Name AV_MB_AGPS_LONG

Definition Averaged longitude of the mobile stations obtained with MS Based A-GPS PCF

Trigger Condition The MFS maintains a sum of the longitudes obtained with MS Based A-GPS PCF
as well as the number of longitude measurements obtained with MS Based A-GPS
PCF. Whenever MS Based A-GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation
without error indications,
- the sum is incremented by the longitude of the mobile station.
- the number of longitude measurements is incremented by one.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the average by dividing
the obtained sum by the obtained number of measurements.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics

Sub Domain 3 MS based A-GPS

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1619 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.3.2.9 P830 - ST_DEV_TA_LAT

Long Name ST_DEV_TA_LAT

Definition Standard deviation of the latitude of the mobile stations obtained with TA
positioning PCF

Trigger Condition The MFS maintains:

- a first sum S1 of squared latitudes obtained with TA positioning PCF,
- a second sum S2 of latitudes obtained with TA positioning PCF,
- the number N of latitude measurements obtained with TA positioning PCF.
Whenever "CI+TA" PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation without error
indications,
- the first sum S1 is incremented by the squared latitude of the mobile station,
- the second sum S2 is incremented by the latitude of the mobile station,
- the number N of latitude measurements is incremented by one.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the standard deviation as
follows:
Standard_Deviation = Square_Root(Variance)
where
Variance = S1/N - (S2/N)^2.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics

Sub Domain 3 TA positioning

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1620 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.3.2.10 P831 - ST_DEV_TA_LONG

Long Name ST_DEV_TA_LONG

Definition Standard deviation of the longitude of the mobile stations obtained with TA
positioning PCF

Trigger Condition The MFS maintains:

- a first sum S1 of squared longitudes obtained with TA positioning PCF,
- a second sum S2 of longitudes obtained with TA positioning PCF,
- the number N of longitude measurements obtained with TA positioning PCF.
Whenever "CI+TA" PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation without error
indications,
- the first sum S1 is incremented by the squared longitude of the mobile station,
- the second sum S2 is incremented by the longitude of the mobile station,
- the number N of longitude measurements is incremented by one.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the standard deviation as
follows:
Standard_Deviation = Square_Root(Variance)
where
Variance = S1/N - (S2/N)^2.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics

Sub Domain 3 TA positioning

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1621 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.3.2.11 P832 - ST_DEV_CONV_GPS_LAT

Long Name ST_DEV_CONV_GPS_LAT

Definition Standard deviation of the latitude of the mobile stations obtained with Conventional
GPS PCF

Trigger Condition The MFS maintains:

- a first sum S1 of squared latitudes obtained with Conventional GPS PCF,
- a second sum S2 of latitudes obtained with Conventional GPS PCF,
- the number N of latitude measurements obtained with Conventional GPS PCF.
Whenever Conventional GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation
without error indications,
- the first sum S1 is incremented by the squared latitude of the mobile station,
- the second sum S2 is incremented by the latitude of the mobile station,
- the number N of latitude measurements is incremented by one.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the standard deviation as
follows:
Standard_Deviation = Square_Root(Variance)
where
Variance = S1/N - (S2/N)^2.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics

Sub Domain 3 Conventional GPS

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1622 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.3.2.12 P833 - ST_DEV_CONV_GPS_LONG

Long Name ST_DEV_CONV_GPS_LONG

Definition Standard deviation of the longitude of the mobile stations obtained with
Conventional GPS PCF

Trigger Condition The MFS maintains:

- a first sum S1 of squared longitudes obtained with Conventional GPS PCF,
- a second sum S2 of longitudes obtained with Conventional GPS PCF,
- the number N of longitude measurements obtained with Conventional GPS PCF.
Whenever Conventional GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation
without error indications,
- the first sum S1 is incremented by the squared longitude of the mobile station,
- the second sum S2 is incremented by the longitude of the mobile station,
- the number N of longitude measurements is incremented by one.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the standard deviation as
follows:
Standard_Deviation = Square_Root(Variance)
where
Variance = S1/N - (S2/N)^2.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics

Sub Domain 3 Conventional GPS

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1623 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.3.2.13 P834 - ST_DEV_MA_AGPS_LAT

Long Name ST_DEV_MA_AGPS_LAT

Definition Standard deviation of the latitude of the mobile stations obtained with MS Assisted
A-GPS PCF

Trigger Condition The MFS maintains:

- a first sum S1 of squared latitudes obtained with MS Assisted A-GPS PCF,
- a second sum S2 of latitudes obtained with MS Assisted A-GPS PCF,
- the number N of latitude measurements obtained with MS Assisted A-GPS PCF.
Whenever MS Assisted A-GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation
without error indications,
- the first sum S1 is incremented by the squared latitude of the mobile station,
- the second sum S2 is incremented by the latitude of the mobile station,
- the number N of latitude measurements is incremented by one.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the standard deviation as
follows:
Standard_Deviation = Square_Root(Variance)
where
Variance = S1/N - (S2/N)^2.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics

Sub Domain 3 MS assisted A-GPS

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1624 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.3.2.14 P835 - ST_DEV_MA_AGPS_LONG

Long Name ST_DEV_MA_AGPS_LONG

Definition Standard deviation of the longitude of the mobile stations obtained with MS
Assisted A-GPS PCF

Trigger Condition The MFS maintains:

- a first sum S1 of squared longitudes obtained with MS Assisted A-GPS PCF,
- a second sum S2 of longitudes obtained with MS Assisted A-GPS PCF,
- the number N of longitude measurements obtained with MS Assisted A-GPS
PCF.
Whenever MS Assisted A-GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation
without error indications,
- the first sum S1 is incremented by the squared longitude of the mobile station,
- the second sum S2 is incremented by the longitude of the mobile station,
- the number N of longitude measurements is incremented by one.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the standard deviation as
follows:
Standard_Deviation = Square_Root(Variance)
where
Variance = S1/N - (S2/N)^2.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics

Sub Domain 3 MS assisted A-GPS

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1625 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.3.2.15 P836 - ST_DEV_MB_AGPS_LAT

Long Name ST_DEV_MB_AGPS_LAT

Definition Standard deviation of the latitude of the mobile stations obtained with MS Based
A-GPS PCF

Trigger Condition The MFS maintains:

- a first sum S1 of squared latitudes obtained with MS Based A-GPS PCF,
- a second sum S2 of latitudes obtained with MS Based A-GPS PCF,
- the number N of latitude measurements obtained with MS Based A-GPS PCF.
Whenever MS Based A-GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation
without error indications,
- the first sum S1 is incremented by the squared latitude of the mobile station,
- the second sum S2 is incremented by the latitude of the mobile station,
- the number N of latitude measurements is incremented by one.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the standard deviation as
follows:
Standard_Deviation = Square_Root(Variance)
where
Variance = S1/N - (S2/N)^2.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the variance by dividing
the obtained sum by the obtained number of measurements. The standard
deviation is obtained by computing the square root of the variance.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics

Sub Domain 3 MS based A-GPS

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

1626 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15

 27 MFS-LCS Counters

27.3.2.16 P837 - ST_DEV_MB_AGPS_LONG

Long Name ST_DEV_MB_AGPS_LONG

Definition Standard deviation of the longitude of the mobile stations obtained with MS Based
A-GPS PCF

Trigger Condition The MFS maintains:

- a first sum S1 of squared longitudes obtained with MS Based A-GPS PCF,
- a second sum S2 of longitudes obtained with MS Based A-GPS PCF,
- the number N of longitude measurements obtained with MS Based A-GPS PCF.
Whenever MS Based A-GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation
without error indications,
- the first sum S1 is incremented by the squared longitude of the mobile station,
- the second sum S2 is incremented by the longitude of the mobile station,
- the number N of longitude measurements is incremented by one.
At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the standard deviation as
follows:
Standard_Deviation = Square_Root(Variance)
where
Variance = S1/N - (S2/N)^2.

Sub Domain 1 Radio interface

Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics

Sub Domain 3 MS based A-GPS

Measured Object LcsCell

External Comment –

Feature Name Location services (LCS)

3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15 1627 / 1628

27 MFS-LCS Counters

BLANK PAGE BREAK

1628 / 1628 3BK 21655 AAAA TQZZA Ed.15